iHlililiillpliiwiaBHStii;,;,;;;.:^^

PROCEEDINGS.

PROCEEDINGS

io^Hl <^orictii of f iftona.

VOL. VII. (New Series).

Issued under the Authority of the Council.
ISSUED JANUARY, 1895.

THE AUTHORS OF THE SEVERAI. PAPERS ARE SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR THE

SOUNDNESS OF 'IHE OPINIONS GIVEN AND FOR THE ACCURACY OF THE

STATEMHNTS MADE THEREIN.

MELBOUENE :
FORD & SON. PRINTERS, DRUMMOND STREET, CARLTON.

AGENTS TO THE SOCIETY:

WILLIAMS & NORGATE, 14 HENRIETTA STREET, COVENT GARDEN, LONDON.

To whom nil rommunications for triuismifsion to the Royal Society of Victoria,

from all parts of Europe, should be sent.

1895.

^0gai ^md}) d Witkm.

1894.

^3atrtrn.

HIS EXCELLENCY THE RIGHT HON. JOHN ADRIAN LOUIS HOPE, O.C.M.G.
SEVENTH EARL OF HOPETOUN.

|3rcD:iicnt.

PROFESSOR \V. C. KERNOT, M.A., C.E.

E. J. WHITE, Esq., F.R.A.S. | H. K. RUSDEN, Esq., F.R.G.S.

^jon. o^rfiiEurer.
C. R. BLACKETT, Esq., J. P., F.C.S.

Hon. ^ccretaitt.

PROFESSOR BALDWIN SPENCER, M.A.

^on. IHtbrarian.

E. F. .1. LOVE, E.SQ., M.A.

QT'OunrU.

W. H. ARCHER, Esq., F.L.S., F.I. A.

F. A. CAMPBELL, Esq., C.E.
.JOHN DENNANT, Esq., F.G.S.
R. L. J. ELLERY, Esq., C.M.G.,

F.R.S., F.R.A.S.
THOS. W. FOWLER, E.SQ., M.C.E.

G. S. GRIFFITHS, Esq., F.R.G.S.

H. R. HOGG, Esq.
.J. JAMIESON, Esq., M.D.
PROFESSOR T. R. LYLE, M.A.
PROFESSOR ORME MASSON, M.A.,

D.Sc, etc.
H. MOORS, Esq.
REV. E. H. SUGDEN, B.A., B.Sc.

CONTENTS OF VOLUME VIL

AiiT. I. — Observations with Katcr's Invariable Pendulums, made
at Sydney during- January and February, 1S9J-; Avith
an Appendix on the Stability of the Pendulum Stand.
By E. F. J. Love, M.A. .. ... ... ... 1

II. — Description of some Australian Birds' Egys and Nests
collected at Bloomtield, near Cooktown, Queensland.
By D. Le SouEF ... ... ... ... 1!)

III. — Notes on some Lancefield Graptolites. By G. B.

Pkitchard ... .. ... ... ... 21

IV. — Note on the presence of Peripatus insiynis in Tasmania.

By Professor Baldwin Spencek ... ... ... 81

V. — Preliminary Notes on Tasmanian Earthworms (with
Plates I., II., III., IV. and V.) By Professor
Baldwin Spencer ... ... ... .. 33

\l. — The Geology of Castleniaine, with a subdivision of part
of the Lower Silurian Rocks of Victoria, and a list of
Minerals. By T. S. Hall .. ... ... 05

VII. — The Sugar Strength and Acidity of Victorian Musts,
with Eeference to the Alcoholic Strength of Victorian
Wines. Part II By W. Percy Wilkinson ... 89

VIII. — Geological Notes on the Country between Strahan and
Lake St. Clair, Tasmania (with Map). By G. Officeu,
B.Sc, L. Balfour, B.A. and E. G. Hogg, M.A. ... ll'J

IX. — On the Australian Species of Ainathia. By P. H.

MacGillivrat, M.A. (with Plates A, B, C, D) 131

X. — On the Best Form for a Balance Beam. By Professor

Kernot, M.A. ... ... ... ... ... 110

XI — Aboriginal Kock Paintings and Carvings in New South
Wales (with Plates VIII. and IX.) By R H.
Mathews ... ... ... ... ... 143

XII. — Note on the Occurrence of Fossil Bones at Werribee.

By G. B. Pritchard ... ... ... ... 137

XIII. — The Entomogenous Fungi of Victoria. By D. McAlfine

andW.H F.Hill ... ... ... ... 159

XIV. — iV New Australian Stone-making Fungus (with Plate X.)

By D. McAlpine and J. G. 0. Tepper ... ... l(j(i

XV. — Cremation and Burial in relation to Death Certification.

By H. K. Rusden ... ... ... .. 1G9

vi. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

I'AGH

XVI. — An Attempt to Estimate the Population of Melbourne

at the present time. By James Jamieson, M.D. ... 173

XVII. — The Older Tertiaries of Maiide, with an Indication of
the Seqiience of the Eocene Eocks of Victoria, liy
T. S. Hall, M.A., and G. B. Pritchard ... ... ISO

XVIII. — On a Molluscan Genus new to, and another forgotten

from, Australia (with Plate XI.) By C. Hedlet ... l'J7

XIX. — Notes on Birds. By A. J. Campbell ... ... 201

XX. — The Gymnorhina^ or Australian Magpies, with a descrip-
tion of a New Si^ecies. By A. J. Campbell ... 202

XXI. — Australian Fungi. By D. McAlpine ... ... 214

XXII. — Preliminarj- Notice of Two New Species of Marsupials
from Central Australia. By Professor Baldwin
Spencer ... ... ... ... ... 222

XXIII. — Contribution to the Palaeontology of the Older Tertiary
of Victoria. Lamellibranchs. Part I (with Plate
XII.) By G B Pritchard .. ... ... 225

XXIV. — Catalogue of Non-Calcareous Sijonges collected by J.
Bracebridge Wilson, M.A., Esq., in the neighbourhood
of Port Phillip Heads. Part I. By Professor Arthur
Dendt, D.Sc. ... ... ... ... ... 232

XXV. — List of Dredging Stations at and near Port Phillip

Heads. By J. Bracebridge Wilson, M.A., F.L.S. 261

XXVI. — Preliminary Notice of certain New Species of Lizards
from Central Australia. By A. H S. Lucas, M.A.,
B.Sc, and C. Frost, F.L.S. ... ... ... 26-1

XXVII. — Some Quantitative Laws of Incubation and Gestation.

By Alexander Sutherland, M.A. ... ... 27o

XXVIII. — Contributions to a knowledge of the Ehynchota of

Australia. By E. Bergroth, M.D. ... ... 2S7

Meeti-ngs of the lioYAL SoCIETY, 1894 ... ... ... 303

Annual Meeting, 1894 ... ... ... ... 303

Annual Keport for 1893 ... ... ... ... 303

Balance Sheet for 1893 ... ... ... ... 306

Ordinary Meetings, 1894 ... . ... 308

Committee Keports ... ... ... ... ... 313

Laws of the Koyal Society ... ... ... ... 315

List of Members, &c. ... . .. ... ... 325

List of Institutions and Learned Societies which Keceive

Copies of the Society's Publications ... ... ... 333

Art. I. — Observations with Katers Invariable Pendulums
made at Sydney during January and February,
i8g^ ; tvith an Appendix on the Stability of the
Pendulum Stand.

(With Diagram).

By E. F, J. Love, M.A.

[Kead 8th March, 1894.]

Introductory.

The object of this investigation was to throw some additional
light on the question of the difference between the values of g at
Melbourne and Sydney. Two determinations of this difference
had already been made ; the officers of the United States Coast
Survey swung the Kater pendulums at Sydney in 1883, these
pendulums being also swung by Mr. Baracshi at Melbourne in
1893 ; while Lieutenant Elblein swung three of von Sterneck's
pendulums at Melbourne and at Sydney in the winter of 1893.
When these two sets of results came to be compared,* they were
found to be inconsistent; the U.S. Coast Survey figures, combined
with those of Mr. Baracchi, show that a pendulum beating
approximately seconds should lose 8"58 vibrations per day, if
transferred from Melbourne to Sydney ; while Lieutenant
Elblein's figures give 13*48 as the loss per day. I accordingly
decided to swing the Kater pendu-lums again in Sydney at the
earliest opportunity ; and, as a matter of fact, the observations
in Sydney succeeded those of Mr. Baracchi in Melbourne by a
little more than three months. During the interval I made a few
measurements in Melbourne ; these agree in the main with those
of Mr. Baracchi, but are so much less elaborate that there is no
need to publish them. The observations in Sydney follow my
own in Melbourne at an interval of five weeks. We may there-
fore reasonably consider that the compai'ison between Melbourne
and Sydney recently secured lacks nothing in point of directness.

Baracchi— Proo. Roy. Soc. Vict., 1893, p. 176.

2 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Arrangements.

The pendulums and svibsidiaty apparatus* were carefully
packed at the Melboui'ne Observatory and shipped to Sydney,
whither I proceeded on 19th January. Mr. Russell, the Govern-
ment Astronomer at Sydney, had very kindly placed at my
disposal the cellar in which the experiments of the U.S. Coast
Survey party, and subsequently those of Lieutenant Elblein, had
been cai-ried out ; and as the exact position of their apparatus in
the cellar is known I erected mine on the same spot. The cellar
itself is almost an ideal room for the purpose. Three of the walls
are of brick ; one, which is two feet ten inches thick, is directly
in contact with the earth outside, forming part of the foundation
wall of the Observatory ; the other two, which are two feet four
inches thick, form partition walls separating the room from
adjoining cellars, as does also the fourtli wall, which is a mass of
stone four feet three inches thick, and supports the Transit
instrument. At either end of the Transit wall are narrow
passages communicating with the adjoining cellar. The ceiling,
which is of wooden panels, is level with the ground outside.
There are no windows ; but at the east end — remote from the
pendulum apparatus — a staircase leads up into the Transit room.
The dimensions of the cellar are twenty-four feet by six feet five
inches by seven feet seven inches. As might be expected from
this description the diurnal variation of tempei'ature cannot" be
detected in this room, even by experiments specially carried out
for the purpose.!

The floor, on which the pendulum stand was erected, consists
of six inches of concrete resting directly on a bed of vei-y hard
clay containing a large number of iron stone nodules. This clay
bed, which is nearly one foot thick, is in its undisturbed natural
■condition and very solid ; it rests directly on the Sydney sand-
stone. A method of testing the stability of the apparatus — and
of the floor too — is given in the Appendix.

• Described in the Report of the Gravity Survey Committee for 1892— Proc. Roy. Soc.
Vic, 1892, p. 219,

1 1 kept the tbennographs running whetlier I were at work or not ; on certain days no
one entered tlie cellar, and the records for those days are straight lines. A range in
temperature of 0'1° Fahr. could he detectel at once by the wave it would produce iu the
line ; but none such was found.

Observations zvith Kater's Pendulums. 3

The Shelton clock was suppofted by a couple of -|in. planks,
each of these being secured by large screws to four plugs inserted
about eight inches into the wall at the west end of the cellar.
The clock was attached to the planks by three screws, and set
vertically by inserting mahogany wedges between the planks and
the clock case. The verticality, as tested by the spirit level
attached to the clock, was well maintained during the whole
series of observations.

The relative positions and tlistances of the apparatus wei'e
identical with those eui ployed in Melbourne,* save as regards
the position of the observing telescope (vide ififra p. 5). The
operation of inserting the pendulums into the cylinder was con-
siderably simplitied by cutting holes in the ceiling of the cellar,
and in the floor of the room above ; Mr. Russell would then hand
the pendulum down through the hole, I receiving it below and
guiding it into the cylinder ; in this way the pendulums, whnn
not lying in their boxes, were always kept in a vertical position
and supported by their upper ends, so that risk of accidental
bending was practically eliminated. The uppermost of the two
holes, when not in use, was kept closed by a board chamfered to
fit its edges, and above this again was a sheet of linoleum ; no
draught or air circulation through the holes was ever detected
during the swings.

Pressure and Temperature.

The experiments were carried on under atmospheric pressure,
tlie pressure being recorded by a marine barometer lent me by
Mr. Russell ; the cistern of the barometer was placed approxi-
mately on a level with the bob of the experimental pendulum.
The barometer corrections are given in Table I.

» Baracclii, I.e., p. 1C4-6G.

b2

Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

p

bo

0

0

rSr^

cS o

0

^ !3

m

o «

a

a ^

a

H

10

j__

5 -^^

CO

0

■3 S § "^

+

0 = H

1—1

0

0

.9 J^

0

0

1

1-:]

Ph

Ph

1— 1

M

«

^

c

>>

§

W

ci

0

P^

O

Pi

P5

Pi
<

o

H
H

O

Pi

o

Pi

o

S Ci

P^ 02^

CO

O
O

Observations luitJi Rater's Pendnhivis. 5

The temperature was determined as in Melbourne by means
of the thermometers, K667 used in the inverted position, and
K668 in the erect position, both attached to the dummy ; and
as a check on any irregular variations of temperature, the two
Richard thermographs were employed. The tracings furnished
by these were in all cases so regular, that the mean of the
thermometer readings, with the correction - 0° 13 applied, could
be always taken as representing the mean temperature of the
pendulum with sufficient accuracy. The thermometers and
barometer were read before and after the observations at the
beginning and end of a set of swings ; and each recorded reading
is therefore the mean of four observations. The fluctuations in
barometric pressure were also observed by means of the Observa-
tory barograph ; though not large enough to sensibly effect the
pressure correction, they influence the observations in another
manner, as described in the concluding paragraph of this paper.

Arc of Vibration.

This was read on the arc scale behind the tail-piece of the
pendulum, as in previous observations with this apparatus.

Levelling.

The agate planes of suspension for pendulums No. 4 and No. 6
were adjusted to horizontality with the aid of two small but very
sensitive levels sent out with the apparatus ; each of these stands
on three sharp points. The agates belonging to No. 11, being
cylinders instead of planes, could not be adjusted with these
levels ; the two flat-based levels sent out with this pendulum are
very sluggish, and not very sensitive ; I accordingly employed a
very delicate flat-based level, kindly lent me by Mr. Ellery. The
planes generally remained in good adjustment as tested by
relevelling at the close of the series for each pendulum.

Observation of Coincidences.

In setting up the apparatus the observing telescope had to be
rotated to the left of the vertical, so that the observer sat with
the pendulum stand on his left. The disappearance and reappear-
ance of the apparent left edge of the image of the disc on the

G Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

clock pendulum were in every case selected for observation ; this
edge would be the apparent right edge to an observer on the
opposite side of the rooro, and consequently was the same as that
observed in Melbourne. The card disc on the clock pendulum was
that used in Melbourne, and the method of observing was the same
as that adopted in Melbourne, Kew and Greenwich. Four sets of
swings, two for each face, were effected with each pendulum, the
two sets for any one face being taken on the same day. The
discordance between the results for opposite faces with the Pendu-
lum No. 11* was very marked; but there is no doubt that this pen-
dulum is slightly bent, and very little question that its knife-edges
are not accurately perpendicular to the pendulum bar. I noticed
both these defects on the first arrival of the pendulums from
England. Fortunately, so long as they are constant they do not
afiect the accuracy of differential observations.

Clock Rates.

The Shelton clock was compared directly with the Siderial
clock of the Observatory at the beginning and end of each day's
work, in order to determine the difference of their rates. The
comparison was effected by means of a tape chronograph of
Morse's pattern, constructed by Messrs. Siemens Bros., which
worked very uniformly. The chronograph spaces were measured
off by means of a divided lens, the halves of which were mounted
on brass sliding pieces carrying scales ; this instrument being
used in much the same way as the heliometer. The scales were
graduated in inches and tenths, and hundredths were estimated.

The error of the Siderial clock was determined by Transit
observations. Unfortunately the nights were so cloudy for most
of the time that star observations could not always be obtained,
and sun transits had perforce to be resorted to ; this cannot,
however, have affected the results to any serious extent, as on
those occasions when both sun and stars were observed the
difference of the deduced rates was never more than one or two
hundredths of a second. Both clocks behaved well ; their rates
are given in Table II.

» AlluOed to by Baracclii, I.e., p. 1G6.

Observations with Katcr's Pendulums.

a)

-

o

6
1

+

i

6
1

1^

+

=y a

6
1

+

1

00

6

1

+

■M

%
6

1

+

t-5

CC

o
>.o

6

1

o
+

i

lo o
6 1 1?-

1 +

i

o

6
:

+

-4

be •
fi
'be
§ ■
'3

a t
t i
^o

O o

<^^

1

o
o

o

-M

o
©

1

The Observatory Siderial had, as the table shows, a losing rate,
and the Shelton clock a gaining rate, throughout the series.

8 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Reduction of the Observations.

This was done in the manner (now well-known) adopted at
Greenwich, Kew, and Melbourne. The method of reduction can
be easily understood with the aid of the following notation : —

/= duration of a set of swings.

n — number of coincidences in a set.

iV= interval between two consecutive coincidences.

]Vo = approximate value of jY.

R = number of siderial seconds in a solar day increased by the
rate of the Shelton clock = 86636 '56 + rate.

j9 — mean barometric pressure (corrected).

7'= mean temperature (corrected).

a, ^ = initial and final amplitudes in inches.

D, d, ?- = distances of arc scale from the telescope, tail-piece
and knife-edge respectively measured in inches.

y= vibration number.

Vo = approximate value of V.

I is obtained by subtracting the epochs of the first three from
those of the last three coincidences and taking the mean of the
difterences : No is observed directly during the experiments, and ti
is obtained by dividing No into /, being the nearest whole number

to the quotient : - then gives N.

Pressure correction = Q-2,A: , q.qa.>3 ,j-_ oo\ = /?•

Arc correction = Vo.— ^ \ nA-ZZ-^n-/?' \

\<orD- \ ^ •' i

-0-13 \ -^^ _x a_b i =«•

Temperature correction = 0.45 (7^-62) = r

.-. F = ^-^+a-f/3 + T.

N

The reduction is to standard temperature 62°F., and standard
pressure 26 inches of mercury.

The results are given in Table III.

* Tlie coeflRcient 0'13 is Ciilculateil from tlie following appro.timate values :— Z>^71, ;— 50,
d— 1, Ko-seouo.

Table HI.

Pendulum.

Date.

Face.

Clock
Rate.

In Seconds.

/
In Seconds.

»

A'
In Secondg.

B

In Inches.

T

In Deg.
Fahr.

a

b

a

P

T

V

Mean for
Face.

Mean for
Pendulum.

No. 4

Jan.
29th

M.

+ 7-18

80643-74

16364-3

53

308-76.

29-895

69-62.

0-530

0-105

86082-504

+ 0-058

+ 1-191

+ 3-429

86087-182

86087-16

86087-10

15127-3

49

308-72

29-890

69-70

0-585

0-130.

86082-431

+ 0-057

+ 1-190

+ 3-465

86087-143.

Jan.
30th

P.

+ 7-06

86643-62

12355-7

40

308-893

29-828

69-60

0-645

0-195

86082-586

+ 0-083

+ 1-198

+ 3-420

86087-287

86087-04

16355-7

53

308-598

29-786

69-82

0-585

0-115

86082-051

+ 0-054

+ 1-184

+ 3-510

86086-799.

No. 6

Feb.
1st

P.

+ 0-99

86643-55

13370-0

51

262-157

29-673

69-79

0-555

0150.

85982-545

+ 0-050

+ 1-190

+ 3-506

85987-291

85986-88

85987-12

15992-5*
15993-5
16257-5

61")
61 [
62)

262-193

29-699

.69-90

0-540

0095

85982-635

+ 0-044

+ 1-198

+ 3-555

85987-432.

Feb.
2nd

M.

+ 6-62

80643-18

14681-3

56

262-166

29-776

69-61

0-505

0-105

85982-201

+ 0-041

+ 1-182

+ 3-425

85986-849

85987-36

16516-0

63

262-159

29-804

69-75

0-565

0-100

85982-182

+ 0-048

+ 1-190

+ 3-488

85986-908

No. 11

Feb.
5th

M.

+ 7-10

86643-G6

14173-8

50

283-477

29-920

69-91

0-495

0-110

86032-368

+ 0-041

+ 1-226

+ 3-560

86037-195

86037-54

86038-40

16876-5

63

2S3-754

29-866

70-18

0-530

0095

86032-962

+ 0-043

+ 1-208

+ 3-681

86037-894

Feb.
6th

P.

+ 7-12

86643-68

14784-5

52

284-317

29-856

70-16

0-585

0-130

86034-194

+ 0-057

+ 1-205

+ 3-672

86039-128

- 86039-26

16493-5*
16767-5
16768-0

58 J
59^
59)

284-369

29-828

70-52

0-565

0-103

86034-306

+ 0.049

+ 1-195

+ 3-834

86039-384

Note. — Except where marked * / is the mean of three nearly equal periods.

Observations zvitJi Rater's Pendulums. 9

In order to render these results compai-able with those taken
at other places they must be reduced to vacuum and sea-level.
The reduction to vacuum is

0-34 ^^ =26xO-34-^l-069 = 8-2693.

1 + -0023 X 30

The height of the pendulum-bob above the sea-level is given

by Mr. Russell as UO feet.

140
The reduction to sea-level is therefore —-- = "STGl.

243

The sum of the two corrections is 8-8454 or to a sufficient

degree of approximation 8 "85.

Hence we obtain as the finally reduced vibration numbers

Pendulum No. 4 ... ... 86095-95

6 ... ... 85995-97

11 ... ... 86047-25

The values given by Mr. Baracchi for Melbourne are

Pendulum No. 4

86107-89

6 ...

86008-05

11

86059-68

Hence we obtain for the differ

ence

M-

-S.

Pendulum No. 4

11-94

6

12-08

11

12-43

Mean

.. 1

2-15 + 0"l^

Discussion of the Results, and Comparison with Theory.

The first conclusion deducible from these results is that the
diff"erence between the vibration numbers for Melbourne and
Sydney cannot be deduced from a comparison of the investiga-
tions of the U.S. Coast Survey officers with those of Mr.
Baracchi, for the difference between the value thus obtained,
viz.:— 8-58 + 0-32, and the value 12-15 + 0-19 given above,
is more than eleven times the probable eiTor of the first, and
nineteen times the probable error of the second. It cannot,
therefore, be attributable to unavoidable errors of observation.

Furthermore, the difference cannot be attributed to personal
equation as between Mr. Baracchi and myself ; for if I use my

10 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

own (Melbourne) observations* instead of Mr. Baracchi's, I get
nearly the same mean result, though with a larger probable error,
J/- 6* coming out 12-20 + 0"47 ; the difference 0*05 between the
two values (which is less than the probable error of the determi-
nation made by either of us, and therefore within the limit of
experimental error), is only one-seventieth part of the difference
between the results of the two investigations at Sydney.

On the other hand the difference between the values for Af—S
obtained by Lieutenant Elblein and myself is not extravagant,
seeing that our apparatus and mode of experimenting are quite
different ; moreover, Lieutenant Elblein told me that he looked
upon 1 in 1 00,000 as about his limit of accuracy for any one
place; hence his limit of accuracy for the difference between two
places would be about L7 vibrations per day. My own probable
error for a similar difference is about 0*2 vibrations per day;
hence the diffei^ence of 1-33 between Lieutenant Elblein and
myself is well within the limit of experimental error.

We may therefore feel tolerably certain that, if we adopt 12*2
as the value of the difference between the vibration numbers at
Melbourne and Sydney, we shall not be far from the truth.

If we compute by Clairaut's formulaf the differences between
the vibration numbers at Greenwich, Melbourne, and Sydney,
and compare the figures thus obtained with the experimental
values, we obtain some interesting results, which strongly bear
out the deductions of the previous section.

The calculation is effected thus : —

Clairaut's theorem may he put into the form

F- = r„- I 1 + ('\n - d-^sin- A j. - - - - (1).

where V denotes the vibration number in latitude A, V„ the
equatorial vibration number, m the ratio of the centrifugal
force at the equator to the force of gravity there, e the ellipticity
of a meridian.

* Refen'ed to suprn p I. Tliere is, indeed, uo reason to suppose tliat personal equation bas
any effect on the results of pendulum observations ; the results for each station are them-
selves deduced from the differences between pairs of epochs, and as each epoch of a pair will
be affected by the observer's personal equation to the same extent, this source of error is
in all cases eliminated.

tit should be mentioned that— in order to avoid any risk of bias in favour of either
Lieutenant Elblein's result or that of the U.S. Coast Survey— the calculations here given
were intentionally not effected until the observations at Sydney liad been completed and
reduced.

Observations zvitJi Kater's Peiidiiliuns.

11

Hence we obtain, if V-^ and V., are the vibration numbers in
latitudes A^^ and A^

■ ~' (2).

l\-'

D \ sin-Ai — sin-Ao

- w -e] — ^ ^

1 4- ('- w - ejsin'-Ai

;// is known to be very accui'ately expressed by 0'0034674 ; tlie

mean value for e obtained by Colonel Clarke from a comparison of

5
all previous observations is 0"0034223 : whence -;;/ — <? = 0"00o25

2

with sufficient accuracy for our purpose. Owing to the sraallness
of this quantity we may omit the term depending on it in the
denominator of the right-hand member of equation (2); further-
more, as J^-^ - v., is small compared with [/\ or Fo we may
write the equation thus

2 ^\^''= (| ^n - e){^\n- A, - sin"-^ A,) - - - (3).

For Fi in the denominator of the left-hand member of equation
(3) we may substitute 86000 without sensible eri-or ; and we
obtain

Vi- V.,= 43000 X 0-00525 x (sin-A^ - sin-A..,)

= 225'75(sin-Ai -sin-Ao) - - - (4).

the formula used in the computation.
The latitudes are as follows : —

Greenwich: Ai=51° 28' 31".
Melbourne : A._, = - 37° 49' 53".
Sydney : Ag = -33° 51' 41".

The experimental values for (rreenwich, Melbourne, and
Sydney are summarised in Table lY.

Table IY.

station and Observer.

Greenwich
(Hoi lis)

^relboume
(Baracclii)

Sydney
(iiOve)

No. 4

86165-19

86107-89

86095-95

Pendulum -

No. 6

86065-09

86008-05

85995-97

No. 11

86116-83

86059-68

86047-25

From this table we obtain the following differences : —

12 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Table V.

Pendulum.

G-S

M-S

G-M

No. 4 - - -
No. 6 - - -
No. 11 - - -

69-24
69-12
69-58

11-94
12-08
12-43

57-30
57-04
57-15

Mean - - -
Calculated -

69-31
68-03

12-15
14-82

57-16
53-21

Obsd- - Calcd.

+ 1-28

-2-67

+ 3-95

Hence, according to Clairaut's theorem the vibration number
recently obtained for Sydney is too large as compared with that
for Melbourne, and too small as compared with that for
Greenwich ; while the observed vibration number for Melbourne
departs even more widely from that for Greenwich, being nearly
four vibrations less than the formula would allow. Unless the
pendulums have undei'gone some serious change in the course of
the voyage out, such change being nearly reversed during the
voyage to Sydney — a very unlikely concatenation of events — the
conclusion to which the figures lead is a defect of gravity at
INIelbourne, and a similar but much smaller defect at Sydney, as
compared with Greenwich. Setting aside any possible difference
between the observed and calculated values due to the difference
in longitude between Greenwich and the Australian stations,*
we may observe that this result was exactly what we might
expect. Melbourne being situated forty miles from the open
ocean, and about 250 from the deep water marked by the 200
fathom line, is much more of a continental station than Sydney,
which is near to the Pacific coast, and on a line with most of it,
the 200 fathom line being here within a few miles of the shore ;
(xreenwich, again, is on an island. The general result of pendu-
lum work is to show that proximity to the ocean in continental
stations raises the value of g for any given latitude, while an

* We know the figure of tlie Earth with sufficient accuracy to affirm that any effect
arising from difference of longitude must be extremely small.

Observations ivith Kater's Pendulinns. 13

insular situation raises it still more : consequently M - S should
be smaller, G - S greater, and G- M still greater than the
calculated value, as is the case.

If, however, we take the U.S. Coast Survey result, all three
diflerences fall below the calculated value ; M-S in particular
becomes absurdly small, unless we are prepared to assert that
g has an abnormally high value at Sydney, owing to local
peculiarites which cannot well be allowed for. Such an assertion
appears to me to be quite unwarrantable in view of the agree-
ment between the recent determinations of Elblein and myself ;
and I am in consequence reluctantly compelled to assume that
the U.S. Coast Survey determination must not be employed
differentially in connection with recent observations with the
Kater pendulums.

"What the source of the discrepancy may be it is not so easy to
determine. The following suggestions may be made : —

(a) That some change has taken place in all the pendulums
since 1883.

(b) That some error has crept into the reduction of the
American observations.

(c) Errors of observing.

Of these (c) is practically out of the question, as all three pen-
dulums give nearly the same result ; besides the known skill
and ability of the American observers would negative such a
hypothesis.

(a) is inadmissible ; for Herschel's measurements with these
pendulums at Kew and Greenwich in 1882 agree very well with
those made by Hollis and Constable in 1889, consequently no
such change can have occurred during that interval ; while the
values of G - M, M-S, and G - S, as recently determined,
negative the supposition of any serious change between 1889 and
1894.

(b) seems the only possible solution ; and it is noteworthy that
the error, whatever it be, affects all the pendulums alike. The
possible soui'ces of error which could give such a result are limited
in number ; the only one which suggests itself to me is a syste-
matic change in the sign of the clock rate. Whether anything of
this kind has occurred I cannot tell, as I have of course been
unable to refer to the original notes of the American observers,
which alone could be relied on to settle the matter.

14 Proceedijigs of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Conclusion.

In the course of the observations, both here and in Sydney, a
curious circumstance presented itself, which seems to indicate a
peculiarity in the behaviour of the Shelton clock. Any very
rapid change in the barometric pressure always calls forth while
it is progress a change in the clock rate. As cases in point, the
observations of 30th January and 5th February may be cited.
On both these days the barometer fell rapidly during the first
series of observations, and the value of V is on 30th January
considerably higher for the second series than for the first, while
on 5th February the reverse is the case. When, however, no
sudden changes of pressure occur the difTerence between the
numbers obtained on the same day is always quite small. Can
this be a special property of gridiron pendulums % If so, the
following explanation may be tentatively suggested. Possibly,
owing to the friction between the rods, the geometrical form of a
gridiron pendulum normally lags behind the condition proper to
the actual temperature ; and the sudden changes of pressure may
act like slight shocks, enabling it to sudderily overcome this
friction.

In concluding this paper I must express my gratitude to Mr.
Russell, who not only placed the resources of the Observatory at
my disposal, and aided me in the work in every possible way, but
also treated me with the greatest kindness and hospitality during
ray stay in Sydney. My thanks are also due to the members of
the Observatory staff, especially to Mr. Linehan, the chief
assistant, who took a great deal of trouble over the clock rates,
and helped me in other ways. Lastly, I would express my
obligations to the New South Wales Railway Commissioners for
their kindness in granting me a free pass over their lines.

Appendix.

On the Stability of the Stand on zvhich the Kaier Fenduhims

are szuung.

The copper cylinder in wliich the pendulums are vibrated,
together with the massive timber and iron framework which
carries it, was constructed at Dehra Dun for the Indian Trigone-

Observatiojis ivith Kater's Pendulums. 15

metrical Survey. I cannot discover any record of experiments
directed to discover whether the vibrations of the pendulums set
up any corresponding^ vibration in the cylinder. It appeared
desirable to investigate the question ; and Mr. Eussell very
kindly constructed the apparatus here described, and assisted in
the conduct of the experiments made with it.

The apparatus is figured in Plate 1. ABD, Fig. (1),* is an
L-shaped biuss plate, to whicli two small plates J/, M, Figs. (1)
and (2), are soldered above and below. Through the plates M,
M, screws T, T, Fig. (2), are passed, terminating in conical
pivots which work easily in sockets in the brass plate EF ; G,
Fig. (1), is a weak spring fastened to EF, and bearing against
the arm AB of the L-shaped piece, so that when left to itself
the arm BD is pi-essed into contact with EF ; to the arm BD
a mirror, C, is cemented; F, Figs. (1) and (2), is a conical steel
spike. The plate EF is secured by three screws to the wooden
block K, which is itself screwed to the top of a large iron drum,
ZT, filled with water, which stands on the fiuor. When in use
the point of the .spike F rested perpendicularly against the north
window of the cylinder, against which it pressed with sufficient
force to bring the arm BF) parallel to the plate EF ; it was
found that a force equal to the weight of 0-25 ounces was
required for this purpose. The plane of the thrust is parallel to
the plane of vibration of the pendulum.

At the other end of the cellar a frame carrying a telescope and
scale was supported by means of a similar iron drum filled with
water, to which it was screwed, in such a way that an image of
the scale was thrown into the telescope by the mirror ; the
telescope was provided with a single vertical crosswire. The
arrangement of the telescope and scale is shown in Figs. (3), (4)
and (5), and needs no further explanation. The scale was divided
on ground glass into inches and tenths, and illuminated by a
small bull's-eye lantern placed behind it on the frame. A
displacement of one-tenth of a scale division in the image would
have been easily detected, especially if oscillatory.

The dimensions of the apparatus were as follows : — Distance
from point of spike F to vertical line of pivots, 0'75 in. Distance

* Fig. (1) is liorizoiital, Fig. (2) is vertical.

16 Proceedings of tJi: Royal Society of Victoria.

from scale or object glass to mirror, 167"0 in. Distance from

plane of spike to plane of support of cylinder, 43-0 in. An

oscillation in the image of amplitude 0*1 scale division (001 in.)

would accordingly correspond to an angular displacement in the

cylinder expressed by

0-01 1 0-75 648000 ^ ,^,, , „

-— X - X ^ ,^ X = O'iOo seconds or arc.

167 2 43 TT

To see whether the apparatus responded easily to small
disturbances the following experiments were carried out : —

(a). To test the eftect of unsymmetrical vertical thrust.

A brass cylinder weighing 13 oz. was placed in a vertical
position on the ledges of the north and south windows of the
cylinder alternately ; the readings obtained were

No Load. Load on S. window. Load on N. window.

21-8

21-2

21-8

21'

21-2

oo-l

[Note. — The pendulum cylinder is fully 100 times the mass of
the small brass cylinder employed in this experiment.]

Hence the mean displacement on loading the S. window was
0-6, while the mean displacement on loading the N. window
was 0'4; or, in other words, 1}-, oz. on the S. window, or 3 oz. on
the N. window could be detected. As the line joining two of
the three supporting screws of the cylinder ran east and west,
and to the south of the third screw, this difference might be
reasonably expected ; for the load on tlie south window would
tend to relax the pressure on the third levelling screw by
rotating the whole cylinder about the E. and W. line through
the other two.

( b) To test the effect of horizontal thrust.

The piece of apparatus shown in Figs. (6) and (7) was con-
structed for this purpose'^' ; abc is a brass plate bent nearly at a

« Fig. (6) is vertical, Fig. (7) borizontal.

Observations zuitli Kater's Pefidulums. 17

right angle, and carrying a steel spike d ; ff i^ anotlier brass
plate with a recess cut out at one end to allow the arm be to
pass ; e, e, are screws with conical ends, passing through j^ and
bearing into holes in the line of bending of the plate abc, thus
forming pivots about which it can turn easily ; ^ is a circle
traced on the upper side of ab, its centre being at the same
distance from the line of the pivots as is the point of d. When
in use the point of the spike d rested against the south window
of the cylinder, the arm ab being just lifted off the plate _^
by the pressure. A mass /^ being placed on g, the lever abc
transmits a horizontal thrust to the cylinder equal to the weight
of k. The plate _^ was screwed to a wooden block, in its turn
screwed to the top of an iron drum filled with water.

With a brass 1 oz. weight the following readings were obtained-
Loaded. Unloaded.

6-2 ... —

— ... 7-0
6-2 ... — .

— ... 7-0

Consequently a horizontal pressure in the plane of oscillation
of the pendulums equal to the weight of ^ oz. would produce a
deflection of O'l scale divisions.

(c) To test the effect of small impulses.

Taps with the finger dealt as lightly as possible to the
south window caused deflections of several scale divisions ; the
resulting oscillations were however damped out after two or
three swings.

The sensitiveness and delicacy of the apparatus being thus
demonstrated, the pendulum (No. 11) was set in vibration
through an arc about equal to the largest employed in the
coincidence observations, and examined at intervals during a
quarter of an hour. On no occasion could the slightest trace of
oscillation be detected, the image of the scale remaining to all
appearance absolutely steady on the crosswire.

The distance betweeen the knife-edges and the plane of
support of the cylinder was about six inches ; and since the
angular excursion, if any existed, could not as shown exceed
0"*05 on either side of the vertical, the maximum possible linear
displacement of the knife-edge from its equilibrium position may
be put down as 0 "00003 inches, which is about one ten-

18 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

thousandth part of the senn-amplitude of the excursions of the
pendulum bob. The sutficient stability of the apparatus is
amply guaranteed by this result.

Early in the course of the experiments it was noticed that
certain changes in the position of the observer, when near the
pendulum stand, caused changes in the zero reading, the
maximum displacement being produced by the experimentee's
crossing the room from north to south or vice versa. Accordingly
the observer who adjusted the weights in the statical experi-
ments always retired to a marked position in the room before
readings were taken. It appeared worth while to examine the
changes in the floor-level thus produced : and the following tests
were made for this purpose.

A lead cylinder, weighing 38^ lbs., was placed at the foot of the
south and north pillars of the stand altei'nately; the readings were

Wt. near South pillar. Wt. near North pillar.

20-9 ...

... 21-7

20-9 ...

... 21-7

20-9

21-8

Hence the displacement of the weight through a space of five
feet on a floor six feet five inches wide, caused a change of level
amounting to 0'"8G, which would correspond to a depression by
the weight amounting to 0 '00024 inches. Considering the
solidity of the flooring, this at first surprised me a good deal ;
until I reflected that a load of a couple of tons would produce
under the same circumstances a depression of about 0*2 inches :
now we have only to watch the bending of the railway track
under the wheels of a luggage train — in which a load of a couple
of tons per wheel is something like the usual thing — in order to
see that the depression thus produced in the solid mass of the
track is much greater than 0'2 inches; consequently the experi-
ment really demonstrates the exceptional solidity of the floor.

It is necessary to mention that changes of level of the order of
magnitude of those produced in these experiments could not be
detected by the spirit levels, and would have no sensible effect
on the pendulum observations.

1 '^

\

K

^

Tig 6

Fig 1

Fig 7

Fig 5

Art. II. — Description of some Australian Birds'' Eggs
and Nests collected at Bloonifield, near Cook town,
Queensland.

By D. Le Souef.

[Communicated by Pi'ofessor Baldwin Spencer.]
[Eead 8th March, 1894.]

Crescent-marked Oriole (Minieta flavo-cincta).

These birds were occasionally seen in the open country, and I
found their open nest on 3rd November, and secured the parent
birds; it was suspended from a fork near the end of a thin bough
of a Melaleuca tree, about forty feet from the ground, and
difficult to get at. It contained two eggs on the point of
hatching.

The tree was growing beside a waterhole, and a Quoy's crow-
shrike had its nest in an adjoining tree. The nest is very
similar in appearance to that of a Friar bird, and is outwardly
composed entirely of strips of bark off a small species of
Eucalyptus which grows in damp localities ; the inside of the
structure is liiaed with tendrils from the creepers in the scrub,
which was about 300 yards away, it measures externally seven
inches in length by five inches broad, with a depth of four and
a quarter inches, and internal measurement three and three-
quarter inches long by two and three-quarter inches broad, and
three inches in depth. The eggs are nearly oval in form and of a
pinkish-white colour, with a few rounded markings of a dark
brown colour, especially towards the larger end. There are also
some light grey markings, which have the appearance of being

20 14i .

under the surface of the shell. They measure A — , x — -^ inch

^ 16 16

^22 16 . ,

This egg has not been described before.

20 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Northern Sphecotheres ( Sphecotheres flaviventris).

These birds were plentiful in the open country, and often seen
in company with the Friar birds, the bright yellow markings on
the breast of the male making him conspicuous.

We noticed them building on a small white gum tree on 18th
October, and, going to the tree again on 25th Octobei', found five
of their nests on the tree, and also one of the silvery-crowned
leatherhead ; they were all built near the end of thin boughs, and
only one could be got at by our native climber. We could see
from below how many eggs were in each nest, the full clutch
being three. Our blackfellow had a long thin stick, and, the
nests he could not get at, he rolled the eggs out of one by one, and
I caught them all uninjured in my hat as they fell. The nests
were built of vine tendrils and small twigs, cup-shaped, and
rather shallow, and, as before stated, could easily be seen
through from below. The one I took measures externally five
inches in diameter by three inches in depth, internal
diameter three and a quarter inches by one and three-quarter
inches in depth. The eggs are of a greenish-grey colour, with
various sized irregular markings of a brown colour, with other
fainter markings of a purplish hue, they both predominate
towards the larger end, the eggs are nearly oval, tapering at the

smaller end and measure A ^^^' x — - inch B Z^ x ~- inch

16 16 16 16

^ 21 15 . ,
C — X — inch.
16 16

This esffic has not been described before.

-'0&

Cat-bird (Aibiredus maculosus).

The curious harsh note of this bird was often heard in the
scrub and several nests found ; they seem to prefer building near
the top of a slender tree, about fifteen feet from the ground,
although on one occasion we found one within two feet, built on
a creeper, but that was an exception ; the structure is bulky
and composed principally of leaves and twigs, mixed with fine
rootlets and lined with finer tendrils, the external diameter of
one I took is nine inches, and four and a half inches in depth,
internal diameter five and three-quarter inches, and depth two

So}?te Aiistralian Birds Eggs and Nests. 21

inches, but they vary in size ; the eggs are two in number, and of

a pale cream colour and glossy. One pair taken on 27 bh October

27 181 28 191 .

measures ^4 ^ x -—^ inch B ~- x — -^ inch.
16 16 16 16

Coach-whip Bird ( Psophodes crepitans).

The call of this l)ird was occasionally heard in the dense scrub

on the higher lands, but the bird itself was seldom seen, it does

not appear to be as large as our Victorian one, and it utters a

slightly diiferent note, its eggs also are smaller and of a lighter

colour. We found its nest on 25th October with two eggs in,

built in a thick mass of creepers about three feet from the

ground, it was composed chiefly of vine tendrils and small twigs,

the ground colour of the eggs was bluish-white, with irregular

black markings, slightly more numerous at the larger end, there

are also similar markings of a greyish colour appearing as if

under the shell, they taper gradually towards the smaller end

. , 18 131 .19 1.3 . ,

and measures A — X — ^ inch // __ x — . inch.
16 16 16 16

Black-fronted Flycatcher (Monarcha trivirgata).

These flycatchers were seen only in the scrub, and were very

shy birds. All the nests we found were built near the top of

slender young trees, about four feet from the ground, and always

near a watercourse ; their pretty cup-shaped nests were, compara-

tiv^ely speaking, easily seen, they were outwardly composed of

fine shreds of bark, pieces of skeleton leaves, a little moss, and all

round the nests were fastened pieces of white spider cocoons,

and a few of the softer green coloured cocoons made by other

varieties of spiders. It gave the nests a curious appearance. All

the inside was lined with very fine black rootlets and tendrils,

havin<^ the appearance of horsehair, its external diameter is two

and three-quarter inches by three and three-quarter inches in

depth. Two eggs were always found in the nests on difterent

dates in October, and the eggs in various stages of incubation.

The eggs have a white ground colour, and are minutely speckled

over with reddish- brown spots, which are very much more

numerous at the larger end. A pair I took on 28th October

, , 14 10 . , „14 10 . ,
measured A —- X , >, inch B ^~ X —^ inch.
16 16 16 16

22 Proceedings oj the Royal Society of Victoria.

Queen Victoria Rifle Bird (Ptilorhis victorice).

These birds were plentiful in the scrub, and their harsh note
often heard, but the birds themselves generally kept out of sight,
although they are by no means shy. We were fortunate in
secui'ing their nest on 29th October, built in a fan palm not far
from the ground, and it contained two eggs, which seems to be a
full clutch, another nest was being built in a Cordyline, only eight
feet from the ground, when I left, and the eggs taken on 20th
November. The nests vary in size, and are very loosely put
together, consequently are built either in some thick creeper, or
in a fan or other palm, and built close to the trunk and held up
by the butt of the stem of the leaf ; the hen bird, when sitting
on her nest, is not easily disturbed. The external diameter of
the nest found on the fan palm was six inches by three and a
half inches in depth, internal diameter three and three quarter
inches by two inches in depth, and was composed almost entirely
of vine tendrils. These birds often work pieces of the cast skins
of snakes into their nests ; I saw a piece, on one occasion, three
feet long, most of which was hanging down loose. The two eggs
were beautifully marked, having a reddish-cream ground coloui*,
and irregular sized streaks of different shades of brown,
commencing at the larger end and tapering off to a point, some
of the streaks, which are more numerous at the larger end of the
egg, are very short, others again continue three-quarters of the
way down the surface of the Qg^ and are broader than the short
ones ; the eggs, which are nearly oval in shape, have a beautiful

gloss on them and measure A %- y. — ^ inch B 1— y. -^ inch.

16 16 16 16

Superb Fruit Pigeon (Ptilinopus superbus).

This beautiful little pigeon was seen on several occasions in
the scrub, and we found several of their nests, each with a single
egg in, and also secured the parent bird. They seem to prefer
building on the higher part of the ranges. We found one nest,
with a young one in, built in a small shrub about two feet from
the ground, another on 27th October on a small bush which was
growing some two feet out of the crevice of a rock overhanging a
precipice, and it was with some difficulty that I managed to

Some AAistralian Birds Eggs and Nests. 23

secure the egg, others again from eight to ten feet from the
ground in small trees. The nest measures three inches in
diameter, and is composed of very few twigs. The %^g is oval in
form, and the one I got on the date before mentioned measures
22 Ui . ,

Allied Fruit Pigeon (Carpophaga assiinilis.)

These large pigeons were far more often heard than seen in the

leafy tops of the dense scrub as they fed on the fruit, and

fi'equently on passing underneath the high fruit-bearing trees,

we heard the fruit dropping on the ground, showing the pigeons

were busy overhead feeding, and we had to look a long time

before we could make them out, their green colour making them

more difficult to detect. Their nests, which wei'e four inches in

diameter, and built of small twigs, were found on several

occasions, generally on a thin branch of a small tree some ten to

fifteen feet from the ground, and frequently in trees overhanging

streams ; only one ^(^■g was found in each nest. The three I have

were taken on 23rd and 27th October, and 3rd November, and

,24 17 . , „ 26 17 . , ^251 17 . ,
measure A —, Y. ■-- inch B --, Y, - inch C --^ X — mch.
lb lb lb lo lb lb

Swing's Fruit Pigeon (Ptiliiiopus eivingii).

This beautiful little pigeon was seen in the scrub on the
higher land near Bloom lield, but specimens were difficult to
secure in the thick vegetation. We were fortunate in finding two of
their nests on 24th October, one on the banks of the Annan River,
in a small tree about eight feet from the ground, it contained a
young bird newly hatched, and the hen bird let us approach
within three feet of her nest before she flew off. The other
nest was placed in a somewhat similar situation, and contained
one fresh egg. They were unusually lightly built, with a few
small sticks, and two and a half inches in diameter, and it looked
as if the egg could hardly I'emain on when the bii'd was oflT
the nest, the egg which is oval in form, and white, measures
20 Vi\ . ,
16 ^ Tb '^'^'-

This egg has not been described before.

24 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Long-billed Green Pigeon (Chalcophaps longirostris).

This bird inhabits the northern portion of Australia, and its
habits are very similar to its southern ally Chalcophaps chryso-chlora.

It is generally to be found on the ground and near streams in

the shade of the thick vegetation. We only succeeded in finding

one nest and tine egg, and that on 5th November, and secured

the parent bird. The sti'ucture was very lightly built, and not

more than ten feet from the ground, and was placed near

the end of a thin bough ; the egg is white, and measures

18 131.

— X — - uich.

16 16

This egg has not been described before.

Yellow-bellied Flycatcher ( Micrceca Jlavigaster), Gould.

This little bird is found in the northern portions of Australia,
generally in the open forest country and is fairly plentiful, its
cheery note being often heard.

Its beautiful little nest, one of the smallest of Australian
birds' nests, was found at Bloomfield, near Cooktown, on 25th
October, 1893, and I secured the parent birds. It was built on
the dead upper branches of a small tree, about fifteen feet from
the ground, and contained one partially incubated egg ; there
was, apparently, no room for another. It was cup-shaped, the
outside being covered with small pieces of bark fastened on with
cobwebs at the upper end and hanging, being similar in colour
to the bough on which it is built, making it very difficult to
detect. Cobwebs are also wound round the nest over the bark,
and also round the branch, as if to make the nest more secui'e ;
the rest of the structure is composed of fine shreds of bark and
grass, very compactly put together. It measures externally one
and a half inches in diameter, by thi-ee-quarters of an inch in
depth, and internal diameter one and a quarter inches by half
inch in depth.

The egg is a greyish-white ground colour, spotted with

irregular shaped markings of various shades of brown, with

underlying markings of grey, especially towards the larger end.

13 9 .
It measures -^ x inch.

16 10

This egg has not been described before.

Some Anstmlian Birds Eggs and Nests. 25

[Appendix.]

Notes on a neiu species of Arses or Flycatclier.

By A. J. Campbell, F.L.S.

It is with pleasure I have to record an addition (a new
species) to the list of Australian avi-fauna. During a successful
collecting trip to Northern Queensland, Mr. Dudley Le Souef,
Assistant-Director Zoological Gardens, Melbourne, returned with
many specimens of Natural history, new to science, amongst
which there appeared a Fy catcher, evidently of the genus Arses,
founded by Lesson. This genus of exceedingly elegant birds,
mostly in simple black and white garb, embraces five hitherto
known species — four confined to the New Guinea region, and one
to Northern Queensland. The sixth species, or last discovered
one, differs from the other Queensland bird in possessing a frill or
colour upon the back of the neck, and again differs from the
other Frilled-necked Flycatchers of the New Guinea region, by
having a broad band of black across the breast, but resembles
most of all the Little Frilled-neck Flycatcher (A. aurefisis,
Sharpe).

The new species was discovered by Mr. Le Souef last
November (1893), on the Bloomfield River about fifty miles
south of Cooktown, Northern Queensland. Mr. Le Souef
informs me that the bird is peculiarly a denison of the thick
palm scrubs. Its movements are graceful, and the white frill,
which appeared to be erect, imparts a singular appearance to the
bird, and serves to at once arrest the eye of the observer.
Mr. Le Souef thought its actions somewhat resembled those
of the Tree-creeper ( Climacieris), especially in its mode of
ascending the under side of holes of trees and of scrub in search
of insect prey — its chief food. Mr. Le Souef only saw one pair
in addition to a few single birds, which were observed either in
the morning or towards evening.

I have proposed the name Arses terrce-regina; for this new
species, which may be known on the vernacular list as Le Souef's

26 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Frilled-necked Flycatcher. In connecting the discoverer's name
with this interesting bird, I deem it an honour due to him for his
indomitable perseverance and diligence as a field naturalist.
Moreover, the name of Le Souef (in part connection with his
father, Mr. A. C. Le Souef) is a household word amongst field
workers and zoological institutions in Australia.

I exhibit here to-night, for comparison, the two Australian
Arses, namely, kaupi and terrce-regiticB. During my own
excursion to Northern Queensland, 1885, I secured a pair of
Kaup's Flycatchers in the Cardwell Scrub. The one exhibited is
the female, now in possession of our local taxidermist, Mr. A.
Coles ; the other was taken over by the the National Museum.

Arses terrce-regimi' , Campbell.

Male. — Head, including ear coverts and side of face, velv^ety
Black. Upper part of back, shoulders, broad band across the
breast, glossy or bluish-black. "Wings, except where blending
into a brownish shade at the primaries, and tail, black. Tibial
plumes, dusky. Surrounding the back of the neck is a pure white
frill or collar joining a white throat and chin. Abdomen, part
of under wing coverts, and lower portion of the back also white.
In the specimen under consideration there appears some patches
of parti-colour on the back, indicating possibly that the bird has
not reached mature plumage. In life a narrow disc of beautiful
bluish wattle surrounds the eyes, which are dark brown. Bill
(narrow) steel-blue; feet black. Total length, 6-3 inches; bill
(from gape), -75; culmen, -4; wing, 3-25; tail, 3-; tarsus, -73.

Female. — Judging by analogy, probably resembles those of the
other frilled-necked species, in being generally dusky brown or
rufous in colour.

Art. III. — Notes on some Lancefield Graptolitcs.
By Gr. B. Pritchard.

[Eead 8th March, 1894.]

Ill the Proceedings of this Society for the year 1891, Mr. T. S.
Hall, M.A., described a new species of Dictyotiema under the
name of D. gratide. Since the publication of that paper I have
been fortunate enough to obtain among some additional examples
of the species, an exceptionally perfect and well-preserved speci-
men, with the hydrothecas well developed and clearly discernible.
Mr. G. Clark, who accompanied me on the occasion of obtaining
this prize, kindly drew my attention to a small exposure of the
free branches of the polyp-stock on a face of the outci-op, and by
exerting a little care I was able to secure both sides of a perfectly
entire specimen. I take this opportunity of thanking Mr. Clark
for his kindness in so readily handing over his right to this
specimen.

Genus Dictvoxema, Hall.

Dictyonema, thougli it has been very often placed among the
Graptolites, strictly speaking does not belong to them, as the
very characteristic chitinous supporting rod of that group is
absent. Professor Nicholson* regards Dictyonema as probably
an early type of the Order Thecaphora of which Sertiilaria and
Camparitilaria are living representatives. Zittelf appears to
hold the same view, as he places it in the Sub-order Campanu-
laricB.

The genus was originally founded by Professor J. Hallj in the
following language : — " Fronds consisting of flabelliform or
funnel-shaped expansions (circular from compression), composed
of slender radiating branches, which frequently bifurcate as
they recede from the base. Branches and subdivisions united
laterally by fine transverse dissepiments ; exterior of branches

* Manual of Palseontology, vol. i., p. 204.

t Handbucli der Palaeontologie, Band I., p. 289.

% PalEeontoIogy of New York, vol. ii , p. 174, 1852.

28 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

strongly striated and often deeply indented ; inner surface
celluliferous or serrate, as in Graptolithus." Although Professor
Hall indicates the occurrence of hydrothecse in the above descrip-
tion, it does not seem to me absolutely clear whether the whole
frond bears hydrothecpe or only a portion of it. Judging from
the specific descriptions, specimens with the hydrothecae preserved
must have been very rare indeed, as the majority of the species
which have come under my notice have been incomplete in this
respect.

Zittel* gives the following definition: — " Hydrosome, funnel
pannier or fan-shaped, with numerous branches almost parallel,
strong, forked and united by cross-threads. The ends of the
branches are free, and are then set on one side with pointed
hydrothecse. The latter appear very perishable, and are exceed-
ingly seldom preserved." In this definition it is apparently
intended to indicate that only the free ends of the branches bear
hydrothecfe. In the specimen now before me the hydrothecaj
occur not only on the free ends of the branches, but are also
plainly seen on other parts of the frond, and I have been able to
trace them almost to the very centre of the polyp-stock.

Mr. T. S. Hall remarks in connection with the description of
his species,! that "the diameter of a perfect specimen has not
yet been determined, and the hydrothecae are not visible in any
of the specimens." I will therefore avail myself of this opportu-
nity to add the following observations to complete the diagnosis
of—

DiCTYONEMA GRANDE, T. S. Hall.

The branches where the hydrothecse are well-developed are
from 2-5 mm. to 3 mm. broad. Hydrothecse long, narrow,
mucronate, indent the branches for about one-third the width
free for about one-fifth their length ; length 5 mm., breadth of
aperture 1 mm., but gradually narrowing towards the back of
the branch. The upper taiargin or aperture is decidedly concave;
the lower margin is straight, can be traced to a point opposite
the aperture of the third lower hydrotheca, and makes an angle
of about 15° with the back of the branch; the mucronate point
is set at about twice that angle, which gives a somewhat arched

» Handb. d. Pal., Band I., p. 2S9.

t Proc. Roy. Soc. Viet., vol. iv., N.S., pt. I., p. 8.

Notes on some Lancefield Graptolitcs. 29

aspect to the upper portion, of the lower margin. Hydrothecae
number ten to the centimetre. Breadth of the entire stock, from
24 cm. to about 30 cm.

Genus Temnograptus, Nicholson.

In 1891 I described a gigantic graptolite under the name
Teinnograptus magnifiais^ and drew attention to the close
relation which undoubtedly existed between it and T. multiplex,
Nicholson, the type of the genus, and three other species
originally described by Professor J. Hall as Graptolithus flexilis,
G. rigidus, and G. abnormis. The three last-named species are
now regarded as belonging to the genus Clonograptiis, and
according to Dr. O. Herrmann in a paper on the DichograptidcB*'
T. multiplex, Nicholson, must also be referred to this genus, as he
asserts that TemnograptJis is not sufficiently distinct from
Clonograptiis. However, in a communication I received from
Professor Nicholson he informs me that he is not at all disposed
to regard these two genera as identical, also that he regards my
species as doubtless congeneric with his T. multiplex. I will
therefore for the j)resent allow the generic location of my species
to stand unaltered.

Genus Clonogeaptus, Hall.
" Hydrosome bilaterally sub-symmetrical, consisting of more
than four simple branches produced by dichotomous division.
The spaces between the furcation-points are larger than in
Dichograptics. Central disc never present."

Clonograptus fi^exilis, Hall.

Graptolithus flexilis. Hall, Geological Survey of Canada
Report for 1857, }). 119 ; also Graptolites of the Quebec Group,
p. 103, pi. X., figs. 3-9.

Description. — Polyp-stock multibrachiate, composed of numer-
ous slender branching stipes symmetrically disposed on the two
sides of their origin. Sicula, minute ; funicle, short, from 1-5 mm.
to 2-5 mm. in length, dividing at the extremities at an angle
of about 105°; each of these four branches again divides within
the space of from 2-5 mm. to 5 mm., making eight principal

* Geo. Mag., N.S., Dec. III., vol. iii , No. 1, p. 25.

30 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

branches, which are again several times bifurcated. Hydrothecse
commence above the third bifurcation, that is taking the division
of the sicula into two branches, which form the funicle, as the
first bifurcation. Stipes slender, flexuous, diverging at a smaller
angle at each successive bifurcation ; filiform at base, and, where
the hydrothecse are developed, measure from 1 mm. to 1'75 mm.
The non-hydrothecal-bearing stipes measure about "5 mm. in
width. In the entire stock there are six bifurcations, giving rise
to sixty-four branchlets in all. Breadth of the entire stock
about 9 cm.

Hydi'othecfe, short and acute, indent the branches for one-half
the width, and are free for nearly one-half their length ; length
being about four times their diameter ; aperture or upper margin,
straight, making an angle of 9U° with the axis, lower margin
straight and inclined to the axis at about 30°. Hydrothecaj
number from ten to eleven to the centimetre.

Obs. — In some of the Lancefield specimens the angle at
which the parts of the divided extremities of the funicle diverge
is a little greater than that mentioned above, beincr 112° in the
specimens under notice ; also the length of the four main stipes
is from "5 to 2-5 mm. longer in some examples. The hydrothecse
agree well with the oi'iginal description. On the whole, the
agreement of Lancefield specimens with the American is remark-
ably close and accurate.

This is, I believe, the first record of the occurrence of this
species in Victoria, and is all the more interesting on that
account, as it is another example of the wide distribution of
Graptolite species.

Tetragraptus quadribrachiatus, Hall.

This species occurs leather commonly associated witli the
previously described forms from this locality. It is generally
somewhat small, and the hydrothecaj are often not preserved, but
occasionally a well-developed specimen has turned up with stipes
quite two and one-half inches in length.

In addition to the above, I have a new species of Dictyonema,
Didymograptus represented by, at least, one species, Tetragraptus^
probably two forms, Leptograptus, also two forms, and another
species of Clonograptus. Notes on these I hope to be able to add
on some future occasion.

Art. ly. — Note on the presence of Peripatus insignis tn

Tasmania.

By Baldwin Spencer,

Professor of Biology in the University of Melbourne.
[Read 8th March, 1894.]

Up to the present time the only record of Peripatus from
Tasmania is that of a single specimen described by Mr. J. J.
Fletcher.

On the continent of Australia at any rate two, and possibly
three, species exist. There are P. kuckartii, P. insignis and a
Victorian form as yet referred to the former species, but which
may possibly turn out to be distinct.

In Victoria Peripatus has never yet been found in such
abundance as Mr. Fletcher has recently described in the case
of the New South Wales form, P. leuckartii, from the Blue
Mountains, and of our two species the one first described by
Dr. Dendy as P. insignis is comparatively rai"e.

Whilst in Tasmania during the summer of 1893 I searched
hard for Peripatus on Mount Wellington, in the Lake St. Clair
district, around Dee Bridge and Parattah. Though the localities
were apparently favourable ones I only succeeded in finding it at
Dee Bridge, where, under fallen logs and within the space of
half an acre I found some fifteen specimens.

The interest of these lies in the fact that tliey are all referable
to the species P. insignis, with which they agree in the absence
of the accessory tooth on the outer jaw, in the possession of
fourteen pair of legs, and, generally speaking, in colouration.
Just as in the case of P. leuckartii there is a wide range of
variation in colouration, from very dark purplish-black specimens,
in which only the rudiments of a skin pattern can be detected,
to others in which the latter is a very marked feature.

A point to notice is the large size of the specimens as compared
with those of the mainland — a feature not infrequent in the case

32 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

of other foi*ms of life common to Tasmania and the continent.
Those described by Dr. Dendy from Victoria measured, after
preservation in spirits, about eleven millimetres in length, and
one millimetre in greatest breadth. Of the Tasmanian form (killed
by drowning and subsequent preservation in spirit), three of the
largest measure, respectively, twenty-three, seventeen and fifteen
millimetres in length (exclusive of tentacles), and four, three,
and three millimetres in breadth, whilst the smaller ones,
evidently immature, measure eleven millimetres in length, and
one millimetre in breadth.

It is again worthy of note that just as in the case of many
other forms so in that of Peripatus we find an alliance between
the S.E. part of Australia and Tasmania.

I may add that in the same localities — St. Clair, Dee Bridge,
and Parattah, I also found considerable numbers of the land
Nemertine — Geonemertes australiensis — of which only one speci-
men ha,s hitherto been recorded from Tasmania.

Art. V. — Preliminary Notes on Tasnianian EartJnvoniis.
(With Plates I., II., III., IV. and V.)

By Baldwin Spencer,

Pi'ofessor of Biology in the University of Melbourne.
[Kead 8th March, 1894.]

In two previous communications to this Society I have
described as preliminary to a joint work by Mr. Fletcher of
Sydney and myself on the Earthworm fauna of Australia the
species of Megascolides, Cryptodrilus and Perichpeta which had up
to the date of publication been found in Victoria. Tliis evening
I describe a series of Earthworms from Tasmania, and I have to
thank Mr. A. Simson, of Launceston, Mr. A. Morton, of the
Tasmanian Museum, and Mr. C. G. Officer, B.Sc, of the
Melbourne University, for valuable assistance in collecting. To
Mr. Morton I am indebted for several forms, and especially for
specimens of the large Alegascolides tas/nanianus, described by
Mr. .J. J. Fletcher. My own collecting has been done on Mount
Wellington, around Dee Bridge, amongst the mountains in the
Lake St. Olair district, around Parattah, and to a small extent
along the north coast in the neighbourhood of Table Cape and
Emu Bay. A visit of the Field Naturalists' Club of Victoria to
King Island, enabled me to collect 5ne or two forms in this spot
half-way between the continent and Tasmania. The search has
not yielded so many forms as I had hoped and expected to find, a
result which may possibly be due to the fact that it has been
carried on during the summer, but Mr. Officer informs me that
earthworms were much more numerous along the King River
Valley amongst the western mountain ranges, than in the region
of Lake St. Clair, where we were camped out for some four
weeks in the early part of 1893.

The same three genera to which our Australian species are
provisionally referred are all represented in Tasmania, and to

D

34 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria,

these genera the Tasmanian forms are likewise provisionally
referred, though, as previously stated, it will he necessary to
revise the classification when the collections of Mr. Fletcher and
myself are sufficiently complete and described.

Up to the present time only a single earthworm is described
from Tasmania, viz., M. tasniatiianus. Fl.

The collection here described consists of 10 species of Crypto-
<lrilus, 2 species of Megascolides, 6 species of Perichseta, all new
to science, so that together with Mr. Fletcher's M. tasiiianianiis
we now know of the existence of 19 species of earthworms in
Tasmania. There must be very many yet undiscovered, especially
in the well-watered valleys on the west coast of the island, but
so far as yet known the earthworm fauna is not so extensive as
that of Victoria or New South Wales.

The following account does not include the description of
species whicli have clearly been introduced from foreign countries.

(a) Cryptodrilus, Fletcher.

(1). C. irregularis, sp. n. (Figs. 1, 2, 3). Spirit specimen, 6
inches long, more than ^ inch broad.

Prostomium about half dovetailed into the peristomium.

Clitellum not at all prominent, indicated by darker colour in
spirit specimen, and including segments 14-17 and the posterior
part of segment 13.

Setse regularly arranged only so far back as the fourteenth
segment, after which they become very irregular and give a
decidedly perichfete appearance to the body, though more than
four do not appear to be present on each side.

Male pores difficult to determine. There is a ventral median
patch on segment 18 of a white tumid nature, and on this the
two openings lie either very close together or fused so as to form
a single one.

Oviduct pores on segment 14. Ventral of and anterior to the
innermost seta of each side.

Spermathecal pores, two in number, at the level of the inner-
most seta of each side. One between segments 7 and 8, the other
between segments 8 and 9.

Dorsal pores present, the first between segments 4 and 5.

Preliminary Notes on Tasnianian Earthivonns. 35

Nephridiopores not discernible.

Alimentary Canal. Gizzard in segment 5. There are vascular
swellings on the oesophagus in segments 9-13, that in segment
13 being especially strongly developed, but it is not nipped off
like a true calciferous gland. Large intestine commencing in
segment 18.

Blood vascular system. Single dorsal blood vessel with hearts,
the last of which is in segment 12. Supra-intestinal vessel in
segments 8-12.

Excretory system. Plectonephric with no large nephridia.

Reproductive system. Testes, two pairs in segments 10 and 11,
ciliated rosettes in the same segments.

Prostates flattened, racemose in segment 18.

Sperm sacs, saccular and attached to the anterior wall of
.segment 12.

Ovaries attached to the anterior wall of segment 13, oviducts
open into the same segment.

Spermatheca3, two pairs, in segments 8 and 9. Diverticulum
not quite half as long as the sac, both being simple in outline.

Habitat. Table Cape, Tasmania, under logs.

(2). C. polynephricus (Figs. 4, 5, 6). Length in spirit 5-6 inches.
One quarter inch broad.

Prostoniium about one half dovetailed into the peristomium.
Clitellum distinct, and when fully formed complete, occupying
segments 13-17. When not fully formed is incomplete ventrally,
and somewhat saddle-shaped. Tumid.

Setje, four couples regularly arranged. The two inner ones on
each side near together, the two outer ones widely apart, the
interval between them being twice as great as that which
separates the two most dorsal ones. The dorsal and ventral
intervals, and that between the second and third sette of each
side are about equal.

Male pores on segment 18 between the level of the two inner
setaj on each side.

Oviduct pores on segment 14 ventral of, and anterior to, the
level of the innermost seta3.

Spermathecal pores, two in number, on the anterior faces of
segments 8 and 9, just dorsal to the level of the innermost setae.
On white elliptical patches. d2

36 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Accessory copulatory structures. Three pairs of elliptical
tumid patclies on segments 9, 10 and 11, each placed at the
posterior end of the segment at the level of the second setaj.
Dorsal pores not visible.

Nephridiopores 10 in each segment. One just in front of each
seta, and one between setffi 3 and 4 on each side.

Alimentary canal. Gizzard in segment 5. No true calciferous
glands. Large intestine commencing in segment 17.

Excretory system. Five nephridia on each side in each
segment, corresponding in position to the setse, with an extra
one between the third and fourth setae. No ciliated funnels
discernible.

Reproductive organs. Testes, two pairs, one in segment 10,
another in segment 11. Rosettes in the same segments.

Prostates, large, tubular, somewhat coiled. Extending through
segments 18-21.

Sperm sacs, racemose on the anterior septum of segment 12,
and the posterior of segment 9.

Ovaries in segment 13. Oviducts opening into the same
segment.

Spermathecce, two pairs, each with a simple diverticulum about
one-quarter the length of the sac.

Circulatory system. Single dorsal vessel. Hearts in segments
4-13. In segments 4-9 are small and arise from the dorsal vessel,
in segments 9-13 lai'ge, and arise from the supra-intestinal
vessel which extends through segments 9-13.

Habitat. Mount Wellington, Hobart, and Parattah, Tasmania.

(3). C. mortoni. Length in spirits, 2i-3 inches, one-quarter inch
broad. In spirit the worm is a flesh colour, and broad iu
comparison to its length. (Figs. 7, 8, 9).

Prostomium completely dovetailed into the peristomium.

Clitellum well marked, extending over segments 14-17, some-
what darker than the rest of the body in spirit specimens. Tumid.

Setifi regularly arranged in four couples, the intervals between
the two couples nearly equal and slightly greater than that
between sette 2 and 3.

j\lale pores on papill?e on segment 18 just dorsal to the level
of the innermost sette.

Preliminary Notes on Tasutanian Earthiuorjns. 37

Oviduct pores on segment 14.

Spermathecal pores, five in number at the intervals between
segments 5 and 6, 6 and 7, 7 and 8, 8 and 9, 9 and 10. Indi-
cated by white glandular spots just dorsal to the level of the
innermost setaj.

Accessory copulatory structures. An elliptical tumid patch
in the median ventral space between segments 17 and 18; other
patches at the level of the second setae of each side on segment
17 and between segments 18 and 19 and 19 and 20 at the level
of the first setfe. The two latter extend inwards near to the
mid- ventral line.

Dorsal pores present, the first between segments 4 and 5.

Nephridiopores at the level of the third seta on each side.

Alimentary canal. Gizzard in segment 5. True calciferous
glands present in segments 13-16. Large intestine commencing
in segment 18.

Excretory system. Meganephric.

Reproductive system. Testes in segments 10 and 11. Ciliated

rosettes in segments 10 and 11.

Sperm sacs, racemose, attached to the anterior wall of segment
12.

Ovary in segment 13. Oviducts opening into the same
.segment.

Spermathecae, 5 pairs, one each in segments 5-9, with a small
simple diverticulum less than one-lialf the length of the sac.

Habitat. Dee Bridge and Mount Wellington, Tasmania.
Under logs and stones. I have pleasure in associating with this
the name of Mr. A. Morton, Curator of the Hobart Museum,
and Secretary of the Royal Society of Tasmania, to whom I am
indebted for help in various ways.

(4). C. hflhartensis (Figs. 10, 11, 12). Lengtli in spirits 3 inches,
slightly more than \ inch broad. The dorsal surface is
purple, the ventral is flesh coloured, and the clitellum
lighter than the surrounding parts. The setfe are
distinct. There is a median dorsal dark line extending
on to the prostomium.

Prostomium dovetailed about one half into the peristomium.

38 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Clitellum distinct, tumid, complete occupying segments 14-16
together with the posterior part of 13, and the anterior part
of 17.

Setfe in four couples, the two of the ventral couple being
nearer to each other than the two of the outer. The fourth seta
on each side is near to the dorsal surface.

Males pores on papillse at the level of the interval between the
two inner set?e on segment 18.

Oviduct pores on segment 14.

Spermathecal pores, five pairs at the level of the first setse
between segments 4 and 5, 5 and 6, 6 and 7, 7 and 8, 8 and 9.

Dorsal pores, present, the first between segments 4 and 5.

Accessory copulatory structures. Four pairs of elliptical
patches at the level of the interval between the first and second
setse between segments 16 and 17, 17 and 18, 18 and 19, 19 and
20.

Alimentary canal. Gizzard in segment 5. The calciferous
glands in segments 12, 13, 14 and 15. Large intestine com-
mencing in segment 17.

Circulatory system. Single dorsal vessel. The last pair of
hearts in segment 12.

Excretory system. Meganephric.

Reproductive system. Testes, two pairs, in segments 10 pan
11 into which also open the I'osettes.

Prostates. Long, widely tubular and coiled, extending
through segments 18-24.

Ovaries in segment 13, into which the oviducts also open.

Spermatheca3, five pairs, in segments 5, 6, 7, 8 and 9. The
diverticulum simple and not more than half the length of the
sac.

Sperm sacs, i-acemose in segments 9 and 12.

Habitat. Parattah and Mount Wellington.

In internal anatomy this worm is almost identical with
C. viortoni, but the two are perfectly distinct in external appear-
ance. The worm in question is a whitish stout form, whilst
C. inortoni is darkly coloured with conspicuous seta3, and is long
and narrow.

Prelirtiinary Notes on Tasnianian Earthwonns. 09

(5). C. campestris (Figs. 13, 14, 15). Length in spirits 2-3
inches, \ inch broad. Colour when alive whitish with pink
clitelluin, the same colour retained, only duller, in spirits.

Prostomiuni dovetailed about \ into the peristomiura.

Clitelluni distinct, tumid, occupying segments 13-17, but not
the whole of 17 ventrally, so that at its posterior end it is slightly
saddle-shaped.

Seta3 in four couples, regularly arranged, the dorsal couple of
each side being so close to the mid-dorsal line, that only a slight
interval is left between the dorsalmost seta; of each side.

Male pores on large papilhe on segment 18, the pore being-
just within the level of the second seta.

Ovdduct opening on segment 14.

Spermathecal pores, two, indicated by small white tumid
patches just dorsal to the level of the innermost setse between
segments 7 and 8, 8 and 9.

Accessory copulatory structures. Two large circular patches
on segment 17, two elliptical patches on segments 18 and 19,
19 and 20.

Dorsal pores present, the first between segments 3 and 4.

JSTephridiopores not visible.

Alimentary canal. Gizzard in segment 5. No true calciferous
glands. Lai'ge intestine commencing in segment 16. Glandular
tufts (pepto-nephridia ?) connected with the alimentary canal in
segment 4.

Circulatory system. Single dorsal blood-vessel with the last
pair of hearts in segment 12. Sub-intestinal vessel from which
in segments 10, 11 and 12 arise the hearts.

Excretory system. Plectonephric with no large nephridia.

Reproductive system. Testes, two pairs in segments 10 and

11 with ciliated rosettes in the same segments.
Prostates small and flattened in segment 18.

Sperm sacs, racemose, attached to the anterior wall of segment

12 and the posterior of segment 9.

Ovaries in segment 13 with oviducts opening into the same
segment.

Spermatheca;, two pairs, one each in segments 8 and 9. The
diverticulum is rosette-shaped, the sac simple.

Habitat. Pai-attah, Tasmania, in damp earth under logs.

40 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

(6). C. tesselatus (Figs. 16, 17, 18). Length in spirit 1 inch.
Colouration of the body strongly marked both when alive
and in spirits. The body is purphsh with the setoe on small
white elevations which give it a distinct chequered appear-
ance. A mid-dorsal line runs right forward on to the
prostomium. About 65 segments. The peristomium has
a mid-ventral cleft.

Prostomium scarcely at all dovetailed into the peristomium.

Clitellum distinct, tumid and occupying segments 13-17 with a
mid-ventral continuation including parts of segments 18 and 19
so far dorsal as the level of the second set* on each side.

Setae, •! on each side, the dorsal row very irregular and may
be wanting in a few segments, so that occasionally there are only
3 on each side. The third roAv is regular to within some 6
segments of the posterior end.

Male pores on small papillfe on segment IS at the level of the
interval between the two inner setaj on each side.

Oviduct pores on segment 14.

Spermathecal pores, two in number, at the level of the interval
between the two inner seta3 of each side, l)etween segments 7 and
8, 8 and 9.

Accessory copulatory structui'es. Two pairs of small elliptical
patches, at the level of the interval between the two inner sette
of each side, betvveen segments 12 and 13, 13 and 14.

Dorsal pores present, the first between segments 5 and 6.

Nephridiopores not discernible.

Alimentary canal. Gizzard in segment 5. No true calciferous
glands present. Large intestine commencing in segment 17.

Circulatory system. Single dorsal vessel. Last j^air of hearts
in segment 12. Supra-intestinal vessel present (?).

Excretory system. Meganephric.

Reproductive system. Testes, two pairs, in segments 10 and
11, into which the ciliated rosettes open.

Prostates, flattened, small, in segment 18.

Sperm sacs, attaclied to the anterior wall of segment 12,
sacular in form.

Ovaries in segment 13, the oviducts opening into the same
sejcment.

Prelinimary Notes on Tasuianian Earthworms. 41

Spermathecfe, two pairs, one each in segments 8 and 9. The
divei'ticulum is simple and less than one-half the length of the
sac.

Habitat. Mount Olympus, Lake St. Clair, Tasmania, in damp
soil under logs, and amongst decaying leaves in Beech Forest
(Fagus cunninghami).

(7). C. insularls (Figs. 19, 20, 21). Length in spirit 1-2
inches, about |- inch broad. In spirit is dull purple
colour dorsally, pinkish-purple laterally, and flesh colour
ventral ly.

Prostomium dovetailed about one half into the peristomium.

Clitellum distinct, including segments 14-16 and the anterior
portion of segment 17, and the posterior of segment 13. Lighter
in colour than surrounding segments.

Setas regularly arranged save an odd one or two at the
posterior end. The two innermost setiB of each side are drawn
in towards the middle line in segments 17, 18 and 19, so that the
inner couple lie close together on each side.

Male pores on white elliptical patches on segment 18 at the
level of the interval between the inner couple of setfe on each
side.

Oviduct pores on segment 14.

Spermathecal pores, five in number, placed at the level of the
innermost setse between segments 4 and 5, 5 and 6, 6 and 7,
7 and 8, 8 and 9.

Accessory copulatory structures. A pair of small elliptical
patches at the level of the interval, between the two inner setae
of each side, between segments 16 and 17.

Dorsal pores present, the first between segments 5 and 6.

Nephridiopores at the level of the third set*, the openings
indicated by a small white patch on the anterior margin of the
segment.

Alimentary canal. (Jrizzard in segment 5. No true calciferous
glands present. Large intestine commencing in segment 16.

Circulatory system. Single dorsal vessel. Hearts in segments
10, 11 and 12, larger than those in front and arising from the
supra-intestinal vessel.

Excretory system. Meganephric.

42

Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victor.

Reproductive system. Testes in segments 10 and 11, ciliated
rosettes in the same segments.

Prostates very long, extending through segments 18-27,
tubular, coiled.

Sperm sacs, racemose, on the posterior face of segment 9 and
the anterior of segment 12.

Ovaries in segment 13, into which also the oviducts open.

Spermathecfe, five pairs, in segments 5, 6, 7, 8 and 9. The
diverticulum simple and about one-half the length of the sac.

Habitat. Parattah, Tasmania, under logs.

(8). C. ellisii (Figs. 22, 23, 24). Length in spirits 1-1^ inches
about \ inch broad. The dorsal surface (in spirits) is
dark purple in front of the clitellar region, brown behind
this, and dull flesh colour at the posterior end, the
ventral surface throughout being lighter in colour than
the dorsal. The clitellum is dull flesh colour.

Prostomium dovetailed one-half into the peristomium and
marked by a median dorsal line which is continued down the
body.

Clitelluin distinct, tumid, lighter coloured than the surround-
ing parts and extending completely over segments 14-16. It
may include the posterior part of segment 13.

Setfe in 4 couples regularly arranged. The two inner ones on
either side nearer together than the two outer ones. The spaces
between setpe 2 and 3, 3 and 4, and dorsally between seta 4 of
each side being about equal.

Male pores on papillse on segment 18, the pore being at the
level of the second seta of each side or perhaps slightly ventral
of this.

Oviduct pores on segment 1 4.

Spermathecal pores, thi'ee in number, on white elliptical
patches at the level of the second setse between segments 6 and 7,
7 and 8, 8 and 9.

Accessory copulatory structures. Two elliptical patches at the
level between the two inner setic of each side on the anterior
faces of segments 10 and 11. Two pairs at the same level
between segments 17 and 18, 18 and 19. Two pairs at the same
level on the anterior marjcins of segments 20 and 21.

Preliminary Notes on Tasjnanian Eartlnvorvis. 43

Dorsal poi-es present, the first between segments 5 and 6.

Alimentary canal. Gizzard in segment 5. Two pairs of calci-
ferous glands present one each in segment 14 and segment 15.
Large intestine commencing in segment 17.

Circulatory system. Single dorsal blood vessel. The last
pair of hearts in segment 12.

Excretory system.. Meganephric.

Reproductive system. Testes, two pairs, in segments 10 and

11 into which also open the ciliated rosettes.
Prostates tulular, coiled, occupying segments 17-20.

Sperm sacs, racemose, attached to the anterior face of segment

12 and the posterior of segment 9.

Ovaries in segment 13 into which the oviducts also open.
Ovisacs (or additional ovary?) in segment 14.

Spermatheca?, three pairs, in segments 7, 8 and 9. The diverti-
culum simple and small compared with the sac.

Habitat. Dee Bridge, Tasmania, under logs and stones.

(9). C. tvellingtonensis (Figs. 25, 26, 27). Length in spii-its a
little less than 4 inches, \ inch broad.

Prostomium scarcely dovetailed at all into the peristomium.

Clitellum, tumid, well marked, occupying segments 14-17, and
extending slightly into the dorsal surface of segment 18, and
incomplete ventrally in the median part of segment 17.

Setae, the inner couple close together, the dorsal couple not
visible.

Male pores on a papilla on segment 18 at the level of the
interval between the inner couple of setfe on each side.

Spermathecal pores, two pairs, on white elliptical patches on
the anterior margins of segments 7 and 8, at the level of the
interval between the two inner setai of each side.

Accessory copulatory structures. Swollen, tumid ridges on
segments 18, 19 and 20.

Dorsal pores present, the first between segments 3 and 4.

Nephridiopores not discernible.

Alimentary canal. Gizzard in segment 5. No true calciferous
glands, but vascular swellings in segments 9-1-4. In segment 9
the canal is especially swollen and whitish in appearance. Large
intestine commencincf in segment 16.

44 Proceedings of the Royal Society of I Ictoria.

Circuliitory system. Single dorsal vessel. Hearts in segments
6-12, those in segments 9-12 larger than the rest, and connected
with the supra-intestinal vessel.

Excretory system. Plectonephric, with no large nephridia.

Reproductive system. Testes, two pairs, in segments 10 and
1 1 , the ciliated rosettes opening into the same segments.

Prostates, flattened, racemose surface, in segment 18.

Sperm sacs in segments 9 and 1 2 ; racemose.

Ovaries in segment 13 into which also the oviducts open.

Spermathecae, two pairs, in segments 8 and 9. The diverti-
culum distinct and rosette shaped.

Habitat. Mount Wellington. Tasmania.

(10). C. (ifficeri {Vv^s. 28, 29, 30). Length in spirit 1| incli, less
than one-quarter inch broad. In spirit the body is a
light violet colour dorsally, and flesh colour ventrally, the
clitellum being darkei- tlian tlie I'est.

Prostoniiuiu about thrco-ijuarters dovetailed into the peristo-
niium.

Clitellum distinct, tumid, complete, extending o\er segments
14-17. Purple colour, except the mid-ventral surfaces of
segments 15, 16 and 17 where it is light coloured.

Setty in four couples. Irregular at the posterior end. About
one-third of the way down the body the fourth row becomes
irregular, then the third and at the very posterior end all four
rows may be irregulai', but the lirst and second are quite regular
except during the last few segments.

Male pores on papilho on segment 18, at the level of the
second seta on each side.

Oviduct pores on .segment 14.

Spermathecal pores, three pairs placed slightly dorsal to the
level of the second low of setjv between segments 6 and 7,
7 and 8, 8 and 9.

Accessory copulatory structures. Elliptical patches at the
level of the second row of setai between segments 15 and 16,
16 and 17. A pair at the level of the intciwal between the two
inner seta; between segments 19 and 20.

Dorsal pores present, the tirst between segments 4 and 5.

Nephridiopores not visible.

Preliminary Notes on Tasinaiiian EartJnvorms. 45

Alimentary canal. Gizzard well mai-keil, but there are no
distinct septa in front of that bounding segment 8 anteriorly.
No true calciferous glands, but vascular swellings are present in
segments 13-15. Large intestine commencing on segment 17.

Circulatory system. Single dorsal vessel. No continuous
supra-intestinal. Hearts in segments 7-12.

Excretory system. Three nephridial tufts on each side of the
body — resembling in this respect C. fastignfiis, and C. dubiiis.

Reproductive system. Testes, two pairs, in segment 10 and 11,
the ciliated rosettes opening into the same segment.

Prostiites small, flattened, racemose, in segment 18.

Sperm sacs, racemose, in segments 9 and 12.

Ovaries in segment 13 into which the oviducts also open.

Spermathec?e, three pairs in segments 7, 8 and 9. The diverti-
culum in the form of a group of little finger-like processes, the
sac long and irregular in outlines.

Habitat. King River Valley, Tasmania.

(b) Meoascolidks, McCoy.

(1). Afegasco/ides si/iisoni (Figs. 31, 32, 33). Length in spirits
If inches, ^ inch broad.

Prostomium very slightly dovetailed into the peristomium.

Clitellum complete including when fully grown segments
13-18.

Sette in four couples. Those of the two inner couples consider-
ably nearer together than those of the outer. The former are
regularly arranged all the whole length, the latter become
irregular about half-way down the body, though here and there
an odd one may be irregular immediately behind the clitellum.

Male pores not very clearly marked on slight papillae on
segment 18 at the level of the innermost seta of each side.

Oviduct pores on segment 14.

Spermathecal pores, two pairs at the level of the innermost
sette between segments 7 and 8, 8 and 9.

Accessory copulatory structures. Two pairs of white elliptical
patches at the level of the interval between the two inner setaj
between segments 19 and 20, 20 and 21.

Dorsal pores present, the first between segments 4 and 5 (?).

46 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victot'ia.

Nephridiopores. A pore is present immediately in front of
each seta, so that from the second segment backwards there are
eight nephridiopores in each segment, though occasionally one or
more on each side may not be visible. In the clitellar region
apparently there may be more than eight in each segment.

Alimentary canal. Gizzard in segment 5. No true calci-
ferous glands, but vascular swellings are present in segments 9-16.
Large intestine commencing in segment 19.

Circulatory system. Single dorsal vessel. Hearts in segments
■8-13, through which also runs a supra-intestinal vessel.

Excretory system. Some four meganephridia (?) in each seg-
ment but no funnels visible. Behind the clitellar region sac-like
structures lie dorsally and tufts of coiled tubes in two or three
rows lie ventral of them and corres^Dond apparently in position
to the nephridiopores externally.

Reproductive system. Testes in segments 10 and 11 into
which also the rosettes open.

Prostates, small, flattened, and slightly racemose, in segment 18.

Sperm sacs, racemose in segments 11 and 12 attached to the
anterior walls.

Ovaries in segment 13 into which the oviducts open.

Spermathecffi, two pairs, in segments 8 and 9. Diverticulum
simple and small compared with the sac.

Habitat. Emu Bay and Launceston, Tasmania. This form
is associated specifically with the name of Mr. A. Simson, of
Launceston, to whose kindness I am indebted for specimens of
Tasmanian forms.

(2). M. ljassa?iHS (Figs. 34, 35, 36). Length in spirit 3^ inches,
slightly more than \ inch broad.

Prostomium not at all dovetailed into the peristomiuu).

Clitellum distinct and saddle-shaped, extending over segments
14-19. The whole of the anterior part of segment 14 is
included, but except here the tumid portion extends as far
ventrally on each side as half-way between the two inner seta;.

Setse in four couples, the outer couple on each side twice as far
apart as the inner.

Male pores on papillse on segment 18 at the the level of the
innermost setse. Oviduct pores on segment 14 within the tumid
part of the clitellum.

Preliminary Notes on Tasnianian Eartliworms. 47

Spermathecal pores, two pairs, at the level of the interval
between the two inner seta? of each side between segments
7 and 8, 8 and 9.

Accessory copulatory structures. A median ventral patch on
segments 17 and 18. Two papillje at the level of the innermost
setse joined together by a median ridge in segment 19.

Dorsal pores present, the first between segments 4 and 5 (?).

Nephridiopores at the level of the third sette (!)

Alimentary canal. Gizzard in segment 5. No true calciferous
o-lands but vascular swellings in segments 13 and 14. Large
intestine commencing in segment 19, but there is no clearl}'
marked differentiation between it and the oesophagus in front
which is swollen out in each segment.

Circulatory system. Single dorsal blood-vessel. No con-
tinuous supra-intestinal. Hearts in segments 8-13.

Excretory system. Meganephric. A single large one in each
segment with ciliated funnel as usual.

Reproductive system. Testes not visible, but a pair of well-
marked rosettes in segments 10 and 11.

Prostates small and coiled in segment 18.

Sperm sacs, racemose, on the anterior walls of segments 10, 11
and 12.

Ovaries in segment 13 into whicli the oviducts open.

Spermathecse, two pairs, in segments 8 and 9. The diverticu-
lum simple and less than half the length of the sac.

Habitat. King Island, in Bass Straits.

(c) Perich^ta.

(1). Perichceta tasmaiiica (Figs. 37, 38, 39). Length in spirit
2i - 3-| inches, one eighth inch broad. There is a dark
median dorsal line.

Prostomium dovetailed about one half or one third into the
peristomium, which is marked by a median ventral cleft,

Olitellum distinct and complete, occupying segments 13-17.

Setse. The first setigerous segment has 8 on each side. Back
to the clitellum there are 10 or 11, behind the clitellum vary
from 12-14.

48 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Male pores on well-marked small papilhe placed (in spirit
specimens) in a depression at or very slightly within the level of
the innermost sette of each side.

Oviduct pores on segment 14.

Spemiiathecal pores. Five pairs between segments 4 and 5,
5 and 6, 6 and 7, 7 and 8, 8 and 9, at the level of

Accessory copulatory structures. Median ventral elliptical
patches on segments 9, 10, 11. 19, 20, 21 and 22.

Dorsal pores present, the tirst between segments 4 and 5.

Alimentary canal. Gizzard in segment 5. Three pairs of
calciferous glands present in 10, 11 and 12. Large intestine
commencing in segment 18.

Circulatory system. Dorsal vessel single. Hearts in segments
6-12. In segments 10-12 they arise from the supra-intestinal
vessel.

Excretory system. Plectonephric : no large nephridia present.
Attached to the walls of the alimentary canal in the first four
segments are peptonephridial (?) glands.

Reproductive system. Testes, two pairs, in segments 10 and 11
with rosettes in the same segments.

Prostates flattened and bilobed, but with a single duct in
segment IS.

Sperm sacs, I'acemose in segments 9 and 12.

Ovaries in segment 13 with oviducts opening into the same
segment.

Spermathecse, five pairs, in segments 5, 6, 7, 8 and 9. Each
consisting of a sac with a diverticulum slightly longer than the
sac and with a swollen extremity.

Habitat. Emu Bay, Tasmania, and King Island in Bass
Straits.

This form is a member of the group to which belong also
P. rubra, P. frenchii, P. hoggii, P. sylvatica, P. steeli and P. hatli,
all of which are closely allied to one another and agi-ee in the
possession of a median ventral cleft on the peristomium, in
having five pairs of spermatheca?, in having three pairs of true
calciferous glands in segments 10, 11 and 12, in having a
plectonephric excretory system, and in having the prostate
bilobed.

Preliminary Notes on Tasmanian Eartliworvis. 49

(2). P. morcm (Figs. 40, 41, 42). Length in spirits 4 inches.

Prostoniiura very slightly dovetailed into the peristoniium.

Clitelluni not marked extei'nally.

Set*, in front of the clitellum, vary from 11-18 on each side.
Within the clitellum there are twenty-one on each side, and the
same number is present behind the clitellum. The seta; form a
very definite raised ridge round each segment, and the dorsal
and ventral break is very small.

Male pores on papillpe at the level of the interval between
the third and fourth setse.

Oviduct pores on segment 14.

Spermathecal pores, two pairs, at the level of the interval
between the first and second setfe between segments 7 and 8,
8 and 9.

Accessory copulatory structures. Median ventral ridge on
segment 18 between the two papilla? ; a pair of elliptical patches
at the level of the interval between the first and second setie
between segments 19 and 20.

Dorsal pores present, the first between segments 3 and 4.
Nephridiopores at the level of the ninth or tenth seta in the
middle of the body.

Alimentary canal. Gizzard in segment 5. No true calciferous
glands present. Large intestine commencing in segment 17.

Circulatory system. Single doi'sal vessel. Hearts in seg-
ments 6 to 12. Supra-intestinal vessel present.

Excretory system. Meganephric.

Reproductive system. Testes in segments 10 and 11, into
which also open the rosettes.

Prostates, extending through segments 17-20..

Sperm sacs, racemose in segments 9 and 12.

Ovaries in segment 13 into which open the oviducts.

Spermathecge, two pairs in segments 8 and 9. The diverti-
culum simple.

Habitat. Lake St. Clair district, Tasmania.

(o). P. richea (Figs. 43, 44, 45). Length in spirit 3 inches,
about ^ inch broad. Dorsal surface (in spirit) purplish
colour, ventral flesh coloured. A dark median dorsal line.

Prostomium about one-half dovetailed into the peristomium.

E

50 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Clitellum complete, distinct, lighter th;ui tlie surrounding
parts, and occupying segments 14-17.

Seta^, 12 on each side in fnnit of the clitellum, behind this the
number is greater being 24 half-way along the body.

Male pores on papillae at level of interval between the first and
second setpe.

Oviduct pores on segment 14.

Spermathecal pores, five pairs, on small tumid, elliptical
patches on the postei'ior margins of segments 4, 5, G, 7, 8 and 9
at the level of first setfe.

Accessory copulatory structures. None developed.

Dorsal pores present, the first between segments 3 and 4.

Alimentary canal. Gizzard in segments 3 and 4. No true
calciferous glands, but in segments 11 and 12 the oesophagus is
white and swollen. Large intestine commencing in segment 17.

Circulatory system. Doi-sal vessel single. Supra-intestinal
vessel in segments 9-12. Hearts in seginents 5-12, those in
segments 9-12 large.

Excretory system. Meganephric.

Reproductive system. Testes, two pairs, in segments lU and
11. Rosettes in the same segments.

Prostates, wide, tubular, in segments 17-19.

Sperm sacs, racemose, in segments 9 and 12.

Ovaries in segment 13 into which also the oviducts open, an
extra pair of ovaries (or ovisacs?) in segment 14.

Spermathecse, five pairs, in segments 5, 6, 7, 8 and 9. The
diverticulum is very small at the base of the large simple sac.

Habitat. Under logs in the Beech Forest on Mount
Olympus, Tasmania.

(4). F. dikvyiuda (Figs. 46, 47, 48). Length in spirit 2 inches,
\ inch broad.

Prostomium alwut one-half dovetailed into the peristomium.

Clitellum distinct, complete, occupying segments 14-17, seg-
ments 14-lG tumid, purplish colour, segment 17 not so tumid,
l)ut darker than the segments behind.

Setje. First setigerous segment has 6 behind this back to the
clitellum are 7 on each side. For 40 segments behind the
clitellum, and up to half-way down the body the rows of setse are

Preliminary Notes on Tasvianian EartJnvorms. 51

quite regular, behind this a few more become intercalated but the
number on each side never exceed 13.

Male pores on papillte at the level of the interval between the
two innermost setse.

Oviduct pores on segment 14, very close to, and just ventral of
and anterior to, the innermost sette.

Spermathecal pores, five pairs, at the level of the interval
between the first and second seta^, between segments 4 and 5, 5
and 6, 6 and 7, 7 and 8, 8 and 9.

Accessory copulatory structures. A mid-ventral tumid patch
on the anterior margin of segment 18, two pairs of patches at the
level of the innermost setse between segments 18 and 19, 19
and 20.

Dorsal pores present, the first between seguients 4 and 5.

Alimentary canal. Gizzard in segment 5. In segments 6 and

7 the oesophagus is swollen, white, but not vascular, in segments

8 to 12 it is white, swollen and very vascular, in segments 13-15
it is again white and swollen but not vascular. There are no
true calciferous glands. The large intestine commences in
segment 17.

Circulatory system. Dorsal vessel single. Supra-intestinal
vessel in segments 11 and 12. Last heart is in segment 12.

Excreti)ry system. Meganephric.

Reproductive system. Testes, two pairs, in segments 10 and
11. Rosettes in the same segments.

Prostates wide, tubular with racemose surfaces extending
through segments 17-20.

Sperm sacs in segment 12, saccular in form.

Ovaries in segment 13 into which open the oviducts.

Spermatheca?, five pairs, in segments 5, 6, 7, 8 and 9. The
diverticulum is simple and very small.

Habitat. Dee Bridge, Tasmania.

(5). P. scolecoidea (Figs. 49, 50, 51). Length in spirits \\ inch,
slightly moi'e than one quarter inch broad. The body
consists of some 77 segments, the first 12 of which are a
fair width, the rest very narrow indeed. The body has
the general appearance of a minute annulated sausage.

Prostomium less than one half dovetailed into the peristomium.

e2

52 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Clitellum, not visible.

Setee very numerous ; there are at least 40 on each side,
but they are very minute, and difficult to count. There is no
continuous or any distinct dorsal break except at the very
posterior end ; the ventral break is slightly better marked, but
is very small.

Male pores on minute papillae at the level of the fourth set8e in
segment 18.

Oviduct poi'es on segment 14 just in front of the second seta;.

Spermathecal pores, two pairs, at the level of the fourth seta
between segments 7 and 8, 8 and 9.

Accessory copulatory structures, none developed.

Dorsal pores present, the first between segments 3 and 4.

Alimentary canal. The whole canal is thrown into coils.
Gizzard in segment 5 and very large in comparision to the length
of the body. No true calciferous glands. Large intestine
commencing in segment 18.

Circulatory system. Single dorsal vessel. Supra-intestinal in
segments 8-12. Lateral vessel on either side in segments 10 and
11. The last heart is in segment 12, the first round the gizzard
in segment 5.

Excretory system. Megan ephric. Li segments 2-5 the neph-
ridia appear to consist of a large number of coiled tubules than
elsewhere. Peptonephric salivary glands present (?).

Reproductive organs. Testes, two pairs, in segments 10 and
11, rosettes in the same segments

Prostates, small, flattened, racemose in segment 18.

Sperm sacs, racemose in segment 12.

Ovaries in segment 13, into which the oviducts open.

Spermathecfe, two pairs, in segments 8 and 9. Two very
small diverticula at the base of a fair sized sac.

Habitat. Under logs in the King Kiver Valley, Tasmania.

This worm is remarkable for its short stumpy nature. It is
evidently mature, though in extei-nal appearance it does not look
so. Mr. Officer who found it tells me that it is very abundant,
and never seems to attain to a larger size. It has not the
slightest resemblance externally to a perichiete worm, and in
spirit at all events the minute setie project only a very short way
fro)n the surface.

Prelivwiary Notes on Tasviaman EartJnvonns. 53

(G). P. irregularis (Figs. 52, 53, 54). Length in spirit
31 inches, j\ inch broad. The dorsal surface (in spirit)
is purplish brown, the ventral is flesh coloured, and the
setae form a very distinct ring.

Prostomium dovetailed about one-half into the peristomiuni.

Clitellum distinct, complete, occupying segments 13-17 and the
anterior portion of segment 18 dorsally. Tumid, and purple
colour dorsally, ventrally lighter coloured. Does not hide either
the setEe or the dorsal pores.

Setfe, about 13 on each side in front of the clitellum, 16 on
segment 14, 15 on segment 17, 15 in the segments in the middle
of the body increasing to 20 on the posterior segments.

Male pores on papilhe at the level of the interval between the
second and third sette on segment 18.

Oviduct pores on segment 14.

Spermathecal pores, three pairs. The first between segments
6 and 7 at the level of the third seta?, the second between
segments 7 and 8 at the level of the fourth setae, the third
between segments 8 and 9 at the level of the fifth set;e.

Accessory copulatory structures, two pairs of elliptical patches
at the level of the third setje between segments 18 and 19,
19 and 20.

Dorsal pores present, the first between segments 4 and 5.

Nephridiopores at the level of the interval between the eighth
and ninth seta?.

Alimentary canal. Gizzard in segment 6. No true calciferous
glands, but in segments 14, 15 and 16 the oesophagus is swollen
and vascular. Large intestine commencing in segment 17.

Circulatory system. Dorsal vessel single. The last pair of
heai'ts in segment 12. Supra-intestinal vessel in segments 8-12.

Excretory system. Meganephric.

Reproductive system. Testes, two pairs, in segments 10 and
1 1 , the rosettes opening into the same segments.

Prostates widely tubular, coiled, extending through segments
17-21.

Ovaries in segment 13, the oviducts opening into the same
segment.

54 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Spermathecte, three pairs, in segments 7, 8 and 9, each
consisting of a large sac with a small simple diverticulum attached
to its stalk. Special blood-vessels pass on to the surface of the
sac.

Habitat. King River Valley, Tasmania.

Proc /< 5 \/ichn3 PI. I. /Sn.

/

V

j

\

,^^^

^.—^

hm

^W"'"/,

SiiiH.

F,^

F /.

i

^y-^

~-^

/

N^

1

\

,.,^-c±;

^

■ — 1^^

<£?

p>'

-'"^^

^.v^-'"

fl

"

mm

WIM^ji.

f=i

^

ji-i

It

»'

,jsms

^mm

"

Tr^

n

•s

11

id

XI

Zl

13

Z'r

F,)

>

'-^

|s>

s

^-^

_j

r-

__

^

r-

^^^

r

sr *

;^

ii>-L\

CRYPTODRILUS IRREGULARIS

CRYPTODRILUS POLYNtPHRICUS

^

ft

N'

/

\,

/

\

'

»

^

^

/(.

/

r

1

/

e

1

?

I

,(/

/.

'

ii

n'-%

~

:zi_ c

; "

-■'I

f3Z

-:;3-

(»

(W«3

(S'^if

*'^-^;g-

ISil

^^

;e=^

X'

2?

<:^i

(::^::a ii.

r

3^

"w^

CRVProORILUS MORTONl .

CRYPTODRILUS HOBflRTENSIS.

^

""^

^'

/

N^

/

\

1

~~^--

^_

-^ 1

ft?

F

^

, . .-i--r ^

'ipm

^

\

njii

nl^s

'^:*-

^S

Wc.

H.S.l'iaona F/l,

f

v

y

— —^

<5?

S,,f

~~-—<:S'

^5

J^

'^'"^

|>

"

MP^

"^liilf ^

Hr-

^--<o

e

Oy<'

Prj>,-Calf

"^^msi)

''

r '* 1

CRYPTOORILUS TESSELATU5.

CRYPTOORILUS 1N3UUAR1S

CRYPTODRILUS ELLI5II

Proi: J!.S. Vi'cturia PI. i Wf.

^.^-^

■~^N^-

^

\

1

\

i

■'

y

i

/«=fc& ,

<i^=^

r

<

C5=se;

.ai=^

1

,i^^

H

y B

e::~~--

e

.?::^

JLn

cciiiuipi'

^iMlf

12.

o

R-^

'i''

•^

li

17

Pr-HS*'

'Wmi

le

'9

zo

tl

2-L.

i.i

it

<=■}

30

tJ-

/--^

~-~\'

/

V

/

\

S/<Hk:.

— —CiS;

v±?

"~-SN^

•3i'

\ e.

Ou-

I«

O

0>:<P

"'•-

-igMf '^M-

'xy

3*.

MECASCOLIDES SIMSONI

/^tGASCOLIDES BASSANUS.

Foldout

Here

♦ ♦

♦

Proc. fi. S. l^jcl-oria PL S 189^.

^'

I^

Pi 3 f?-

9/'M

PERICH/?.TA SCOLECOIDEA

PERICH/tTA IRREG-ULARIS.

Art. VI. — Tlic Geology, of Castleniainc, zvitJi a sub-
division of part of the the Loiver Siluricxn Rocks
of Victoria, and a List of Minerals.

By T. S. Hall, M.A.,

Demonstrator and Assistant-Lecturer in Biology, University
of Melbourne.

(With Plate VI.)

[Read lOtli May, 1S94.]

The discovery of the graptolite succession in the Castlemaine
rocks has already !)een briefly indicated by myself in a short
paper contributed to the Adelaide meeting of the Australasian
Association towards the close of last year. In the present
communication I propose discussing the geology of the district in
more detail, and adding a few observations which have since
then come under my notice.

In 1853 Sir Arthur Selwyn, then Director of the Geological
Survey of Victoria, examined the district, and made a traverse of
its northern part from the Campaspe to the Loddon, passing
through IVIounts Alexander and Tarrengower. He published a
sketch map, and a section along the line mentioned, and briefly
descriljed the physical features and the rocks of the district.*
Since then the most important work done has been the mapping,
by Mr. Geo. Ulrich, of a large extent of country from Harcourt
to Mount Franklin, and fiom Maldon to Elphinstone, on a scale
of two inches to the mile. Selwyn, in one of his reports,! gives
some interesting details of the work involved in the preparation
of these quarter-sheets. He says : " In the construction of the
Castlemaine sheet alone over 300 miles have been traversed
snlely to lay down topographical features, exclusive of the
contouring requisite for hills. Three thousand holes have been

* Papers presented to Parliament 1853-4, vol. ii.— Reprinted in Q. J. G. S., vol. x., 1854.
t Geological Surveyor's Report, 1861.

66 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

sunk to ascertain the depth of the drift. Eighty-one holes,
aggregating 827 feet, have been sunk to ascertain geological
boundaries and for prospecting." With regard to the hill-
shading and the topography generally, the maps are marvellously
accurate. Every little rise and gully is exactly shown, and J
have been constantly able, map in hand in the field, to mark my
position accurately to within a few yards. Without these maps
I should have been quite unable to make any progress in
unravelling the stratigraphy of the district, as it would have
been beyond my skill to have constructed a map, in such difficult
country, whicli would have been of any use for detailed work.*
The town of Castlemaine lies on the chord of the arc which
forms the southern boundary of the horse-shoe-sbaped area of
granite extending from Elphinstone through Harcourt, to a few
miles south of Maldon.

The Granite.

The area occupied by granite is, in the main, gently undulating,
with a few scattered tors and bosses of rock. Occasionally it
rises into lofty hills, of which Mount Alexander (2435 feet) is
the highest point of the principal range. At the Harcourt
granite quarries a tine face is exposed. The rock, so well known
in Melbourne as a building stone, needs but little description.
Normally it is a grey, fairly tine grained rock. Occasionally, red
felspar occurs and gives it a pinkish tinge. Small patches of fine
grained rock with more abundant black mica occur having a very
definite outline. These are probably concretionary, as is stated
to be tlie case with similar patches occurring in Cornwall.t
Patches of very coarse grained rock occur at times, and on one
visit to the quarry I noticed traces of a gneissose structure.
Euritic dykes occur, but I have not seen any more than a few
inches in thickness. Druses or Vughs are rare at the quarry,
but one which occurred was lined with Ijeautiful ciystals of
what Mr. O. Rule, to whom I submitted i^pecimens, identiMed as
Stilbite and Albin, the latter mineral a variety of Apophyllite,

'The mile posts as markeil on tlie quarter-sheets show a difference from Melbourne too
great by about six chains. Tliis is probably clue to a deviatiou made at Kyneton, and tlie
error will probably hold as far soutli as tliat township.

t A. J. Phillips, Q. J. G. S., vol. xxxi., p. 1.

Geology of Castleiname, &c., ivitJi List of Minerals. 57

not having been previously recorded from Victoria. These
minerals were accompanied by crystals of orthoclase and smoky
quartz. Iron and copper pyrites occur in small patches associ-
ated with minerals derived from them by alteration. I have also
noted garnet and schorl from this locality. Jointing is well
marked and, in the quarry, is very regular. One set of joints
strikes E.5°N., another about north, both being neai'ly vertical ;
while a third set, fomning the "floor" of the quarry, "dips" at
an angle of about 20" to the westward. The exact agreement of
the north striking joints, with the strike of the silurian rocks, is
peculiar.

Near the silurian boundary, the character of the rock is more
varied, and may be well studied near the Expedition Pass
Reservoir, where the Sutton Grange Road passes through a
cutting in the silurian almost on tlie boundary. Hei'e, numerous
granitic veins, of very varied character, may be seen cutting
tlirough the sedimentary rocks. Schorl is abundant, but good
crystals are rare. Graphic granite is common, and tine speci-
mens may be gathered of all degrees of texture. Lej^tynite also
occurs, containing occasionally garnets of small size. Altogether
the road-cutting in al)Out tifty yards shows about a dozen dykes,
varying from twenty feet to a few inches in thickness. The
largest dyke consists of ordinary grey granite much decomposed.
Another contains large plates of white mica and orthoclase
crystals an inch and a lialf in length, the quartz being much
larger. One aplite dyke, five inches in width, can be traced for
about twenty yards with a strike S.40°E. The dip and strike of
tlie silurian rocks here is normal. Another locality, where the
junction may be studied, is in the road cutting under the railway
bridge at Harcourt, where similar features are shown. At the
point where the lai'ge water-race from the Coliban passes the
junction at Elphinstone, the sui'face soil is too deep f(:)r observa-
tions, other than that afforded by change in colour, to Ije made.
The spot is about one hundred yards south of the point where
tlie Bendigo railway crosses the race, and may Ije seen from the
ti-ain. At Maldon, north of the brewery, the actual contact may
be seen in a creek section. Here the ci-umpled silurian rocks dip
into the granite which is seen to over-lie them for several feet,
liaving evidently been forced there while plastic.

58 Proceedings oj the Royal Society of Victoria.

At Bradford, a few miles north of Maldon, and well within the
granitic area, many interesting minerals have been found as
described by Mr. Geo. Ulrich*. Mr. J. Hornsby, of Maldon,
has a splendid collection of these minerals, se\'eral of the figured
crystals being in his possession.

The Silurian Rocks.

Mr. R. Brough Smyth's description of the physical features
of the palaeozoic rocks of Victoria is peculiarly applicable to
Castlemaine.f He says, "The course of the main streams nearly
everywhere conforms to the strike of the rocks. The tributaries
of the rivers are at right angles to them ; and this system of
drainage extends to the smallest basins. The configuration of
the surface consequently is in many places curiously symmetrical.
Running parallel with the main streams, we see two ranges of
hills with subordinate ranges at right angles to them ; and from
every little range, oblong spaces of land, ending in low rocky
prominences, run down towards the creeks." |

Though the north and south valleys are in accord with the
strike of the rocks, they show no constant agreement with the
position of anticlinal axes, but, as we should expect in beds of
such varying texture, scoop their courses out of the softest rock,
and may work east or west towards its dip. Consequently the
I'idges are usually of sandstone, and as the gullies are steep-sided,
an accumulation of loose blocks on the slopes and in the bottoms
of the valleys occurs, and is apt to produce an impression that
arenaceous beds form almost the whole of the series. vj The
cause of the east and west valleys is probably to be found in
jointing. The long west bend of Forest Creek, below Chewtou,
does not occupy a fault, as the anticlinal line passing through
Monument Hill can be traced for a long distance to nortli and
south, and shows no displacement near the creek.

* Exhibition Essays, I8S6 ; also Contributions to the ^iinenilngy of Victoria, 1870.

t Goldfielils and Mineral Districts of Victoria, p. 42.

% Pee also Smyth Ex. Ess., 1866, p. C.

§ Mr. Wni. Xicholas, during a series of lectures delivered in Bendigo, says, " iu Castlemaii.o
sandstones preponderate." These valuable lectures are reported in tlie Dendigo Advertiser,
Independent, and Evening Xetrs, between February lith and August 2Gtli, 1831.

Geology of Castleinaine, &c., with List of Minerals. 50

Selwyn* and Smythf point out that surrounding the granite
area of the district, the indurated silurian rocks usually form a
range of steep and rugged hills. It will be noted that the
Elphinstone and Big Hill railway tunnels are through these hills,
while at Harcourt and near Maiden advantage has iDeen taken
of water courses to cross the boundary.

The rocks consist of slates and sandstones of all varieties of
texture. The coarsest grit observed occurs near the head of
Victoria Gully about the strike of the Corporation quarry and is
exposed in the i"ace. The quartz grains are about an eight of an
inch in diameter and well-rounded. A similar grit occurs on the
hills north of the head of Moonlight Flat, where it projects like
a rampart twenty feet in height, and is traceable for a long
distance. A peculiar conglomerate occurs near the seventy-third
mile post on the Bendigo railway. It consists of a faiidy fine-
grained sandstone, in which are embedded rounded fragments of
slate. One of these fragments was seven inches long and one inch
thick. A similar rock occurs half a mile nearer Melbourne, and
also in the creek cutting above the Francis Ormond Mine, at
Chewton. Mr. E. J. Dunn| records a similar rock from Bendigo.
A conglomerate, noted by Ulrich, occurs in the Brewery Gully,
Maldon.

Some of the sandstones show a concretionary banded colouring
which has a strikingly beautiful appearance. One set of beds of
this description crosses the railway line at the Chewton station,
being repeated several times by folding, and is traceable north as
far as Donkey Gully. The same band recurs in the cutting at
Scott's Hill, a mile and a half to the westward, and possibly
again in New Chum Gully. Quartzites occur plentifully, usually
in rather thin bands, and quartzose rocks which approach
them in character, but are ferruginous, are common all over
the field.

The argillaceous rocks are all more or less cleaved, and I have
consequently classed them merely as slates. Mica is rarely
present in the slates, though fi*equently so in the sandstones,
some of the latter being thickly spangled with plates of a whitish
variety of that mineral.

* Pari. Papers, and Geol. Mag., loc. cit. t G. F. an.l Miii. D. Vic, p. 70.

X Kep. Beiiiligo Goldfic4i], p. 6.

CO Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoi ia.

As we approach the granite traces of metamorphism become
more pronounced. Flaggy sandstones and quartzites are well-
developed, while the more argillaceous beds exhibit the appear-
ance of knotted or nodular slates (fruchtschiefer). The bye-wash
of the Expedition Pass reservoir displays a tine section. The
rocks here are more than usually contorted, and vertical as well
as horizontal sections can be seen showing clearly the effects of
"pitch," or dip of an anticlinal axis. The nodules of these slates
are rarely more than an eighth of an inch in length, and
frequently smaller. They are sometimes harder, sometimes
softer, than the surrounding rock, usually they ditTer in colour
from the matrix and have the appearance of carraway seeds
embedded in the stone. One specimen from here showed white
crystals, probably of andalusite. I have not seen any true mica
schist.

Judging from the notes on the quarter-sheet (9 N.W.) a some-
what metamorphic band runs far to the south between Taradale
and Fryers. Tlie ranges on this band are very laigged, and form
a part of the spur of the Divide, which Brough Smyth alludes
to as running nortli from the Blue Mountain thi'ougli Mount
Alexander.

The dense, blue (luartzitic sandstone of Maldon is called
'• Hornfels," by Ulrieh. Locally, it, like a softer rock from
Castlemaine, is known as "bluestone," and is used for road metal.
Owing to its brittleness it is far inferior to the softer but
tougher basaltic "bluestone" which is used elsewhere.

The building stone of the district, a soft brown argillaceous
sandstone, is of a very variable character and blocks of good
quality are a rarity. The older buildings are in a ruinous
condition from the exfoliation of the stone, brought about by the
decomposition of disseminated pyrites. It is quite unsuited for
ths purpose to which it is applied, though unfortunately the new
bridges over the creeks are built of it.

Cone-in-cone structure is rare iii the rocks, and the only good
siDecimen I have seen was in sandstone, and not in the usually
quoted carbonate of lime or of iron. The specimen was found by
Mr. James Shugg near the Devonshire Mine, and subsequent
search has failed to bring any more examples to light. I found a
peculiar example of an allied structure near the Chinese Jo.ss

Geology of Castleuiaine, &c., with List of Minerals. OH

House, below Patterson Bridge. The surface of the rock, an
olive slate, was closely covered with tiat oval depressions about
one-fourth of an inch in diameter. In some cases, on these
depressions were seated small cones about one-eighth inch in
height, of a whitish coloui', finely transversely striated and longi-
tudinally more deeply goo\ed. and having somewhat the appear-
ance of sessile barnacles. The flat bases were downwards, and
on the cleavage pl8nes. The apices of the cones were embedded
in a softer clay, and as no trace of obverse cones was visible the
name cone-in-cone will not apply. The structure is undoubtedly
not organic, and Mr. Newberry, to whom I sent a specimen,
submitted it to Mr. Howitt, who informs me that he considers it
to be of a concretionary natvire. I have seen several less perfect
examples, where the cone bases if not carefully examined would
perhaps be considered rain-prints, and from the cleavage making
the depressions deeper on one side than on the other the direction
of the wind would doubtless be inferred.

Some of the blue and grey slates are thickly marked with red
oval patches, mainly on the cleavage planes. Frequently a small
speck of limonite in the centre shows that a gi-ain of pyrites
has yielded the colouring matter which has spread out through
the I'ock in the easiest direction. tSmall oval films of pyrites
were also observed in slates at the Devonshire Mine, which on
decomposition would yield the same appearance.

Limestones are apparently absent, though Mr. Dunn* records
a narrow band of black limestone from similar rocks at Bendigo.
The pi'esence of lime in the beds, is shown by the occurrence of
strings and patches of magnesian limestone, in joints of the slates
near Patterson Bridge, and at the south end of the Barker's
Creek slate quarry. The frequent occurrence of calcite and allied
lime-bearing minerals in the quartz veins points to a similar
conclusion.

Slaty cleavage, as before mentioned, is strongly developed all
over the district, and has a strike coincident with that of the
beds. Over the western part of the field, the dip of the cleavage
is about 80° to the westward, but whether this direction holds
for the Maldon side of the district, I cannot say. In the railway
cutting, on the Elphinstone side of the tunnel, the quarter-sheet

* Op. cit.

02 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

has the cleavage marked at 50^. After a careful examination of
this section, I feel bound to conclude that the bedding and
cleavage have been confused, as the bedding is clearly seen
throughout the whole length of the cutting, and that the usual
high angle of cleavage is maintained. Cleavage is rarely well
sliown in the immediate neighbourhood of anticlines and synclines.
The rocks tend to become rubbly and frequently a system of close
set radial joints is developed. These joints are well displayed in
many of the x'ailway cuttings ; for instance, in a syncline 200
yards west of the Elphinstone tunnel. Mr. E. J. Dunn* regards
this structure as cleavage, and states moreover that the direction
of the dip of cleavage varies at Bendigo, l)ut that an easterly dip
is more common than a westerly one.

There must of course, in such contorted beds as we are dealing
with, be places in which cleavage and bedding coincide, but I
have met only one instance of such. This is in the Barker's
Creek slate quarry, where the beds dip westerly at more than
85°. Mr. Reginald Murrayf says, when speaking of our silurian
rocks, that " stratitication and cleavage are generally identical,
but cleavage distinct from sti'atification is not uncommon."
Ulrich| states that the cleavage "frequently very nearly coincides
with the planes of stratification." As I have searched for grapto-
lites all over the district, the divergence of cleaAage from strati-
fication has been brought home to my mind very strongly. , When
the two differ much in direction, as when the beds dip east and
cleavage is strongly developed, a long time has frequently to be
spent iu search of indentifiable fossils, till by chance a specimen
is found the long axis of which accords with the stx'ike of the
rocks.

Jointing is of course usual, and well developed, iu most of the
sandstones. Owing to the joints being close, large blocks of
stone are rarely obtainable, and frequently the sandstones are
rubbly. Occasionally, as shown at the east end of Lyttleton
Street, the joints are so well and evenly developed that the arch
appears to be built of masonry.

Faults. — Strike-faults, as seen in the cuttings are very common,

* hoc. cit., p. 14. t Geol. and Phys. Geog. Vic, p. 41.

t Catalogue of Rock Specimens in Tech. Mus. Melb., 1875. Printed iu Parliamentary
Papers, and also issued separately).

Geology of Castlcniaiiie, &c., zvith List of Miticrals. 63

and a small thrust-plane is shown on railway line just to the east
of the Ten Foot Hill bridge, the amount of displacement being
about four feet. Dip-faults T have not detected on the surface.
By the miners they are known as "cross-heads," and frequently
cut otF the reefs or quartz veins. Diagonal faults, or "counters,"
" caunters " or " quonters," as the miners call them, also occur, and
in some cases, as in the "No Name Reef" to the south-west of
the Crov/n Nimrod Mine, are occupied by auriferous quartz veins.
81icken-sided rock is plentiful, and I have found well-polished
faces of quartz from fault walls. Tiie quartz veins usually
occupy faults which generally have opened along the bedding-
planes. In the creek, to the east of Mr. James Newman's
house, a block of sandstone contains small seams of slate and in
these slates are many small seams of (piartz, which have formed
between the cleavage planes, and do not pass into the uncleaved
sandstone. Selwyn* states that the large quartz reefs often
occupy a similar position. "Saddle-reefs," such as occur at
Bendigo, appear rai-e, and but few reliable instances are recorded.
These reefs (formed as Mr. Wm. Nicholas, Mr. E. J. Dunn, and
others have minutely described, in cavities produced on the
anticlines by the unequal bending power of the various rocks)
which are the source of the greater part of the Bendigo gold, are
frequently reported in this district from the most impossible
places. One mine in particular, during my residence in
Castlemaine, reported having struck a "west-leg" of such a
" formation " and were cross-cutting east to strike the other leg,
which they professed to expect at a very short distance, while, as
a matter of fact, the anticline on which alone such a reef could
be formed lay at a distance of over 300 feet away. Fortunately,
of course, gold occurs plentifully in reefs which are not " saddle-
reefs," and "saddle-reefs" are just as likely to be non-auriferous
as any others. A small " saddle-reef " was sti-uck in the Ajax
mine on the anticline about sixty feet east of the shaft, and
another occurs on the Daphne reef anticline in Lost Gully.
Many of the mines of the district are near anticlines, but quite
as many, if not more, are far from them. As an example of the
former, we may note the Devonshire mine, and the eastern shaft

• Ex. Ess., 1866, p. 13.

CA Proccedi)igs of tJie^ Royal Society of Victoria.

of the South Wattle Gully Co.; while the once fabulously rich
mines on the other side of Wattle Crully, are as near to a syncline
as to an anticline. The Bolivia reef occupies a fault with a.
western hade, the country rock dipping east. The country in
the neighbourhood of quartz reefs is usually so disturbed that
observations of dip are unreliable in these localities.

Rock fo/diui:^. — The whole series of rocks is much folded and
crumpled. Hand specimens may be gathered which show the
folding on the most minute scale and such crumpled rock gener-
ally occurs near the axis of one of the larger anti- or synclines.
To this puckering, I feel constrained to put down most, if not ;<11
the instances quoted, of " ripple marks " in our silurian rocks.
Two such instances may be noted. Mr. E. J. Dunn*' speaking
of the Bendigo " saddle-reefs," describes the rock slipping that
must have taken place during their formation,! and then notices
that one wall of the original cavity shows ripple-marks beauti-
fully develo23ed, that is, just at the place where rock-slipping
must have been greatest. The other instance occurs in the bed
of the Moonee Ponds Creek, near the Park Street bridge. In
this case also, there has been considerable rock movement, for
the bed which shows the marks is about eighteen inches below a
thrust-plane, which is accompanied by shattered rock, and small
veins of quai'tz. Innumerable other instarices may be quoted,
but when we are dealing with rocks like those of Castlemaine,
which have an average dip of over 70°, or of Bendigo with one of
65°, the simplest explanation seems to be that the structure is a
form of crumpling, for were it otherwise, its observance would
be a rarity instead of one of the commonest of occurrences.

The larger anticlines succeeded each other very rapidly, the
average distance being 300 yards. In the water-race from
Chewton to Castlemaine, along the hill slopes to the seuth, I have
plotted thirteen in two and a half miles. This agrees closely
with what occurs at Bendigo. 1 The anticlines can be traced for
long distances. For instance, I have traced the anticline through
Monument Hill for two and a half miles. The anticlines have
a fairly constant strike of N.5°W. Owing to the way in which

" Loc. cit., pp. 6 autl 12.

t See also Wm. Nicholas, F.G-.S., in Bendvjo Adverliscr, aul Bendijo ludej^endenl, August
27, 1881, for similar explauatiou.
J Dunn, loc. dr., plan.

Geology of Castleiiiaiiie, &c., with List of Minerals. 65

they die away and are replaced by others, the folds may be com-
pared more with sea-waves than with anything else. The Ajax
anticline may be taken as an illustration. A well-marked anticline
may, as before mentioned, be seen about twenty yards east of the
shaft, the strata dipping east and west for some distance from
the axis. This axis may be traced, with but a small intermission,
caused by a gully crossing it, as far north as the Maldon railway
line. Here, as shown in the cutting, it has almost disappeared,
and is merely represented by a slight roll in the strata, the main
dip being westerly. Still further north, in the cutting in front
of the Church of England Parsonage, its only trace is a crump-
ling of the slates. The anticline to the eastward is now the
main one. Near the Ajax it is scarcely, if at all, noticeable. Its
axis is shown at the south end of Barker Street, and it passes
through the Corporation quarries in Bull Street, near the railway
line, and it is now an important fold.

Besides this dying away of anticlines, it is of course the rule
in disturbed rocks that the axes of the folds are rarely horizontal.
Owing to the peculiar structure of the Bendigo "saddle-reefs,"
and the great extent of the underground workings, Mr. Dunn
and the mining surveyors have been enabled to work out the
"pitch " or dip of the axis very thoroughly. Similar facilities do
not occur in Castlemaine, but in a few instances the top of an
arch is sufficiently bared to enable observations to be taken. The
most striking example I know occurs near the head of Sailor's
Gully,* the gully next to the north of German Gully. (The exact
spot is a few yards west of a quartz reef, as shown on the map,
crossing the valley). At first sight it appears like a dip-fault, as
two parallel bands of sandstone occur with a strong outcrop. In
reality, however, they belong to distinct beds, and their disappear-
ance north is caused by a " pitch " of about 40° and the bands
curve round as they " nose-in " on the flat. This is the highest
"pitch" I have noted, but Mr. Dunn records one of 60.°t As
attention has only recently been called to the effects of pitch on
the structure of our goldfield areas by Mr. Dunn, perhaps a few
localities had better be recorded where it can be studied in this
district. The anticline at the east end of Lyttleton Street pitches
13° to the southward ; another on the east side of Wattle Gully,

« \ S., 13 S.W. t Loc. cit., p. 12.

Gio Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

about 100 paces south of the S. W. G. Co.'s eastern shaft, pitches
12° JST.; another, south of the Campbell's Creek Road, just above
where Dead Horse Gully joins the creek, pitches 12^ N. and is a
line example. Mr. H. W. Green, legal manager of the Ajax Co.,
read uje the mining manager's reports for 1890, from which it
appeared that the anticline previously noticed in that mine
carried at the 900 feet level a small saddle-reef. This was
" driven on " north, for some distance, and, after undukiting
slightly, finally took a strong northerly pitch and passed under-
foot. Out of a total number of eight instances, in which I have
recorded pitch in my notes, seven showed a northerly inclination,
and the palfeontological evidence seems to point to a general
northerly pitch of all the rocks to the east of Castlemaine.
Professor J. D. Dana* points out that in order to get a thorough
knowledge of the pitch of strata in any disturbed district,
thousands of dips must be accurately plotted, a labour from
\vhich, for many reasons, I have shrunk.

Dip. — Over the eastern portion of the district, from Barker's
Creek to the granite, there are numerous good exposures and dip
can easily be observed. Fi'om Elphinstone to Chewton the
railway cuttings give an almost continuous section ; while from
Chewton a water-race extends along the liill-sides as far as the
Ajax mine. To the westward of Barkers Creek the country is
more deeply masked by surface soil, the gullies are fewer and of
less importance, and the scrubby timber is thicker, so that T was
unable, after several futile attempts, to make any satisfactory
number of observations. The Maldon railway line has such
shallow cuttings that, for that part of the field, I have had in
great measure, to fall back on the recorded observations of others.
In I'ailway cuttings, where nearly vertical beds are cut obliquely
to their strike, the slope of the cutting gives an apparent dip in
different directions on opposite sides, and on hill-slopes especial
care must l)e taken, as surface slipping renders all observations
except on a north or south slope of little value.

From Elphinstone, nearly to Chewton, the dip, owing to
constant inversion is westerly, and the bending over of the beds
can be well traced in many places. In the deep cutting at the
west end of the tunnel a fine anticline is displayed in grey

♦ Nature, vol. xlvi., p. 154.; also Amer. Jour. Sci., June, 1S92.

Geology of Castlemaine^ &€., with List of Minerals. 67

sandstone, and is best seen from the top of the cutting on the
south side. East of the anticline tlie beds dip more and more
steeply to the east, and at about thirty paces have completely
turned over, and dip west. The syncline near the drain, about
150 yards west, behaves similarly, so that a constant westerly dip
holds thi'oughout the cutting. The next cutting to the west is
still more interesting. It is .350 yards long, and about thirty
feet deep for most of its length. An anticline occurs 180 yards
from the west end, and, as the rocks are shattered in its vicinity,
some care is requisite for its detection. For a few yards east
of the anticline the beds have a high easterly dip, then become
vertical, and finally turn ovet" with a westerly dip of about 75°,
which is maintained to the end of the cutting. The variations
in the texture of the beds are great, but, speaking generally, the
rocks grow finer as we ascend, and pass from grits to fine grey
slates. All the beds are repeated, so that a band of graptolitic
slate recurs at each end of the cutting. Fossils were extracted
with difficulty, and are badly preserved. Among the forms were
Didymograpius bifdus, Tetragraptus bryotioides, T. cadiiceus,
Goniograptus sp., Phyllograptus several forms, De?tdrograptiis sp.
and Lingulocaris M''Coyi, the horizon being thus clearly shown.
The inversion can be clearly traced in several other cuttings, and
in the creek sections towards Chewton, but none are so well-
marked as this.

The quarter-sheets do not show that the great amount of
inversion here displayed was detected. The only indication of
any overturned beds that I can find is given on ^ S., 9 S.W.,
near the south-west corner, where a brief note records its
occurrence. This locality is nearly oii the strike of Chewton and
Fryers. I may say that it was on palaeontological grounds that
I suspected the inversion, as the succession of the graptolites was
not in accord, apparently, with that near Castlemaine. From
Wattle Gully to Castlemaine the beds are less disturbed, and the
anticlines ai^e more easily detected. A series of about seventy
observations gave an average dip of a little over 70°, there being
no marked difierence between the amounts of easterly and of
westerly inclination, though the general dip is westerly. How far
this general westerly dip extends I cannot say. From my own,
admittedly imperfect, observations, 1 had put the main synclinq

08 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

down as aV)Out a mile and a half west of the town. Selwyn and
TJlrieh both state the general dip about Maldon to be easterly,
and the former has placed the syncline further west near
Muckleford Creek.

In a mining district, where everyone is a geologist, it is unfor-
tunate tliat the geological term "dip" should be, as here, misused,
and still moi'e, used in a diflerent sense in Castlemaine from what
it is in Bendigo. The strike of our silurian rocks, both upper
and lower, is constantly nearly north and south, so that in a
mine we generally have two sets of workings. One set ("drives")
agrees with the strike, and the other ("crosscuts") with the dip
joints. Any bed or vein wdth an east or west inclination is said
to "underlie" or "underlay," while any north or south inclina-
tion of a vein or dyke is called the " dip " at a given rate. The
distinction has, of course, a practical value, or it would not be
used. In the Bendigo "saddle-reefs" the miner's "dip "is the
geological "pitch." In Castlemaine, a vein with a north-east dip
would be said to "underlie" east and "dip" north, the true dip
beinsr resolved into two directions at right angles.

The Graptolite Successiox.

Mr. G. H. F. Ulrich, in his valuable catalogue above quoted,
states that "owing to the absence of distinctive beds, such as
conglomerates and limestones, together with the fact, that the
same genera and species of graptolites occur throughout the
lower silurian series, no means at present (1874) exist for sub-
dividing the formation." On first examining the graptolites in
the immediate neighbourhood of Castlemaine, I was at once
struck by the difierence of the facies from the one I was already
familiar with at Bendigo, and a closer examination of the district
showed that there was a gradual change in the character of the
fauna on going eastward. This discovery was, of course, only
made after many long walks and fruitless searches for fossils
amongst the rugged hills that surround the town. The spoil
heaps of the gold workings, which lie in every direction, are for
the most part old and weather-worn. Pyrites, and other easily
decomposable minerals, have aided in the work of destruction,
and it is consequently an exception to find graptolites in

Geology of Castleinaine, &c., with List of Minerals. 69

these localities, sufficiently well preserved for recognition. Even
when, after long practice, I was able to judge that a certain
outcrop would yield fossils, a couple of hours work with the pick,
often not only showed the correctness of the judgment, but also
that cleavage and weathering had almost entirely destroyed the
characters of the specimens. Ultimately, however, a few
localities were found, from which a fair number of species were
procured. The change of fauna from east to west has already
been alluded to, but the work of correlating the scattered
outcrops at first presented great difficulties, as they were dotted
irregularly over six or seven square miles of rugged country, and
I was uncertain which were the upper and which the lower beds.
Fortunately my lirst systematic attempt was completely successful,
and, as I suspected from the general westerly dip, the beds south
of Chewton were the lowest. I chose an outcrop at Daphne
Reef in Lost Gully, as my starting point. Here, almost on the
summit of an anticline, a small excavation yields forms identical
Avith those of the central part of Bendigo. The commonest and
most characteristic form is Tetragraptiis fruticosus. This occurs
of all sizes, and some of my specimens quite dwarf all illustrations
I have seen. The branches, after the outward curve, run in
a straight line, and the form has the appearance of Didymograptiis
Vfractus (Salter), but its true tetragraptid nature is clearly
shown in several specimens. In one example from this locality,
one branch is over eight inches in length, and is broken at the
distal end. T have similar specimens from Bendigo, but none so
large. The anticline was traced over very rough ground, north,
for three-quarters of a mile, and T. frtiticosus was found all the
way, till I found myself in Wattle Gully, to the west of another
good locality. Owing to the steep slope of the ground the last
part of the work had been very difficult, and I spent over an
hour breaking slate, before I found the required specimen of
T. fruticosus. This zone, the T. fruticosus zone, is 200 feet below
the next above. The intervening rocks are clearly shown in the
race, to the south, but yielded no fossils after several visits.

The second zone, just mentioned, which I worked principally
from a small shaft in the South Wattle Gully Claim, is charac-
terised by the extreme relative abundance of Didymograptus
bifidus, which apparently ranges no higher, though it occurs

70 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

rarely in the zone below, and I have specimens from Bencligo
and Tarilta on the same slab as T. fndicosits. I have found five
outcrops of this, the Wattle Gully zone, namely, two previously
mentioned near the Elphinstone tunnel, one to the south of the
head of Poverty Gully, one near the head of Kampf's Gully, and
this one in Wattle Gully. The Kampf's Gully outcrop is near a
syncline which was traced south to near the Eureka reef, when
the same relation to the T. fruticosus zone was again observed.
A specimen of Dichograptus octobrachiains, with a central disc,
was secured from the lower zone at this locality. The only other
specimen of this variety I found at Burns' Reef in a higher zone,
and it has not hitherto been recorded for Victoria.

I have not been able to accurately trace the relationship of the
Wattle Gully zone, to the next above, as a considerable thickness
of sandstone intervenes, and is exposed both to the east and the
west of the Chewton anticline. To the east of the head of
Victoria Gully, at Mcholson's Reef, in Dogleg Gully, and at
Burns' Reef fossils occur, which I believe belong to the same
horizon. There are no well-marked forms especially abundant,
but the beds may be distinguished from those below by the
absence of D. bifdus, and from the zone above by the still com-
parative rarity of Tetragraptiis cadiiceus In default of a distin-
guishing species, I have called this the Burns' Reef zone, from
the locality where I found the best exposui'es. At this place a
thickness of three hundred feet of unfossiliferous concretionary-
banded sandstone, and slate, sepai'ates it from the zone above.

This upper zone is characterised by the relative abundance of
Ph\lloi:^rapti(S associated with Tetragraptus cadiiceus (Salter). The
former genus is abundant throughout all the beds, from this
hoi'izon downwards, but though plentiful in this zone is not
found above it. T. caducens ranges throughout all the Castle-
maiue rocks, being rare in the lowest beds, but gradually
increasing in numbers and in size at the same time, as we go
upwards. In the T. fruticosus zone it is rare and small. It is
but slightly more abundant in the Wattle Gully beds, and it is not
till the present horizon is reached that it becomes a dominant
form. I have called this the Phyllograpto-caduceus zone, a useful
though perhiips awkward term.

Geology of Casthinaine, &c., witJi List of Minerals. 71

From the outcrop mentioned, west of Burns' Reef, I have
traced this zone in a northerly direction as far as Donkey Gully,
where it is found passing to the west of the Crown Nimrod shaft,
a distance of a mile and a quarter. Another outcrop occurs in
Deaf Ben's Grully, a mile to the south of Burns' Reef, but not on
the same strike, as the beds repeat to the east. Another outcrop
occurs in the railwa}' cutting, twenty paces west of Ten Foot
Hill Bridge, and is traceable in a southerly direction for about a
mile. At the head of Victoria Gully it is found to overlie an
outcrop of the Burns' Reef beds, being separated from them by a
thickness of about 230 feet of sandstones and coarse grits. An
outcrop is also seen on the east side of New Chum Gully, close
to the Ajax anticline.

Tlie next zone is a well-marked one. Tetragraptus cadiiceus
occurs in the greatest profusion ; I think fully eighty per cent, of
the specimens belong to this form. Several good exposures
occur, and a great part of my earliest collecting was done on the
various outcrops of this zone. Phyllograptus, as before mentioned,
has disappeared, while immediately below it is fairly abundant.
One or two species of Diplograptus occur somewhat commonly,
though rare below this horizon, together with several species of
Didymograptus and one of Dichograpius, which I have not yet
identified with certainty. In Victoria Gully, where a spoil-heap
from a small mining shaft on the east side of the gully yielded a
good collection of forms, I was able to measure the thickness
separating this zone from the one below, and found it about 250
feet. This estimate was checked in the railway cutting about
half a mile north, and the results were in accord, as I measured
the distance west of the Phyllograpto-caducei(s zone, and found
the T. caditceus zone at the required spot.

The next zone contains Loganograptus Logani associated with
numerous examples of T. caduceiis. An outcrop occurs at the
head of John o' Groat's Gully, being separated by a thickness of
300 feet from the T. cadiiceus zone below, both occurring on the
same side of the same (Ajax) anticline. It is on the strike of
the eastern limb of this anticline that Professor Sir F. McCoy
records Logatiograptus from Barker Street, Castlemaine. As far
as I can learn the spot was in front of the Mechanics' Institute,
and is now inaccessible ; but in a yard behind one of the shops I

72 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

was able to obtain evidence of the existence of the T. cadnceiis
zone with a dip to the east. From this evidence I looked for
and found Z. Logatii a mile to the south as above indicated.
L. Logani is abundant in this zone, and I have a doubtful
frao;ment from the zone below.

This species has been confounded with two others from which
it, however, is quite distinct. In its method of branching it is
truly dichotomous, excepting as an abnormality, when a branch
is occasionally suppressed, and the branches arise at no great
distance from the centre. The genus with which it has been
confused is Gotiiograptus (McCoy), in which true dichotomy does
not occur, but as described by Professor McCoy,* each of the
four main branches is angularly bent, and from the salient angles
secondary branches are given off, which alone are celluliferous.
A branch stripped of its hydrotliecje would have the appearance
of Thaninograptus. Goniograptus Thureaui (McCoy), the type
of tlie genus, has about forty-eight branches, is rather rare, and is
contined to the T. fruticosus zone. Another species has from
twelve to sixteen branches, and is common in the same zone but
occurs, though i-arely, as high as the Burns' Keef beds. An
examination of a large number of specimens of the latter species
leaves no doubt in my mind that it is congeneric with G.
Thureaui., but specitieally distinct. Herrmanj describes and
figures a species as Dichograptjis Kjerulfi which has a similar
aspect to the pi-esent form. I have not seen the central disc he
describes, and the constant differences in the number, form and
arrangement of the hydrothecfe show that our form is distinct from
Herrman's. The method of branching is so striking" in McCoy's
genus that, in spite of Herrman's objection, I think it should stand,
and, moreover, that Herrman's species should rank under it.
The horizon he (juotes for Sweden, is Lower Phyllograptus shales,
just where it occurs with us, and there, as here, it is not associated
with L. Loga?ii. Mr. R. Etheridge, Junr.,J figures two examples
which he calls L. Logani, but both are evidently referable to
Go?iiograpius, tlie clinacters of wliich had not then been pointed

» Proa. Pnl. Vic, Dec. V., jil. 50, also A.M.N.H., vol. xviii. (187G), p. 129.
t Geol. Mag. 1866, pp. 13, rf seij., tvaiisl. and abrd. by W. S. Dallas from Nyt. Mag. for
Naturviil, vol. xxix.

I A.M.X.H., vol. xiv., 1874, pi. iii., figs. 11 ami 12.

Geology of Castleuiainc, &c., ivitJi List of Minerals. 73

out by Professor McCoy. Fig. 1 1 is apparently G. Thureaiii and
fig. 12 is this new species. Etheridge, moreover, amongst
other associated forms, quotes PhyUograptus typiis, a genus -which
in Victoria does not range as high as the Loganograptus zone
and Didymo. Pantoni (McCoy, M.S.). This latter species Professor
McCoy* says is identical with Hall's Tetragraptiis fruticosi/s, an
identification which is frequently overlooked. Sir Frederick
McCoy also records Z. Logani from Newham,f but an examination
of the specimens in the National Museum, on Avhich this record
was presumably founded, shows that they have the aspect of
G. Kjemlfi., and the non-occurrence of Loganograptus Logani at
Bb. 29 is also shown by the fact that PhyUograptus typns is also
quoted by the Professor from the same locality (Bb. 29). In fact
it appears that Bb. 29 is on an outcrop of the Tetragraptiis
friiticosus zone. Herrmanj also seems to have considered the
two forms as identical at one time, but to have subsequently
altered his opinion. Having regard to the cliflerent horizons of
the two forms, the importance of distinguishing them will be
manifest.

Above the Loganograptus zone, my detailed observations do
not extend. To the westward of Castlemaine, fossils are very
scarce, a single specimen of PhyUograptiis was gathered by Dr.
Dendy, in my company, on the strike of about 200 yards west of
where I have noted the occurrence of the L.oganograptiis zone,
and a few specimens of T. caduceiis from the same and other
localities are almost the only identifiable fossils I have seen. The
difficulties attending their discovery here, have been noted above.
In his notes on the Maldon sheet, Ulrich states that the only
fossil found in the silurian rocks of that district was a single
specimen which he quotes as Hynienocaris verniicauda (Salter).
Possibly this is the ubiquitous Lingulocaris McCoyl (Eth., Jun.,
= LLynienocaris Salteri, McCoy, M.S.). Mr. Norman Taylor also
mentions^ that he has found no graptolites in the country
immediately south of the Maldon strike. From Daylesford, how-
ever', twenty miles south on the same auriferous band, we find
graptolites in profusion, and a small collection in the possession
of Mr. John Hammerton, of Geelong, the only ones from there

* Prod. Pal. Vic. t Bb. 29, in Prod. Pal. Vic, Dec. 1, p. 19.

% Loc. cit. § Rep. Min. Surv. Vic, Dec, 1888, p. 'U.

74 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

which I have seen, contained the characteristic species of the
Tetragraptus friiticosiis zone. I cannot help feeling that the
same zone will be found at Maldon, though the highly meta-
morphic character of the rocks will make the discovery of fossils
dithcult. My last excursion before leaving Castlemaine was
made with a view of carefully searching the railway cuttings on
the Maldon side of Muckleford Creek. The first likely-looking
spot after leaving Maldon, however, was found only nine and
three-quarter miles from Castlemaine. Graptolites were found
on the first trial, but unfortunately were so decomposed that I
could not identify them. Numerous small crustaceans, possibly
Linguiocaris, also occurred. This was the only place where fossils
were obtained, though the country near Fentiman's Reef would,
I think, repay further search.

TuE Graptolites of other Localities.

The careful way in which the localities of specimens were
recorded on the maps, by the officers of the old survey, and the
references to those localities by Professor Sir Fredk. McCoy, in
his " Prodromus of the Palfeontology of Victoria," enable us to
make some interesting comparisons, and, at the same time, cause
us to wish that we had further elucidations of the hieroglyphics
on the maps. The fauna of the lowest Castlemaine zone, which
I have observed, agrees with the beds of Bendigo in -a very
marked manner. The Bendigo beds which I have examined
most closely are in Derwent Gully, a little below where the
Carshalton anticline crosses it, and at Ironbark, just west of the
Victoria Quarfz Mine, as well as less thoroughly at many other
spots. Mr. Wm. Nicholas, F.G.S., has given me a small number
of slabs of slate from near the Old Sarnia Reef at the south of
the field, and all three localities agree very closely in their fauna.
The agreement of an outcrop at Daylesford with this zone has
already been indicated. Besides Bendigo, Professor McCoy
recoi'ds T. fruticosus from Spring Plains (Bb. 45, Bb. 46, |S. 13
N.E.), the Upper Loddon on the strike of Chewton and Fryers
(Ba. 76, :J-S. 9 S.W.), and a couple of miles east of Gisborne (Ba.
71, |S. 6 S.W.) These localities then contain beds at or near
the same horizon, though doubtless it will be possiljle for sub-
divisions to be made later.

Geology of Castleinaine, &c., with List of Minerals. 75

With regard to the Lancefield beds, the plentiful occurrence of
highly compound forms would lead us, by analogy witli the
succession in localities in the northern hemisphere, to place them
below the lowest of all the beds dealt with. Fortunately we
have evidence of a stronger character which points in the same
way. A striking slender bifid graptolite occurs commonly at
Lancefield, and I have found specimens at Daphne Reef, and
Derwent Gully. Clonograptns occurs, at any rate as high as the
Burns' Reef beds in Castlemaine, but is rare, while several
species occur at Lancefield. The Bendigo Museum contains a
fragment labelled "Bendigo," which is apparently the gigantic
species described by Mr. G. B. Pritchard as Temnograptus
viagnificus from Lancefield, where it is common. In a paper
read at a recent meeting of this Society, Mr. Pritchard records
Tetragraptus quadribachiatus from the same locality. It occui's
in the T. friiticosus zone, is very abundant in the Wattle Gully
beds, and occurs, though rarely, as high as the T. caduceus zone.
The genus Fhyliograptus is not represented in the Lancefield beds,
but is recorded by Professor McCoy not far to the westward,
and on examining the specimens from this locality, in the
National Museum, I detected one or two small specimens of
T. fruticosus on one of the slabs. The evidence then points to
the fact that the Lancefield beds are below the T. friiticosiis zone,
and probably at no great distance.

The graptolitic slates of Darriwill (19 S.W.) are apparently
on the horizon of the L. Logmii zone for that species and
T. caduceus are, according to Professor McCoy, very plentiful at
that locality,* and the specimens quoted are on view in the
National Museum. Graptolites are recorded from many other
lower Silurian localities in Victoria, but till further observations
are made, and more of the species are identified, it will be rash
to assume any succession based solely on that of the northern
hemisphere. Probably the same general succession will hold,
but it is quite likely that certain species and genera will be
found to have a different range in the two regions, so that
inferences based on the few recorded species for these other
localities may quite possibly be erroneous.

Prod. Pul. Vic,

76 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

In New Zealand it may, however, be noted that gvaptolites
occur, and Sir James Hector* gives some woodcuts of species
found there. These are, however, not named in the work, and
the figures alone merely give general characters. All the figures
might be intended for forms which occur in the Wattle Gully or
in the T. friiticosiis zone in Castlemaine, and the former is the
more probable hoi'izon.

The results obtained may be tabulated as follows, the beds
being arranged in descending order : —

1. Zone of Loganograptiis Logani, occurring at Castlemaine

and I3arriwill.

2. Zone of Tetragraptus caditceus, occurring at Castlemaine.

3. Phyllograpto-caduceics zone, occurring at Castlemaine.

4. Burns' Reef beds, occurring at Castlemaine.

0. Wattle Gully beds, occurring at Castlemaine and (?) New
Zealand.

6. Zone of Tetragraptus friiticosus, occurring at Chewton,

Bendigo, Spring Plains, Tarilta, Upper Loddon,
Daylesford, Gisborne, and to noi'th-west of Lancefield.

7. The Lancefield shales.

With regard to the extension of the zones in tlie line of strike,
the important effects produced by " pitch " must be recognised, as
has been so fully indicated by Mr. E. J. Dunn in his "Report on
tlie Bendigo Goldfield." There is evidently a strong northerly
pitch in the great Chewton anticline, as, although I have carefully
examined the area north of Forest Creek, I have never been
able to find traces of any but the second and third zones. The
sixth zone again occurs at Tarilta, approximately on the strike of
the highest indicated zones at Castlemaine.

Auriferous Ba?ids. — The fact that the auriferous quartz-veins of
Victoria occur in fairly definite bands of country, separated by
non-auriferous bands of lithologically similar strata, is one that
early impressed itself on observers, and it is difficult to say who
first noted the fact. Sir Alfred Selwyn records it, and Mr. Evan
Hopkinst also mentions it. In a recent report of the Mining
Department an old letter to the Governor of the Colony fi'om

• Cat. Gp.o\. Exhibit, Ind. and Col. Ex., 1886, p. 82.
t QJ.a.S., vol. I., p. 324.

Geology of Castlemainc, &c., zvitJi List of Minerals. 11

Mi\ J. A. Panton. then warden of the Bendigo goldtield, shows
that he was one of the earliest to point out the same fact. Mr.
Wm. Nicholas, F.G.S.,* has worked these bands out in great
detail ; and Mr. Reginald Murrayf follows out the same
princijDles. Both of these gentlemen have, since then, repeatedly
called attention to these facts as an aid to future mining opera-
tions. In the Castlemaine district the main auriferous band
strikes through Fiyers and Chewton, and is approximately on
the same strike as the richest portion of the Bendigo field. In
the former district the band is seamed with reefs that have
yielded almost fabulous quantities of gold, and most of the
auriferous gullies head to this line. The chief apparent
exceptions to this last fact are those gullies which receive the
drainage of gullies cutting through the older gravels. As we go
westward from this line, and travel over higher beds, the rich
reefs grow fewer and fewer, and we have no well-marked lines
like the one mentioned. When we reach, what Selwyn states to
be the highest beds of the district, on the meridian of Muckleford
Creek, the quartz-reefs are ajiparently more numerous than ever,
but the richly auriferous country-rock is not there to feed tliem,
and they are barren. The quarter-sheets show that nearly every
gully in this locality was carefully searched for gold by the
survey party, but without result, and this for miles to the north
and south. Since then the Mining Department has, by a care-
fully chosen series of bores, tested the deep ground of Muckleford
Creek, but with a like negative result. | In the Lancefield rocks
again, no gold occurs. It appears then, that the auriferous strata
of our lower silurian rocks begin above the base of the apparently
thick T. fruticosus zone, and range, at any rate, as high as Fhyllo-
graptus does, but probably no higher. That the recurrence of
the auriferous bands across the colony is due to the recurrence of
the same sets of beds, is so very probable, that the idea is the
common property of geologists, but no attempt has, I believe,
been previously made to show hew these beds might be distin-
sruished.

* Prog. Rep. Geol. Surv. Vic, vol. iv., p. M5.
t Geol. and Pbys. Geol. Vic, p. 157.
X Aun. Kep. Sec. Mines, 1890.

78 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoj'ia.

Thickness of the Strata. — Sir Alfred Selwyn* gives a section,
before noted, passing through Mounts Alexander and Tarren-
gower, and on the evidence of this, states that the thickness of
the Silurian rocks of this district is not less than 35,000 feet. To
get this thickness on this line of section, and with the average
dip he gives, no allowance can be made for repetition by folding,
I cannot find that he ever gave reasons for altering his opinion
on this point, but we find him in 1861 (Ex. Ess., p. 177), and
again in 1866 (Ex. Ess., p. 11), applying these figures to the
whole of the upper and lower silurian rocks combined. This, his
more recent statement, has been generally followed and quoted.
Now the west end of the silurian trough of his section is nearly
on the strike of the Chewton anticline, where it runs into the
granite ; so that perhnps he could have calculated the true
thickness of the Castlemaine series along his section line, though,
from the indications of a northerly pitch, I do not think so.
Since the days when Selwyn made this traverse of a dilficult and
practically unexplored country, and without suitable maps, great
changes have taken place. Railway and road cuttings, water-
races and mines have given facilities, that he was without, for
examining the rocks.

The lowest beds, as shown by the presence of T. fruticosus,
crop out near the west end of tlie Elphinstone tunnel, so that we
have here an anticline, which, though auriferous west of Taradale,
at Drummond and Lauriston, some miles to the south, is very
poor in quartz- reefs, and apparently non-auriferous at this locality.
A slight syncline occurs to the west, at about the meridian
of the seventy-fourth mile post on the railway line, though the
highest zones are missing. The crest of the next great anticline
I'uns, as before stated, through Chewton. Selwyn places the main
syncline between Castlemaine and Maldon, about Muckleford
Creek. Taking this last observation of his as correct, we can
calculate the thickness approximately. From the Eureka Reef,
where an outcrop of the T. fruticosus zone occurs, to the west
end of John o'Groat's Gully I have plotted all the anticlines and
synclines I could detect. Jn this distance (two and one-eighth
miles) I find : —

» Pari. Rep., loe. cit., ami Q.J.G.S., vol. x.

Geology of Castleniaine^ &c., ivitJi List of Minerals. 79

The total amount of westerly clip shown is 2376 yards.
,, ,, easterly „ 1364 „

excess of westerly ,, 1012

The mean of sixty-seven observations of dip is a trifle over 70°.
Tf we assume this excess to be constant as far as Selwyn's
syncline, and assuming the dip to be, as I believe it is, at the
same rate, we eet in live and a half miles an excess of 7858 feet
of westerly dip exposed, which is equal to a thickness of 7500
feet. If we add 500 feet for the probable thickness exposed below
the Wattle Gully beds, we may put down the total thickness
of the lower silurian rocks exposed in this district as 8000 feet.
As yet we have no means of even guessing the total thickness of
our lower silurian rocks, and of the thickness of our upper
silurian we know nothing.

Newer Rocks.

The only other sedimentary rocks of t!ie district are the old and
recent river gravels. Castlemaine itself is a little over 900 feet
above the level of the sea, and none of the older gravels are more
than 1 100 feet. The latter usually occur here as cappings to minor
lulls, which they have protected from denudation. The linear
arrangement of these hills, and frequently their relation to the
present drainage system, shows them to be of fluviatile origin,
and Selwynf did not intend the general remarks he made in
reference to some marine tertiary gravels to apply to this
distinct, or to Bendigo, though it is often stated that he did so.
Even when the relation of the old gravels to any drainage
system sufficiently large for their accumulation is not apjDarent
at first sight, the effects of denudation must be borne in mind.
On this head Colonel (then Captain) Couchman, formerly Chief
Mining Surveyor, makes some able and interesting remarks.*
Taking most of his illustrations from this district, he shows how
changes in the courses of rivers may be made, by tributary
streams cutting back, and by main streams working towards
the dip, till another water-shed is tapped, and the old river-bed

» Ex. Ess., 1866, p. 22. t Smyth's Goldf. and Min. Dist. of Vic, pp. 158-CO.

so Proceedings of the Royal Society of Vict07'ia.

with its gravels is left in what is, at first sight, an inexplicable
position. Since he wrote, the subject has received considerable
attention in the United States.*

The officers of the Survey have devoted a great amount of cai*e
to these economically valuable beds,t and have divided the
gravels of this district into older and newer pliocene and recent.
The evidence of the separation of the first two named, is
frequently very obscure. I do not see, for instance, how the
lower portion of the Forty-foot Hill deposit is classed as of the
same age as that capping Diamond Hill, lower down the same
stream and about eighty feet higher above sea level. The
character of the deposits is described in the greatest detail by
U Irich, and it will suffice to state that all the rocks in the gravels
accur in situ in the present water-shed, there being a prepon-
derance of those found near the granite boundary. The indu-
rating action of metamorphism is shown both by the range
bounding the granite and by the occurrence of fragments many
miles below the metamorphic zone. Slickensided fragments
frequently occur, but I have not seen any examples of which could
be referred to glacial action. Some terrestrial fossils are recorded
on the Southern Maldon sheet from these older gravels. Amongst
other specimens was an almost complete skull of Sarcophilus
ur sinus. The only organic remains I have found are a few traces
of plants which were, however, quite indeterminate.

Volcanic Rocks.

Dykes of basic volcanic rock are fairly common, though very
few are shown on the map, their small size and decomposed
condition rendering their detection at the surface almost, if not
quite, impossible. The rock contains numerous crystals of olivene
and hornblende, frequently of large size. Black mica occurs in a
dyke at the Eureka Reef and in one near Harcourt, at the latter
place sometimes reaching three-quarter inch in diameter. | One
dyke, six feet tliick, at Burns' Reef, is traceable north for more
than a mile; others occur on the west side of Wattle Gully, at
the Englishman's Reef, Ajax Mine, while several are exposed in

* Contributious to "Science," 1893, &c.

t Ulrich— Cat. Rocks, &c., p. 189, et seq., ami repriuted iu Lock's Practical Gold ilining.

t See also L'lricli, loc. cit., p. 35.

Geology of Castlcmaitie, &c., zvitJi List of Minerals. 81

the railway cuttings near Chewton, and I could quote many more
iu the district. Lithologically, judging by hand specimens, the
rock seems to resemble that of the Bendigo dykes which Mr.
Howitt calls Limburgite.* At Maldon, in the Eaglehawk Mine,
a beautiful green dyke-stone occurs containing massive garnet,
hornblende crystals, pyrrhotite and other minerals. Mr. Pritchard
tells me that Mr. A. W. Howitt, who examined a specimen for
him, says the rock consists entirely of Diallage.

Mount Consultation, four miles south-west of Castlemaine, is
an old volcanic neck. Very little scoriaceous material remains,
and on the south side the dense basaltic rock rises almost
precipitously fi'om the silurian below. The basalt is almost
black, vei-y line grained, rarely vesicular, and has in some places
a platy structure. The divisional planes are marked by whitish
bands, and have a " dip " of about 40° inwards tow^ards the vent,
as shown on an arc of about 90°. The aneroid reading gave the
height as 300 feet above the Castlemaine station or about 1200
feet above sea level. What is apparently a still more denuded
neck, occurs at the head of the southern arm of Diamond Gully.
The surface of the rock has been denuded equally with the
silui'ian and occupies an ai'ea of about twelve acres, the ground
being cultivated. The I'ock is apparently similar to that of
Mount Consultation, but contains numerous angular fragments
of sandstone embedded in it. A quarry hole twenty-two feet
deep occurs, and the owner says the rock grows denser with
increase of depth. Lower down the hill a shaft was sunk to
pierce the basalt • at twenty -two feet however work was suspended.
The gully which heads to this outcrop received its name from
the occurrence of zircons, pleonastes and other gems derived
probably from the basalt itself. Gems are also recorded from
the older drifts of Diamond Hill. In order to ascertain the
relative age of the basalt, I tried to find whether any had been
procured from the oldest drift on the hill-top, but without success.

At Guildford, at the junction of Campbell's Creek and the
Loddon, we find the older drifts capped by a basalt flow which,
originating near the head waters of the ancient stream, has
followed its course as far as the junction of Mucklefoi'd Creek.

Kotes oil Samples of Roclc, &c. Special Hep. Min. Dep., 189c', p. 1.

G

82 Proceedings of tlic Royal Society of Victoi'ia.

This flow has been denuded, and the old river course is shown
l)y a chain of isolated flat-topped hills, known as the Loddon
outliers.

Mount Franklin, twenty miles south of Castlemaine, is a well
preserved cone of very recent date. The notes on the quarter-
sheet (15 S.E.) state ainongst other facts, that "The basaltic
lava-streams of the country surrounding Mount Franklin and

Franklinford are of two different ages Tlie more recent

streams have poured into the present valleys, and in their gradual
descent from the highest points of eruption have covered the post-
pliocene as well as the older and newer pliocene drift. Only where
they have acted as natural bars to, or lie in the line of drainage from
higher levels, they are, in their turn covered by recent alluvium.
The termination of the Jim Crow Creek flow is characterised by
a very rugged surface and rocky escarpments, resembling the
recent lava flows from the craters in the Western District."
Thus we have then to the north of the Divide a very recent
volcano, a fact which tends to weaken the generalisation of
Professor David* that the most recent volcanoes occur near
the sea coast, and the older further inland: — "The zone of
volcanic activity in that country {i.e. Victoria) appears to have
followed the southern shore-line which was constantly retreating
southwards." To my mind Mount Franklm is quite as young
as any of the volcanoes of the AVestern District which I have
seen, the crater being beautifully perfect.

A dyke of grey quartz-felsite occurs in the Beehive Mine,
Maldon, and several dykes are marked on the quarter-sheet.
They are probably connected with the main granite mass.

In conclusion, I have to thank several of my friends in
Castlemaine, including many of the mining managers of the
surrounding district, for information, especially in regard to the
past history of the goldfield — which has been of great service to
me. My thanks are also due to Mr. A. W. Howitt, Secretaiy
for Mines, for copies of the geological maps of the district, which
have been of great use in the flnal preparation of my paper.

» Proe. A.A.A.S., 1892, p. 73.

Geology of Castleinaine, &c., luith List of Minerals. 83

List of some of the Minerals occubring in the Castlemaine

District.

Most of these have been recorded by Mr. G. H. F. Uh'ich

in "Exhibition Essays," 1866, and in "Contributions to the

Mineralogy of Victoria," 1870. A few new localities are

recorded.

U - G. H. F. Ulrich.

H = T. S. Hall.

All>in (var. of Apophyllite). In druse, Harcourt granite quarry
(H.) Identified by Mr. O. Rule.

Albite. — Quartz reef, Blacksmith's Gully (U.) Quartz reef at
Francis Ormond, Garfield and reefs to north, Coomb's
Gully, Crown Nimrod and several other quartz reefs (H.)

Aluno^en as thick efflorescence, Barker's Creek slate quarries
'(H.)

Afuphihole (black variety). Large imperfect crystals in basaltic
dyke at Eureka Reef. Granite of Mount Alexander (U).
In basic dykes, Wattle Gully, Burns' Reef, &c. (H.)
(Green variety) : Eaglehawk Reef, Maldon ; found by
Mr. G. B. Pritchard, and identified by Mr. A. AV. Howitt.

Amethyst. — Common in Bradford Lead: some approach rose quartz
in character (U.)

Augite. — Cavities in Malmsbury dolerite (U.)

Azurite. — -Nicholson's Reef, Castlemaine (U.)

Barite. — Swiper's Reef, Maldon, in saddle-shaped crystals (U.)
Crystals described and figured Ex. Ess., 1866. Cymru
Mine, Maldon (J. Hornsby). Rare in platy crystals in
quartz, Devonshire Mine, Castlemaine (H.)

Biotite. — Basaltic dyke, Eureka Reef, Castlemaine, also Campbell's
Creek (U.) Dyke, Harcourt; dyke. Burns' Reef. Mount
Alexander, granite (H.)

Bismuth (native) in small grains in quartz reef. Sandy Creek (U.)

Bisnmthite, drift of Sandy Creek (U).

Calcite various recorded localities. Tarrengower (Maldon), New-
stead (XJ. ), Rhombohedra, quarter inch diam., Ajax Mine,
Wattle Gully Mines. Masses up to a cubic foot, Ajax.
Travertine. Limestone Creek. Crystals lining hollow
dolomitic masses, Guildford, &c. (H.)

g2

84 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria-.

Cassiterritc^ rare in Belltopper lead, Tai'adale (U.)

Cerussite. — Nicholson's Reef (U.)

Chabazik in basalt, Malmsbury (U.) Beehive Reef, Maldon
(J. Hornsby).

Chalcopyrite in grains quartz reefs, Castlemaine and Maldon, as
a vein several inches thick, Eaglehawk Reef, Maldon (U.)
Harcourt granite, in small patches (H.)

Chalybite. — Eaglehawk Reef, Maldon, as lodestone of vein of
copper-pyrites. Lisle's Reef (U.) See Dolomite.

Chlorite. — Rare as scaly coatings. Lady Gully and Wattle Flat,
Blacksmith's Gully in quartz. In slate, Yandoit (U.)
Coating imperfect quartz crystals and by decomposition,
giving them a roughened appearance. Quartz Reef,
Upper Loddon. Identitied by Professor A. Liversidge
(H.)

Chro/nic iron impregnated in quartz and quaitzose rocks, Sti'ath-
loddon (U.)

Chrome ochre. — Found at Strathloddon by Mi\ (Colonel) Couch-
man (U.)

Copiapite (?) — As bi'ownish crusts and stains on spoil and pyrites
heaps (H.)

Copper (native). — Sparingly with gold, Specimen Gully Reef (U.)

Copperas. — In crystals, Beehive Reef (U.)

Covelline. — Specimen Gully (U.) Coating chalcopyrite, Harcourt
and Scotchman's Gully (H.)

Datnourite. — Bradford lead enclosed in smoky quartz (U.)

Dolomite. — Crystals, Lisle's Reef (U.) Varieties of calcite con-
taining various quantities of iron and magnesia occur in
various rhombohedra in Ajax and Wattle Gully Reefs, kc.
Lenticular masses, strings and veins occur in the slates at
Specimen Gully, Forest Creek. A white, soft, earthy
substance consisting of carbonates of lime and magnesia
occurs at the Barker's Creek quarries. A magnesian-limc
cement occurs in some of the old gravels (H.)

Epidote (Epidote-rock). — ^Dyke, two and a half miles S.E. of
Tarilta (U.)

Epsomite. — Eaglehawk Reef (U.) Argus Hill Co., as thick in-
crustation in old drives (H.)

Geology of Castlemaine, &c., ivitJi List of Alinerlas. 85

Galena. — In nearly all auriferous reefs (U.) In fairly large
grains, Scotchman's Gully (H).

Garnet (common red). — Drift of Barker's Creek, crystals
embedded in smoky quartz, Bradford Lead (U.) In
diallage dyke, Eaglehawk Reef (J. Hornsby) ; in granite,
Maldon (J. Dennant) ; in granite, Harcourt quarries ;
granitic dyke. Expedition Pass (H.)

Gold.

Graphite. — An impure graphite coats slates in vicinity of quartz
reefs, eg.., Ajax, Englishman's, and many other reefs (H.)

Gypsum. — Clays, Mount Consultation, Sandy Creek (U.)

Gu/nbetite {f) — Replacing graptolites (H.)

Hezilandiie. — Sparingly, as drusy coatings, Lisle's, Lennox, and
Tiverton Reefs (U.)

Hyalite. — Common in dolerite, Malmsbury (U.)

Ironglance. — In tabular crystals in quartz reefs, Sandy Creek ;
in tabular crystals in dolerite, Malmsbury (U.)

Labradorite. — Dolerite, Malmsbury, Loddon outliers.

Linwnite. — As nodular concretions and A^eins in silurian rocks at
Fryers, Maldon, Castlemaine, as cement of older drifts
(IT.) Pseudomorph after cubical pyrites; Wattle Crully,
Bolivia Reef, forming iridescent films on rocks, common
(H.)

Magnesite concretions in various localities (U.); concretions in
Kampf 's Gully (H.), Maldon (J. Hornsby).

Magnetite and Ilnienite, as black sand in alluvial deposits
draining from basaltic country (H.)

Malachite. — Nicholson's Reef (U.) ; small earthy patches Scotch-
man's Gully Reef (H.)

Maldonite. — Nuggety Reef (U.) An alloy of bismuth and gold
is obtained in some mines in Maldon at times, on "retort-
ing " the mercury.

Mispichel. — Various recorded localities, massive, and in crystals
(U.)

Molybdenite. — Granite, Maldon (U.) Quartz reefs, Maldon (J.
Hornsby).

Mountain leather. — Tarilta (U.) Associated with tabular crystals
of calcite in quartz reef, 900 feet level, South German
Mine (H.)

86 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Muscovite. — Granite generally (U.)

Nontronite. — Maldon ( U . )

Oligoclase. — Scoria, Mount Franklin; greenish, in granite,

Tarrengower, Harcourt (U.)
Oiive?ie. — Newer basalt generally. Mount Franklin ash (U.)

Basaltic dykes.
Orthoclase. — Granite generally ; granite boundary, Elphinstone,

jNIaldon, Harcourt. Large ciystals, Bradford (U.) Large

ciystals. Mount Barker and Expedition Pass (H.)
PJiarviacosiderite. — In cubical crystals, Beehive and German

Reefs (U.)
Phokrite. — -Blacksmith's Gully (U.); Ajax and Gai-field Reefs,

etc. (H.)
Pyrite. — Common in cited localities (U.) Cubes, Wattle Gully,

in sandstone, &c. Octahedra, South Wattle Gully Mine.

Pentagonal dodecahedra, Devonshire Mine (H.)
Pyromorphite. — Nicholson's Reef (U.)
Pyrrholite. — Specimen Gully, and several Maldon Reefs (U.) In

diallage dyke, Eaglehawk Reef, Maldon (H.)
Quartz. — Common as reefs, hooded quartz. Pigeon Hill (figured)

crystals large. Blacksmith's Gully, &c. (U.) Smoky quartz :

Bradford, Tarrengower (U.) Harcourt Quarries (H.)

Prase : Lady Gully (U.), Blacksmith's Gully, Ajax Reef,

kc. (H.) Lydianite : Veins, Joyce's Creek (U.)
Sapphire. — Common in drift, Yaughan (U.)
Scorodite. — Crystals, Beehive Reef (U.)
Selenite. — Mount Consultation (U.)
SpJialerite (Zincblende).— Nuggetty Reef (U.) With gold,

Francis Ormond, and Ci^own Nimrod Reefs, Scotchman's

Gully, Mopoke Gully (H).
Steatite., as a vein, Strathloddon (U.)

Stibnite (Antimony glance), Fentiman's and Eaglehawk Reef (U).
Stillnte, in druse, in granite, Harcourt (H ) Identified by Mr.

O. Rule.
Sulphur (native) with grey antimony, Fentiman's Reef (U.)
Topaz. — ^Gold drifts of Castlemaine district, Bradford lead (U.)
Tourmalitje. (rranite, of Mount Alexander, at Maldon (U.) ;

Expedition Pass (H.)

Geology of Castleuiaine, &c., ivitJi List oj Minerals. 87

Wad (black ferromanganese ore), quartz reefs common, as cement
of conglomerates, Strangways, Tarilta (IT.)

Wolfram. — Sandy Creek (U.)

Zircon. — Gold drift, Tarilta, Guildfoixl, Hardhills, Campbell's
Creek (U.)

Literature.

Amos., Mark. — "Report on the Fryer's Creek Goldfields." Rep.

Min. Reg., 1889, app. D.
Brown, T. Z.—" The Wattle Gully Mines, Castlemaine." Rep.

Min. Reg., Mar., 1890.
Couchmaii., Colonel. — Smyth "Goldfields, itc," pp. 157-9.
Etlieridge, i?., funr., F.G.S. — "A Catalogue of Works ou

Australian Geology, kc." Mines Dept., Sydney.
Hopkins, Evan, F.G.S.— "On the Victorian Goldfields," Q.J.G.S.,
vol. X., 1854, p. 324 (abstract). Published in full, Melb.,
1853, with four litho. plates of sections. (I have not
been able to see the latter work).
Lock. — "Practical Gold Mining." Reprints Ulrich's remarks on

the Gold Drifts, etc.
Nicholas, Jl'm., F.G.S. —

"Notes on Gold Reefs." Prog. Rep. Geol. Surv. Vic,

vol. iv., p. 145.
" On the Origin and Growth of Quartz Reefs or Veins in
the Lower Silurian Rocks of Victoria." Melbourne
Leader, 20th Aug. 1881.
" Geology as Applied to Industries." A series of lectures
delivered at the Bendigo School of Mines, and
reported in Bendigo and Castlemaine papers, begin-
ning 11th Feb., 1881.
"Mining at Bendigo." English Mining Journal, 19th
July, 1894, et seq.
Neivspaper Articles. — ■

"The Castlemaine Goldfield," Bendigo Advertiser, 5th,
12th, 23rd August; 15th September, 1882. Gives
an account of the various mines, with details of
yields.
"Mining at Maldon," Z,^., 2nd October; 18th November,
1882.

88 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

"Mining on Tan-engower," id., 18th November, 1882.

"The Maldon Mines," A,s:e, 22ncl February, 1886.

" Mining at Castlemaine," Bendigo Advertiser ; four

artic-les during INIay, 1882.
" Graptolites." — A lecture delivered before the Bendigo

Science Society l)y T. 8. Hall. Bendigo Advertiser,

Sth July, 1893.
"The Geology of Chewton.'' Mount Alexander Mail,

September, 1893.
Resales, JI., F.G.S. — " Auriferous Quartz Reefs." Victorian
Prize Essays, 1860. (Contains a valuable series of
observations),
Sekiiyn, Sir A. R. C. —

" On the Geology and ^Mineralogy of the Mount Alex-
ander Gold field." (Pari. Pap., 1853-4, vol. II.); also

Q. J. G. S., X., p. 299.
"On the Geology of the Goldtields of Victoria." (Q. J.

G. S., XIV., p. 533, 185S.
"Exhibition Essays," 1861.
"Exhibition Essays," 1866.
"Geological Surveyor's Report," 1861.
Smyth, B rough, F.G.S., &c.— "The Goldtields and Mineral

Districts of Victoria."
Ulrich, Geo. H. F. —

"Exhibition Essays," 1866.

"Contributions to the Mineralogy of Victoria." (Govt.

Printer).
" Catalogue of Rock Specimens in the Technological

Museum," Melbourne, 1877.

EXPLANATION OF PLAN.

1. — Outci'ops of L. Logani zone.

2. ,, ,, D. caduceus zone.

3. ,, ,, Phyllograpto-taducens zone.

4. n 51 Burns' Reef beds.

5. ,, ,, Wattle Gully beds.

6. ,, ,, T. friiticosHS zone.

Froc. RS. Vicioria Plate W.

•^

Art. VIT. — The Sugar Strength and Acidity of Victorian
Musts, ivith Reference to the AlcoJiolic Strength of
Victorian Wines.

Part II.

By W. Percy Wilkinson.

[Commixnicated by R. L. J. Ellery, Esq., C.M.G., F.R.S., F.R A.S.,
10th May, 1894.]

The present, being the .second part of an enquiry into the
sugar strength and acidity of Victorian musts, is the third part
of a general investigation of Victorian wines — the first part of
which related solely to the alcoholic strength of Victorian and
other Australian wines. In the first part it was shown from the
determination of the alcoholic strength of some 600 Australian
Vfiwe.^ (Jonrnat of the Board (?f Viticulture for Victoria, May 1892,
pp. 81-96), that the average strength of Australian wines is 12
grammes of absolute alcohol per 100 cubic centimetres, as
compared to an average of 8 grms. per 100 c.c. characteristic of
French and German wines (nearly 2000 samples). In the second
part, which was connnunicated to the Chemical Section of the
Aust. Assoc, for Ad. Science, Adelaide, 1893, the investigation
of the musts was taken up with a view to ascertaining in the
first place whether the sugar strength of Victorian musts
was great enough to account for the high alcoholic strength
of Victorian (and all Australian) wines, and also to
determine how the acidity of Victorian nmsts compared with
those of France and Germany. In the present third part the
results of the determinations of sugar strength and acidity of
Victorian musts for the Vintage of 1894 are communicated, as it
appeared desirable to control the determinations of the vintage
of 1893 by a second and more extensive series in a different
season and in more widely scattered districts. For the purposes
of comparison and completeness the results of 1 893 will be
reproduced and discussed along Avith those of 1894.

It was found in the first part that the Victorian wines showed,
on the average, an alcoholic strength half as large again as that

90 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

of the average French and German wines, for which elaborate
data have been published l)y various French Chemists (Faure,
Analyse chimique et comparce des Vins dc la Girojide ; Gayon,
Blarez, and Dubourg, Analyse chimique des Vitis de la Girofide,
1888 ; Fortes and Ruyssen, Traitc de la Vigne et de ses Froduits,
1886 ; Documents du Laboratoire Muncipal ; and analyses by
Houdart, Girard, and others given in Yiard's Traite General de
la Vigne et des Vins, 1892), and the German Impei'ial Commission
for Wine Statistics, appointed in 1884. (Zeit. fiir Anal. Chemie.,
21, et seq).

It was shown in the second part that the sugar strength of
Victorian musts corresponds closely with the alcoholic strength
of Victorian wines, in other words, that the average Victorian
must contains nearly half as much sugar again as the average
French and German. The determinations for 1894 bear out this
interesting result, and show that, on the whole, the alcoholic
strength of Victorian wines is fully accounted for by the high
sugar strength of the musts. Some earlier investigations of the
sugar strength of Australian musts had been made by the
Hunter River Vineyard Association, commencing in 1847 ;
Muspratt, 18.57, and Dr. A. C. Kelly, 1867, also the South
Australian Royal Commission in 1874, and by H. Lumsdaine,
Chief Inspector of Distilleries, New South Wales, in 1875, and
had proved the high specific gravity and therefore high sugar
strength of Australian musts (for instance the South Australian
Royal Commission found an average specific gravity of 1-118 for
seventeen samples of grapes, representing 28-4 grannnes of sugar
per 100 cub. cent.) On account of the limited number of the
earlier determinations, these two series of 1893 and 1894 were
undertaken by me in order to have data as similar as possible to
the systematic statistics being gathered for France and Germany,
and especially the latter by the labours of the Imperial German
Commission.

In the Victorian vintage of 1893 the number of samples of
musts examined was 119, while in the present year it was 196,
representing the chief wine-growing areas. Each sample was
examined on the vineyard where produced, having been pressed
by myself, the specific gravity and acidity of each being then
taken immediately ; the results of the measurements of specific

Sugar Strength mid Acidiiy of Victorian Musts. 91

gravity and acidity are given for all the samples of 1893 and of
1894 in the tables at the end of this paper.

The specific gravities of the musts are referred to a tempera-
ture of 15° C, and water at 15° C; having been determined by
the Glucometre of Dr. Guyot. The specific gravity of a nmst is
chiefly useful for giving an approximate value of its sugar
strength, which can be derived most conveniently from the
specific gravity by means of a table given by Salleron (Notice si/r
les instruments de precision appliques a POenologie, 1887^, showing
the relation between the density and sugar strength of a must,
Salleron's allowance being made in that table for the efJ'ect of
matters in the must other than sugar on the specific gravity.
This allowance has been obtained as empirically suitable for
French musts, and it remains to he ascertained how far it
applies accurately to Australian musts, but for present purposes
it must be accurate enough. Salleron's table is reproduced at
the end of this paper ; it should be noticed that in it the alcohol
is expressed as the volume of alcohol in 100 volumes of the
resulting spii'it, whereas in the present paper the alcohol is
always expressed as the weight in grammes in 100 cubic centi-
metres.

With regard to the measurement of acidity, a normal solution
of Sodium hydrate (40 grammes of Na.H.O. per litre of solution)
was used, with phenolphthalein as indicator for musts from white
gi^apes, and for coloured musts the natural colouring matter of
the must was used as indicator (as suggested by Pasteur).

Before comparing the average sugar strength and acidity of
Victorian musts with those of the French and German, it will be
as well to give separately the averages for 1893 and 1894, as
follows : —

Tablk I.

Tear.

Specific Gravity,
15°/15= C.

Sugar.

Grammes per

lOU c.c.

Free acids,

calc. as
Tartaric Acid.
Grammes per

100 c.c.

Number of
Samples.

1893
1894

1-108
1-098

25-8
23-1

•72
-79

119
19G

92

Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

With these we get the average of all the 315 samples given in
the following table, along with the French and German averages :

Table II.

Specific Gravity,
15°/15° C.

Sugar.

Grammes per

lUO c.c.

Free acids,

calc. as

Tartaric Acid.

Grammes per

100 c.c.

Parts of Acid

to 100 parts

Sugar.

France

1-083

19-1

•79

4-13

Germany -

1-075

17-0

•96

5-65

Victoria -

1-102

2-i-2

•76

3-14

It will be seen that although the sugar strength in Victorian
musts for 1894 is somewhat lower than in those of 1893, the
average strength of Victorian musts is about a third as great
again as the French and German averages. The reasons for the
slight variation in the Victorian averages for 1893 and 1894 are
probably the difference in rainfall, that for 1893 being below, and
that for 1894 being above the mean annual value; and the fact
that, in order to overtake the greater number of samples of 1894,
determinations had to be begun earlier must be borne in mind,
as it caused the introduction into the average of a number of
samples taken at the earliest stage of the vintage. But under
all the conditions it may l>e said that the two years, 1893 and
1894, taken together have been favourable for giving results
which must be close to those tliat would be obtained by averaging
for a number of years.

The most interesting point in connection with the sugar
strength of the average Victorian must is the estimation of the
amount of alcohol which it can yield in the corresponding wine.
According to the chemistry of the alcoholic fermentation of sugar
it is allowed tliat when a solution of sugar is completely
fermented the sugar yields almost exactly the half of its own
weight of alcohol (strictly 48-6 per cent., see Pasteur, Ann. de
Chiinie et de Phys.., 3rd ser., 58, p. 330). Accordingly, the 24-2
grammes of sugar in 100 c.c. of average Victorian must would,

Sugar Strength and Acidity of Victorian Musts. 93

on complete fermentation, yield 12-1 gnimnies of alcohol in 100
CO. of wine, or more accurately 11-7. Now the average alcoholic
strength of Victorion wines, as determined by me in the first
part of this investigation, was 12 grannnes of alcohol per 100 c.c.
of wine, a number practically identical with that just calculated
from the sugar strength of the average must; so that the higli
alcoholic strength of Victorian wines finds its explanation in the
high sugar strength of Victorian musts.

With regard to acidity, it is shown in the above table that
the acidity of our average Victorian must comes very close to
that of the -French average, but as the sugar is greater, the
proportion of acid to sugar is lower than in the French
case ; to bring out this difference the column headed parts of
acid to 100 parts of sugar has been given above, and it shows
that the average Victorian must cannot be said to be simply a
more concentrated form of the French and German musts, for
while it is more concentrated or stronger as regards sugar it is
weaker in acid. As to the amount of acid considered desirable
in French and German practice, it is stated by Viard ( IVaite
General de la Vigne, 1892, p. 177), that a must ought not to
contain less acid tlian is equivalent to "7 to '9 gramme of tartaric
acid per 100 c.c. of must; and Fresenius has given a value nearly
•8 gramme of tartaric acid as characteristic of the must in a
good year in Germany ; this acidity is almost identical with the
Victorian average, l)ut to keep in the same proportion to its high
sugar strength the Victorian average ought to be nearly l-l
gramme of acid per 100 c.c.

The most interesting practical question brought out by these
numbers is : Given that it is desirable, how far it is possible to
bring the average Victorian wine neai'er to the French and
German standard ? It is obvious that the first condition to be
complied with is to bring the average Victorian must nearer to
those of France and Germany by a reduction of the sugar
strength and an increase of tlie acidity. That this is possible is
proved completely by several individual instances in the tables
at the end of this paper ; some of which, for convenience, are
selected and given separately in the following small table :

94

Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

n
<

o2|^-

c;— icccoOr-(GO'-o--ncoM'-<30o--0'-o-f<cc«3rHt^

•S-s E§)

rH 1;^ .M i^ CO M '?5 O yi tp' ip TT Tji CO X X^ ^ 'P O O --fi

l<|^

-^ -^ -^ c^ '-■5 -^ -^ >'■:) -^ ^ -^ i> -* o Lo -f >b ■* -^ -^ -^

_ 'O

^ /o „ 1^

ree Acii
calc. as
■taric A
rammoi
r 100 c

coco— lOCW-Hr-ICCr-ir^^^Ot^— IO-*^:r>IX)tD

OO.^OOOpOOOOr-iOONO'TiOXiOCOO

^ ^^s.

m «^

. 0) d

'3 2o

t^O(X)-7<-;?7'-9-^oooccoecoMt^99xi:;x-7i

mSo

■^cqoiocococi'fqT^^ii^C'ioo-^r-^Nacoooi

w2

!\lS^C<)^I^CNI'af-i(MC<lI<li-IINiraC<lM'M?^r-iT-lrH

OS

a

1^^

'*'*(MCOX050T?tOOO»-'5aO>'SI^CiOOl-^i-i(MTf<

oc5>-ii^'XooxciC50t^C5or:ooc;02Cj30oogp

O > ifn

itIO-tHOOOt-hOOOOOOOOOOOOOO

w52=

"

g « fl rt

o o o o

fl OS fl a>

>.

=^lo i ^ ^ 1 §;

>

o ^ :3 ^ -^^ '^^ » ^ -^ "^ in ^ -cE o tc bE^ btW

g s-s 2 8 S g g s g.g s.s >,.^ g.S.S g.S «

^ g grille ^^'3 fe.ste.o-^ o ^.2.2 ^.2;5

' g ^ '

=s Si ci

:S -S 'S

•r;

-em cj

S 5 r :; g s : s 5 :; ;-g : :; s pi ;:a s eg s
E- m O ^ P ;S

5

.o ij

o o

11

r-i;ox'?'C<n>oco-*xo^oo-H'Mi>o^^:io^

r-l 1— Ir-Hi— Ijq 1— li— I.— 1 i-HrHi-H (N

si

SNgar Strength and Acidity of Victorian Mnsts. 95

Some of these are practically identical with the average of
French and German musts, and others while stronger in sugar
are also stronger in acid, so that the proportion of the two is the
same as in the French and German. The question of securing
a reduction in sugar strength and an increase in acidity in
Victorian musts is connected with another of even greater
importance to the Victorian wine growers, namely that of
maintaining an approximately constant standard from year to
year. In many of the vineyards no accui^ate scientific methods
are used for determining the date of the vintage, the vigneron
relying entirely on his own iinpression as to the fitness of the
grapes for gathering ; where the experience and judgment are
great it is possible that the general impressions of the vigneron
may be sufficient to guarantee a practically constant standard of
must, but in the general case it would be a great assistance to
the vigneron to have measurements taken from day to day of the
sugar and acid in the grapes at the approach of the vintage, so
that he could start gathering when the quantities were identical
with those of some year in which he had obtained his best results.
In this way he could secure, at least, the initial conditions for
reproducing a wine like his best ; of course much depends on the
subsequent treatment of the must, but it is impossible that the
same treatment, however careful, can give the same results from
difierent musts. The measurements to be made are really
simple, many vignerons at present determining the sugar for
themselves, and a few both sugar and acids ; it is only necessary
that the practice of the latter should become more common to
produce a greater uniformity in the main ingredients of the
wines.

Although there is no doubt that recent researches have proved the
powerful influence of the yeast (levure) in determining the character
and quality of a wine, and also the importance of the tempera-
ture of fermentation, it still remains a fact that the fundamental
properties of the wine depend upon the yeasts (levures) having the
right material to work on, and it follows that the reasonable course
for the vigneron to adopt is to get his must uniform as regards the
two main constituents — sugar and acid — as he can easily do. It
is evident that different standards will be necessary for different
varieties of grapes, b*ut the essential point is that of keeping

96

Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

scientifically to the standard that has been found best. The
same principles that apply to keeping a must uniform from year
to year also apply to experiments in varying musts towards the
French and German standards, and, as has been already remarked,
many vignerons have prepared musts practically identical with
those in sugar and acid. It is now assumed amongst the
scientific authorities on wine-making that one function of the
acids is to contribute to the formation of those ethers (esters)
which constitute the bouquet.

Hitherto only the average must of the whole of Victoria has
been under discussion, but interest also attaches to a comparison
of the variations of the average must in diflerent parts of the
country. In the following table are given the averages for the
diffei'ent districts from the individual determinations in Table V.
at the end of this paper.

Tablk IV.
YICTOEIAN VINTAGE 1S93.

MEAN DISTRICT RESULTS.

Free acids,

Specific

Sugar.

calculated as

Parts of Acid

District.

Gravity,

Grammes

Tartaric Acid.

to 100 parts

15°/15° C.

per 100 c.c.

Grammes per
100 c.c.

Sugar.

Echuca

1-110

2G-3

•72

2-72

Tabilk -

1-lUO

23-6

•75

3-18

Barnawartha

1-111

26-6

•66

2-46

Yackandandah

l-llo

27-6

•67

2-42

Beecliworth -

1-lUl-

24-7

■80

3-24

VINTAGE 1894.

Echuca

1-101

23-9

•64

2-70

Tabilk -

1096

22-6

•86

383

Bama-watlia -

1097

22-8

•82

3-61

"Wahguiiyah -

1-102

24-2

•74

307

Dookie - - -

1-100

23-6

•75

3-20

Yackandandah

1-105

25-0

•71

2-86

Great Western

1-091

21-2

•90

4-27

Yering - - -

1-093

21-8

•87

4-01

Sugar Strength and Acidity of Victorian Alusts. 97

Taking the results for 1894 as covering a larger area, we see
that while the actual variation in sugar strength from one
district to another is not great, yet the variation in the propor-
tion of acids to. sugar is considerable, but even in the sugar
strengths there are variations of some importance ; these might
appear to be due to climatic influence, but I incline to think that
differences in practice in the diflerent districts would account
largely for such variations as exist ; this table shows again what
was shown more fully in Table III., that it is possible to exercise
a powerful control over the composition of musts.

The collection of the data of this paper for 1894 would have
been impossible but for the assistance and hospitality extended
to me by the owners and managers of the different vineyards, to
whom I beg to offer my heartiest thanks, as also to the Premier,
the Hon. J. B. Patterson, for practical encouragement in the
work.

In the following Tables, V., YL, pp. 98 to 115, it must be
remembered that the Sugar in grammes per 100 cubic centimetres
is derived from the specific gravity according to Table YII., pp.
116 and 117, due to Salleron.

98

Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

>

<

<

h-l

O
H
O

o

W
o

I

&

PQ

o

P5
W

Eh
O

C6 p.

■5 > 12

« c

M 3<1 00 CO N

CqcOMCOCCi-ICOiMiM

C5 1^ 31 CO •rq -+ o 10 CO c; o c> o ■* ■*

Ai4ficO!fq^O0cbAHiDCOcoiDO'lT?(M

cocqiMiMNM'Ns^Mirqi^ffqiNiNN

'T'

>o

rM

Oi

n

"M

<-)

0:

^

rr\

0

■ro

0

0 0

0

0 0

0

0

0

C:

0

C5

rH

0

1— 1

r'

y

T'

7^

-* ^ « „ -

. . . .

-'-^ -,

^

,0

5 « s

fq

fH

' a ' '

■ , ,

, . ■

<A

0

.cH

•^

sc

l-

5-1
1 1 1 -*J 1

CO

P £ 1 .

i"2 9

=1^ 1 ri

.2 n

OJ

orinita
ermita
ermita
[ory of
ongelh
lack n
^rbenc
rebbiai
erdeill

edro X
ouais
erret (

fl 0 0

S ci OJ

s a a c5 « p5 0 &H !>

PMOEhPhOS

rHigcOTjflOOt^OOOSO-H'MCOTjiiO

Sugar Strength and Acidity of Victorian Musts. 99

Parts of

Acid to

100 parts

Sugar.

— ico-*ccow50aocr)aocot^0ooi<ioo

-^i»pC5M5CpipOiQppO>OT-lCiCOO?

o

4j4

1^

Free Acids,

calculated as

Tartaric

Acid.
Grammes
per 100 c.c.

>p lO ip ip lO 0 lO l.-^ t-» i^ 00 O ip Ip t;~ t^

CO

Sugar.
Grammes
per 100 c.c.

p00I;~O?aiN'N05(N-^O'>l7<>pip-^

^ --b -^ di o -^ o di lb C2 ■>i >'o i?~ lb o cc

T4'MlM'MlM!M'Mi-l(MrH'M'Mrq'M!NW

CI

■—1

CO

c:
1— (

Oi-iOiMOOOOOOOCaOOiO—iOOCl

^r-lrH^O'-HOOrHOO^'^'-^-HO

o

CO

o

o

SI

Feb. 26

Feb. 28

27

Feb. 28

a;

d

t

£

>

Mataro
Burgundy
Mataro
Hermitage -
Doradillo
Hermitage
Terret (Oeillade) -
Eiesling
Hermitage -
Mataro
' Eiesling
Pedro Ximeues
Terret (Oeillade) -
Mataro
Hermitage -
Eiesling

Name of Vineyard.

Ton gala

Daracombe

Eureka

Newcombe
St. Helena

•jaqran^
8AjssaaSojj

i-(rHi-l>-l(NiM(MS<IOs|i?qS^N(M(NCOCO

h2

100 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

1°%^

05'*OC10i.-iQ0<:0(M COQOCOOCO

CO

-fi

.-Hr--i(>|Oipt^C0jHpXr^THio^l;^

X

CO

1— (

p,^oCC

^"1 « %%

•c3 5-C-; si?

coi^^05-i--eo.-ii-ir^o:ioiOL'5Ci

o

05

i>

■< "S i5 -g s =

O -^ 1- 1;~ 00 9 t^ '7^ GC 1_- lO C: lO O

GO

lO

"?

gs «*^ g"

■-("'''r^'i-H r^

^

2iiH 5s

^g "a

gar.
mmes
100 c.c.

t^CpOOCTPOiM XiQOiMioOOtH

O

00

Tfi

4f((>5(?qio4}((fq,H cb-^-^w-^-^O

i^

o

cb

w £ g

(NC^(NKI'MCq(M 5<l?Q(MMlMS<li-H

(M

(>J

'"'

O a

-f<>0-?iXC0'f<'HC<lC0'-lt^OOC<3

CC

(M

CO

"5 > 2

o 05 Ci o o o c; '-' c; c; o cs C2 i^

Gj

t-

S g —

rHCO-^-THpCTHOO-TiOOcp

o

•-H

o

I^O o

■—1

-^

iH

o

i3

'

■

o -^

c3

«'

cj

0)

c3

c; '3

"p

s

S

i

fig

,.,.,.,..,.,

o o

fl O S

oj

c£ tc ir.

a

•r- rj

tiii-e>5ii- .11.

o

M ® j- s ^ s

>>

rt

>

'''"''' (*>

-3

^ ^

u

c

;5 c3

—

'fi r"

>

?

c

5^ ^

s

^ : ; ; s ; ;-^ ; ; :; ; I i

^

•jaqtnnN

— 1 ?.] r: 'T' i.o ;c t^ X c. c — 5^1 ec -^

eATsssaSojj

SiLgar Strength and Acidity of Victorian Musts. 101

o o-e

^ ^ -t^ u c ^
CD 2 g <; c« — '

O 5-1 CO -x> 05 'fi -? O -fi O CO X>

-7<-;*ococOQOT-i:otoiocoio

05 M 05 C-1 01 »>] 05 M W ^ CO CO

CB p.

•^OOO-p^JD^qoOOOr-lco^CC
05-^OCO-t^lb'Nr^l?-i?qooi5

^oooiO":ot^cocoirao(M

pO.-H.-lrH.-IOO'HO-H^

^ 3 ^
CD .2 o

is M -S ;5 -^ &D.
s-:3 P 3^ Si^

^ ^ I '^ i 1 5 J2 ^^

(D fl ri

OOP

'M 05 -^ 10 --n 1-^ 00 Ci O rH .M

102 Proceedings of tJie Royal Society of Victoria.

o o^ ^.

^ ^ 5 rt

^OTfoorji-(ooaoc<icot-ococo'-ico-HTP

Cp(r0-HcpMTj((MO!NWa5Q0>O-^Oi^li>5cpi-l

(2^oM

a3>bo500'*o5-^Tf(-^M-*?qin-^Tfi-^cq«i'^

•n ;r, T* • r^ o

oiooo20eocor-(<^i-icoeo-*or5i-irH050«oco

I-^OX;^(KCi05p(X)pqOC10ppOX;~»flOOO»

sls-^g-;:

'rH* ' Al'r-('''i— Irti— l''"*

!- ii H e s

feg "ft

„ ti

. S o

^So

(^■^(NOM-^-^NOQONCp-^poCOOCOpcp

§=32

-^CibcbiNI^MrHcbooJ^GiW'MdO'fgMW

^gfc

(M(MKI?J(MOq(MNC^)(N(MSqi-l*qN>-l(M(MS<l

o S.

o>P

ccQOOOl.o^ClI-lO■^Jl^OT«coo5'^JlO^<n

c; 3jOOCJ^C5c:oi-iaC'C;Q0aic;xc; ooi

1 gS.

9'^'r''r'PT'9 9'r''r9999999'r'?

oTcS in

^ .»».^^»^ .o , . „ .--I ^ „ ,

o

o ^

<a 2

^ A A

"^'S

o u o

og

i=-i-^»^.»»^,^..,,;3.«^

W

w

1 1 . « . -| . ^ .

''''"' fl ''■'■ c '■' '

o o

C fi

q5

_&D _bD

a

d

-*J -tJ ■> -+J "> ^

b

cSic3'''''5''«S''3ct'''

C5
o

>>

.2

c3
>

-a

3

:S 'S .2

t^

?- ^' ^ T"

"o

o

o rt ci t*i

s

r:! ss si;;ss;t^ i;5i,a ;;;

C3

;- " h ^

^2;

o c3 So

m P5 p p^

Sugar StrcngtJi and Acidity of Victorian Musts. 103

"o 0-2 .

1

■£2 o-io

^OO'-'iMeOCD-filMt^COiMOSLO

fH

o

1^

togjoseciOT'QOipoo-i'qixipp

9

o

"?

e3 =^ o ,5

cg-*-^eo-#cbc<)ooivirH'Nige<jM

CO

lb

>^

PH«!ocfi

-s

3^ o _ S "•

•^cocooi'-H^iMtot^oti^M'fi'rq

<M

X

CO

^lll ll

Cp gs 05 t^ O 00 t-^ 00 lO T? lO !■» CD i--

30

o

■*

' -H

P^i^ [h o

fe cs ^ o.

o

o ci

J: So

in -^ -H c; CO "M N -fi ^ w o >p o "-O

lb Ci 05 M fN lb lb -^ o oi o lb lb 00

X

05

X

do

m£s

(Nr-I — ff<J(rq(M!MiNI<4(Mi-IIM(MI<l

!N

I^J

1—1

o E

«>;^'

tC -tiO

l^COCO-J»0:D^COCCrHlOI>.>'5 0

r^

,_4

Ol

o > 2

OXaOOCROOOK'MQOOOO

01

2

q; c3 --.

'r'9 9'r'9'r'T'T'9'7'9'r''r'T'

9

7^

9

twO^

a"

.

.

.

.2

r-^ ^^^r^r^^^^t^r^

fl

o '■§

rS.

«

fl

0)

c3

of

y

§

§

§

1^

r^ rii^^r^^ji'^r^ri;

H

s

a3

o.

ir.

(S

c:

»-.

O

. .-^ . ■ 1 i -^ . c ' ' ' ■

r-. S O C

o

>

It «i be 'cc^ is M be
- W J be^^ J -^ ^ pq ^ -^^ _g be

"d

i^

ce

>-.

,^

.S

C 03

O

'1 ^ ^1

§

^. .--fl -.-•". «^--

C!

^ ---S ---g -g "--

»

^ M fS j»

•jaqiunfj

3Aissaa3oi<j

o ^ c>i CO -f in o 1^ 00 oi o --I 0-1 CO
oqoJwi<iNiMC<i(Ncqoqcooojoco

104

Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

W
-=1
n

p

-<

M
o

Parts of

Aoid to

100 parts

Sugar.

l?:l-*OJCOOl-^OOl-^CqoO■<}<^»'-I^P7^C505cp■7'N■7f■*>P'p

0

CD

1
i-H
l-l

Froe Acids,

calculated as

Tartaric

Acid.
Grammes
per 100 c.c.

^,_ix— itoxioioQCinoorHO^eO'-iixico--''-0"OrHCDco

t>

0
00

0

00

00
1—1

c3

O p.

0

0

0

CO

ion-?'f<'Mio-*»^c<iC5QOooiOi-iMrt-j*'-ioar'?OTji,-(

i-iN'?qfNanOQ0OOCiOO'-i^5'lO^O'-<XCCC5OO

'-2

1—1

9

5
S

M

K
^

a
i

c

5

!>.

CS
>

be
. 1^ . . . rt • ■ . . 1? 1i . , , .| , , .

M 2 to „, m ^, 2 -^ 2 -1 ■

i.

>

1

1

fc So 13

3 .S ^9 S 2

BAissaaSojj

Sugar Strength and Acidity of Victorian Musts.

105

Free Acids, 1
calculated as 1 Tarts of
Tartaric Acid to
Acid. 100 parts
Grammes Sugar.
per 100 CO.

t>oot^-*i-Hi05qoaoocDcoii:>oo:(M>oiccoou3cc-*

O

CO

a5t^C0O00T-IOOl^OO(Ml-~CDC'lX>.C51^a005G005OV0

o

cq

l-Hl-H^r-lrt^,-! ,-1 r-l

S' So

S-sS

(M(^q(M(^^(^^,-l.-l(^^(^^s^^^^N,-^.-l!^^'^^'^^r-l?ql^^'^^^^(^^

00

'S > 12

1— (

CiCjiciCi'aDi^GooiOioaoxGocC'Xcccii-oooxoa)

OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO^-H'-iO'-iO

5:
O

O

00

9

Date of
Examinatiou.

March 17
March i's

fl
g

Variety of Grape.

Hermitage
Carbenet Sauvignon
Malbeck
Pineau uoir -
Burgundy
Matai'o
Espart

Red Frontignac
Pineau blanc
Riesling-
Tokay
Gouais

Sweetwater -
Chasselas
• White Front] guac -
Black Prince
Pedro Ximenes
Muscat of Alexandria
Mataro
Grenache
Burgundy
Malbeck
Hermitage -
Chasselas

u

>

a

15

Great Western
St. Ethels

•aaqiunjj
8Aiss9aSoaj

■-lpHr-lrHi-lfHi-lnHi-lT-IC^)!M'NM!N

106

Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Parts of

Acid to

100 parts

Sugar.

CO

iraeoMcoxxoxt-ccxioooiMOOiioo-H^QO
■*-*^«mJCMcc^^sq4pf]M-*-*Mcoe>0(NWr^

CO ■-<
-* X

"3 i 'H — g _

CO gs o lo oo i-» t^ i> t>. 1--. o >o 00 t^ 00 CO o CO 1:^ 1^ CO cc w lo ^w

>-( ,_| rH

tt 2 3

cOrHXCOOTf<-^OipOqCt;^cpXt^^lNOOCOXr-ioq
T^ioOt^j^»boM!?q'^>b(?qoaocb'^-^ibcbcbcb'iiw3-*

"? 9

S ~ m

coxsooioxo^'Mioooi-HiM'J'-HixiajOrHrqx'MOii'o

C5C--35C;OXO05OO05XX-HOC2OOOrt— 1030 0-. 1^

OOOO^-^OOOOrHOOOrH^O— 1"— I'-HrHO.-'OO

o

1

March 13
March 14

:; :

p.

o

>

Black Hambro'
Pedro Ximenes
Black Prince
(Uiasselas

Carbenet Sauvignon
Baxter Sherry
Hermitage -
(lOrdo Blanco
Gouais

Hermitage -
Riesling
Gordo Blanco
Baxter Sherry
Hermitage -
Riesling
Black Hambro'
Carbenet Sauvignon
Gordo Blanco
Riesling
Pedro Ximenes
Gouais
Black Prin,ce
Malaga
Gordo Blanco
Black Hambro'

Name of Vineyard.

tr

'o

' '-

aA]ss8JSojj

-

■M M

Stigar Strength and Acidity of Victorian Musts. 107

■So-e •

I2 t&

ot^o-P'J'i^i-^eooociioj^rHi-ii^Oio'-o

0

CO

GO

0 t- 0 i-O qo 0 ^ -f* It- "If- >0 0 t^ ip 0 C'l 0 M

IM

-*

(S<|^

•^M-^wc^'Ni>i656o'J>i<f'io^'N056ti(^iii<ico

cc

^

rH

ids,
d as
ic

IPS

c.c.

Sw S~ i= =

05003 1^05-*-*OtO':f(5^0^0iC2I>-IMCi

10

1—1

:d

<! s iS "5 s 0

t- !■» 1-^ ip J ■- cp -0 GO X ".p !>• 10 '^ t^ 1^ 10 t^ 1^

t^

9

CO

prji

T-{

fe cs '^ p.

«^

. 0) 0

OiOCilOOJCOeOiMOOO'MTPOlcOQOCO'ficp

<U3

to

9

0 1^ G-J -fq t-- Ai !b >o (>5 0 00 -^ M fi 'b is -^ 0?

M

rH

ij^

^ rt i^

t-H !M rH 5<l 5<) C<3 W M (M (N rq (M (M « !N iM iM (N

(N

CO

pH

oj t; s

o a

0 t-,'^

tc ^"

-X>0--Ot0 0000 1-05X^W^COCCOCOO

0

0

0

'0 > 12

COOlXOir-icOi— lOOiOi— iCOGiOi— lOO

00

t^

- 2n~~

OOOO'T^rH'THTHO.^r-l-H — O-T-l-^lr-'r-l

TH

"7^

9

xo«

rH

-* .„..-.,..,„^.^.,^

■

■

•

q- •£

(3

0 -^

eS

M

ri

a>

cS

0

g

S

S

rj :;sr;s:;jij»sJi:;ss:;s

Pd

s

III! 1 1 1 1 > I r 1 1 III

0 2.^ g

S .S cj el 0

o5

P.

5

c

g 1 I: 1 S P^ g g g g

Variety

"El 4 'T; rS -tJ &)Jr3 .3 be OT «i ^ ii

13

dj .ii

■s

be -i«

>>

(i 0

^ 0

.s

rt 3 ft rd

t>

t; 0 ^ .&f)

0

<x>

g

^ Pi 0 CO

■aaqtnnkj
9AisssaSo.tj

COl^COCSOi-liMtO-^lOtOJt^OOC-.Oi-l^lCO

(MS^(M(McccoeoeoeoMcoeococO'*'*'-^'«ji

108 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

° .« t- !-

»»0 00C0(NI>"-0-Ti(M-^Q0i0OXC0

-H

1"^

QO

■e "^ a bo

OCil^^t-^OQC't^oOr^-}^(^^cpaot^Ol

O

9

t-

08 C o .3

■<j<ibco-^co'N-^coi)>b?5ooi>ic<iw

-*

lb

-N

p^<;o '^J

"S S 'g _; g

iraoOQOMacirHO>cn:^-ffQOXt^'#.?cj

1:^

00

l>

-< s -S -5 1 S

30 IN t^ Gs t- ^~ o ao 9 th t- i_^ o o o

30

(N

lO

$■3 S<: |r

'rn' ' ' 'f^'r^rH

iM

^^ .2 H rh S

fees «a

«^

. a) o

S So

O »p Oi 9 00 J~- 9 CO 'p 9 o >o -^ T^ -o

X

1-

ira

lis

-H rH CO 6; -f.] -^ .1^ !>1 l-^ ^ CO r^ O JO CO

Ah

-^

t-

■M Oq -M r-l 5^5 5<) ■>] 0-5 ^ M 5v) iM iq I^J (M

C^

-N

^

C5p.

O IM r-l lO lO -fl O <0 t^ O — 1 W 00 CO o

CO

-w

i^

•5>«

ai050z)C3 0C30it^o50C5coa5C

02

O

r^

gj cS -~.

09-^90'7H9990'7-i999'7H

o

9

!^5m

^

A<

^ 3

-M,. . .

•

'

■

o *^

><

<u --

'6

cS

'1^

^1

p

g

S

%

X

S is:;;:;:;?^;:;;?:;

W

^

s:l''''s:l''

o o

ff> fl c p

GJ

b(j ic bo ic

1 a

-3 .rt •-- c3

, 1+2. .>.. it*,-*^!

5

S fl m ^S 5 s

"o

>>

OJ

S o ;5 1s .5 .S J3 cs S .2 S j3 iq r^ .2

>

-3

•

^

c:

>)

01

>

(4-t

^

o

bX) S

<u

.«•; S :;:;:; s : s :a :; S : 5

rt

^

•jaqinnji

rHNCO-<Ji>OOt^30CiO — •Mri-fO

aATssaaSojj

Sugar StrcngtJi and Acidity of Victorian Musts. 109

pq

P
O

P5
O

Parts of

Acid to

100 parts

Sugar.

CO O O J> CO "M O CO CO T-l CC ■* 'JD CO or Tfl QC -O 5<1 t^ o

rHX'iOi^r-ioqi^cocoaocoi-icoi^ocicoJ^oo-^j:^
^r^cq(NcbiJ^cbMco6o(w62(Ni<iMS<icqc<)ifq^-^

Free Acids,

calculated as

Tartaric

Acid.
Gi-ammes
IH-r 100 c.c.

-:fHOCCirai>acO'NCC:0(MO»OiO!M'CDOiCiiOiMOiC
CO 1^ 1^ t^ 1-1 1^ OO CO 1^ 00 t^ i> l^ X OC CO 1^ 1> CO X ■*

Sugar.
Grammes
per 100 c.c.

ppeor-i-^coxx<;o>pcooiiM005TfiOiXO'*i«
o 01 o x-~ lb -* -^ lb c<i r^ '><! 05 i) o i'-^ o 1-^ CO c^ ^ ib

COCOCONCOCOCq'MtNlMlMMjqcO'MMMIMNCO'M

Specific
Gravitv,
15°/15="C.

•^Oirac0-^OC0XOC<>C0r-iJ:>-4<c0XC0iM-^C0i^

wconTHTj<^c;oc;o;o30^(M^xt-ii-(Oicoo

a
o

If

Oi*lC50'-i-HOOC^^l^'?a'MCvl!M(MCO ., „ .,

Variety of Grape.

Muscat Red -

Miiscat Red -

Burgundy

Burgundy

Burgundy

Burgundy

Pedro Xiinenes

Yerdeilho

Terret Oeillade

Riesling

Riesling

Riesling

Carbenet Sauvignon

Hermitage -

Dongelhino -

Black St. Peter

Unknown

Malbeck

Carignane

Unknown

Chasselas

1
>

S

ci

Tougala

aAissaaSoj(2

.-ii?qC0-*irac0 1>XC: O^'MCOTjiiocOl^XOlOi-H

no

Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Parts of

Acid to

100 parts

Sugar.

•OC<|iMt>,Tfit,.i>.o>raOOOOOOOO^fH00
•NMOOOiTHi-iCONOiTjiOipcOCOfTHOpOOSi-l

p

4?

CO

Free Acids,

calculated as

Tartaric

Acid.
Grammes
per 100 CO.

•N >c> 5D -J eq lo lo 'M N 5-1 -o CO W5 m »n lo w N o >-o

IM

IN

1— 1

■^
M

pi

O p.

-^cppppcD-^Ny^sqiooocoacposocpTfio

CO
cb

o

CO

CO

tic

1-1

-}(!:r)0-?oo^t^ocDt^cooooooO'fo

-HCi^MOIMOrH'-iOOO'MO^QO'-OCOXO

— HO-^Oi— II— i.— (r-WOi— I'-Hi— (r-(— O'-HO'— lOi— 1

o

— 1

'-I

o

CD
•-1

o

-HrHr-lr^.-lrHr-lr-li-!r-li-li-(r-li-lr-i— ^.-li-lr-l

rH

r-l

rH

Date of
Examination.

March 13
March 15

March IG
10
11

11
15
17
15

17

March 18

0

i

o

>.

•c

>

Terret & Hermitage -

Black Prince

Grenache

Doradillo

Sultana

Sweet-water -

Trebbiano

Mataro & Hermitage

Mataro

Mataro

Hermitage -

Hermitage

Eiesliug

Hermitage

Morellion

Terret

Black Prince

Mataro

Black St. Peter

Terret

Name of Vineyard.

Ton gala

Daracombe
Killarney

Newcombc

St. Helena

Eureka

•aaqmnji
OAissaaSojj

Sicgar Strength and Acidity of Victorian Musts.

Ill

3 'S o ,5

ococooeooiooioeoQOO-t^oocot^'^QOco-^coooo

!- 2 S ^

J-S sS So
< c! 5 5 go

10 o ?5 (M c<j >o on 'N lO '^^ o i<i lO -M lO lo lO lO X X 'O

1^ Ol C» 02 '-D -^ -^ »p 00 C/D X CT- Ci C; 1^ M O t^ 3D cp l_-~

oco'M'^0-i>.cotoc;c3TffOOocO'^-5'ipoiooo(>^o
i M r-H M 30 i -^ M 1^ i^ -^ — 1^ o ■i^ 6 M c; ?o -^ 00 — — ji

c^iO'-iOrH'^iooixi^coooi^ioxoi'N — "N— '2? — z;

335030001^00— '-'OCOlOOCvXCJ'MOasOOJ^^y..
;r^OOi-lOOOrHr-(rH — r-l— — OOO — — O-HO^y

O

1^

— t

»— t

O

"

^

ja

■

•

cS

X

iH

-B

c3

g

S

s

bc-r;

•M O

o '^

CC O iJ)

IJ O ,

OJ cSi^

O CO

QJ QJ

bJ3 cS 'i

n 4J +3 Q -p K Ph

P CS ce S -S M M ■
SE 5 ,n F5 r^ o o

c3 Jh

ci s ^ ;5

Ma

O

. .g

uaqtnnK

9A]SS9aS0JJ

i-l(MCO-*iO'0 1>aOCiO^'MCO

■^wo-t^oooO'-Hc^ieo-p

112 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victor m.

*o c -§ .

cr "*~* rt r*

cc ^ o 10 o lo c o ■* ira lo ■* c^j — 1 -< lo fo o 30 ts

t:S ati'

OipGOpx-*-'OrHrf(cpt~t^cp>pio-*a. ao-^

cbo?rHcg.^(jg^Noq6qcQiqwcq(N5<ic<i^e<)M

0--S

.'S-r.S " d

'■^llli§

lO'NNQCOXcDeccocoi^t^oooo-^Min-^— 1

i-~ Oi t-^ ip ip lo "p ip ip J^ o CO t^ 00 t^ CO 'p Tfi CO Tf

Qj'g ^ ■< a ""

l|^ 51

6

. <u 6

pi

t;- O CO M <» CO GC Cl !■>. OC W -^ X O Oi C; >p CO 5^ r-l

■^cboOQOcbMcb6i-^ci''!5-*cboi^cO'-ico — cs

w£s;

(McoMiN^i^iKii-icqiMiMffqMcoc^cQC^iwoqi-i

Op.

^05Q0t^(MO(MC0-<fiC0C0C0(NC0C0i-iCqO^eC

"5'> 2

OOXtii-HrHC-HXiOiMOO^M'-iOCSOCftOO

^ ^ o

,

O -^

GJ i^

^ r^ X.

cj a cj

^ '■'Pes ;;ss;s;?ss;:S ^ '•■

K

^ S §

o

cj

be

P4

ce

^4

, -^ >> , , , .

c

'g t^ ^ .

o
>»

g -3 ci 9 .a -2 _g 0) m 3 o ^ « -g OJ ^ S ^ .J- ^

^

t>

s

c
»

pq fM S fS i>i cq

•jaqnin^

^ (M PI ■* 0 CD t^ X ~ — ^ ■M cc ^ 0 CO t>. X a 0

9AlSS9a30JcI

— -- — rtr-l,-HrHi-HrHrHlM

S?igar Strength and Acidity of Victorian Mnsts. 113

"^^ ^ ^ -3j p3 "^

•aaqmnN:

8AISS9j2o.IJ

N'M'Msqcgsvj'NWiMsg

OMSOOO'Ot^OO'O
1^ X lO t^ J^ t^ l^ i^ t^ -o

71 C 'M W *-D GC iM CO o c; 1 tp o I -^

o i"^ -p -^ r^ 6^ iri '■? « CO

'MCOW(N00<M«OlMCl(M (M CO Irt

O

o i,.
'S be

0)

114

Proceediiii^s of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Parts of

Acid to

100 parts

Sugar.

C5 r; -* or K ?? -H -^ _ ip i_^ •>) M -fi ">) -t 9 r-i ,-, CO
tc fi ^■i -^ fi "N cc 'fi "fi -f^:! 'fi fj ig fq •fi ia •N ifi i<i N

(M IM

■* a.

1

I

Free Acids,

calculated as

Tartaric

Acid.
G-ramnies
per 100 c.c.

-* — 1 o — ' — ' o o — ' c — 1.0 c o — — 1 o o lo lo o
X w X 9 i^ 9 1^ 1-- 1^ o £ I- tp t^ 1;- as «: 9 9 o

o

Op,

>_o ri ^ ?q cc p u." ■* w r^ oi o -^ cvi -.o c QC o o >p

•— ■^ w M o i -N r^ w o M o i^ 05 -^ 'o 6i o o »b

'N'MCOCOM'M'NlMJC'Mff'lCC^M'NM'M'NCOMiM

■3 iM
Ol CO

CI

6
o.

M <M w -o o c; *.r Tf( o I- — ■ 'X! -f< — ' o Lo CO "fi :d i^ >« o

^OCOCO'MOCj^rOyDO'M^CvlCOO'MiMIMC — CO

o

Date of
Exauiiiiation.

March 30

Mean -
Max. -

%

i

Eiesling
Hermitage -
Burgundy
Muscat
Verdeilho
Tokay
Riesling-
Hermitage -
Burgundy
Madeira
Eiesling
Verdeilho
Hermitage -
Aucarot
Muscat
Riesling
^Muscat
Burgundy
Verdeilho
Hermitage -

>>

>

S

Hadley Bros.
Staghorn

Melville
AVestmoreland

•aaquni»j
9ATssajSo.ij

rH ri CO -t o -o J- a: C5 o -- 'M CO -f 'fs "-C t^ ac C5 O

■ -^r-rH^ — ,-1.— rt — 0)

Sugar Strength and Acidity of Victorian Musts. 1 1 5

I'arts of

Acid to

100 parts

Sugar.

LO -O -O Iti

O 03 O •<*H
M (N M M

00

i'ree Acids,

calculated as

Tartaric

Acid.
Granmies
per loo c.c.

CO o c^i cc

t;^ i-~ Oi OO

o

X

Cw O X o

M CO lb >b
ri M sg 7<1

t^

Specific
Gravity,
15'/15="C.

Mol

1-1 OS
1-107

o

Date of
Examination.

March 30
Mean -

Variety of Grape.

Hermitage (6 yrs. old)
Hermitage (2G yrs. old)
.■Verdeilho (6 yrs. old)
Verdeilho(26yrs.old)

Name of Vineyard.

O'Connor's

■jaquiuf^
aAissaaSojj

rH C\I JC Tfl

i2

116 Proceedings oj the Royal Society of Victoria.

Table VII.

ShoAviu!;' the relation between density and d(\<jjrees IJaunu' ; with tlie

Siii^ar corresponding in <^rammes per 100 ciibic centimetres of Must,

according to Salleron, Notice sur les Instrninents dc precision appliques a

I 'Oenologie, 1887.

Density
15°/15° C.

Degrees Bauuic.

Grammes of

Kiig;ir per lUU c.c.

of Must.

Alfolio'i ill Volume.

1050

6-9

10-3

6'0

1051

7-0

10-6

G-2

1052

71

10-8

6-3

1053

7-2

111

6-5

1054

7-4

11-4

6-7

1055

7"o

11-6

6-8

1050

7-6

11-9

70

1057

7-8

12-2

7-2

1058

7-9

12-4

7-3

1059

«■()

12-7

75

lOGO

s-1

130

7.6

1061

H-3

13-2

7-S

1062

8-4

13-5

7-9

1063

S-5

13-8

8-1

1064

S-()

14-0

8-2

1065

8.S

14-3

S-4

1066

8-9

14-6

8-6

1067

9-0

14-8

8-7

1068

9-2

15-1

8-9

1069

9-3

15-4

90

1070

9-4

15 6

9-2

1071

9-5

]5-9

9-3

1072

9-7

16-2

9-5

1073

9-8

16-4

9-6

1074

9-9

16-7

9-8

1075

10-0

170

10 0

1076

10-2

17-2

101

1077

103

17-5

l()-3

1078

10-4

17-8

l()-5

1070

10-5

)8-0

]0(i

1080

lU-7

18-3

lo-s

1081

lu-s

18-6

10-9

1082

10-9

18-8

110

1083

11-0

19-1

11-2

1084

11-1

19-4

11-4

1085

11-3

19-6

11-5

1086

11-4

19-9

11-7

1087

11-5

20-2

11-9

1088

11-6

20-4

12-0

1089

11-7

20-7

12-2

1090

11-9

21-0

12-3

1091

12-0

21-2

12-5

1092

12- 1

21-5

12-6

1093

12-3

21-8

12-8

1094

12- !■

220

12-9

1095

12-5

22-3

131

1096

12-G

22-6

13-3

1097

12-7

22-8

13-4

1098

12-9

231

13-6

Sugar Strength and Acidity of Victorian Musts. 117
Table VII. (Contimicd).

Pe]i.sitv
15'^,16""C.

Degrees Baumc.

Gramnips of

Sugar per 100 c c.

of Must.

Alcohol in Volume.

1099

130

23-4

13-8

1100

13- 1

23-6

13-9

1101

13-2

23-9

14-0

1102

13-3

24-2

14-2

1103

13-5

24-4

14-3

llOi

13-6

24-7

14-4

1105

13-7

25-0

14-5

HOG

13-8

25-2

14-6

1107

13-9

25-5

14-7

1108

14-0

25-8

14-8

1109

14-2

26-0

15-0

1110

14-3

2G-3

151

1111

14-4

26-6

15-2

1112

14-5

2(;-8

15-3

1113

14-(1

271

15-4

1114

14-7

27-4

15-5

1115

14-8

27G

15-6

111(J

15-0

27-9

15-7

1117

15-1

28-2

15-9

IILS

15-2

28-4

1119

15-3

28-7

1120

15-4

290

1121

15-5

29-2

1122

15-b

29-5

1123

15-7

29-8

1124.

15-9

300

1125

KrO

30-3

1126

16-1

30-6

1127

lG-2

30-8

1128

16-3

31.1

1129

l()-5

31-4

1130

IGG

3 16

1131

16-7

31-9

1132

16-8

32-2

1133

16-9

32-4

1134.

17-0

42-7

1135

^1-2

330

1130

17-3

33-2

1137

17-4

33-5

1138

17-5

33-8

1139

17-6

340

1140

17-7

34-3

1141

17-8

34-6

1142

17-9

34-8

1143

18-0

35-1

1144

18-1

35-4

1145

18-2

35 6

1146

18-4

35-9

1147

18-5

3G-2

1148

18-G

36-4

1149

18-7

36-7

1150

18-8

37-0

118 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Table VIII.
DISTRICT MEAN ANNUAL TEMPERATURE AND RAINFALL.

On the authority of R. L. J. Ellery, Esq., C.M.G., F.R.S.,
Government Astronomer.

March, 1832, to March, 1893.

Name of Stations.

Barnawixrtha
District

Yeriuo-
District

C Retreat Vineyard
~( Hermitage, The

Eeechwortli

Echiica -

Lilydale

NagamVjie

Ruth er glen
( Yering Town -
) yt. Hubert's Vineyard-

Yackandandah -

Rainfall

for
Twelve
Montlis.

Mean
Annual
Rainfall.

Mean
Annual
Tem-
perature.

Inches.

Inches.

Degrees.

21.
20
31
17
35
23
22
2S
31
37

39
19
88
66
07
30
00
94.
61
92

28-02
22-76
32-40
18-23
36-99
28-80
24-64
33-97
30-53
45-36

1 59-3

56-9
59-6
57-7
58-4
60-0

1 57-8

59-1

Rainfall

Mean

Mareli, IS'JS

, to Marcli. ISiU.

lor
Twelve

Mean .VinnuU
Rainfall.

Annual
Tem-

Months.
Ineljes,

lieratnre.

Name

of ir^tations.

Inclie.*.

Xo. of
Years.

Degrees.

Barnawartha (

Retreat Vineyard

33-90

27-47

8

\ 59.3

District (.

Hermitage, The

2887

22-78

8

Beechworth

46-83

3217

22

56-1

Echuca -

19-18

18-16

15

60-3

Lilydale -

35-21

36-25

8

o7'7

Nagambie

2687

26-72

7

58-4

Rutliergli^n

28-55

24-70

10

690

Yering 1
District /

Yeriiig Town
St. Hubeit's Vin.

33-55
3114

10
3

1 57-8

Yackaudaudah -

4S-80

42-26

/

59-1

Dookie -

27-86

22-36

14

60-6

Wahgnnj'ah

26-73

22-04

21

60-3

(jrroat "Western -

23-73

•)

68-7

Art. VIII. — Geological Notes on the Country betzveen
Strahan and Lake St. Clair, Tasmania.

(With Map.)

By GuAHAM Officer, B.Sc, Lewis Balfour, B.A., and
E. G. Hogg, M.A.

[Read 14th June, 1894.]

The following sketch is the outcome of observations collected
during a trip made by the authors in January of this year from
Strahan to Lake St. Clair along the OA^erland track.

The first thing of interest, that does not seem to have been
recorded as yet, is the occurrence about a mile from Strahan
along the track of a deposit which bears a striking similarity to
the glacial drift in Victoria. It consists of an unstratified or
faintly stratified clay, of great hardness in places, and through
which stones and boulders are irregulaidy scattered. One of
these boulders was two feet in diameter, and several bore stria*.
In places the clay has a peculiar pinkish-purple colour that is
very characteristic of the glacial beds near Bacchus Mai'sh. As a
similar deposit occurs on Mount Tyndall and also on Mount
Sedgwick, not very far distant, it is not improbable that the two
are identical. We did not observe a direct junction with tlio
Silurian rocks which appear here and occur all the way to the
great central plateau.

Mounts Lyell and Owen form part of the West Coast Range,
and are at a distance of some thirty miles from Strahan by the
track. These two mountains run approximately parallel to each
other in an E. and W. direction, being separated by the wide,
open Linda Valley. At their westerly extremity they are con-
nected by a narrow saddle, which rises to a height of about L'jOO
feet above sea level; from this end arises the Linda Creek, which,
after being joined by its tributaries, runs due east down the
valley for about four miles, when it flows into the King River.
Towards its lower end the valley narrows rapidly as the eastern
spurs of Mounts Owen and Lyell approach each other.

120 Procecdhigs of tlic Royal Society of Victoria.

The Linda Valloy has attracted niucli attention owing to the
gokl found in its alluvial, and to the other valuable minerals
occurring in the ridge bounding it on the west. As might have
l)een expected, in the case of a valley lying between two high
mountains composed mainly of the older formations in a highly
disturbed region, the geological problems to which it gives rise
are very complex.

The lowest rocks exposed consist of schists (principally
hydromica), sandstones, quartzites, and conglomerates. These
are all inclined at high angles, and have been assigned to Lower
Silurian age. Capping and apparently forming the greater mass
of Mounts Owen and Lyell is a great series of sandstones and
conglomerates. The Linda Valley is to a great extent filled by
more recent deposits. The so-called Silurian rocks occur at the
upper end of the valley, and may be recognised again at the lower
end on the Linda Creek. The ridge joining Mounts Owen and
Lyell at the west extremity of the valley is almost, if not en-
tirely, composed of schist. Owing to accumulations of debris and
the -occurrence of thick scrub, and consequent difficulty of ob-
servation, it is very hard to determine with anything like
precision the geological relationships of the rocks in this country.
While certain Lower Silurian fossils ha%'e been obtained from
rocks in the vicinity, yet, until a careful survey is made, it will
be very difficult indeed to assign any given outcrop to a certain
age. There are at least two sets of the older rocks with an
unconformity between, and it seems quite possible that there ma\-
be a third. Thus we should not be surprised if the schists forming
the ridge at the head of the Linda Valh^y turned out to b(;
Cambrian or even Archaean.

Pyrites occurs abundantly through these ancient rocks, and
micaceous and specular iron is plentiful ; veins of the latter can
be seen traversing piidc conglomerate, in which the included
pebbles are apparently all of quartz and quartzite.

One of the piincipal features of the western end of the Linda
Valley is the now celebrated " Iron-Blow," a mass of haimatite,
and the closely-associated lode (so-called) of pyrites, which is now
l)eing worked by the Mount Lyell Company. This mass is
apparently interbedded with the country rock, and is inclined at
about G3°. The hanging wall is schist, and the footwall con-
glomerate.

Geological Notes, Tasmania. 121

The lode which the Mount Lyell Company are working con-
sists essentially of pyrites. According to Dr. Peters, whose
rejort on the mine was published last year, the great bulk of the
ore mass consists of iron and copper pyrites, with a little heavy
spar (barium sulphate), and silica, and traces of antimony,
arsenic, lead and zinc. This ore also contains about 3 oz. of
silver and 2^ dwt. of gold to the ton. Besides this main body of
ore, pockets of argentifei'ous copper pyrites and silver-copper
glance occur. This class of ore has proved enormously rich,
yielding several thousand ounces of silver to the ton, besides a
large percentage of copper.

Several theories have been put forth to account for the forma-
tion of the ore, but the most satisfactory is that proposed by
Dr. Peters and Mr. Montgomery. According to these gentlemen,
the mass of pyrites is an ore-bed contemporaneous with the
enclosing country rock, having been probably deposited in a
swamp or lagoon of the period. The ore-bed has a thickness of
300 ft. at the surface, this thickness representing, on the above
theory, the original depth of the deposit, which may therefore
be pretty confidently expected to be of very large extent.

Resting unconformably on the older schistose rocks, with their
accompanying sandstones and conglomerates, are massive beds of
conglomerate intei^stratified with sandstones, which are very
characteristic of the West Coast Range as a whole. These beds
may be traced from the level of the Linda Valley to the summits
of both Owen and Lyell. They have in general a south-westerly
dip at an inclination of about 40" to 45°; but at the top of Mount
Lyell, where they constitute the plateau on which the trigono-
metrical station was erected, they are dipping to the N.W. at an
angle of 15°. They are much jointed, and show a tendency
to foliated structure. The included stones, which are almost
invariably quartz and quartzites, vary in size from small pebbles
to boulder's of at least two feet in diameter, thus giving the rock
a very striking appearance. The beds are pierced by quartz-
veins, which traverse both matrix and included pebble, and the
jointing planes, in dividing the rock, also cut right through the
quartz pebbles. The foliated structure, which causes the quartz
to flake off in thin sections, would appear to show the intense
compression to which the beds have been subjected. The matrix

J

122 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

of the conglomerate is a hard, silicious sandstone. The intei*-
stratified sandstones, wliich oc-cur in beds of considerable thick-
ness, vary greatly in character, some being tine, others coarse,
and others highly micaceous. A bed of the micaceous sandstone,
overlaid by a fine conglomerate, forms the summit of JMount
Lyell. From the conglomerate and sandstones lying at the
western end of Mount Lyell gold has been olitained in more or
less payable quantities. The rocks liave in general an appearance
of great antiquity, and extending as they do over a large tract of
country, their origin, geological age, and the position of the
quartzitic highlands of whicli they are tlie debris are questions of
great interest. So far as our examination of these beds went,
they were unfossiliferous ; but certain sandstone boulders con-
taining fossils found on West Mount Lyell, and also on the
button-grass plains lying east of the King River, may yet be
traced to them. Mr. Moore is of opinion that they should be
classified as Devonian. Mr. Montgomery, Government Geologist,
in his recent paper on " Glacial Action in Tasmania," states that
the Owen conglomerates are conformably interbedded with the
quartzites and schists of this district. If he refers to the con-
glomerates forming the mass of Mount Owen, as we presume he
does, our observations lead us to believe that this is erroneous,
and that, as we have already stated, there are two sets of
conglomerates here — one intercalated with the schists and sand-
stones, the other — the massive Owen conglomerates — lying
unconformably over them.

Among the beds of later origin in the valley is a soft black
clay, called by the miners "pug." It attains a considerable
depth in places, and rests unconformably on all the older rocks.
It is in places stratified, and is said to contain intercalated beds
of lignite. It is reported that shells have been found in it,
though w^e were unable to detect any. It contains numerous
particles of free pyrites, and would appear, without doubt, to
have been formed by the disintegration of the adjacent schistose
rocks containing pyrites. Its distribution is confined to the
western end of the valley. There is a good outcrop of it just
beneath the Iron Blow, and it may be also found at Karlson's
Face and at a considerable elevation on the saddle on the Copper
Creek. It is probably of lacustrine origin.

Geological Notes, Tasmania. 123

Overlying the " pug " is a series of clay, sand, and gravel beds.
Two typical sections may be seen on the track to the Queen
River, within a short distance from the Iron Blow, The first of
these consists of soft irregularly-stratified clay, with bands of
grit and larger stones here and there. These rest upon schist,
which is much broken and decomposed. It is covered by
angular hill-wash. The second, a little further on, shows an
unstratified clay containing numerous rounded, angular and sub-
angular stones irregularly scattered through the matrix. The
stones range from small pebbles up to boulders a foot in diameter.
Irregular bands of sti'atitied material, stained with iron, occur
here and there. The included stones consist of quartz, quartzites,
and hard sandstones, evidently obtained from the adjoining hills.
8ome of the stones are well striated. On the track between the
boarding-house and the Iron Blow occur patches of a dark,
tenacious clay, from which well-marked striated stones were
procured.

Mr. T. B. Moore, in a recent paper recording the discovery of
scored stones from this locality, states that the Linda Valley is
covered with a layer of morainal matter. He is also of opinion
that " the deep ground hydraulically sluiced " for gold in the
upper part of the Linda Valley " is nothing but a huge mass of
morainal matter."

Although striated stones undoubtedly occur in the Linda
Valley, we must be careful not to ascribe too much to the action
of ice, for it must be borne in mind that landslips and other
gravitational results may produce, to a greater or less extent,
many of the efiects noticed in a glaciated area. Further research
may bring to light other evidence of glacial action in the shape
of roches moutonnc-es., erratics, ifec. ; and in the absence of such
evidence we hestitate in coming to any definite conclusion as to
the origin of the striations observed.

The head of the valley, which we should have expected to be
somewhat bare and denuded of surface material, had it been
occupied by a glacier, within Pleistocene times at least, is filled
to a great extent by the pug, clays, gravels, tkc, already referred
to, besides a great accumulation of angular debris, which has
gravitated from the adjoining heights. We are inclined to think
that much of the morainal matter referred to by Mr. Moore is

j2

124 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

simply tliis gravitated debris. Any appearance of i-ocJies mouton-
nees is quite absent ; on the contrary, whenever any of the bed-
rocks appear, they are invariably rough and rugged. The slopes
of both Mounts Owen and Lyell are studded with great masses
of conglomerate, which have moved down from above, and here
and there huge columns of rock, often with smaller blocks
perched on their summits, may be seen, and which have eA'idently
w^eathered into their present state in situ.

Lake Beatrice lies some ten miles from the King River
Crossing, between Mount Sedgwick and Eldon Peak. It is in
the same line of drainage as Lakes Dora, Rolleston, and Spicer,
which lie to the north. A stream flows out of the lower end of
the lake, which, after a course of two or three miles, joins the
King River. This stream is remarkable for the immense size of
the boulders in its bed. Not only in the bed of the stream, but
on either side, spread over the low-lying ground, do these
boulders occur in great profusion. The accumulations show a
decided tendency to form ridges. The boulders consist prin-
cij^ally of a very hard grit or tine conglomerate, and many of
them must be tons in weight. The country here is so densely
covered by scrub (beech, sassafras, " horizontal," and bauera)
that we found it almost impossible to get any observations of
the bed-rock.

The ridge-like form of the boulder accumulations at once
suggests a morainic origin. As Messrs. Dunn and Moore showed
last year, well-marked evidences of glaciation occur about Lake
Dora and the other lakes no great distance away ; and Lake
Beatrice, as already remarked, is in the same line of drainage ;
so it would not be surprising if these boulder accumulations
really owe their origin to glacial causes. The action of water
alone does not seem sufficient to account for their transport,
although it is true immense floods must have poured down this
valley when the upper parts were occupied by glaciers and
almost perpetual snow during the Pleistocene period.

Mr. T. B. Moore states that the King River Valley is covered
with morainic matter. Numerous boulders of white sandstone,
up to two feet in diameter, many containing masses of brachiopod
fossils, are scattered over the valley, being generally concealed
by the peaty soil and thick button-grass. Some of this material

Geological Notes, Tasmania. 125

may have been originally moraiiiic ; but, in the absence of
further evidence, it seems to us most probable that it has been
distributed to its present position by the King River when
flowing at a higher level. On the overland track a cutting
occurs, about one-third of a mile from the ci'ossing, which shows
a " wash " of water-worn pebbles and V)0ulders that is evidently
of fluviatile origin, and which is about tifty or sixty feet above
the present level of the stream.

If we are to believe that these boulders have been transported
to their present position by the direct action of ice, we will have
to admit a much wider glaciation in Tasmania than is generally
believed to have taken place, the height of the King River
Valley at this place being only 600 or 700 feet above the sea.
"We may add that other evidence of glaciation in the foi'm of
roches moutonnees and ground moraines seemed to be quite
absent. We noted a large mass of greenstone lying close to the
track about a mile from the crossing, and resting on Silurian,
which is much decomjDOsed and broken up on the surface. But
it would be unwise to infer much from this one instance. There
may be a dyke in the vicinity.

From the King River to the Victoria Pass the rocks are of an
ordinary Silurian type — slates, shales, and sandstones. Fossils
are abundant in places. At a cutting on the track near the
King River crinoids were abundant, and trilobites and other
forms were common, but we saw no graptolites. Our specimens
have unfortunately gone astray.

From Victoria Pass the character of the rocks changes to
white quartzites and quartz and talcosQ schists, while the hills
are much barer of vegetation than those further west, a fact
pi'obably due to the nature of the rocks, which are, of course,
nearly pure silica. At the Collingwood River micaceous sand-
stones occur, and then from the Franklin River, the white
quartzites and schists extend to Mount Arrowsmith. Mount
Arrowsmith is just at the edge of the great central plateau of
Tasmania, which varies from 2000 to 4000 feet above the sea.
Leaving Mount Arrowsmith, the Silurian rocks are also left
behind, and one sees instead the massive greenstone crests of
Mounts Gell, King William, Rufus, Hugel, and other more or
less prominent heights.

126 Proceedings of tJie Royal Society of Victoria.

At a lower level than the majestic greenstone columns at the
summit of Mount King William I. are the almost horizontal
beds of the Oarboniferous sandstones. The characteristic fossil ^
are very abundant (spirifers, fenestellidfe, &c.). Immediately
below the columns, a section clearly shows that this sandstone
has been subjected to a severe baking. The rock has been
hardened and browned, and much resembles in consistency a
well-made brick. In the short time at our disposal we were
unable exhaustively to search for fossils ; but, in a few instances,
evidences of their former existence in the deposit was established
by the presence of a few casts. Instead of showing clearly, as in
the section a few hundred yai'ds away, these remnants, too,
bore signs of considerable baking, which seems to be additional
evidence on the comparative ages of the greenstone and
Carboniferous sandstones.

Some discussion has been going on, and diftei"ences of opinion
have been expressed, on this point. Gould, Strzelecki, and
Tenison- Woods considered that the greenstone was post-Carboni-
ferous. Jukes suggested the possibility of its being pre-Carboni-
ferous. Mr. R. M. Johnston maintained the latter view in his
" Geology of Tasmania." Professor David, in his presidential
address before the A.A.A.S. at Hobart, thought that the green-
stone was decidedly of later age than the Carboniferous and
Mesozoic rocks. Mr. Graham Officei", in a paper read before the
Royal Society of Tasmania last year, produced evidence that the
greenstone was post-Carboniferous. IMi*. Montgomery's observa-
tions also confirm this view. It is only fair to say that Mr.
Johnston has n^.odified his views, and now considers, with most
other observers, that the greenstone is post-Carboniferous,
although he has not yet published this opinion.

The difficulty in deciding tliis question has always been to
obtain the point of contact ; a difficulty caused principally by
the disintegration and subsequent falling of the greenstone
columns, which generally obscure the line of junction. In this
section, however, although the actual point of contact is not
exposed, the sandstone is observed at a distance of only a few
yards from the vertical greenstone columns, and as the former
bears unmistakable evidence of having been subjected to a con-
siderable amount of heat, the inference is that the greenstone

Geological Notes, Tasmania. 127

has been erupted through the sandstone. The later age of the
former may now be considered an ascertained fact.

Lake George, which lies at the foot of Mount King William,
has been put down as probably of glacial origin. If this be a
fact, further evidence must be adduced to support it. We
traversed the steep slopes leading down from the mountain with-
out observing any evidences of former ice action. The horizontally
bedded sandstone forms a series of terraces across the gorge
leading down to the lake, a form one would hardly expect to see
if the rocks had been recently ice-worn. However, there is a
large bank or low hill across the lower end of the lake, the
appearance of which in the distance certainly suggests a moraine.
W^e were, however, unable to reach it, as the day was far spent.

About eight miles south-west of the southern extremity of
Lake St. Clair lies Lake Dixon, a small lake a few acres in
extent. The rocks in the immediate neighbourhood present
points of considerable geological interest.

The lake is picturesquely situated in a valley about 2000 feet
above sea-level, while the eminences within a few miles rise to a
height of another 2000 feet.

The Franklin River, here near its soui'ce, having flowed
through Lake Undine a few miles north, enters Lake Dixon at
its northern extremity, emerging again at the southern end.

The neighbourhood of Lake Dixon forms the junction of the
east and west drainage areas of Tasmania. The Franklin runs with
a general south-westerly direction, afterwards joining the Gordon,
which ultimately flows into Macquarie Harbour on the west
coast ; while Lake George, at the foot of King William I., about
seven or eight miles south of Lake Dixon, and also the Cuvier, a.
few miles north, drain into the Derwent.

Especially on the western and northern slopes of Lake Dixon
are seen numerous outcrops of the Silurian, or possibly older,
rocks. They are composed principally of quartzites, quartz-
schists, and talcose schists, and are in many places exceedingly
hard.

They are all highly inclined, with a general north and south
strike. ■ They present wavy, flowing outlines, the exposed
smoothed and well-polished surfaces glittering in the sunlight.
Individual strife it is difticult to tind, this being probably due to

128 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

the nature of the rock, but the general form and surface is
typical of roches moiitonnees — so typical, in fact, as to render a
detailed description unnecessary.

In some places recent soil and grass have covered these polished
surfaces, but enough is exposed to show that there exists a
considerable area of roches moutofmees. In other spots, where
the surface is quite bare, erratics of various sizes rest immediately
on the polished i-ock.

Of morainic matter there is abundance. The surface of the
country round the lower end of the lake, extending for about a
mile from the lake, is strewn with rocks of all sizes and shapes
and in all positions. Many are large, being some tons in weight,
while others are small or of only moderate size. They are com-
posed ahiiost exclusively of greenstone, and it may be mentioned
that it is at times difficult, if not impossible, to determine the
line of demarcation between the moraines and the shattered
columns of gi'eenstone which have gravitated down the valley.
Quartzites also occur in the moraine.

Mr. Johnston, in a paper read before the Royal Society of
Tasmania last year, remarks that " the romantic . . . valley
of Lake Dixon is, par excellence, the ideal of a perfect glacier
valley. No one, however ignorant of glacial action, could in
this neighbourhood gaze upon those beautiful, scooped, or rather
abraded, lakes or tarns, . . . the snow-white, polished,
billowy, cascade-like roches moiitontiees, composed of quartzites, on
the upper margin of Lake Dixon, together with the tuml)led
moraines and large erratic on the lower banks — at a level of
about 2000 feet — without being impressed with the idea that its
singularly characteristic features nmst have been produced by
the slow rasping flow of an ancient river of ice."

In addition to the smoothed rocks, we discovered, clinging to
to these surfaces, and principally in the hollows, part of the
former ground moraine. This consisted of an intensely hard
matrix of clay, in wliich were embedded and cemented together
pebbles and stones of various kinds and sizes, composed of schists,
slates, quartzites, greenstone, and other varieties. No attempt
at arrangement is discernable, and one distinguishing feature is
the occurrence on many of the included stones of scores and
stria?. These striations are numerous and well-marked, which.

Geological Notes, Tasmania. 129

taken in conjunction with the cliaracter and position of the
matrix, mark the deposit as a true till or ground moraine.

Lake Dixon, to all appearance, is very shallow. Its edges are
not deep, though some of the slopes above are decidedly steep.
Reeds grow in the lake for some distance from its northern
extremity. It is quite probable that Lake Dixon is a morainic
lake.

As to the age of this ice action, it is difficult to say more than
that everything tends to show that it has been the work of
recent glaciers. The finding of erratics still resting on the
polished surfaces is suggestive, while the valley seems to have
altered but little since the time when the river of ice slowly
made its way downwards.

At tirst sight it seems strange that we have such direct
evidence of glaciation in this valley of the Lakes Undine and
Dixon, while the evidence in some of the surrounding valleys is
negative. It is of importance, however, to remember that
elevation is but one condition essential for the former glaciation
in this region. Important elements to be considei*ed are the
contour, size, and length of the valley. This valley seems to be
admirably adapted, not only for being a gathering-ground of
snow, but also for the conversion of this snow into a glacier.
•Surrounded as it is by mountains rising to a height of 2000 feet
above its level — itself 2000 feet above the sea — snow would
inevitably collect to some considerable extent, while the slope of
the valley would cause sufficient movement in the glacier to
enable it to carve and polish and scoop the hard rocks. Added
to this, the glacier would be supplemented by tributaries
descending from the minor valleys to right and left. At present
the snow in winter must be considerable. The last of the
previous winter's snow had not melted on Olympus by the end of
January, so it is not necessary to assume a very extensive fall of
temperature to account for perpetual snow in these regions.

The geology of Lake St. Clair has already been described by
Mr. Officer (Trans. Roy. Soc. Tas., 1893). The main features
are similar to those about Mount King William, the mountains —
e.g., Olympus, Byron, Cuvier, Ida, etc. — consisting of a base of
sandstone (Permo-Carboniferous), capped by greenstone. The
possibility of its being a glacial lake is worth considering. There

130 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

is a great accumulation of greenstone debris at its southern end,
Ijut it is difficult to say if it is in situ or not. The ridge-like
form much of this debris takes is at least suggestive of moraines.

BIBLIOGRAPHY.

Rev. J. E. T. Woods — " A Physical Description of the Island of
Tasmania." (Proc. Roy. Soc. Vic, 1882.)

F. Stephens, M.A., P.G.S. — " Notes on Boring Operations in

Search of Coal in Tasmania." (Proc. Roy. Soc. Tas., 1885.)
R. M. Johnston, F.L.S. — "Notes on Geology of King River."

(Proc. Roy. Soc. Tas., 1886.)
R. M. Johnston, F.L.S.—" The Geology of Tasmania, 1888."

G. Thureau, F.G.S.— " The Iron Blow at the Linda Goldfield."

(Proc. Roy. Soc. Tas., 1889.)

R. M. Johnston, F.L.S. — "The Iron Blow at the Linda Gold-
field." (Proc. Roy. Soc. Tas., 1889.)

S. H. Wintle, F.L.S.—" The Physical Conditions under which
the Chief Coal Measures of Tasmania and Victoria were
formed." (A.A.A.S., 1890.)

A. Montgomery, M.A. — " Notes on Some Geological Observations
on the West Coast." (Proc. Roy. Soc. Tas., 1890.)

F. D. Power, F.G.S.—" Notes on the Mount Lyell District,

Tasmania." (Proc. Roy. Soc. Tas., 1891).
Professor David, F.G.S. — President's Address, Section C.

(A.A.A.S., 1892).
A. Montgomery, M.A. — "Glacial Action in Tasmania." (Proc,

Roy. Soc. Tas., 1893).

G. Officer, B.Sc. — "The Geology of the Lake St. Clair District,

Tasmania." (Proc. Roy. Soc. Tas., 1893).
T. B. Moore, F.L.S. — " Discovery of Glaciation in the vicinity

of Mount Tyndall in Tasmania." (Proc. Roy. Soc. Tas.,

1893).
E. D. Peters, Jun. — ■" Report on tlie Property of the Mount

Lyell Mining and Railway Company." 1893.
Pv. M. Johnston, F.L.S. — "The Glacier Epoch of Australasia."

(Proc. Roy. Soc. Tas., 1893).
Report of the Secretary of Mines, Tasmania, for 1892-3.
E. J. Dunn, F.Ci.S. — "Glaciation of Western Highlands,

Tasmania. (Proc. Roy. Soc. Vic, 1894.

Proc.R.S Victom PI VII IS9^

Mt Cell

Mt Olympus,

Mt Ida

M' Qrfenstone

BiagTammatic Section dloncj Line A. B

N M^gneh'c

M> Manfred

Scale
3 Miles to 1 inch.

n W^ndH uth

i
I

Art. IX. — On the Australian Species of Aniathia.
By P. H. MacGillivray, M.A., LL.D., M.R.C.S., F.L.S.

[Eead 12th July, 1894.]

Several species of Amathia have long been known to occur on
the Australian coasts, and were described by Lamouroux and
Lamarck. Of late years several others have been added to the
list. A great deal of confusion, however, exists as to what these
species really are. This has been partly owing to the imper-
fection of the descriptions, and in some cases to the want of
figures.

In the present paper I give descriptions and figures of all those
with which I am acquainted, by which I trust that Australian
observers will have no difficulty in identifying the species. No
doubt others will be discovered, especially from New South
Wales, Queensland and Nortliern Australia, from which my
materials are very scanty.

Amathia, Lamouroux.
(= Serialaria, Lamarck.)

Class, Polyzoa. Division Ectoprocta. Order Infundibulata.
Sub-order Ctenostomata. Family Vesiculariidpe.

Generic character. — Zoarium radicate, with free, filiform,
usually dichotomous bi'anches, divided by more or less distinct
joints or partitions. Zoa3cia sub-tuljular, occasionally in one,
but mostly in two, parallel rows, in continuous series or in
distinct groups, which are placed on one, or rarely on two, sides
of the bi'anches, or are wound spii-ally partially or wholly round
them.

* Zocecia forming a continuous or interrupted spiral.

1. A. SPIRALIS, Lamouroux.
(Plate A., Fig. 1.)
Amathia spiralis., Lamouroux, Hist, des Polypiers Coralligenes
Flexibles, p. 161, pi. iv., fig. 2 ; Expos. Methodique des Genres

132 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

de Polypiers, p. 10, pi. 65, tigs. 16, 17; MacGillivray in
McCoy's Prodromus of Zoology of Victoria, pi. 185, fig. 2.

Serialaria convoluta, Lamarck, Auim. Sans Vertebres, ed. 1, ii.,
131 ; ed. 2, ii., 170 ; ed. 3, i., 212.*

Serialaria spiralis, De Blainville, ]Manuel d'Actinologie, p. 476.

Zoarium forming dense tufts several inches high, attached by
fine radical tubes. Branches erect, stiff, dichotomously divided.
Zooecia long, narrow, united laterally through their whole length
to form a continuous uniserial spiral, interrupted only at the
bifurcations and closely applied to the branch ; each zooecium
convex, the contiguous walls of adjoining zooecia united and
projecting upwards as slight points.

Port Philip Heads. Port Jackson, Mr. Whitelegge.

Grows in large tufts, the largest I have seen being nearly
five inches high. The branches are long, dichotomously divided,
with a length of a quarter to half an inch between the bifurca-
tions. The zorecia are long, narrow, united side to side to form a
continuous spiral closely united or adpressed to the branches
which they conceal, and interrupted only at the bifurcations.
They are convex, separated l)y grooves, the united contiguous
margins projecting upwards as small points ; when dried the
anterior surface is collapsed and depresse.l, the separating walls
projecting and their upward prolongations being more prominent.

2. A. BicoRMS, Tenison "Woods.
(Plate A., Fig. 2.)

Serialaria spiralis, Tenison Woods, Proc. Koy. Soc, New South
Wales, July, 1877.

Amathia bicornis, T. Woods, Proc. Roy. Soc, Victoria, June,
1879; MacGillivary in McCoy's Prod. Zool. Vict., pi. 185, fig. 1.

Zoarium forming dense tufts one or two inches high. Branches
irregularly divided. Zorecia rather long, slightly convex, closely
united side to side and arranged in spiral clusters of about two
complete turns, the cylindrical stem being unoccupied for nearly

• My copy is ed. 3, Brussels, 1837. It i>, I believe, the same as the 2nd edition, edited
by Deshayes and Milne Eiwards, the extensive additions and new observations on the
Polypes being by the latter naturalist. The references to the other editions are taken from
Miss Jelly's invaluable Catalogue of Marine Bryozoa.

On the Australian Species of A mat hi a. 133

the same length between the clusters ; each zocecium with a long
hollow process on each side, about a half of its length and with
a rounded sinus between them.

Port Phillip Heads. Marouba Bay, JS'ew South Wales, Mr.
Whitelegge.

This is a very marked species, at once distinguished by the
separate spiral clusters of zooecia with the free stem between
them, and by the peculiar long, thick, hollow processes from the
oritices.

Dr. Pergens, writing without evidently having seen Mr. Woods'
proposed name A. bicor?iis (Bull. Soc, Malacol, Belgique, 1887),
considers that the name A. spinosa attached by Desmarest and
Leseur to a figure of this species should be retained. As, however,
neither description nor figure was ever published, Mr. Tenison
Woods' name must stand.

3. A. CONVOLUTA, Lamouroux.
(^Plate A., ri.i<. 3.)

Amathia convoluta, Lamouroux, Pol. Coral!. Flex., p. 160 ; De
Blainville, Man. d'Actinologie, p. 476.

Serialaria crispa, Lamarck, Anim. Sans Vertebres, ed. 1, ii.,
131; ed. 2, ii., 172; ed. 3, i., 212.

Amathia spiralis, Busk, Challenger Polyzoa, pt. ii., p. 34, pi. vi.,
fig. 2.

? A. tortuosa, Busk, I.e. p. 34, pi. vi., fig. 1.

Zoarium forming tufts of rather loose, long, straggling, irregu-
larly divided branches. Zocecia long, narrow, arranged in a
continuous spiral interrupted at the divisions of the branches,
diverging from the axis above and leaving portions of the stem
visible between the turns ; each zocecium convex, the contiguous
margins not produced into a point.

Port Philip Heads, Mr. J. Brace bridge Wilson.

Forms loose tufts of an olive or brownish colour, the branches
two or three inches high and irregularly divided. The zoa>cia are
long, narrow, closely united laterally except sometimes at the
apertures, and forming an open spiral of about one or one and a
half turns in each internode, the free margin diverging consider-
ably from the stems, which are conspicuously visible in the

134 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

opening of the spiral. The orifices of the zooecia are not quite so
closely united and the adjacent margins are not produced.

No figure was published by Lamouroux or Lamarck, but there
can, I think, be no doubt that this is the species intended by
them. Lamarck gives Schweiger as an authority for the name
A. convoliita, but I have not seen his work. It is undoubtedly
Busk's A. spiralis, and I can see no difference l)etween that and
his A. tortuosa,

4. X. TORTUOSA, Tenison Woods.
(Plate A., Fig. -i.)

Amathia tortuosa, Tenison Woods, Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria,
June, 1879 ; MacGillivray in McCoy's Prod. Zool. Vict., pi. 185,
fig. 3.

Amathia connexa. Busk, Challenger Polyzoa pt., ii., p. 35, pi.
vi., fig. 3.

Zoarium forming long, straggling, irregularly divided, rather
slendei", cylindrical, transparent branches, several inches high.
Zooecia rather long, in biserial clusters at nearly right angles to
the stems and forming an open spiral of one complete turn,
occupying greater part of each internode but leaving a small
portion inferiorly free.

Port Philip Heads. Port Jackson (Dr. Rainsay).

There can be no doubt that this is the species described and
figured by ]Mr. AVoods, and that Busk's A. tortuosa, if not
identical, as I believe, with A. convoliita, is at all events quite
distinct from the present.

5. A. DisTANS, Busk.
(Plate C, Fig. 3.)

Amathia distans, Busk, Challenger Polyzoa, pt. ii., p. 38, pi.
vii., fig. 1 \ MacGillivray, Trans. Roy. Soc. South Australia,
June, 1889.

Zoarium forming long, slender, straggling, transparent branches.
Zooecia irregularly biserial, united into clusters forming very open
spirals of about one complete turn occupying the upper half of
each internode.

On the Aiisiralian Specks of Ainatliia. 135

South Australia.

I have only a small specimen of this species. It is readily
distinguished by the long, very slender, filamentous stems and the
spiral cluster of zocecia occupying the upper half of each internode,
the lower part being bare. The zooecia ai-e rather short, and not
very closely united.

** Zooecia in straight or oblique clusters.
t No appendages.

6. A. LENDIGERA, Linnteus sp.
(Plate B., Fig. 1.)

Amathia leiidigera, Lamouroux, Pol. Corall. Flex., p. l.")9 ; Id.
Expos. Method, p. 10 ; Hincks, Brit. Mar. Pol., p. 516, pi. Ixxiv.,
figs. 7-10 ; Busk, Challenger Pol, pt., ii., p. 33.

Serialaria letidigera, Lamarck, An. 8ans Vertebres, ed. 1, ii.,
130; ed. 2, ii., 169 ; ed. 3, L, 211 ; De Blainville, Man. d'Actin-
ologie, p. 476 ; Johnston, Brit. Zoophytes, ed. 2, p. 368.

Zoarium consisting of dichotomously divided, slender, intricately
interwoven branches. Zonecia in straight, biserial clusters of 4-8
pairs, diminishing in height from the proximal to the distal, and
occupying the upper third or half of an internode.

Western Port, Rev. Mr. Porter.

Of this the only Australian specimen I have agrees precisely
with the well known European form. It is closely allied to the
succeeding, under which the distinguishing characters are pointed
out.

7. A. OBLiQUA, new species.
(Plate B, Fig. 2.)

Zoarium consisting of slender, dichotomously divided branches,
not interwoven. Zocecia in oblique, biserial clusters of 6-9 in
each row, occupying almost the whole length of the straight
internodes.

Port Philip Heads.

This is closely allied to A. kndigera with which it seems to
have been considered identical by Mr. Kirkpatrick. The habit of
growth, however, is quite different. It forms tufts of considerable

130 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

height, one measuring five inches. It is only attached by the
bases of the main stems by radical tubes, the branches being quite
free and not intertwining or climbing over other objects. The
zooecial clusters are markedly oblique and extend over nearly the
whole length of the internodes, never being restricted to so small
a portion as the half. The large size of the zooecial clusters, and
its more regular growth give it a much stouter appearance. In
both species the zooecia are more separated than in the othei^s.

8. A. PINXATA, Kirkpatrick.
(Plate C, Fig. 1.)

Aviathia pinnata, Kirkpatrick, Ann. and Mag. ^at. Hist.,
July, 1888.

Zoarium pinnately l)ranched. Zocecia arranged in biserial
clusters of 12-16 pairs, occupying greater part of the front of
each internode.

Port Philip Heads, Mr. J. Braeebridge Wilson.

The only specimen I have of this very distinct species is that
figured. Being the extremity of a growing branch the secondary
branches are not so fully formed as in older parts, one on a side
being sometimes undeveloped or aborted.

9. A. Brogxiaetii, Kirkpatrick.
(Plate B., Fig. 3.)

Amathia Brogtiiartii, Kirkpatrick, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist.,
July, 1888.

Zoarium consisting of dichotomously divided branches. Inter-
nodes long, thick and straight, occupied for almost the whole
length by a biserial cluster of long, nearly uniform, connate
zocecia.

Port Philip Heads, Mr. J. Braeebridge Wilson.

Distinguished by the great length and straightness of the
internodes and the number of the zooecia from A. biseriata, the
only species with which it can be confounded. I give Kirkpatrick
as the authority for the name, as Desmarest and Leseur, who
seem to have indicated it and from whom Mr. Kirkpatrick took

\

On the AiistralicDi Species of AmatJiia. 137

the name, merely had hgures prepared, and never published
either plates or descriptions.

10. A. BiSERiATA, Krauss.
(Plate B., Fig. 4.)

Aiuathia biseriata, Krauss, Corallineen und Zoopliyten der
Sudsee, 1837, p. 23, fig. 1. A. inarniafa, MacGillivray, Proc.
Roy. Soc. Vict., Nov., 1886 ; Prod. Zool. Vict., pi. 185, fig. 4.

Zoarium forming large tufts of dichotomously divided branches.
Internodes of moderate length, slightly arcuate, almost entirely
occupied on one side by a biserial cluster of 6-9 pairs of zocecia,
which usually slightly diminish in height from the proximal to
the distal extremity.

Port Phillip Heads. Sealers Cove, Baron von INIueller.
Westernport.

"When I previously described this species as A. inarmata T had
not seen Krauss' work, and could not procure a copy of it.
After seeing his description and figure, I am satisfied that the
Australian and South African species are identical. The amount
of curvature of the internodes varies, some being almost straight.
From A. Brogniarfii, it differs in the ai'ching and shortness of
the internodes, and the small number of zocecia, and from
A. JVoodsii in the absence of the confervoid filaments, the
smaller numl)er and greater thickness of the zocecia and their not
diminishing in size distally in the very marked manner they do
in the latter species.

ft With filamentous or confervoid appendages.

11. A. CORNUTA, Lamouroux.
(Plate D., Fig. 1.)

Amathia cornuta, Lamouroux, Pol. Corall, Flex., 159 ; pi. iv.,
fig. 1.

Amathia Austral is, Tenison Woods, Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S.W.,
July, 1877.

Serialaria cofuiita, Lamarck, Anim. Sans. Vertebres, Ed. 1,
ii., 131; ed. 2, 131; ed. 3, i., 212.

K

138 Proceedings of tJie Royal Society of Victoria.

Zoai'iiun consisting of dichotoniously divided branches, incurved
and intricately interwoven. Internodes short, straight and
occupied for nearly their whole length by a biserial cluster of
about five pairs of zocecia, which gradually increase in length
from the proximal to the distal. Two long, hollow, curved
processes articulated at the end of each zocecial cluster.

Port Phillip Heads. Guichen Bay, South Australia, Rev. J.
T. Woods. Port Jackson.

This is undoubtedly the A. cornuta of Lamaroux, although he
tjnly figures a single row of zooecia ; and there is no doubt it is
nlso the species intended by Tenison Woods, but which I wrongly
referred in the Zoology of Victoria to that previously described
by Goldstein as A. Woodsii. It is distinguished by the zooecia
in the clusters increasing slightly in height from the proximal
to the distal, and by the peculiar processes from the anterior
extremity of the clusters.

II. A. Woodsii, Goldstein.
(Plate B., Fig. 5.)

Aviathia Woodsii^ Goldstein, Journ. Microsc. Soct. Vict., 1879.

A. Australis, IMacGillivrary in McCoy's Prod. Zool, Vict., pi.,
185, fig. 5.

Zoarium forming tufts several inches high of dichotomously
divided branches. Internodes of moderate length, slightly
arched, each occupied for three-fourths of its length by a biserial
cluster of o-T pairs of zocecia, diminishing regularly in height
from the proximal to the distal ; the terminal . clusters having
beyond the distal zooecia a pair of large, confervoid and frequently
branched processes ; and occasionally a similar process replacing
a branch at a bifurcation.

Port Phillip Heads. South Australia. Port Jackson. Port
Stephen, N.S.AV., Baron von Mueller.

At once distinguished by the regularly diminishing clusters
of zooecia and the long branched confervoid processes. One of
these processes frequently seems to replace a branch at a bifurca-
tion. They ought possibly to he considered as young or aborted
branches.

On the Australian Species of Amathia. 139

I regret that I unfortunately overlooked Mr. Goldstein's
excellent description and figure when previously descx'ibing this
species.

13. A. WiLSONi, Kirkpatrick.

(Plate D., Fig. 2.)

Amathia IVilsoni, Kirkpatrick, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist.,
July, 1888.

Zoarium irregularly branched, of a light brown coloux'.
Main stems having in front a biserial cluster of 6-9 pairs
of zooecia occupying the upper part of each internode ; at
each joint giving off three branches, two lateral and one smaller
posterior ; the lateral branches divided into (usually) three
internodes ; the first two internodes almost entirely occupied by
a continuous double row of 7-12 pairs of zooecia and giving off
at the joints two aborted branches ; the third internode smaller,
with the zooecia less distinct and terminated by three abortive
l^ranches or plumose processes which are thick, glassy, divided
into two or three internodes and at each joint give off a short
pointed process. The posterior branches from the main stem
consisting of a single celliferous internode terminated by three
abortive branchlets.

Port Philip Heads, Mr. J. Bracebridge Wilson. Encounter
Bay, S.A.

This beautiful species cannot be confounded with any other.
The lateral branches turned forwards and arching inwards, with
the glassy abortive branchlets, give the whole a very elegant
plumose appearance. The zooecia are of considerable length and
closely connate. The abortive branchlets, as in fact are also the
main stems and other internodes, are hyaline and subtransparent.

14. A. PLUMOSA, MacGillivray.

(Plate C, Fig. 2.)

Amathia plumosa, MacGillivray, Proc. Roy. Soc, Victoria,
November, 1889.

Zoarium forming large tufts. Primai-y branches cylindrical,
divided regularly by partitions or joints, destitute of zooecia.
Secondary branches given off" at the joints in regular diverging

k2

140 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

pairs, each pair from an opposite side of the stem to the
succeeding, the zocecia being turned shghtly towards the stems ;
each branch bifurcates, the internode before bifurcation occupied,
except at the basal portion, by a biserial cluster of about six
pairs of cylindrical zooecia and each branch of a bifurcation
having a similar or smaller group ; each of these branches termi-
nating in a pair of confervoid filaments which again divide at
their extremities.

Port Philip Heads.

A beautiful species distinguished from all the others by the
barren primary stems and the opposite celliferous branches with
the confervoid terminatinii; filaments.

EXPLANATION OF FIGURES.

Plate A.

Fig. 1. — Amathia spiralis, nat. size. Fig. la. — Portion magnified.
Fig. 2. — A. bicornis, nat. size. Fig. '2a. — Portion magnified.

Fig. '2/>. — Group of Zooecia more highly magnified.
Fig. 3. — A. convoluta, nat. size. Fig. 3«. — Portion magnified.

Fig. ?>l>. — Another portion of the same.
Fig. 4. — A. tortviosa, nat. size. Fig. 4rt. — Portion magnified.

Plate B.
-A. lendigera, nat. size. Fig. la. — Portion magnified.
-A. obliqua, nat. size. Fig 2fl. — Portion magnified.
-A. Brogniartii, nat. size. Fig. 'ia. — Portion magnified.
-A. biseriata, nat. size. Fig. 4^. — Portion magnified.
-A. Woodsii, nat. size. Fig. Da. — Portion magnified.

Plate C.
-A. pinnata, nat. size. Fig. \a. — Portion magnified.
-A. plumosa, nat. size. Fig. 2a. — Portion magnified.
-A. distans, nat. size. Fig. ?>a. — Portion magnified.

Plate D.
-A. cornuta, nat. size. Fig. \a.- — Portion magnified.
-A. Wilsoni, nat. size. Fig. 2a. — Portion of anterior

aspect of branch magnified. Fig. 2l>. — Portion of

posterior surface of .same.

Fig-

1.-

Fig.

2.

Fig.

3.

Fig.

4.

Fig.

5.

Fig.

1.

Fig.

2_

Fig.

3.

Fig.

1.

Fig.

2

PU't<'.A

M^^\

0-* "

.MW

\ \j-

^'

^ 1^ 1 /

^-1 i%

^ii

I

I

4a 1: ^^'

^/

.5

'^^Z 3b

JLr

PHhWdd&Luh

CTr'oedd^C°irnv

Plate B

Mxcte V

^'''?l^. n

4 /'

-A, V'l *

'wiiiSf

i^-

^S'

^

PUzteD

^

Art. X. — On the best Form for a Balance Beam.
By Professor Kernot, M.A., C.E.

[Read 12th JiUy, 1894.]

On the 13th May, 1880,* I submitted to this Society a paper
on the above subject in which the problem of designing a balance
beam of minimum mass for a given strength and rigidity was
discussed, and a form was suggested very different from those in
general use. This result was arrived at purely by mathematical
reasoning. It appeared at the time desirable to verify this
reasoning by actual experiment, and models were prepared for the
purpose, but the appliances for making the experiments being of
a very imperfect kind difficulties arose in making the tests, and
the whole matter was laid aside. Recently, however, there has
been an opportunity of reopening the question, and with tha aid
of the large and very perfect testing machine belonging to the
Engineering department of the University, a number of experi-
ments have been made which I now propose to describe, and
which bear out the conclusions of the paper. Four models were
obtained of cast gun metal, and of about the same weight. Two
of these represented the form advocated in the paper, while the
others represented the type shown by Fig. II. in the diagram (see
p. 22, of vol. xvii.. Transactions).

The results were as follow, the beams being one foot long : —

Load at each end of beam Ultimate

at moment of failure. deflection.

1. De.sign advocated, Fig. 3 \

of diagram. Weight I ... 8821bs. ... -06 inch.
12ioz. ... '...)

2. Design advocated, Fig. 3 \

of diagram. Weight '•
13|oz j

3. Old form, Fig. 2 of dia-

gram. Weiffht 12A^ oz.

« Transactions of the Royal Society of Victoria, vol. xvii., p. 19.

lOSolbs. ... -07 inch.

4131bs 4 inch.

142 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Load at eacli end of bi-am Ultimate

at moment of failure. deflection.

4. Old form, Fig. 2 of dia- ) ^^^^^^ .^ .^^^

gram. Weight 12* oz. J

In experiment 4 the beam was placed between boards connected
by bolts, in order to check a tendency to bend sideways that had
been noticed in experiment 3. This precaution led to a consider-
able increase of strength, as is shown by comparing the results of
experiments of 3 and 4.

As the above beams were not all of exactly the same weight
the i-eadiest way of determining their relative merits is by
finding how many times its own weight each beam carried.
These results, obtained by dividing the load cai'i'ied by the weight
of the beam, are: 1131, 1203, 529 and 634 respectively, showing
the enormous superiority of the proposed type.

Art. XI. — Aboriginal Rock Paintings and Carvings in
New South Wales.

(With Plates 8 and 9.)

By R. H. Mathews, Licensed Surveyor.

(Communicated by E. F. J. Love, M.A.)
[Eead 12th July, 1894.]

For some time I have been studying the rock paintings and
carvings made by the aborigines of New South Wa,les ; and last
year I prepared a short paper on the sul^ject, and read it before
the Royal Society of New South Wales, of which I am a member.
My paper appears in the journal of that Society for 1893, Vol.
XXVII., pp. 353-358, with thi-ee plates. The paper was read
in October last, and was fully reported in the newspapers, by
which means a great deal of attention was drawn to rock
paintings and carvings, and many persons who had nev^er before
given any consideration to the subject were thereby induced to
collect information, and make drawings of paintings and carvings
visited by thera, which have been found valuable to our Society
here.

It has, thei'efoi'e, occurred to me that if the subject were
brought before the members of your Society, and publicity given
to it, it may have the same effect in your colony. With this
olject in view I have prepared some di'awings of aboriginal
paintings in caves or rock shelters, and also a few drawings of
native carvings on rocks. It is nmch to be regretted that this
subject has received so little attention from early colonists, who
couhl then have easily obtained authentic information in regard
to it. These drawings, though primitive enough in design, and
rude in execution, yet are highly interesting to the archfeologist
and ethnologist.

Most, if not all, of the animals painted or carved upon rocks
may have been intended to represent the totems of the different
divisions of the classes forming the community. It is well known
that the Australian tribes were divided into classes, which were

144 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

again divided into groups bearing the names of animals, as
kangaroo, ojiossum, iguana, emu, black snake, codfish, etc. The
figures of animals and other objects, as well as groups of hands,
may also have had some symbolical meaning in connection with
the myths and superstitions of the Australian aborigines, or were
drawn with the object of conveying some kind of knowledge.
These points require further investigation before any conclusion
of a definite character can be arrived at.

I will first describe the rock paintings, and the method of pro-
ducing them, and will then deal in a similar manner with the
rock carvings.

Rock Paixtixgs.

Many of the cave paintings of New South Wales consist of
representations of the human hand, and these are done in two
different ways — one of which has been called the stencil method,
and the other the impression method. The former is the most
generally adopted for hand pictures, and is likewise used in many
instances in I'epresenting implements of the chase.

In stencilling figures of the human hand or other objects on
the walls and roofs of caves or rock shelters, a smooth surface
was selected and slightly wetted or damped with water. The
jjalm of the hand was then placed firmly on the surface of the
rock, with the fingers and thumb spread out, and the required
colour squirted or blown over it out of the mouth. Probably one
native would hold his hand on the rock, and another would
apply the colour ; but it was quite possible for one operator to do
botli. Sometimes the part of the hand which was laid on the
rock was slightly greased with animal fat to make it fit closely
against the stone, and thus prevent the colouring matter getting
under it. For the white coloui'S they used pipe-c4ay, and for the
red, red oxide of iron, commonly known as red ochre. I got this
information from Mr. John ^ledhui'st, who is now an old man.
About the year 1843 or 1844 he was living on WoUombi Creek
with liis father, and saw the blacks stencilling their hands on the
wall of a rock shelter. I asked him if the coloured clay was
wetted before being put into the moutli, but lie said it was not, —
the dampness of the rock makes it adhere, and firmly attach
itself to the stone, where it appears to have the durability of an

Aboriginal Rock Paintings and Carvings. 145

ordinary pigment. On removing the hand, the space it occupied
has the natural colour of the rock, wliilst around its margin is
smeared with the colour used by the operator. If the object to
be drawn be a boomerang, a tomaliawk, a waddy, etc., the same
course is followed, if this method of producing it be adopted.
All the objects shown in Figs. 3 and 4 are drawn in this
style, as well as some of those appearing in Figs. 2, 5 and 6,
Plate 8.

In the impression method before mentioned, the colour to be
used was mixed with water, or with bird or tish oil, in a hollow
piece of bark, or in a stone with a depression in it, into which
the hand was dipped, and then pressed firmly against the surface
of the rock, when the impression of the hand was left very clearly.
In Fig. 2, the rows of twenty-seven and thirteen hands are
done in this way, the remaining seven being stencilled. I have
never seen or heard of any figures except the hand having been
executed in this method. Mr. W. E. Armit, a writer in Curr's
Australian Bace,Yo\. II., p. 301, says^" I have often myself
seen the blacks on the Leichhardt River, Queensland, imprint
their hands, stained with red ochre, on rocks and trees, and I
cannot accept such marks as a proof of antiquity."

In the districts visited by me in collecting information on this
subject, I have found impressed hands in comparatively few
caves, the stencil method being that generally adopted. Perhaps
the work was more easily done in the latter style— there being
no necessity for preparing and mixing the colour ; or, it may be
that impressed hands had some particular meaning.

Native pictures of men, animals, and other objects, to which
neither of the preceding methods would be applicable, are drawn
in on t line in various colours. In these cases the colours used are
mixed with bird or fish oil, or the fat of some animal ; pipe-clay
and red ochre ))eing used for white and red, respectively ; and
where black was retjuired, it was made from ground charcoal, or
soot, similarly mixed with grease. Mixing the colours with an
oily or fatty substance caused them to penetrate the surface of
the rock, and become very durable. In some cases the figures
were merely outlined, as in Fig. 6, in others as in Fig. 1,
they were shown in solid colour all over ; whilst in others the
space within the margin of the outlines was shaded by strokes of

146 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

the same, or a different colour. See Plate XIX , four. Roy. Soc.
MS. IV., Vol. XXVII.

I have visited between fifty and sixty rock shelters containing
native drawings, and only in a few of them have I found yellow
colour employed, and then only for some small figures. The
reason for this is that yellow clays are not plentiful. Blue
colour is still scarcer, and I have only observed its use in one
cave.

Vegetable colours were also known to the aborigines. E.
Stephens says they painted red bands on their shields by
means of the juice of a small tuber, which grew in abundance
in the bush.— /w/r. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., XXIII., p. 487. The
apple tree, and also the grass tree, of Australia, yield a red gum
or resin, which has the property of staining anything a red
colour.

Rock Carvings.

Whilst I was engaged in visiting a group of native carvings on
a tributary of Broken Bay, I came upon some which had been
partially carried out and then abandoned, which disclosed to me
the method the native artist employed in producing the work.
A number of holes were first made close together along the out-
line of tlie figure to be drawn, and these were afterwards con-
nected by cutting out the intervening spaces, thus making a con-
tinuous groove. It is pi'obable that the object was first outlined
by drawing a piece of coloured stone or hard pebble along the
line to be cut out. Judging by the punctured indentations made
in the rock in cutting out the lines of these figures, I conclude
that the natives used a hard pebble ground to a point, and used
as a chisel. As soon as the outline of the figure was chiselled
out to the required depth, I think the remainder of the work was
done with a stone tomahawk. I am led to this conclusion
because the sides of the groo\e are cut more evenly than could
have been done with such an instrument as the holes wei"e
punctured with ; and there is no doubt the work could thus be
done with greater expedition. From the smoothness of the edges
of these grooves in a few of the best executed figures, I am
inclined to believe that, after the chopping out was finished, the
edges were ground down by rubbing a stone along them. fn

Aboriginal Rock Paintings and Carvings. 147

support of these conclusions I may state that close to the figure
shown in Plate IX., Fig. 7, I found a sandstone I'ock which had
been used by the aborigines for grinding their stone weapons. I
observed places hollowed out by sharpening tomahawks, and near
tliem were much narrower hollows in which it was evident some
pointed instrument had been ground. I saw the sa,me thing on
a rock close by where the hgure shown in Fig. 8 is depicted.
The carvings of men and otlier objects are generally found on
horizontal surfaces of sandstone rocks, which are numerous for
many miles around vSydney ; but are sometimes seen on the walls
of rocks occupying a perpendicular position.

As regards the age of these drawings, some wild and fanciful
hypotheses have been propounded by some writers, but from the
facts set forth in this paper it must be conceded that the practice
of painting rocks was in vogue among the aborigines at the time
the white people first settled in New South Wales.

With respect to the rock carvings, so far as I am aware at
present, they have not been observed by any European in course
of pi'oduction, but, nevertheless, I am not inclined to attacli any
great antiquity to them. As far as I liave been able to learn,
these carvings have not been observed in any other part of New
South Wales, except within a radius of about fifty miles from
Sydney. This point is not, however, definitely settled. I am
making enquiries through correspondents in ditterent parts of the
colony, with a view of ascertaining if the practice has been
observed elsewhere.

Mr. Ernest Favenc, who has travelled a great deal in Western
Australia, informs me that, in the Murchison District of that
colony, he found gigantic representations of a human foot, and
and other marks, scratched upon granite rocks by the aborigines.
These scratchings were not deep, owing to the extreme liaixlness
of the stone, and appeared to have been worn out by repeated
rubbing, probably with a very hard pebble, along the outlines
drawn on the rock. All the figures of feet seen by Mr. Favenc
had six toes.

Mr. W. Y. L. Brown, Crovernment Geologist, Adelaide, states
that he has seen at Paratoo and Oulnina, South Australia,
representations of the feet of kangaroos delineated in outline
on the surface of the rocks by some sharp instrument ; and at

148 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Vtctoria.

Blanchewater, also in South Australia, he saw similar outlines of
human feet, in addition to those of the kangaroo.

Mr. Arthur J. Giles, in 1873, discovered at the junction of
Sullivan's Creek with the Finke River, South Australia, carvings
cut from a quarter to half an inch deep into the face of a cliff
of hard metamorphic slate. The carvings consisted of perpen-
dicular grooves, about an inch and a half wide, besides other
minor devices.

Mr. Henry Tryon describes, what he calls, some " rock engrav-
ings" on Pigeon Creek, on the bridle path from Tenthill to Pilton,
Queensland. In an outcrop of sandstone thei^e is a cave or
rock-shelter, on the walls of which figures are cut, in some cases
to the depth of an inch ; whilst some are merely scored on the
rock. — Froc. -Roy. Soc. Q., Vol. I., pp. 45-52, plates xi. to xiii.

It will thus be seen that carvings of a rude and elementary
character ■ have been observed in Western Australia, South
Australia and Queensland, whilst in the district around Sydney,
New South Wales, they are better executed, and are on a more
extensive scale. This would seem to indicate that the natives of
the eastern coast had perhaps been influenced by a higher race,
such as the Malay or a kindred people.

If any of the members of your Society, who hear this paper
read, or who may see the report of it in your Journal, know of
any rock jaaintings or rock carvings in Victoria, or elsewhere, I
would ask tliem, in the interests of science, to collect all the facts
they can, and either bring the matter before your Society, or com-
municate with me.

Descriptions.

I will now proceed with tl:e descriptions of the figures shown
in Plates VIII. and IX., annexed to this paper : —

Plate VJJI., Fig. 1. — The cave or rock-shelter containing these
drawings is situated in an escarpment of Hawkesbury sandstone,
about 5 chnins north from portion No. 33, of 40 acres, in the
Parish of Wareng, County of Hunter. The length of the cave is 16
feet ; height, 6 feet 6 inches ; and the depth from the entrance
to the back wall, 1 1 feet 6 inches. The front of the shelter faces
S. 20° W.

Aboriginal Rock Paintings and Carvings. 149

The paintings, which are all drawn in solid black, consist of
two human figures, the tallest one measuring 2 feet 3 inches from
the feet to the hands ; the smaller one measuring 1 foot 9 inches,
and having appendages on the ears or sides of the head resembling
those seen in Fig. 7. The other figures are a kangaroo jump-
ing ; a dog ; two birds ; two figures, which appear to be intended
for eels ; a boomei'ang ; what appears to be designed to indicate
the track of an emu ; and near the tail of the kangaroo is a figure
which appears to be intended for a bird, or flying squirrel, on the
wing.

Plate VIII., Fig. 2.— This shelter is 28 feet long, 18 feet high, 11
feet from front to back, and faces north-east. It is on the end
of a rocky point reaching into a sharp bend in Cox's Creek, about
2 chains from the eastern boundary of Portion No. 65, of 40 acres,
in the Parish of Coolcalwin, County of Phillip. All the drawings
are in red colour.

The total number of hands delineated in this shelter is 96,
besides other objects, but I have only shown 40 impressed hands
and 7 stencilled ones ; of the former there are two, and of the
latter four, left hands. There ai'e two waddies represented ; one
of which, four feet long, being stencilled ; and the other, 3 feet 7
inches long, drawn. A circular figure, 3 feet by 2 feet 9 inches,
with a line leading from it to the stencilled waddy, completes the
paintings shown on this Fig.

Plate VIII. , Fig. 3. — This cave or rock shelter is situated in an
escarpment of Hawkesbury sandstone within Portion No. 81, of
108 acres, in the Parish of Bulga, County of Hunter, and faces
N. 20" W. Its length is 54 feet, depth from the front inwards
11 feet, and its height varies from 6 feet 6 inches to 4 feet
6 inches, the floor being irregular.

This Fig. shows seven representations of waddies, two
tomahawks, two boomerangs, eight hands, and a figure which
appears to be intended for the head of a tomahawk without the
handle. Two out of the eight are right hands. All the figures
are stencilled in white on the natural surface of the sandstone.
This cave contains twenty-six hands altogether, besides other
oVjjects, but I have given the most interesting group in this Fig.

Plate VIII. , Fig. 4. — This small cave is in a sandstone rock
facing N. 25° E., a short distance from the southern shore of
Pied Hand Bay, a tributary of Middle Harbour, near Sydney.

150 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Its length is 6 feet, depth inwards 3 feet 9 inches, and height
3 feet -i inches.

The paintings consist of six riglit hands, two of them being
children's ; three left hands ; and three right feet, two of which
are those of children. All these figures are done in white
stencilling. It may be stated that representations of feet are
uncommon, and are only met with occasionally.

Plate VIII., Fig. 5. — This large rock shelter is situated in an
escarpment of sandstone rock, about three-quarters of a mile
southerly from Portion No. 4, of 40 acres, in the Parish of
AVilpinjong, County of Phillip. Its length is 79 feet, 25 feet deep
from the front inwards, 6 feet 6 inches high where the roof meets
the back wall, and increases in height outwards towards the front.
The cave faces the north-east.

The drawings in this large cave are very numerous and comprise
various objects, but the Fig. shows one of the most interesting
groups, which is on the roof of the cave. On the left are an
iguana and a snake, each about 3 feet 3 inches long with their
heads in ojjposite directions. Above these are two drawings
which appear to have been intended to represent the sun, one
having eighteen rays and the other thirteen. The larger is
eighteen inches in diameter, and the smaller one foot. On the
right hand side of the Fig. is a circular object, six inches in
diameter, which may have been drawn to indicate the moon. On
the right of this figure are three crosses, which suggest -the sup-
position that they were intended for stars. "The Bushmen of
the Kalahari Desert in South Africa decorate the walls of their
dwellings with the representations of quadrupeds, tortoises,
lizards, snakes, fights, hunts, and the different heavenly bodies.
The drawings made inside caves are chiefly upon sandstone in
ochres of various colours." — Anth. Jour.,'*' X., 460. Extending
from the circular object towards the snake are fifteen tracks in
red, of a bird's foot, to another small cross. At the commence-
ment of these tracks, and above them, are three similar tracks
drawn in white colour, as if to distinguish them from the others.
A short distance below all the foregoing figures are fourteen

* Throughout this paper I liave usel this contraction for the " Journal of the Anthropo-
logical lustitute of Great Britain and Ireland."

Aboriginal Rock Paintings and Carvings. 151

stencilled hands, the right and left being equally represented.
Four of these are the hands of children, and two show the hand
in the shut position, which is very unconnnon. All the figures
shown on this Fig. are drawn in red colour, excejDt the three
tracks of a bird above referred to.

Plate VIII., Fig. 6. — This cave or rock shelter is 44 feet long,
23 feet deep inwards from the front, and varies fi'om 5 feet to 8 feet
high, owing to inequalities of the roof ; and faces S.oO° E. It is
about 8 chains westerly from the western boundaiy of Portion
No. 42, of 120 acres, in the Parish of ToUagong, County of
Hunter. It occupies the base of a mural precipice, having been
worn out by fluviatile action and atmospheric influences. The
roof is begrimed with the smoke of numerous fires, and the
shelter appears to have been used as a camping place by the
aborigines for many generations.

The drawings in this cave are numerous, and of great interest,
but the Fig. shows only one of the groups. The first object on
the left of this Fig. appears to be intended for a native bear ;
then follow the figures of four iguanas, the largest of them being
3 feet 6 inches long ; and lastly three stencilled representations
of the left hand. All these drawings are in white.

Another group of drawings in this cave comprises two black-
fellows and their gins, there being an interval of about 5 feet
between each couple. The male figures are considerably the
lai'ger in each instance. This group has been included in a paper
which I am preparing to read before the Ptoyal Society of New
South Wales, on an early date.

Plate IX., Fig. 7. — This gigantic figure of a man is carved on
a flat rock of Hawkesbury sandstone on the top of a high range,
overlooking Cowan Creek, a tributary of the Hawkesbury River,
and is about a chain and three-quarters from Tabor Trigonomet-
rical Station. The height from the feet to the top of the head is
9 feet 8 inches, and the width across the body 3 feet 9 inches.
There is a forehead band in which some ornaments are stuck, or
they are attached to the ears. " In some tribes feathers of the
owl and the emu were fastened to the forehead and ears." — Anth.
Jour., XX., p. 85. In the right hand is a club, 2 feet 6 inches
long, Avith another, 2 feet long, lying close by ; in the left hand
is a shield, 3 feet 8 inches long, and 1 foot 8 inches across the

152 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

middle. The eyes, nose and mouth are shown — the latter rather
to one side. In the belt, around the waist, some object appears
to be carried, resembling the end of a Vjoomerang, although the
part below the belt is not shown. It is well known that boome-
rangs were sometimes so Q^^xvx^^.—Aborigifies of Victoria, I., p.
132 and p. 277. One of the feet has six toes, and the other only
four. Within the outline of the man is a subordinate carving
which I am unable to identify. This figure appears to have been
designed to represent an aboriginal warrior, with his clubs,
shield, and boomerang, having his head decorated in the usual
manner. After the ceremony of the Bora the young men were
" invested with the belt of manhood . . . the forehead band
and the full male dress." — Aiith. Jour., XIV., p. 311.
In Collins' Account of the English Colony of JV.S. 1 Vales, pp. 365-
374, he states that at the conclusion of a Bora, which he
witnessed, each young man had "a girdle tied round his waist, in
which was stuck a wooden sword ; a ligature was put round his
head, in which was placed slips of grass-tree, which had a curious
effect." In Henderson's Obscrvatiofis on the Colonics of JV.S. JV.
and V.D.L., pp. 145-148, it is said that after a young man had
passed through the ceremonies of the Bora, "he was pei'mitted to
wear a giixlle, and to carry the spear and other war arms, like men."

My comparison of the dress of this chief to the dress worn by
the blacks who have been initiated is merely to show the sort of
dress worn by the men on ceremonial occasions. I do not mean
that this figure represents a man who has just been initiated, — or
that it necessarily has anything to do with the Bora.

All the lines on this Fig. are cut into the rock in the manner
described at page 146 of this Paper, and are about half an inch
deep, and an inch and a quarter wide, and are well finished.

Plate IX., Fig 8. — This group of carvings is on a fiat sandstone
rock on the western side of the track from Pymble to Cowan
Creek, a tributary of the Hawkesbury River, about half a mile
soutlierly from Bobbin Trigonometrical Station.

The carving represents a man and Avoman in the attitude
assumed by the natives in dancing a corroboree. The eyes and
mouth are delineated, Init the nose is missing in both. Each has
tlie belt round the waist, and the male figure has a Ijand around
the arms near the shoulder. See Anth. Jour., XIV., p. 311. The

Aboriginal Rock Paintings and Carvings. 153

male figure is veiy much tiie lai^gest, and this disparity in the
sizes of men and women is found in all the paintings, as well as
carvings, which have come under my notice. Seventeen ray-like
lines rise from the head of the man — and eight from the head of
the woman — which may either be intended for hair, or ornaments
stuck in it. To the left of these figures is a carving evidently
intended to represent a native bag, but it is drawn out of
proportion to the human figures. The remainder of the group
consists of four large rudely carved representations of feet.

Plate IX., Fig. 9. — This Fig. shows two representations of
figures of iguanas or crocodiles. One is carved on a flat rock on
Portion JSTo. 1140, of 40 acres, in the Parish of Manly Cove,
County of Cumberland. It is 6 feet 7 inches long, and 9^
inches across the widest part of the body ; the legs have no
claws upon them, and the head is bent as if the annual were
looking about. Round the body are three bands similar to those
found on the bodies of men and women, which would lead us to
suppose that this animal was reverenced by the natives or their
forefathers, and would perhaps suggest a Sumati'an origin of
the tribes who executed these drawings. These bands may
have been intended to indicate the stripes seen on the bodies of
iguanas. The other is carved on a flat sandstone rock not far
from the group shown in Fig. 8, and is 7 feet 2 inches long, and
1 ^h inches across the body. An eye is shown, and the claws
are not forgotten.

Plate IX., Fig. 10. — This carving is situated on Portion No.
1139, of 24|^ acres, Parish of Manly Cove, County of Cumberland.
The larger figure of this group does not resemble any known
animal, and appears to represent some monster of the native
artist's fancy. A human figure appeal's on the body of this
animal which is, in my opinion, a separate picture drawn
there before or after the other one, owing to the suitability
of the surface ; the same may be said of the object below
the left foot of the human figure. It is not uncommon to
find small carvings within the outlines of larger figures in this
way.

Plate IX., Fig. 11. — This Fig., which is on the same rocks as
Fig. 10, shows the outline of a young female, 3 feet 7 inches

L

154 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

high. The drawings of full-grown women always have the teats
delineated, whether in paintings or carvings.

Fiate IX., Fig. 12 is on the same rock as Fig. 10 and 11,
and, I think there can be no doubt that it represents the
native dog. It is thi-ee feet six inches long, and stands about
1 foot 8 inches high.

Plate IX., Fig. 13 is an average specimen of the kangaroos
carved on rocks, both as regards size and style of work. This
figure is on a large flat rock sloping slightly northei'ly, near the
southern boundary of Portion No. 717, Parish of Manly Cove,
County of Cumberland.

Plate IX., Fig. 14. — This group is on a flat rock about
twenty-eight yards south-westerly from Fig. 8. It includes
an emu about seven feet nine inches from the point of its bill to
the end of its tail, and about live feet three inclies high. Only
one leg is drawn, and the foot is a straight continuation of the
leg, a mode of drawing I have before found in native figures of
emus. There are two human figures, with their heads in con-
trary directions; they both have belts round the waist and bands
i-ound their ankles. The latter are unusual, and have nut been
seen by me in other carvings. Sir George Grey, in iiis Ttvo
P,xpeditions in N. IV. and W. Australia, II., p. 250, says that
strings made of the fur of the opossum were tied like bracelets
round the wrists and ankles. The feet of the smaller figure are
turned inwards, which is the only case where I have observed this
— the toes usually pointing outw^ards, as in the other figures shown
on the Plate ; a representation of hair is also shown on the head,
as in Fig. 8. The larger figure has what appears to be intended
for a spear or club in his hand, only a small part of the weapon
being shown. It will be observed that the line which forms
the head of the larger human figure, also serves to mark
out the tail of the emu. There is an oval-shaped hollow in the
rock (see Fig.) which was, I think, naturally there, in which water
lies during the winter, and after rain in the summer, so that if
the lines of the figures were originally continued through this
hollow, they have long since wasted away. I have shown by
dotted lines where it is probable grooves formerly existed.

Plate IX., Fig. 15. — This carving of a gigantic fish is found
upon a large flat sandstone rock, on Portion, No. 83, of 320 acres,

Aboriginal Rock Paintings ajid Carvings. 155

in the Parish of ISTarrabeen, County of Cumberland. It is 42 feet 6
inches long, and upwards of 12 feet across the widest part of the
body, not including the fins. The mouth is open, the upper jaw
being 2 feet 7 inches long, and the lower 2 feet. Both eyes are
shown on the same side of the head— a common practice among
the blacks when drawing representations of fish. This fish has a
pectoral, a ventral, and two dorsal fins. Sir Charles Nicholson
describes a carving of a large fish at Middle Head, Port Jackson,
which was "upwards of 30 feet long." — Anth. Jour., IX., p. 31.
In the Records of the Geological Survey of N.S. JV., Vol. II.,
p. 178, Mr. Etheridge describes a large fish 31 feet 9 inches long,
carved on a flat rock, near Manly, not far from Sydney. The
carving which I have shown in Fig. 15, is, therefoi-e, 10 feet
9 inches longer than any drawing of a fish hithertjo recorded.

It is not improbable that this large fish was intended for the
porpoise, which was venerated all along the eastern coast from
Gippsland to Newcastle. It was a common practice with the
aborigines to draw on a large scale any animal they wished to
honour. On one of their Bora grounds I found a horizontal
figure of Baiamai, 20 feet long, formed of raised earth on the
surface of the ground.

General.

All the figures shown on the plates are drawn to scale,
and are accurately reproduced from measurements taken by me
with a tape measure in every instance ; the directions which
the shelters face were taken with a pocket compass. The
position of each painting and carving on the Government maps
is also given, so that they can be found by anyone wishing to
see them.

In the newspaper report of the expedition fitted out by Mr.
W. A. Horn, for the scientific exploration of the McDonnell
Ranges in Central Australia, it has amongst its objects — " the
reproduction by photography of aboriginal paintings in caves and
on rocks."

Rock paintings by the aborigines have been observed from the
time of the earliest explorers, and are universally distTi'ibuted
over Australia, having been noticed in all the colonies at places
far apart, but there has, hitherto, been very little attention paid
to them. These paintings have frequently been seen in different

l2

I

156 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

parts of Western Australia, South Australia, Queensland, and
Nevv South Wales, but are not well known in Victoria. Mr.
Curr, in his work on The Aiisti'alian Race, vol. i., p. 96,
states " In the Victorian Valley, Victoria, there is, I have
often heard, a cavern, the roof of which is covered with old
aboriginal paintings. The roof is said to be several feet from
the ground, and out of reach." Caves whose painted roofs are at
present out of reach are not uncommon, and have been met with
by me, — the reason of this is that the floors have been wasted
away by the action of the weather.

From enquiries I have myself made, I learn that there are
caves containing aboriginal paintings on the western side of the
Victoria Range, County of Dundas ; and also on the north-
eastern side of the Grampians, County of Borung. The railway
runs within easy distances of both these localities, so that any
gentlemen capable of copying these cave paintings could easily
visit the districts in which they are to be found. I have, no
doubt, that upon arriving in that part of the country, numbers
of similar caves would be heard of by making enquiries from old
residents. I hope someone will take sufficient interest in this
matter to go into the districts indicated, and that his visit will
result in the preparation of a paper on the subject to be read
before your Society. Anyone going into that part of the country
ought also to enquire if any aboriginal carvings, similar in
character to those described in this papei*, have ever been
observed upon the surfaces of sandstone rocks. As far as I have
been able to learn, none of these rock carvings have hitherto
been observed in any part of Victoria ; but I can see no reason
why they should not be found there, and ought, therefore, to be
searched for. Localities abounding in large flat masses of sand-
stone rocks, with smooth surfaces, are the likeliest places to find
these carvings.

Enquiries ought to be made in different parts of Victoria,
besides those I have mentioned, in the hope of hearing of other
cave paintings.

I have contributed this paper on the Kock Paintings and
Carvings of New South Wales, in the hope of adding to the
scanty literature of a subject which is one of those having very
great interest to the anthropologist, as well as to the historical
and classical student.

1:. R S Victoria Plate V/IJ. 1694

Thp: Author desires to make the following additions and
correction to the article on "Aboriginal Rock Paintings and
Carvings ": —

Page 154. — After the word carvings, in line two, add, "In the
native drawing on the rock the puhes are shown, thus
making the sex immistakable. It should be stated that
aboriginal drawings of females are uncommon, both in
paintings and carvings, and are therefore all the more
valuable."

Page 154.— Add the following note to the description of Fig. 14.
Plate IX.: Since Plate IX. was printed, I have revisited the
rock containing this carving, and on removing the earth and
rubbish, with which it was partially covered, and sweeping the
surface, I discovered the outline of another emu above the
one shown in the Plate. What I at first supposed was part
of a spear or club held in the hand of one of the men, I now
find is the leg of the emu recently discovered. I have since
contributed a paper to the " Journal of the Eoyal Society of
N.S.W." (Vol. xxviii.), in which this groiip will be shown in
its complete state.

Page 152.— Line fourteen and fifteen for "365-374" read " 565-574."

RMndcl lith^Mdl

1 56 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

parts of Western Australia, South Australia, Queensland, and
Nevv South Wales, but are not well known in Victoria. Mr..
Curr, in his work on The Australian Race, vol. i., p. 96,
states " In the Victorian Valley, Victoria, there is, I have
often heard, a cavern, the roof of which is covered with old
aboriginal paintings. The roof is said to be several feet from

fVio rrrr^nnrl orirl r^iT^. c\^ voq r*)^ " r^ot'oc -ixrlirtcck -r^Qi-nf arl >»r\rvPci n t^o o4-

xji. voin~i

cave paintings.

I have contributed this pajier on the Rock Paintings and
Car^•ings of New South Wales, in the hope of adding to the
scanty literature of a subject which is one of those having very
great interest to the anthropologist, as well as to the historical
and classical student.

Proc. R S Victoria PhU VIII 1894

Fiq I.

P'9 ^

1^

+ -»■

Fi(j 5.

^ > > ->■ ^

^^m-^mi^^^^*^ *nnf

Fx^. 2.

Jll^ ^ |l

li? ??/j/ o

w

/■(^r. (J

3S?':

00

Aboriginal Rock Paintings in N.S.W.

E \lilinillllllk \mi,)lli,lliA \ii:i,litll„l}\ \ninini„iik \:ii:iinni,>A

Proc HS Yidona Flaie IK^ :694.

Scale Fiqurs XV

Flit ^

C , Z i , S I, ^ a 9 ^o II '! ij I* li 16 " ij If ■» ■?'• ■^g -i '\

Liiiil \wnk \iiiml iiiiA hum* iiiiid \imii \mni \lim\ \limi hvH Kv,'/,l T

Art. XII. — Note on the Occurrence of Fossil Bones at

Werribee.

By Gr. B. Pritchard.

[Eead 12tli Jiily, 189-i.]

A short time ago having heard that some bones had been
discovered during the excavation of the drains for the Werribee
Sewage Farm, by the Metropolitan Board of Works, I called
upon Mr. C. E. Oliver, M.O.E., Superintending Engineer of
Sewerage, in whose possession the fossils were, and through his
kindness and courtesy I was allowed the privilege of an exami-
nation which resulted in their identification. These identifica-
tions I now wish to place on recoixl.

Phascolomys pliocenus, McCoy.

The first specimen is the lower jaw of the extinct wombat,
Phascolomys pliocenus, McCoy, which agreed remarkably well with
the admirable figure and description given by Sir F. McCoy in
the Prodromus of the Palaeontology of Victoria, Decade I., p. 21,
plates III., IV., V. This specimen was in an excellent state of
preservation, the only flaws being the absence of portions of the
ascending rami and the distal ends of the two incisors, the cause
being no doubt due to insufiicient care being exerted during
its excavation. In the Prodromus, this species is recorded from
the gold drift of Dunolly, and from the shores of Lake Bullen
Merri, Camperdown. In an essay " On the recent Zoology and
Palaeontology of Victoria," by Sir F. McCoy,* it is further
recorded from the red clays of Lake Timboon. By examining
the specimens in the National Museum, Melbourne, the following
additional localities maybe noted: — Limeburners Point, Geelong;
Modewarre, Geelong ; Bet-Bet, near Avoca ; and a half of a
lower jaw has been picked up on the beach two miles west of the
Werribee River.

1 Palorchestes azael, Owen.

The second specimen was in a very fragmentary condition
when it came into my hands, having been badly broken by the

■•■* luteiTolonial Exhibition Essays, 1866-G7, p. 15.

158 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

pick ; however, as all the fragments appeared to belong to the one
bone, an endeavour was made by Mr. T. S. Hall and myself to
piece them together, which was, we were glad to find, eventually
successful. This proved to be the tibia of the gigantic extinct
kangaroo, for which the genus Palorchestes was founded by Sir
Richard Owen. The first specimen which came under the notice
of that distinguished authority, was a portion of a skull
discovered in 1851, by Dr. Ludwig Becker, "in a bed of yellowish
sand and clay, mixed with very small shells, in the Province of
Victoria, Australia."

A fragment eight and a half inches in length of the proximal
end of a tibia, referred to this genus, is described and figured
in the Philosophical Transactions,* and in Owen's " Fossil
Mammals of Austi'alia," p. 495, pi. cxxxi., and with this as far
as it goes our example agrees accurately, the latter, however, is
quite twenty-four inches in length, and is about five inches in
circumfei'ence at its narrowest part. I refer this example to the
above species with but little doubt, as it is the type and only
species of the genus, and Mr. R. Lydekker saysf it " is the largest
known member of the family ( MacrflpodidiC ), the length of the
entire cranium being estimated at sixteen inches," and on account
of the very large size of the skull he further remarks! that this
" indicates that the largest limb bones pi'obably belongs to that
genus."

Judging from the specimens recorded by Sir R. Owen in the
works cited above, and by R. Lydekker, in the British Museum
Catalogue,!:$ we are fortunate in possessing such a fine example
of this bone.

The exact locality from which the above bones have been
procured was given me by Mr. C. E. Oliver, and is the Werribee
Sewage Farm, 2 miles 39 chains 87 links on drain bo east, 3 feet
below the surface in a slightly calcareous red sandy clay.

Both specimens are now in the Biological Museum at the
University.

» Pldl. Trans., 187C, p. 203, pi. xxiv. X Op. cil., p. 239.

t Brit. Mu3. Cat. Fossil Mammalia, i art v., p. 237. J Op. cil., p. 244.

Art. XIIT. — The Entomogenoiis Fungi of Victoria.
By D. Mc Alpine and W. H. F. Hill.

[Read 9th August, 1S94.]

I.

Introductory.

Entoinogenous Fungi, or fungi parasitic upon insects, have not
hitherto received the attention in this colony whicli their impor-
tance deserves. Only eleven species are recorded for Australia,
and six of these belong to Victoria, and yet there are quite a
number awaiting the attention of the patient investigator. Dr.
Cooke, in his Handbook of Australian Fungi, and in his popular
volume on Vegetable Wasps and Plant Worms, has given us a
more or less full account of these ; but to anyone willing to take
up the subject, there is a wide field for extended observation
and description on the spot. We have attempted a beginning by
way of extending our knowledge in this fascinating region, and
trust that mycologists and entomologists may combine in un-
earthing the numerous forms of Entomogenous Fungi, which
seem to flourish unrecorded in our midst. The subject has a
dual aspect, as the name denotes. There is the entomological
side in which the insects attacked by fungi are considered, and
the mycological side in which the fungi attacking the insects are
studied. To do full justice to the subject, both sides have to
receive attention, the nature and habits of the insect being
necessary for the proper understanding of the life-history of the
fungus, and the fungi themselves vary according to the habits of
the insects attacked. One of us is mainly i-esponsible for the
mycological portion, while the other has made careful study of
the entomological part.

In addition to the entomological and mycological aspect, there
is also an economic one, for apart altogether from the scientific
investigation of these fungus-bearing insects and insect-destroying
fungi, the subject has very important practical bearings. Every
one is familiar with the common house-fly, transfixed to tlie

ICO Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

window pane or other smooth surface, with a white halo around
the body, caused by the fly-mould known as Empusa Aliiscae,
Cohn ; and the muscardine or silk-worm disease is also well
known, whereby the silk-worms become mummified, as it were,
and so hard as to snap when bent. This is caused by a white
mould known as Botrytis Bassiafta, Bals., which fills, absorlis and
destroys the interior of the caterpillai-, and appears on the surface
as a woolly covering. It would be out of place here to pursue
this subject further, but it may be noticed that the coccus of the
orange, the locust, and the aphides or plant-lice have all their
parasitic fungi, and it has been proposed in the case of the latter
to use the fungus for i-educing their numbers. Botrytis teneita,
Sacc, is known to be very destructive to the larvae of the cock-
chafer ( Melolontha vulgaris) which is recognised in Britain as the
most injurious of beetles to the agriculturist ; but, perhaps, the
most striking instance is that of the mealy isaria ( Isaria farinosa.
Fries.), which is a parasite of the Cocky lis ambiguella, or raisin-
worm as it is commonly called, and after the phylloxera, is one
of the most destructive insects to the vine. ]M. Duchartre drew
particular attention, in the Academy of France, last year to a
communication from MM. Sauvageau and Perrand recording
experiments on the destruction of the insects by means of the
spores of the parasitic fungus. In the course of a few days all
the larvaj became infected with the fungus and were mummified
by it. Similar experiments tried in the vineyard gave a mortality
of fifty per cent., and the spores were simply mixed with water
and sprayed upon the vines. This pitting of nature against
itself opens up a wide field for the destruction of injurious
insects, as well as of other pests.

Even the element of romance is not wanting in connection with
some of these forms, giving rise to wonderful tales of the trans-
formation of plants into insects, and vice versa. The famous
Chinese plant-worm Cordyceps sinensis. Berk.) is mentioned by Dr.
Pereira in his Materia Medica* as " summer plant, winter woim,"
and is reputed to possess wonderful medical properties. The
whole subject is teeming with interest, and well deserves atten-
tion from the biological point of view.

» Materia Medica, vol. ii., 61 (4tli eil.), 1853.

TJie Entoniogenous Fungi of Victoria. 161

Species Recorded for Victoria.

At present there are not many species of Entoniogenous Fungi
recorded as belonging to Australia. There are eleven species
belonging to six genera altogether, and of these six species are
found in Victoria, classified as follows : —

Group — Pyrenomycetes.

Order — Hypocreace?e.

1. Cordyceps entomorrhiza, Fries. — Larvfe of insects ( Lepi-
doptera).

1a. Cordyceps entomorrhiza, var. Menesteridis, Berk, and
Muell. — Larva of Afenesteris laticollis.

2. Cordyceps Gunnii, Berk. — Larva of some Cossiis ov Hepialus.

3. Cordyceps Taylori, Sacc.—\j?^'c\^ of insects.

Group — Phycomycetes.
Order — Entomophthoracepe.

4. Empusa Muscae, Cohn. — Bodies of dead liouse-flies (Miisca-
dojnestica) and other dipterous insects.

Group — Hyphomycetes.
Order — Stilbeacete.

5. Stilbum Formicarum, Cooke and jNIass. — Dead ant»
(Formica).

6. Isaria Cicadae, Miq. — Cicada.

In addition to the one described in this paper, several are
awaiting determination, and very probably the number will be
considei'ably added to when careful search is made for them.

Literature and References.

The literature referring to the preceding species is rather
scanty, and may be given in its entirety : —

1. Berkeley (M. J.) — "On some Entomogenous ^Sphferia^" Hook,

Lond. Journ. Bot. II., 1843.

Cordyceps Taylori is described and figured.

2. Berkeley (M. J.) — "On some Entomogenous Sphserife." Hook,

Lond. Jour. Bot. VII., 563, 1848.
C. Gunnii noted.

3. Berkeley (M. J.) — " On some Entomogenous Sphferise." Jour.

Linn. Soc. I., 1856.

Cordyceps Gunnii and C. Taylori mentioned.

162 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

4. Berkeley (M. J.)—" Gardener's Chronicle." 791, 1878.

Description of Cordyceps Meuesteridis.

5. Cooke (M. C.)— "Australian Fungi." Grev. XVIII., 8, 1889.

Description of StiUnuji Forinicarinn.

6. Cooke (M. C.) — "Handbook of Australian Fungi." Loudon,

1892.

Contains a teclinical description of all the Victorian
species, with the exception of Cordyceps Taylori.

7. Cooke (M. C.)—" Vegetable Wasps and Plant Worms."

S.P.C.K., London, 1892,

This is a popular account of fungi parasitic upon
insects, and may be taken as a record of all
known up to date.

8. Saccardo (P. A.) — " Sylloge Fungorum," I.-X. vols. Padua,

1882-92.

Contain description of all known fungi, including those
of Australia.

9. Tisdall (H. T.)— "A Curious Fungus." Vict. Nat. VL,

1889.

Species of Cordyceps growing from an ant (Formica
corisobriiia) and found by INIr. C. French, F.L.S.

10. Tisdall (H. T.)— "On a species of Isariar Vict. Nat. X.,

1893.

Found on a cocoon supposed to be that of the moth,
Darala ocellata.

Notes on Life History of Insect.

Oncoptera intricata, Walker.

1. Ova.

Ovie, taken from ovary, smooth, yellowish-brown, oval,
about 'G nun. diameter.

2. Larva.

Length, 5^ cm.

Head, black and polished.

Thoracic segments, black and hairless. First segment, a
plain indurated collar. Second and third, plated with
conspicuous, polished, cliitinous prominences, arranged
transversely.

The EntojHogenous Fungi of Victoria. 163

Abdominal segments, nearly hairless, greenish-black with
the exception of the tenth or terminal segment, which
is distinctly black and polished.

The first and second are encircled by eighteen small
rounded chitinous studs ; the third, fourth, fifth, and
sixth segments have each twelve ; the seventh and
eighth have sixteen ; and the ninth has fourteen
similar studs.
Habits.

The larva appears to be strictly nocturnal in its haliits,
and is usually found in low-lying country.

During the day time it hides in a little tunnel-like nest,
made amongst the roots of a grass tussock. In con-
nection with the nest the insect bores a vertical shaft,
some six or eight inches deep, down which it retreats
when alarmed.

Prior to its pupation, which takes place in July or August,
the larva makes a vertical addition to its shaft,
extending it upwards for an inch or two above the
surface of the ground.

Specimens of these extensions are on the table, and may
be seen to consist of a silk tube, 8 mm. in diameter,
strengthened by an outer covering of grass, varying
considerably, both in quantity of material, and mode
of construction.
Pupa.

Red-brown, thorax and wing-cases darker, 25 x 6 mm.,
cylindrical, terminating abruptly.

When touched it shows great irritation and wriggles
violently.

Ventral side of abdomen furnished with about thirty
bristles, 3 mm. long, arranged nearly at right angles
to the body, in three longitudinal lines, one median
and two lateral.

The eighth segment projects slightly on the ventral side,
bearing a hardened plate, set downwards at an angle
of 45° witli the body.

This organ, with the bristles on the ventral, and the
adminicular on the dorsal surfaces, are probably of

164 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

use to the pupa in working its way from its under-
ground reti'eat to the surface when about to emerge.
4. Imago.

Oncoptera intricata, Walk. (Oncopera ititricata, Walk).
Bomby ces, 1 5 .5 9 .

Hepialus fasciculatus, ib. Char. Und. Lep. (1869).

Oncoptera intricata, Meyr. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1124
(1889).
Mr. Meyrick gives the following description of the insect : —

"Male, 31-41 mm.; Female, 48 mm.

" Head, antenna?, thorax and abdomen, fuscous or ochreous
"fuscous.

" Forewings sub-oblong, posteriorly somewhat dilated,
" costa slightly arched, apex rounded, hindmargin
"rounded obliquely, continuously with inner margin
" ochreous, ochreous brown, slaty-grey, or dark fuscous ;
" generally more or less distinctly marbled with
" irregular paler or whitish markings, including
"rounded darker spots, sometimes marked with
" blackish, but these markings are sometimes wholly
" confused or obsolete ; a pale oblique mark from
"inner margin near base, margined on each side with
" blackish, is generally conspicuous, but sometimes
" obsolete ; cilia with basal half ochreous brown,
" terminal half white, shai'ply barred with dark
" fuscous.

" Hindwings rather dai'k fuscous ; costa in male suffused
" with whitish ochreous or yellow ochreous, cilia as in
" forewings.

" A very variable moth, but the basal mark is a good
" characteristic.

" Posterior tibia? in the male have long curved tufts of

" hair, rising from above near base, and lying along

" abdomen."

The perfect insect appears from tlie middle of September to

the end of October, flying rapidly over the grass during the

evening.

Tlie EntoJiiogeiious Fungi of Victoria. 165

Systematic Description of Fungus.

ISARIA OnCOPTER.E, McAlp. (U.S.).

This fungus attacks the larvte of Oncoptei'a intricata, Walk.
About twenty specimens were found near Melbourne, between
August and October, inside the grassy tubes made l)y the larvie,
and in every case either on a level with the surface, or above it.
All the infected larv?e observed were nearly full grown and dead,
but in no instance were they found dead below the surface of the
ground, although many tubes were examined, the larvae being
always alive and apparently healthy when found below the
surface. The earliest stage at which the fungus was apparent
was when it had killed the grub and filled its body with a mass
of soft pithy mycelium of a pale yellowish colour, and covered the
outside with a layer of ochrey down, consisting of hyphse, and
having no spores visible. In a day or two, when the specimen
was kept in a moist atmosphere, little white processes burst
through the skin, irregularly all over the body, increasing rapidly
in length, and becoming purplish-pink, except at the apex whicli
remained white. These processes — the stromfe — have a tendency
to grow upwards, irrespective of the position of the dead larva.
As many as fourteen stromta grew from one specimen, but the
average number is less. No sjDores could be found while the pro-
cesses were at all purple in colour, but when full-grown, they tui'n
brown, and then spores are easily discernible at and near the apex.

Isaria belongs to the group Hyphomycetes ; but the species,
parasitic on insects, ai'e mostly conidial conditions of species of
Cordyceps.

Cordyceps belongs to the Pyrenomycetes, and is generally
regarded as including the conidial states, described under the
form-genus of Isaria ; but until the ascigerous stage is actually
found, we prefer not to class theni under that genus.

Isaria Oncopter^, McAlp. (n.sp.).

Growing from various parts of the body, dirty brown root
colour, averaging | to li inches high.

Stem branched^ velvty, slender, tips of branches fertile.
Conidia spindle-shaped to oval, hyaline, 12 ^. x 6 /x. borne on tips
of hyphse at right angles to the stroma.

On dead larvaj of Oncoptera intricaia.

Art. XIV. — A nezu A.iistralian Stone-viaking Fmigiis.
Laccocephalum basilapiloides, McAlp. and Tepp.

(Plate X.).
By D. McAlpine aud J. G. 0. Tepper, F.L.S.

[Eead 12th July, 180-i.

This species of fungus belonging to the Polyporacece does not
appear referable to any of the known genera of that order. It
differs from Boletus in the tubes of the hymenophore not being
separable from the sporophore and from Strobilomyees in the pileus
not being scaly ; from central-stemmed species of Polyporiis in the
promiscuously and peculiai'ly pitted pileus, as well as in being
always hard and woody, and from Pol)>^tictus by the absence of
zones on the pileus. It is peculiar in forming large stony nodules
at its base.

Genus Laccocephalum, McAlp.

Sporophore pileate, pitted, stem central ; hymenophore infei'ior,
consisting of closely-packed, parallel, cylindrical tubes, distinctly
differentiated, but not separable, from sporophore ; openings of
tubes sub-rotund or oval ; hymenium lining the cavities of the
tubes, spores large, spherical, coloured.

This genus differs from Polyporus^ to whicli it seems most
nearly allied, in l:)eing hard and woody from the first, in the
peculiarly pitted pileus and in the character of the spores.
Name from the characteristic pitted surface of the pileus — Xukkos,
a pit and Kcc^aAr;, tlie head.

Laccocephalum basilapiloides, McAlp. and Tepp.

Solitary. Pileus woody, irregularly concave in the middle,
remainder convex (concavo-convex), 3^ - 3f in. in dia., about
I in. in thickest part, brownish fawn, surface pitted, pits in the
middle relatively small, conical, iri-egularly scattered, surrounding

A neiv Australian Stone-making Fungns. 167

rows much larger, ovate to elliptical, deepest on the inner end ;
circumference sub-circular, broad marginal zone smooth, undulate,
not pitted promiscuously or sometimes in some parts irregularly;
ridges of pits and margin of pileus cofFee-colour, the latter deeper
in colour because thicker ; inner substance of pileus thick,
wliitish, unchangeable. Hymenophore greyish-fawn to reddish-
brown, solid, continuous with stem ; tubes adnate, averaging one
line in depth, slightly contracting towards opening ; pores
moderately large, crowded, unequal, sub-rotund to oval ; spores
spherical, orange-yellow, echinulate, 44-50 in. in dia. ; spines
conical, acute, 3 in. long. Stem compressed oval, ^ x f in. in dia.;

piutuuerances, ana snows m tne ngurecl specimen also fragments
of roots and the vestiges of an ant tunnel. The underside is
only slightly convex, the abraided surface allowing the threads of
the profuse mycelium to be detected ; it appears similarly to other
specimens, to be much less impregnated internally by ferruginous
matter than externally. The figured specimen described above
was obtained through Mr. A. Molineux, RL.S. (Secretary of the
S. A. Agricultural Bureau), from the south-eastern border of
S. Australia, and reported as having been found in typical mallee
scrub. The mycelium forms the large permanent stony base, and
apparently induces the oxide of iron contained in the soil to bind
the mass (from the surface inwardly into a solid nodule. Such
stony nodules have been brought to the notice of one of us
(Mr. Tepper) on various occasions, by persons meeting them in
clearing arenaceous mallee lands. One of an almost regularly
oval-shape was obtained near Ardrossan, in Yorke's Peninsula,

Art. XIV. — A iieiv Australian Stone-7iiakmg Fungus.
Laccocephalum basilapiloides, McAlp. and Tepp.

(Plate X.).
By D. McAlpine and J. G. 0. Tepper, F.L.S.

[Eead 12th July, 1S94.

ERRATA.

On page 167, in the tenth line from the top, for 44-50 in. read 44-50 yu-,
and, in the eleventh line from the top, for 3 in. read 3//..

On page 168, in the seventh line from the top, for Herotes read Xerotes.

consisting of closely-packed, pai-allel, cylindrical tubes, distinctly
differentiated, but not separable, from sporophore ; openings of
tubes sub-rotund or oval ; hymenium lining the cavities of the
tubes, spoi'es large, spherical, coloured.

This genus differs from Folyporus, to which it seems most
nearly allied, in being hard and woody from the first, in the
peculiarly pitted pileus and in the character of the spores.
Name from the characteristic pitted surface of the pileus — A.aKKos,
a pit and Ke^aAr;, the head.

Laccocephalum basilapiloides, McAlp. and Tepp.

Solitary. Pileus woody, irregularly concave in the middle,
remainder convex (concavo-convex), 3J - 3| in. in dia., about
^ in. in thickest part, brownish fawn, surface pitted, pits in the
middle relatively small, conical, irregularly scattered, surrounding

A nezv Australian Stone-viaking Fungus. 167

rows much larger, ovate to elliptical, deepest on the inner end ;
circumference sub-circular, broad marginal zone smooth, undulate,
not pitted promiscuously or sometimes in some parts irregularly;
ridges of pits and margin of pileus cotlee-colour, the latter deeper
in colour because thicker ; inner substance of pileus thick,
whitish, unchangeable. Hymenophoi'e greyish-fawn to reddish-
brown, solid, continuous with stem ; tubes adnate, averaging one
line in depth, slightly contracting towards opening; pores
moderately large, crowded, unequal, sub-rotund to oval ; spores
spherical, orange-yellow, echinulate, 44-50 in. in dia. ; spines
conical, acute, 3 in. long. Htem compres.sed oval, },- x |^ in. in dia.;
length from basal collar to hymenophore scarcely exceeding an
inch, dirty fawn colour, spongy, tibrous striate, hardened like
pileus, rising abruptly from an irregular, cushion-like collar of
solid whitish mycelium, crowning a large, irregularly sub-conical
basal part 3 in. in height ; base sub-oval, 3| x 4 in. in dia.

The specific name has reference to this basal stone-like portion.
This basal portion resembles a concretion of ferruginous sand-
stone in appearance and almost in density (the weight of the
whole, fungus and all, 13| oz.) being apparently composed of the
firmly agglutinated grains of the sandy soil in whicli it was
formed, and thus fixed by the mycelium.

The upper surfaoe is studded in many places l:)y pappilate
protuberances, and shows in the figured specimen also fragments
of roots and the vestiges of an ant tunnel. The underside is
only slightly convex, the abraided surface allowing the threads of
the profuse mycelium to be detected ; it appears similarly to other
specimens, to be inuch less impregnated internally by ferruginous
matter than externally. The figured specimen, described above
was obtained through Mr. A. Molineux, P.L.S. (Secretary of the
8. A. Agricultural Bureau), from the south-eastern border of
S. Australia, and reported as having been found in typical mallee
scrub. The mycelium forms the large permanent stony base, and
apparently induces the oxide of iron contained in the soil to bind
the mass (from the surface inwardly into a solid nodule. Such
stony nodules liave been brought to the notice of one of us
(Mr. Tepper) on various occasions, by persons meeting them in
clearing arenaceous mallee lands. One of an almost regularly
oval-shape was obtained near Ardrossan, in Yorke's Peninsula,

168 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

some twelve years ago, and subsequently exhibited at a meeting
of the Royal Society, S.A. Two other nodules in his possession
almost perfectly resemble tubers of potatoes, and were sent l)y
Mr. J. G. Neuman, from Murray Bridge, in 1890, with the
information that similar specimens of various sizes were often
met with among the roots of tufts of sedges, etc., such as
Lepidosperma, Herotes and Cladium in sandy soil. Both the
latter are muddy-brown outside, and sandy-grey internally, quite
hard and stony, but not as heavy as real sandstone. It will be
noted that the upper end shows plainly the area of attachment
of the stem and collar. These stone-like nodules have not been
hitherto associated with fungi. The well-known Fungus stone
(Pietra Punghaia), which is used in Italy for the propagation of
Polyporus tuberaster, is simply a ball of earth or sort of tufa
matted together by mycelium, the dense masses of which have
the property of compactly binding together the loose particles of
earth. A Queensland Polyporus (P. iiimulosiis, Cooke), has also a
somewhat similar property. " On the hard stony ridges about
Brisbane, when trenching the land large masses of mycelium are
often met with. Some of the masses would weigh over a hundred-
weight. From its consistency one might fancy that a quantity
of dough had been buried."* Like other Australian mysteries,
such as that of the so-called Native Bread, the origin of the stony
nodules is now solved by means of the described and figured
specimen, and the geologist of the future may yet have to turn
to fungi for an explanation of some of the puzzling concretionary
forms occasionally met with.

« Cooke Grevillea, svii., p. 55, 1880.

R S.Vu-rijrii f-w.v/ ia9l

^urtguj in Milifc Counlry
b^if cf 6Unj furdnfis Jnd itrvclwr culwjirdly ttpbdrcnth formtd by tfie rrryetlu
ai^qlutmafin^ nvmercui f^rlicki of Sand

Top vitvf of Pt/eus. /Jilted

Undfr V,tw of Pileu

R Wendtl hth I'^elb

Art. XV. — Cremation and Burial in relation to Death
Certification.

By H. K. RusDEN.

[Eead 9tli August, 189i.J

It has l)een alleged that the success of an occasional exhuma-
tion and autopsy '\\\ the detection of poisoning, constitutes an
argument against cremation, and I consider it important that the
fallacy of that statement should be thoroughly exposed. Such
cases, otherwise, have the unfortunate effect of producing an
impression that ^vhile such resources exist, there is ample security
against poisoning, which is very far from heing the case ; and
that impression operates simply as a delusion and a snare. For
it is entirely overlooked that such expedients are but clumsy and
inadequate attempts to atone for previous neglect. When
delayed for but a limited period they fail to detect all but prac-
tically three metallic poisons — ai-senic, antimony, and mercury ;
as the numerous vegetable poisons soon disappear ; and, in any
case, a deferred autopsy is a disgusting and defective resource.
No one but an utterly ignorant person would use arsenic, as it is
known to remain for years. But prevention is always far better
than cure, and a sufficient examination should always be made
before decomposition and burial. Not only would the majority of
poisons disappear by delay, but it is obviously quite possible that
the body itself might be removed after burial, and exan>ination be
so prevented.

Cremation as practised in Europe, and proposed here, involves
far less risk of impunity for poisoners, than exists under the
present system of burial. At Milan, for instance, the parents of
a deceased child had obtained all the certificates required for its
burial, before it occurred to them to have it cremated. The
stricter examinations, however, required for cremation, demon-
strated the fact that the child had been poisoned, accidentally, by
sweetmeats containing copper. This significant fact not only
proved the superiority of the checks used in cremation, Ijut it

M

1 70 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

also forcibly illustrates the statement made by Judge Williams,
on the 30th November, 1S93, in the Melbourne Athememn,
that '■'■ scores of people are poisoned and laid in the ^^roiiiid, and the
crimes are never detect edi'' The same opinion is held )>y many
persons, whose opportunities for judging are above the average.
The evidence given last year before the committee appointed Ijy
the House of Commons, to enquire into the lax system of death
certification, directly corroborates the judge's statement, as any
one may see in the British Medical Jour na. for April, ISIay and
June, 1893. It was proved that medical certificates of the cause
of death were connntmly given for 2s. 6d. each, upon the state-
ment of an alleged witness of the death, but without the certifier
seeing the corpse ; and, that the supposed deceased was alive and
well, though the insurance upon his or lier life had been paid 1 It
was also stated that some practitioners used printed forms of
their own, coloured and printed in simulation of the death
certificate forms issued gi-atuitously hy the Registrar-General,
Ijut omitting the clause stating that the certifier had attended
the deceased in his last illness ! The consequent frauds upon
Insurance Companies were neither few nor infrequent. From
fifteen to twenty thousand pei'sons are buried yeai'ly in England
without any medical certificate or enquiry.

In Victoria, a confiding puljlic believes that a medical certifi-
cate of the cause of death is given in every case, and that the
resulting security to human life is ample, notwithstanding Judge
Williams' startling statement. But it is a fact, however
incredible it may seem, that there is here no statiitorv provision
for such a certificate at all ; and, although, death certificates ai e
received by Registrars (for merely statistical purposes only), yet,
for the security of human life, they are woi'thless I When there
is a medical attendant, the certificate is generally signed by him :
when there is no medical attendant, the certificate is accepted
from any person attending or present at the death, or the
occupier of the liouse in which it occun-ed, or a clergyman. But
it is entirely overlooked when accepting (as indispensable for
.statistical purposes) the certificate of the medical attendant, that
as his conduct in that capacity is always liable to be called in
tjuestion, his own guarantee of it can be wortli no more than that
of any accountant of the correctness of his own accounts, when.

Cremation and Burial. 171

c illed in question ; that is — nil ! It is absolutely worthless for
all practical purposes ; yet a medical attendant's certificate is, as
•A rule, accepted — alone — as the best possible !

Ordinary medical certificates of the cause of death are worth-
loss, on the ground also of indefiniteness. Of what worth in such
a document (for any purpose) is such a word — for instance — as
"enteritis," which is commonly used, and wliicli would cover — I
learn from an expert — ninety-nine cases in a hundred of poisoning,
accidental or deliberate ! For these reasons the present system
simjDly offers a premium to murder.

It may be asked — Is it really necessary to liave an expensive
autopsy in every case of death ? By no means. Sir H. Thompson,
ill his " Modern Cremation," has carefully estimated the per-
centage of cases in which there is room for doubt as to the cause
of death — at one in a hundred. One autopsy in every hundred
cases would not be too much to pay for, for the security all lound,
attained ; and would in any case be trifling, compared to one
exhumation and more difticult autopsy afterwards.

But the common ignorant objection to an autopsy, arises liere
for consideration. An antipathy, if harmless, may be defensible.
But society has only itself to rely upon ; and has an admitted
interest, right, and duty, in claiming an autopsy for the general
security against poison, etc., for the protection of human life; and
what is more — in suspecting an objector of having a motive whicli
itself should constitute an ample ground for insisting upon an
autopsy. Such a suspicion should at once over-rule the objection
of any person, if it failed to prevent him from making it.

Few people are pi'epared to believe how absolutely unprotected
we are against murder ; but Judge Williams' statement is no
exaggeration. There is at present no guarantee that any one of
us may not be poisoned and buried next week, without any
enquiry whatever ; provided that a registered practitioner, drunk
or sober, wise or foolish, give a true but vague certificate of the
cause of death — as " enteritis," after poisoning a patient — acci-
dentally or deliberately ! People forget that by insuring their
lives, or making their wills, they give to others a direct interest in
their deaths.^ and that there are plenty of unsuspected unscrupulous
persons going about, to take advantage of the facilities afforded.
Any invalid or feeble person is absolutely at their mercy, or

m2

172 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

I'ather in their power. He can at present best protect himself by
oarefully providing for a particular examination of his corpse
before burial, even if he suspect nothing. Let those concerned
look to it.

The dismissal on Black Wednesday, in 1S78, of all the country
coroners, who have never been replaced, must have materially
increased these risks to the provincial pouplation.

The precautions which Cremationists recommend, and for their
own protection, take, make cremation far safer now than burial,
as I think I have shown ; for burial, under the present lax and
absurd system, offers — I repeat, a premium to murder; and if
the apathy of the people may be excused by ignorance or thought-
lessness, the neglect of those to whom they entrust such matters
seems the more culpable.

The Cremation Committee of the Royal Society of Victoria
strongly recommended that no system (of disposing of the dead)
be tolerated, which does not provide amply strict examinations to
obviate the possibility of such facts passing undetected.

Art. XVI. — An Ai tempt to Estimate the Population of
Melbourne at the present time.

By James Jamieson, M.D.

[Eead 13tli September, 1894.]

In a new country like Victoria ch;inges in the population are
rapid, not merely in the total number, but also in respect of its
constitution as regards age and sex. It is unfortunate that the
census is taken only at such long intervals as ten years, since
changes, which can hardly be estimated correctly, may have
taken place long before that period has elapsed. The Govern-
ment Statist, making the best use of data at his disposal,
publishes monthly statements of the vital statistics of Melbourne
and suburbs, and quartei-ly estimates of the population of the
whole colony. But, as he adnnts, his estimates are only probabil-
ities; because, though the number of births and deaths is matter
of actual record, and must be almost exact, the arrivals and
departures, by sea and across the border, cannot be known with
like exactness. At one time, therefore, the increase of population
may easily be gi-eater, and at another less than is supposed.
And if the totals for the whole colony are thus rather uncertain,
still more must there be liability to doubt about changes in the
distribution of the population in particular localities, unless some
careful local census is taken at short intervals. It is obvious to
anyone who travels about the city and its suburbs that there has
been a large reduction in the population of Melbourne during the
last two years at least. Mr. Hayter's calculation is that while,
at the census in Api-il, 1891, the number was 490,896, it had
fallen, on 31st December-, 189-3, to 444,832, a decrease of no
fewer than 46,064 persons in two and three-quarter years. In
arriving at his estimate for the later date, Mr. Hayter has to
depend on figures supplied by the municipal authorities in the
various districts. These figures again are not arrived at on any
uniform system. In some there is an actual rough census, taken
Ijy the officials when making valuations or collecting rates ; and
in others the calculation is based on the number of premises,
known or assumed to be unoccupied, allowance being made for the
average number of persons to each house, as ascertained at the

174 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

last census. These returns fi'om the municipalities date back to
about September last, the figures being adjusted in the Govern-
n)ent Statist's office, and brought up to the end of the year.

That the figures thus obtained are liable to considerable uncer-
tainty must, I think, be admitted. It may be interesting, there-
fore, at a time when the country is taking stock of its resources,
to test the correctness of these estimates by an altogether
independent method.

Tlie birth rate in any community is a tolerably fixed quantity.
Taking the three years, 1890-92, as an example, it appears that
in Victoria the birth rate averaged 33-24 per 1000, with extremes
of 33 '60, and 32 "54. The rate does vary, of coyrse, but only to
a slight extent within any short period. The probability, there-
fore, is, that if the rate seems to vary greatly, within a very short
period, there is some error in the figures used, the most likely
source of error being in the population figure, the number of
births, being matter of almost exact record. It is this test of the
birth rate, or, rather, the variation in the births recorded, which
I propose to apply for arriving at an estimate of the population
of Melboui'ne in the present year. For this purpose I will take
the first half of several successive years for com[)arison.

Tablk 1.

Showing the Number of Births Eegistered in Melboiiruo aud Suburls

for 1890-94.

iSgo.

iSgi.

1892.

1893-

1894.

January

1251

1316

1429

1288

1123

February

1480

1250

1443

1227

1057

March -

1540

1338

1649

1353

1259

April -

1478

IGkS

1297

1273

1123

May -

1612

1(541

16.') 7

1369

1251

Junes -

1675

1628

147U

1411
7921

1142

8957

8830

8945

6955

Attempt to Estimate the Population of Melbourne. 175

The census population, at oth April, 1891, can be taken as pro-
viding a correct birth rate for the first half of tliat year, viz.,
17'987 per 1000. Taking that rate as a standard, and applying ifc
to 1894, we can pr-oceed to calculate back to the population which
would provide the number of births recorded, viz., 6955. The
figure of population thus brought out is 386,668. It is of course
a mere assumption that the birth rate of 1894 was the same as
that of 1891, and it cannot be claimed for these figures, therefore,
that they aie free from error. The question remains then
whether their correctness can be submitted to test.

The death rate is, on the whole, a more vailable quantity, front
year to yeai-, than that of births, and if it cannot therefore be so
safely used for purposes of comparison, it may still be applie 1 as
a check in a similar way.

Table II.

Showin^Lj the nuiiiber of Deaths Eegistered in Melbourne and Siiburli

for 1890-94.

iSgo.

i8gi.

1892.

1893.

1894.

January

998

874

776

.702

718

February

878

733

698

665

599

March -

995

792

862

696

623

April -

97;^

749

645

632

530

May - -

797

654 ,

607

518

537

June -

651

649

614

631

493

5294

4151

4202

3844

3500

Taking again the year 1891, as that for which we have exact
figures, it appears that the death rate for the first half of th;ib
year was 9"06 per 1000. And using that rate as our basis it
results, that the population needed to produce the number of
deaths in the first half of 1894, viz., 3500, was 386,313. As thi:s
figure is almost identical with that arrived at on the basis of the

1 7G Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

liirth rate, it is fair to assume that the actual population in the
lirst half of the present year, approached nearly to that which has
now been calculated out.

It might be supposed that it would have been a safer pi'ocedure
to take the three years, 1890-92, as the basis of calculation as
supplying greater probability of a fair average. I do not tliink,
however, that this is actually the case. It would be necessary to
assume that the population of 1891 was the proper average of the
thi'ee years, and almost certainly this was not the case. For
tliough the population doubtless increased from 1890 to 1891,
there can be as little doubt that, instead of increasing further, it
liad already began to fall otf in 1892. This would introduce an
element of error into any calculation of either birth or death rate
for the three years. And, in the case of the death rate, there
would be another source of error, in the fact that 1890 was a
year with an exceptionally high mortality, as a glance at the
figures in Table II. sufficiently shows.

But though the concurrence of results, on tlie two modes of
reckoning, is remarkable, it must be recognised that with each of
them there is liability to fallacy. In times of sevei'e depression
it is quite to be expected that there should be some lowering of
the birth rate, not of course very quickly produced, and mainly
by the previous production of a lowered marriage rate. There
has, in fact, been a large reduction in the number of marriages in
Melbourne recently, from 5172, in 1890, to 4872, in 1891 ; 4135
in 1892; and 3635 in 1893. This reduction in the marriages
doubtless came to affect, in some degree, the number of births,
though a reduction of about 500 marriages annually does not go
very far to account for an annual diminution of births of about
2000 in 1893 as compared with 1892; and of as many more, to
all appearance, in 1894.

As was already said, there is even greater liability to fallacy
in using the death rate as a Ijasis of calculation. And it has to
be admitted that the public health was, on the whole, better in
the first half of the present year than in tlie earlier years of the
decade. It has been remarked in England that times of trade
<lepression ai"e commonly enough associated with a low rate of
mortality. In fact, depression in England or in Australia is
hardly such as to be a cause of disease or death to appreciable

Attempt to Estimate the Population of j\Ielboiirne. 177

extent, as it shows itself to be in countries such as India, where
depression becomes actual famine. It is doubtful, indeed,
whether depression, such as we suffer from, has any very direct
influence on the public health. It is chiefly the degree of preva-
lence of epidemic diseases which causes variations of the death
rate, and some of these were more largely prevalent in 1890-92
than in the present year. A mere reduction of the number of
births, too, has a distinct eftect in lessening the death rate, the
)nortality among young infants being eight or nine times greater
than it is among the population as a whole. I do not wish to
load this paper with figures not strictly relevant to the main
issue, and will therefore content myself with these hints, and
admit that the death rate probably was lower in the flrst half of
1894, than in 1891. That calculations, based on the number of
deaths in that year are thus to some extent vitiated, may also be
admitted. But that the population of Melbourne has been
largely reduced in the present year, in addition to any previous
losses cannot be doubted. To get as small a number of births
and deaths as are now recorded we have to go back to 188G,
when the population, according to Mr. Haytei''s estimate,
amounted only to 371,630. It does not, therefore, seem to be
;iu extravagant statenient, that the population of Melbourne and
suburbs, at the present time, cannot greatly exceed the 386,000,
which has, by calculation, been ai'rived at.

But many persons will be found to say that a lessening of
population in the metropolis is not a thing to be greatly lamented,
if there has been a mere transfer to other parts of the colony.
A comparison of the births and deaths in the flist half of succes-
sive years, in Melbourne and suburbs on the one hand, and in all
the rest of the colony on the other, will help to show whether or
not this has been the case.

1 78 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Tablk TII.

Shuwiiiij; Births and Deaths in first half of years 1890-94 in Melbourne
and rest of Colony separately, and in Victoria as a whole.

BIETHS.

1890.

1891.

1892.

8,945
9,856

1893.

1894.

Melbourne
Rest of Colony

8,957
9,609

8,830
9,771

18.601

7,921
10,386

6,955
9,987

All Victoria -

18,5GG

18,801

18,307

16,942

DEATHS.

1890.

1891.

1892.

1893-

1894.

Melbourne

Eest of Colony

5,294
4,936

4,451
4,191

8.642

4,202
4,533

3.844
4,316

3,500
4,493

All Victoria -

10,230

8,735

8,160

7,993 ■

Certainly these figures show tliat there has been a marked
difference of conditions prevailing in the metropolitan and extra-
metropolitan portions of the colony. We are entitled to infer
that there has been, at least, no loss of population in the latter
portion, since 1^91. And if there actually has Ijeen a lower than
average birth and death rate in the one portion, the same has
doul)tless been true of the othei'. In that case, what looks like
fixity of population may really indicate some increase. According
to Mr. Hayter's estimate, the population of extra-metropolitan
Victoria, on 31st December, 1893, was 729,171 ; while it was
only 6-19,o09 at the census in April, 1891. It would be a
satisfaction to be able to believe that theie was an increase of
almost 80,000 pers-ons in the two and three-cpiarter years; but, in

Attempt to Estimate the Population of Melbourne. 171)

the face of the figures given in Table III., it is hardly possible to
accept the estimate as a correct one. The explanation, doubtless,
is that the unrecorded departures have been considerably more
numerous than the official figures show. Considering the trials
which Victoria has lately undergone, it is fair matter of congrat-
ulation, if her population, at the present time, is not less than it
was in 1891.

Art. XVII. — TJie Older Tertiaries of Maude ^ zuith an
Indication of the Sequence of the Eocene Rocks of
Victoria.

By T. Sergeant Hall, 31. A. (Assistant Lecturer and Demon-
strator in Biology in Melbourne University),

and

G. B. PkITCHAHD (Lecturer in Geology, Workingmon's College,

Melbourne) .

[Eead 13th September, 189-i].

The sections of the tertiary rocks displayed in the valley of the
Moorabool River, near Maude and to the northward, were early
recognised as throwing considerable light on the correlation of
beds which are separately better developed elsewhere. In 1866
Sir Alfred R. C. Selwyn reported to Parliament* on the age of
tlie Victorian gold drifts, and the report was, in the following
year, reprinted by him with reduced copies of the sections therein
contained in the Exhibition Essays, t

On the evidence there detailed, the older volcanic rocks, the
plant beds underlying them and certain non-auriferous gravels
occurring in the neighbourhood of Maude, and elsewhere in the
colony, were referred to the miocene of the survey, that is to our
eocene. Mr. C. S. Wilkinson, assisted by j\Ir. R. A. F. JNIurray,
made a minute geological survey of a part of the district, and the
quarter-sheet (19 S.W.) which includes the most important part
of the area, was published in 1865. Unfortunately the sheet of
sections and explanatory notes, which should liave accompanied
the map, has never appeared. The results of our observations on
the eocene bed at Curlewisj, rendered it advisable that an early
visit should be paid to the Claude district, and a i-ecent vacation
has afforded us the desired opportunity.

"Votes and Proieedings of the Legislative Assembly of Victori.a, 2iid Session, 18G6, vol.
t Exliibition Essays, 1866-67, pp. 21-26.
X Proc. Roy. Soc. Vic, 1893, p. 18.

The Older Tertiaries of Maude, etc. 181

The eocene rocks occupy an area of slightly elevated ground
flanking the ordovician i-ocks which extend south from Steiglitz.
To the east, south, and west, the country is covered by an
almost unbroken sheet of what is generally called the " Newer
Volcanic Rock." The surface of the exposed eocene rises slightly
above the level of the basaltic plain, and the geological boundary
is marked on the west by the valley of the Moorabool River,
and on the east by that of Sutherland's Creek, the two streams
meeting a little to the south of the area. The eocene beds
uaderlie the basaltic plains and are exposed wherever the streams
have cut through the overlying rock, which extends from Port
Phillip to beyond Hamilton in the west. The valleys of the two
streams above alluded to are very striking features in the
district. Aneroid measurements showed their depth to be about
250 feet in each case, and the Moorabool Valley averages about
a mile in width, while that of Sutherland's Creek is slightly
narrower. It is in the sections displayed along these steep sided
valleys that the geology of the district can best be studied.

The bed rock of the immediate neighbourhood is ordovician,
l)ut granite outcrops frequently between the Anakie Hills and
the Dog Rocks, near Geelong, both of which are composed of this
rock. Aided by the quarter-sheet, we examined all the marine
eocene outcrops we could tind, and a description of the more
instructive sections will make the structure of the district clearer.
On the Moorabool, a section line is indicated on the map
crossing the valley, and passing through an outcrop of limestone
underlying the older volcanic rock. This line we examined
carefully. The surface soil on the east of the valley is very sandy,
so that there is at first a very gradual descent towards the
stream. The section is approximately as follows : —
Eocene —

Sandstone passing down into limestone ? 40 feet.
Limestone ... ... ... 10 ,,

Older volcanic ... ... ... 120 ,,

Sandy limestone and conglomerate ... 30 ,,

Ordovician —

Slates and sandstones ... ... 40 ,,

240 feet.

] 82 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

The sandstone capping the hill covers the whole of the area
between the two streams, excepting in one or two places where
an outlier of newer volcanic rock overlies it, or where minor
valleys have cut through it. It gradually passes down into
limestone which is in places largely composed of polyzoa and
echini spines. The base of the limestone rests on the surface of
the ba.salt, which, though approximately level when taken as a
whole, is carved into steep and irregular depressions. The lower
part of the limestone is fall of well rounded basalt fragments,
from mere pebbles up to blocks of great size. Close to the
junction, and extending up from it for a variable distance in the
different sections, the limestone is altered to a hard pink crystal-
line rock, which is described by Professor Sir F. McCoy as in
some places " closely resembling lithographic stone."*

This lock is full of fossils, but foi' the most part they exist as
casts only. They consist of trochiform shells, haliotis, cerithium,
and such forms as to-day live on the rocky, bouldery parts of our
coasts. That the Maude fossils are littoral forms has Ijeen
pointed out by Sir Fredk. McCoy, t The talus blocks of this
hard limestone are thickly strewn over the slopes below the out-
crop, and dozens of specimens, picked up at random and broken
with the hammer, displayed, in nearly every instance, rounded
fragments of basalt embedded in the mass. In no single section
did we find any evidence of the intercalation of a thin sheet oi
basalt. We inspected every outcrop M-e could find, and they
were many, and followed the valley some distance south of the
boundary of the quarter-sheet into unmapped country, but could
find no sign of the basalt which is represented on the map as
overlying the limestone, and as being in its turn overlain by
other " miocene'"' (eocene) beds. The numerous small (]uarries foj'
limestone showed over and over again, rounded pebbles and
blocks of basalt scattered through the rock. As we go up from
the basalt we find the limestone becoming less and less altered,
till it assumes the character of the ordinary polyzoal rock, that
is a rock of which the well-known Waurn Ponds building-stone
may be taken as the lithological type. In this comparatively
unaltered rock basalt fragments occur, but are not as numerous

» rrod. Pul. Vic, Dec. III., p. 21. f Id. \\ 2 J.

TJie Older Tcrtiaries of Jllaitdc, etc. 183

as in the lower portion, and are often associated with small
quartz pebbles. In a section displayed on the roadside between
the State School and the old mill, at The Clyde, we measured one
embedded basalt block exposed, and found it ten feet long
and four feet thick. Another boulder was five feet by three
feet six inches ; and these great masses were associated with
numerous fragments of all sizes, down to small pebbles ; and all
wt'i'e well rounded. Packed in between the boulders was a
deposit of conuninuted polyzoa, broken and worn spines of
echini, fragments of l^rachiopod shells and of pectens, but per-
fect specimens of any kind were rare.

It may be that the officers of the survey felt the necessity of
accounting for the alteration of the rock to a crystalline lime-
stone by igneous action, and were led to attribute it to an
intercalated flow, taknig the large included blocks as portions of
such a sheet. The subsequently opened sections, liowever,
dispose entirely of such an interpretaticni. On the opposite side
of the river from this Clyde section, a large quarry is a con-
spicuous object on the hillside. This shows a clean face of nearly
thirty feet, and is about fifty yards in length. The limestone,
which foi'ms the greater part of the quarry floor, rests on a very
uneven l)asaltic surface, and extends about ten feet up the face.
It is distinctly less altered as we go up from the volcanic rock,
an I is capped Ijy arenaceous and calcareous beds, which reach
apparently to the top of the hill. The cause of the change in
character has, then, evidently acted from below, and is not due
to a more recent flow of basalt. What this cause may have been
is not clear to us, but we have recorded a similar alteration in
the polyzoal rock overlying the ash beds of Curlewis.* Mr. D.
Avery, M.Sc, has kindly examined the rock for us, and says
there is only a very small amount of magnesia present, so
that the changed character has not been brought about by
dolomitisation.

Wherever the limestone is unaltered it is seen to be, both
lithologically and paheontologically, the equivalent of that of
Waurn Ponds.

* Proc. Roy. Soc. Vic, 1893, p. 3.

184 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Comparative Table betweex Upper Maude Beds, axd
Waurn Ponds.

Name of Specimen.

ZOANTHABIA.

Placotrochvis elongatus, Duncan
Notocyathus australis, Duncan
Balanopliyllia australiense, Duncan -
Graphiilaria senescens, Tate -
Isis, 2 spp. . . - -

ECHINODERMATA.

Echinobrissus vincentianus, Tate
Echinobrissus australige, Diuican
Echinobrissus n. sp. ? - -

Paiadoxechinns noviis, Laube
Echinolanipas posterocrassus, Gregory
Psammecliinus Woodsii, Laube
Scutelliua patella, Tate
Schizaster abductus, Tate
? Toxobrissus sp.
Pericosmtis Nelsoni, McCoy -
Eupatagus murrayanus
Holaster australis, Duncan -
Cyclaster archeri, T. Woods -
Cidaroid plates and sjnnes

Crustacea.

? Balanus sp. - - - -

Crab remains - - - -

POLYZGA - . - - -

Palliobranchiata.

Waldheimia furcata, Tate
Waldheimia grandis, T. Woods
Waldhfiuiia insolita, T. AVoods
Waldheimia tateana, T Woods
Waldheimia corioensis, McCoy
Waldheuuia garibaldiana, Davidson
Terebratula vitreoides, T. Woods
Rhynchonella squamosa, Hiitton
Terebratulina scoulari, Tate -
Magasclla compta, G. B. Sowerby
Crania iiuadrangularis, Tate -
Terebratella n.sp. aff. pentagonalis -
Terebratella (:•') sp. nov.

Lamkllibkanchiata.

Ostrea sp. . . - -

Placunanomia ione. Gray
Dimya dissimilis, Tate
Pecten foulcheri, T. Woods -
Pecten murrayanus, Tate
Pecten polymorphoides, Zittel

Upper
Maude
Beds.

Waurn
Ponds.

X

X

-

X

-

.

X

-

X

X

-

X

-

X

X

-

tx

X

tx

X

tx

X

:x

-

x

X

-

X

-

X

-

X

-

X

X

X

X

X

X

-

Abundant | Abundant

The Older Tertiaries of Maude, etc.

185

Upper

Waurn

Kame of SpecimeiH.

Mamie
Beds.

Ponds.

Pecten yahlensis, T. Woods - - -

-

X

var. semilsevis, McCoy

Pecten subbifrons, Tate - . -

-

X

Pecten gambierensis, T. Woods

-

X

Pecten n.sp. aff., Eyrei . . -

-

X

Lima Bassii, T. Woods . - -

X

-

Limatula Jeffrey siana, Tate - - -

X

-

Liniatula erebresquamata, Tate M.S.

-

X

Spondylus pseudoradula, McCoy

X

X

Lucina n. sp. - - - - -

X

■

Gastropoda.

Triton tortirostris, Tate . - -

X

-

Triton n.sp. -

X

Volnta sp. (piilhis) - - - -

X

-

Ancillaria pseudaustralis, Tate

X

-

Drilla 3. spp. - - - - -

X

-

Conus heterospira, Tate

X

-

Cyprsea spp. (casts) - - - -

X

X

Cypraja sp. (cast of a very lai-ge species,

probably C. i(ii(ns) - . -

X

X

Natica Mooraboolensis, Tate - - -

x:

-

Thylacodes conohelix, T. Woods

X

X

Tiiylacodes n.sp. ... -

X

-

Niso psila, T. Woods - - - -

X

-

Cerithium Flemingtonensis, McCoy -

X

-

Cerithium sp. -

X

-

Triforis, sp. -

X

-

Liotia sp. aiT. Eoblini - - - -

X

-

Tinostoma n.sp. . . . -

X

-

Turbo ? n.sp. - - - - -

X

-

Opercnla of Trochoid shells -

X

-

Pleurotomaria tertiaria, McCoy

x§

-

Haliotis Mooraboolensis, McCoy

x§

-

Haliotis ovinoides, McCoj^ - - -

x§

-

Seutus anatinus, Donovan - - -

x:

-

Pisces.

Carcharodon megalodon, Agassiz.

-

X

Carcharodon angustifrons, Agassiz. -

-

X

Lamna si3. -

-

X

Oxyrhina sp. -

X

X

Palate aff. Diodon. - - - -

-

X

Mammalia.

Ziphius (Dolichodon) Geelongeusis, McCoy -

-

x§

Sqnalodon Wilkinsoni, McCoy

-

x§

Cetotolites Leggei, McCoy

-

x§

Cetotolites Nelsoni, McCoy - - -

-

x§

Cetotolites Pricei, McCoy - - -

-

x§

Note. — Those marked § have been recorded by Sir F. McCoy, and J
by Professor Ealph Tate, and those marked f have been shown us by
the Eev. A. W. Cress well, M.A., who informs iis he collected them from
the lecality indicated. n

ISG Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Summary.

Uliper
Mauile Beils.

2

\V;UU-li

Ponds.

Zoantliaria

-

•i

Ecliinodermata

-

8

11

Crustacea -

-

2

1

Palliobranchiata -

-

0

10

Lamellibranchiata

-

8

11

Gastropoda

-

2G

3

Pisces

-

1

5

Mammalia

-

—

.5

Total

-

56

50

An inspection of the list of fossils from tlie Upper Maude Beds,
and from Waurn Ponds, brings out the close relationship existing
between them. The most noticealile difterence is caused by the
presence of gastropods in the former beds, but it should be noted,
that nearly the wliole of these were obtained from the section
above mentioned, near the Clyde, on the east bank of the river,
and from a deposit overlying the polyzoal rock. This o\erlying
deposit really represents the clays occurring at the Filter
Quarries, at Batesford*, where the majority of these gastropod
species are well represented. The deposit is of a very peculiar
nature, and at first sight looks like a sandy clay full of brown
pisolitic ironstone pebbles. A closer inspection and the use of
the acid bottle, show that it is really a calcareous clay, and that
the supposed ironstone pebbles are nearly all recognisable as casts
of fossils. Some of these preserve the external form, while
others are merely internal casts. Gastropods, echinus spines and
polyzoa are all found thus preserved, and the ornamentation of
the mollusca is frequently well-shown. All the casts are highly
glazed, and of a dark brown colour. They are easily separable

« See below, p. 193.

TJie Older Tertiaries of Maude, etc. 187

from tlie matrix, and are readily crushed between the fingers.
It is then found that the ferruginous coat is very thin, and
surrounds an earthy internal part of a light fawn colour, similar to
the matrix in which the casts are embedded. We have not seen
anything comparable to this method of fossil isation, and are at a
loss for an explanation of the processes which have brought it about.

The older volcanic rock in the district is much decomposed, and
towards its upper part is full of amygdules of carbonate of lime,
while some lumps of radiating crystals of arragonite, about half-
a-pound in weight, were found on the slopes. The soil produced
from the decomposition of the liasalt is very fertile, and the
valley was formerly noted for its vineyards, which have, however,
now entirely disappeared, having been uprooted when phylloxera
was prevalent in the district some years ago.

Below the older basalt in the first section indicated, we find,
as shown on the map, another outcrop of limestone, which is very
variable in its composition. As a rule, it is arenaceous and
earthy, and is in places full of casts while actual fossils are
scarce. When they were obtained they were so encrusted with
a strongly adhering calcareous coat that while we were gathering
them we were rarely able to recognise them specifically, and were
consequently quite in the dark as to the equivalence of the beds,
especially as one of the commonest forms was a new species of
Trigonia. There can however be no doubt, as an examination of
the faunal list will show, that the limestone represents the lower
portion of the Spring Creek section. As we approach the base of
the limestone, fragments of slate and quartz make their appear-
ance, and gradually become more abundant, till at length we find
the limestone has disappeared, and a conglomerate of well-rounded
pebbles has taken its place. In the limestone and conglomerate
basalt pebbles are conspicuous by their absence, although we spent
some time in a careful search for them. This fact, together with
the considerable extent of the outcrop, its evident bedding, and the
great change in fauna, precludes the idea of its being a talus. We
did not, it is true, see the actual junction of limestone and overlying
basalt; but, unhesitatingly, agree with the interpretation of Messrs.
Selwyn, Wilkinson and Murray as regards their relationship.

This section then settles the age of the older volcanic rock.
1 1 is eocene. In a paper, read by ourselves, on 9th March of

n2

188 Proceedings of tJic Royal Society of Victoria.

last year* we stated that it would seem advisable to refer the
older volcanic rock to two distinct periods, should it be found
that it was anywhere intercalated with eocene rocks, as we
showed that it was in some cases overlain by beds which had been
referred to lower eocene. At a later datef we suggested that it
might be found advisable to remove it altogether from the
tertiary period. Messrs. Tate and Dennant, subsequently to our
lirst paper, J stated that the older volcanic rock " may ultimately
prove to be cretaceous ;" while Professor Tate, in the tabular
view of the Tertiary Strata of Australia, as given in his
Presidential Address before tlie Adelaide Meeting of the
Australasian Association, puts the older volcanic rock under the.
head of pre-eocene, while, by a strange oversight, the leaf beds
underlying it are referred to the eocene period. There is, we now
think, not sufficient evidence to suggest a subdivision of the
volcanic rock, and certainly none for considering its age anything
but eocene.

Fossils from Lower Beds at Maude.
Zoantharia.

Placotrochus elongatus, Duncan.

Notocyathus australis, Duncan.

Bathyactis discus, T. Woods.
Echinodermata.

Mai'etia anomala, Duncan.

Monostychia sp.

Fibularia gregata, Tate.

Fibularia n.sp. (?)

Scutellina patella, Tate.
Annelida.

Sei'pula sp.
Polyzoa.

Well represented.
Palliobranchiata.

Magasella conipta, G. B. Sowerby.

Terebratulina Scoulari, Tate.

Rhynchonella squamosa, Hutton.

Crania sp.

• Proc. Roy. Soc. Vic, 1893, p. 1.

+ Proc. Austr. Ass. Adv. Sci., Adelaide Meeting, p. 342.

; Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., 1893, p. 212. Read 2ud May, 1893.

TJie Older Tertiaries of Maude, etc.

Lainellibranchiata.

Ostrea sp.

Dimya dissimilis, Tate.

Pecten consobrinus, Tate, var.

Pecten Foulcheri. T. Woods.

Limoj^sis insolita, G. B. Sowerby.

Limopsis Belcheri, Adams and Reeve.

Pectunculus Cainozoicus, T. Woods.

Cuculhea Corioensis, McCoy.

Trigonia ii.sp. aff. semiunduJata.

Cardita n.sp.

Lucina leucomomorpha, Tate.

Dosinia Johnstoni, Tate.

Myadora tenuilirata, Tate.

Ciji'bula pyxidata, Tate.
Gastropoda.

Turritella eoiispicabilis, Tate.

^iatliilda trausenua, T. Woods.

Rissoina sp.

Tiaostoma sp.

Solariella sp.

Cylichna exigua, T. Woods.
Scaphopoda.

Entalis subfissura, Tate.
Pisces.

Otolitbs.

Summary.

Zoantliaria

3

Echinodermata

5

Annelida

1

Palliobranchiata ...

4

Lamellibrancliiata

14

Gastropoda

6

Scaphopoda

1

Pisces ...

1

35

190 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

In the mollusca proper of the above list there are only three
which have not hitherto been recorded from Spring Creek,
namely, one lamellibranch which is a new trigonia, the diagno-
stic characters of which will be published shortly, and two
gastropods. With regard to the representatives of the other
classes, the majority also occur at Spring Creek, or in beds
belonging to an equally low horizon in the tertiary series. This
obviously shows the close relationship existing between the
Lower Maude and Spring Creek beds. Upon stratigraphical
grounds the Lower Maude beds are evidently very low down in
the tertiary series. Our previous work in the Geelong district
had led us to suspect that this was also the case at Spring Creek.

If we look at the results to be obtained from a critical
examination of the Spring Creek fossils we have satisfactory
confirmation of the above.

Messrs. Tate and Dennant, in their correlation paper,* record
227 species of mollusca, of these we are only able to jDick out
three living species which gives a percentage of i.j. One of the
above living species, namely, Nucula Grayi^ U Orbigny \^ = Nitcula
tuniida, T. IVoods] is, however, not recognised as such by Professor
Tate This identification has been made on a careful comparison
of the living shells, dredged in Port Phillip Bay, with our fossil
species. AVe have been able to add sixty-six molluscan species
to the above referred to paper, making a total of 293, without
increasing the number of living species, so that it seems perfectly
safe for us to assert that the percentage of living species iti these
beds is one, or at most, very slightly over.

As the older basalt overlies beds of this horizon, and is over-
laid unconformably by limestones of the Waurn Ponds type, and
clays of the Lower Muddy Creek or Mornington type, the two
latter conforming to one another with a gradual change in
sediment where a junction is seen,t it will ])e of interest and
importance to examine the results of the percentage theory as
applied to the Muddy Creek beds. Messrs. Tate and Dennant,
in the paper above referred to, state: — ^" Out of a total of 725
species of all classes from the two well-marked zones at JMuddy
Creek, 511 have been definitely traced to the lower beds. Of

* Trans. Roy. Soc. S.A., 1893.

t Proc. Ilo}'. Soc. Vic, N.S., vol. iv., p. 11.

The Older Tertiaries of Maude, etc. 191

these, from six to eight still survive, and the percentage of
recent to extinct forms is thus aV)0ut one and a half." In the
list of fossils appended to Messrs. Tate and Deunant's paper,
there are only 250 mollusca from Muddy Creek, which is
obviously incomplete. Mr. Dennant, in a much earlier paper,*
refers 405 species of mollusca to the lower zone. There are at
least te)i recent species now known from these beds which gives a
percentage of nearly two and a half. It is not quite clear whether
the 511 species mentioned above is intended to indicate mollusca
only, but even if this should be the case, as is likely, we would
still have nearly two per cent, of living specie.s, which decidedly
indicates an horizon younger than the Spring Creek beds, and is
confirmatory cf the stratigraphical sequence already indicated.

The section at North Belmont shows a resemblance tf) the
Spring Creek beds in the occurence of: — -Ciicullaea Corioensis,
McCoy, Trigonia seiiiiiiudulata, McCoy, Chione Pritchardi, Tate
/n.s., and Chione cainozoica, T. JVoods, and some common forms
of echinoderms and palliobranchs, and may tentatively at least
be placed on the same horizon until more evidence is forthcoming.

According to Sir Alfred Selwyn,t the beds containing plant
remains pass under the marine tertiaries to the north of Maude,
but our stay was too short to allow us any time for examining
the evidence on this point. In the sections on Sutherland's
Creek, to the eastward of the first sections we mentioned, we
tind the ordoviciau rocks overlain by nearly 100 feet of quartzite
and sandstones. The grain of this rock is fairly tine, and we
found no trace of gravel oi- conglomerate in the beds. The
change from loose sand into fairly xoni pact sandstone, and then
into quartzite seems very irregular. At the point where the
ordovician is lost sight of as we go south, the overlying series
consists of a white or brown i-ock on which the hammer makes
but little impression, so tliat the alteration has been effectually
carried out. In some places higher up the stream the quartzite
may be traced up to the top of the deposit, whilst in others, the
upper part consists of loose .sand. It is not quite cleai- whether
the beds are the equivalents of the lower limestone of the
Moorabool Valley above described, or of the plant beds, though
the latter seems more probable.

* Trans. Roj'. Soc. S.A., 1888, p. 39. et seq.
t Exhibition Essays, 186G-G7, pp. 21, et aeij.

1 92 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

With regard to tlie occurrence of a quartzite in the tertiary
series, Professor J. W. Dawson, in speaking of one overlying the
eocene in Egypt, uses words whicli exactly apply to oui- rock.*
" The Red Mountain, near Cairo, ... is composed of a hard
brown, reddish and white sandstone ... In many parts it has
the characters of a perfect quartzite, and appears at first sight
extremely unlike a member of the tertiary series . . . The
induration of the beds seems to be local, and to be connected
with certain fumarole-like openings, which have probably been
outlets of geysers or hot siliceous springs contemporaneous with
the deposition of the sand." Perhaps the same cause has Ijeen
efficient at Maude. A somewhat similar tertiary quartzite, it
it may be mentioned, occurs at Keilor, but is higher in the series,
and is capped by newer and not by older basalt.

Overlying the quartzites of Sutherland's Creek, we have the
older volcanic rock, and over this again limestone of a similar
nature to that already described in the previous section. On the
eastern side of the valley this is in some places capped by the
newer volcanic rock. Near the most soutlierly outcrop of the
ordovician on Sutherland's Creek we found the sectiuii to i^e,
approximately, as follows : —

Newer volcanic ... ... 40 feet.

Sandy limestone ... ... ^0 ,,

Older volcanic ... ... 60 ,,

Quartzite and sandstone ... 90 ,,

Ordovician slate ... ... -^0 ,,

250

The Sequence of some of the Victorian Eocene Beds.

The recognition of the fact that the sandy limestone under-
lying the older basalt of Maude, is practically the etjuivalent of
the lower part of the Spring Creek section, and that the upper
beds at Maude are the lepresentatives of those at Waurn Ponds,
supplies a hint that is of u.se in unravelling a good deal of the
stratigraphical sequence of the eocenes, and we have gathered
together a few facts which show that we are now in a position to

# Geol. Mag., N.S., Dec. III., vol. i., 1884, p. 385.

TJie Older Tcrtiarics of Maude, etc. 193

do something towards a better understanding of the deposits.
That there are different horizons is what we should expect to
find, and though lithological and bathymetrical conditions will
constantly have to be kept in view as affording some explanation
of differences in the faunas of different localities, still to ascribe
everything to this and to "colonies," is surely asking more than is
likely to l)e granted. An examination of the published lists of
fossils from the lower beds of Muddy Creek,* Mornington,
Gellibrand, and Camperdown,t Lower Moorabool Valley (Fyans-
ford, etc.), J Belmont and Curlewis.i^ Bairnsdale,|| will show that
these beds are on much the same horizon, though the exact
relationships are not yet definitely fixed. Xo lists have been
published for Corio Bay, Altona Bay, Newport, or Mui'ghebolue,
but our knowledge of the desposits enables us to refer them to the
same series, as the number of fossils at present known to us
from these localities is as follows : —

Corio Bay ... ... 150 species.

Altona Bay ... ... 70 ,,

Newport ... ... 115 „

Murghebolu*^ ... ... 102 „

From Hhelford we have over one hundred and fifty species,
gathei-ed by ^lessrs. Donald Clark, Betheras, and Alex. Purnell,
which show that this deposit also may be i-eferred to the same
group.

We have shown that the clays at Curlewis^I overlie a polyzoal
limestone similar, lithologically, to that of Alaude, and the same
is the case at Batesfoi'd.*^ With regard to the latter place, it may
be mentioned as a further confirmation of our previous reading
of the section, that the work carried on at the " Filter Quarries "
has displayed a face showing the liu^estone capped by about ten
feet of eocene clay, rich in fossils, together with a thin clay band

* Trans. Hoy. Soc. S. Aust., 1888, pp. 40-52.

t Id., 1893, pp. 218-26.

X Proc. Roy. Soc. Vic, 1891, ))p. 18-26.

5 Id., 1893, pp. 10-13.

II Proc. Roy. Soc. Vic, 1S90, p. 67. For most of tlie=e localities see .also '• Remarks on the
Tertiaries of Australia; together witli Catalogue of Fossils" -South Australian School of
Mines and Industries, Adelaide, 1892.

IT Proc. Roy. Soc. Vic, 1893, p. 3.

■r Id., 1891, p. 11.

194 Proceedings of fhe Royal Society of Victoria.

intercalated with the upper part of the limestone. This clay is
remarkable, chiefly for the great preponderance of trochiform
shells, but otherwise resembles the section described by us on the
other side of the valley.

There is little doubt that the polyzoal limestones of Wautn
Ponds, Maude, Curlewis, and Batesford, are on the same horizon,
though slight differences in the faunas certainly exist.

At Flinders and at Airey's Inlet,* at Curlewis and at Maude,
a polyzoal rock rests on the older basalt. This in its turn, at
Maude, overlies a sandy limestone containing a fauna which is
the equivalent of that of Spring Creek. At Waurn Ponds the
limestone overlies a clay in which fossils have not as yet been
found, but which Mr. Wm. Nelson statesf to closely resemble
that of Spring Creek.

The Waurn Ponds rock can be traced almost uninterruptedly
from M'Cann's quarries, which is the best known exposure, as far
as a quarry on the south side of the Barwon River opposite the
end of Pakington Street, Geelong. The locality of this (juarry
we shall indicate by the name of North Belmont. The rock here
is a sandy limestone, and the fauna shows a stronger relationship
to that of Spring Creek on account of tlie greater number of
moUusca which it contains ; though, unfortunately, most occur
merely as casts. The dip of the beds is well pronounced being
E. 40" S. at 10° This would carry them below the Belmont
clays shown in the oft quoted well,l and Mr. J. Mulder informs
us that limestone was struck at the bottom of tlie shaft after
passing through the clay l)eds.

The polyzoal rock then appears to be antecedent to the clays
of the Lower INIuddy Creek type, and to overlie beds with a
fauna similar to that of Spring Creek.

It will be seen that we almost entirely reverse the sequence as
interpreted by Piofessor Sii- Fredk. McCoy, and adopted by the
(xeological Survey. According to this view the clays of
Morningttm, Southern Moorabool Valley (Fyansford, etc.), and

* Proc. Roj'. Soc. Vic, 1803, p. 18 ; Trans. Roy. £oc. S.A., 1893, y. 212 ; Krause, First Prog.
Hep. Oeol. Surv. Vic, 1874, f-'ection IV.

t Proc. Geol. Soc Aust., vol. i., pt. i., p. 19, 1886.

t Proc. Roy. Soc Vic, 1893, p. 16 ; and Prof. Tate, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., 1893, pp. 216,
etc.

TJie Older Tcrtiaries of Maude, etc. 195

the Gellibrand River, are the the lowest members of the tertiary
group occurring in Victoria, and are referable to the oligocene
period, while the beds at Spring Creek are divided into upper,
middle, and lower miocene. Selwyn states* that the older
volcanic rock marks the close of the miocene period. These
views are adopted by Mr. R. A. F. Murray in his work on the
Geology of Victoria.

Professor Ralph Tate and Mr. J. Dennant in their paper on
the Correlation of the Marine Tertiaries of Australia,! do not
attempt any subdivision of the eocene beds, but state that by
Professor McCoy the deposit at Mornington " is correctly placed
at the base of the tertiary series,":|: though, whether they intended
to imply that it is the oldest of our eocene beds is not clear. Of
the older basalt it is said that it may " ultimately prove to l>e
cretaceous,">; while more recently Professor Tate, as above
indicated, refers it to pre-eocene age. Below this series of rocks
we have, as shown by Selwyn,|| at any i-ate one set of leaf-beds,
namely those occurring below the older basalt. AVhether these
beds are still to be retained in the tertiary period, or are to be
referred to cretaceous times is, as we have previously shown,
still an open question. 11

SUMISIARY.

Judging by the percentage of recent species of mollusca occur-
ring in the various deposits, we should expect those of the Spring
Creek type to underlie the clays of the Lower Muddy Creek
type, and the detailed stratigraphical evidence that we have
brought forward points in the same direction. We are then,
on these grounds, justified in arranging the eocene rocks of
Victoria, in so far as they have been critically examined, in the
following order, beginning with the highest beds.

1. Clays of the I^ower Muddy Creek Type. — Occurring at
Muddv Creek, Mornington, Belmont, Curlewis, Lake

* Exhibition Essays, 1866-67, p. 29.

t Trans. Roy. Soc. SontU Australia, 18113.

X Loc. cit., p. 216.

5 Loc. cit., p. 212,

I Exhibition Essays, p. 21.

1 Aust. Ass. Adv. Science, Adelaide, 1893, p. 338.

1 96 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Connewarre (CanipbelFs Point, etc.), Southern Moorabool
Valley (Fyansford, etc.), Corio Bay, Altona Bay (bore),
Newport (shaft), Gellibrand, Campertlown (Gnotuk),
Murirheboluc, Shelf orrl, Bairnsdale (Mitchell River).

2. PoLYZOAL Limestone of the Waurn Poxds Type. — Occur-
ing at Waurn Ponds, Batesford, Maude, Curlewis,
Flinders, ? Airey's Inlet, 1 Muddy Creek.

.3. Older Volcanic Rock.

4. Clays and Limestones of Spring Creek. — Maude and
(?) North Belmont.

Art. XVIII. — 0>i a MoUuscati Genus new to, and another
forgotten from, Australia.

(Plate XI.)

B}^ C. Hedley, of the Australian Miiseum, Sydney.

(Communicated by G. B. Pritchard).
[Eead 13tli September, 1894].

The genus Lncapinella wa.s described by Pilsbry on p. 195, of
vol. xii., of the Fir.st Series of the "Manual of Conchology." He
placed in it the following species, — calloinarginata, Carpenter,
the type, from California ; cequalis, Sowerby, from the west coast
of South America ; limainla, Reeve, from the West Indies, and
doubtfully, aaikata, Reeve, of unknown habitat.

Some Australian species, though not exactly coinciding with
the definition drawn up from spirit specimens of L. callo/narginaia,
still appear to me to resemble it sufficiently to justify their
inclusion in this genus. My attention was first drawn to this
subject by an examination of specimens, the property of the
Biological Laboratory of the Mell^ourne University, dredged in
Port Phillip by Mr. Bracebridge Wilson, and kindly communicated
to me by Mr. G. B. Pritchard. While studying these I captured
alive, at low water, under stones, in Long Bay, near Sydney, a
half-grown mollusc, which, known to local collectors as Fissurella
nigrita, Sowerby, and transferred by Pilsbry to his genus Mega-
tebennus, proved at a glance to be generically the same as the
forms received from Victoria.

Introductory to the study of the dead Victorian specimens I
offer the following notes on the Long Bay animal, which I kept
alive in a bottle for some days.

LucAPiNELLA NiGUiTA, Sowerby.
(Figs. 1, 2).
Habits active. Foot and mantle rose, papilhie on foot and mantle
white, coronul processes wdiite, sole yellow, snout Ijrown, tentacles.

198 Proceedings of tJie Royal Society of Victoria.

and anal tube orange, a few papilhe along the shell Vjlack. Foot,
when extended, more than twice the length of the shell, bearing
numerous papillae of various sizes, a few along the epipodial
furrow becoming larger and tongue-shaped. Tentacles subcylin-
<lrical, tips blunt, half as long as the shell, with conspicuous eyes
placed on their outer bases. .Snout half the length of the
tentacles, slightly tapering, mobile, oral oritice longitudinal. Anal
tube sometimes exserted a short distance, surrounded by cushion-
like papillte. Mantle i-oughened externally and denticulated on
both margins by numerous small papillfe, outer margin free all
round, capable of sheltering the retracted head and falling
curtain-wise from the shell's peripheiy to the foot ; inner margin
not overlaying the shell, produced into sixteen erect, branched,
waving processes which surround the shell like a crown. Viewed
from above these coronal pi'ocesses give the whole animal the
general aspect of a sea-anemone ; this, my colleague Mr. AVaite,
has suggested to me, may be a case of protective mimicry.

LUCAPINBLLA PRITCHARDI, new specics.
(Figs. 3, 4, 5, 6, 7).

From a shell collected at Flindei's, Western Port, Victoria, by
Mr. J. H. Gatliff, I derive figures o and 6, and the following
description.

Shell oblong, twice as long as broad, parallel sided, ends ratJier
abruptly rounded, slightly pinched on either side of the perfora-
tion. When standing on a plane surface the posterior end is
suddenly and highly, the anterior gradually and slightly elevated ;
there is also a space in the middle where the edge of the shell
does not stand upon the ground. Perforation narrowly oval, a
quarter of the shell's length, its anterior end the shell's centre ;
viewed edgeways the notch is seen to be cut deepest at the
hinder end. Surface sculptured by about ninety radiating
unequal riblets, broader than their interstices, beaded where cut
across by circumferential growth lines, near the margin this
sculpture developes into imbricating scales upon the riblets.
Colour — pink, obscurely rayed by half a dozen yellow segments.
The interior is white, smooth and porcelainous, except at the
sharp edge where it is pink and crenelated by the external

Oil a Moll u scan Genus. 199

riblets ; posteriorly the edge is bordered witliiu by a heavy
callus, which gradually thins out about the middle of each
side ; the perforation is also surrounded by a callus. Length 24,
breath 12, height 5 mm.

Another and larger specimen from Aldinga Bay is 27 mm.
long, and 13 broad.

Of the spirit specimens from Port Philip represented by
figures 3 and 4 I observe that the coronal processes number 20,
the exposed portion of the tail nearly equals the shell in length,
is closely covered with simple and compound tubercles, and
deeply, transversely wrinkled ; epipodial groove indistinct, but
marked by a line of large conical papillae. From the original
of fig. 4, I extracted a radula, fig. 7, composed of a small
triangular rachidian, two sloping chisel-shaped laterals, a large
outer lateral, whose cusp is shaped like a scythe blade, and
armed with an inner tubercle, and two rows of pin sliaped uncini.

Habitat. — Flinders (Gatlift^) and Port Philip (AVilson), Victoria.
Aldinga Bay, St. Vincent's Gulf, South Australia (Pritchard).

Zy/^.— The original of Fig. 3, in tlie Biological Laboratory of
the Melbourne University.

I have much pleasure in associating this interesting animal
with the name of my friend, Mr. G. B. Pritchard.

ScYLL^A PELAGiCA, Linne.

A specimen collected by Mr. J. B. Wilson, in Port Philip, and
forwarded from the Biological Laboratory of the Melbourne
University, by Mr. Pritchard, accords with the figures and
description of this species given by Dr. Collingwood in the Trans.
Linn. Soc, Zool., Second Series, ii., pp. 137-8, pi. x., fl'. 29-33.
Much uncertainty envelopes the species assigned to ScyHcea.
Bergh writes: "Several species have been described, or at least
nained, some of which will no doubt eventually prove to belong
to one circvnnjtquatorial species." Alder and Hancock say : "The
species of this genus have been so imperfectly described that it is
not easy to decide on their specific differences." To the former
authority we owe the latest list of the species, Zoologischen
Jahrbuchern, v., pp. 59-62.

Though apparently unknown to Australian naturalists, and
omitted from all papers on Australian Mollusca, especially from

200 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Tate's Census of the Molluscfin Fauna of Australia, Trans. Roy. Soc.
S.A., XL, pp. 70-81, this genus has once before been reported from
Australian Seas. Cuvier, in the " Annales du ]\[useuiu d'histoire
naturelle" vol. vi., p. 424, states, "We may add that the com-
panions of Baudin saw it (i.e., S. pelagica) near the Terre d'Edels,
on the south-west coast of New Holland:" Terre d'Edels was a
name triven to the coast of Western Australia, between Swan
River and Shark Bay. It is described in Freycinet's "Voyage
aux Terres Australes," pp. 1-69-185.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE.

Fig. 1. — Enlarged outline sketch of L. 7iigrita alive and gliding,

viewed from the side.
Pio-. 2. — The same viewed from beneath, showing the head with-

di'awn under the mantle.
Fig. 3. — Type of L. Fritcliardi, from the side, natural size.
Pig. 4. — Another specimen of the same from above, natural size.
Fig. 5. — Shell of a third specimen of the same from above,

natural size.
Fig. 6. — Shell of a third specimen of the same from the side,

natural size.

Fig. 7. — Radula of L. Priichardi, magnified.

All figures drawn from life by the writer.

Proc. R. S. Victoria. PI. XI. 1894.

Art. XIX. — A'^otcs on Birds.
By A. J. Campbell.

[Eead 8th November, 1894.]

(1) The Occurrence of the Saxderlixg (Calidris arenaria)

IX Australia.

Professor Alfred Newton has recorded the following note in the
"Records of the Australian Museum" (1892): — " Having lately
occasion to investigate the range of the Sanderiing (Calidris
arenaria), I came across a memorandum made in the year 1860,
of my having then seen in the Derby Museum at Liverpool two
specimens of the larger race of this species, one in winter dress
and the other in incipient spring plumage, both being marked
as females, and as having been obtained at Sandy Cove, in New
South Wales, 20th April, 1844, by the late John Macgillivray."

I now record a second occurrence in Australia of this extremely
interesting wanderer, but in this instance on the west coast, near
the North-west Cape. Mr. Tom Carter kindly forwarded a skin
to me with the following memorandum : — " I was out with my
gun last week (middle of July, 1894), and after a shot at a party
of waders I picked up eight Turnstones, two Little Sandpipers
( Triiiga riificoUis, ?), and two birds as per skin herewith. I take
it to be the Sanderiing. You will observe there is no hind toe.
The other bird was too much smashed to make a skin."

The skin received I passed on to Colonel Legge, who is mucii
interested in the distribution of our Liinicolce. He replies,
" Calidris arenaria in abraded plumage with new winter feathers
coming on back and wings."

(2) The Occurrexce of the Egg op the Pallid Cuckoo

(Cticulus pallidus) in the nest of the Magpie Lark
( Grallina picata).

My friend, Master John Summers, of Cheltenham, presented
me with a nest taken in the locality on the 24th September,
1894, containing a set of five eggs of the Grallina, together with
the egg of the Pallid Cuckoo (C. pallidus). This is the first
instance I am aware of an egg of this Cuckoo having been found
in the nest of a Grallina.

o

Art. XX. — TJie Gynuiorhincs or Australian Magpies, with
a description of a Neio Species.

By A. J. Campbell.

[Eeacl 8th November, LS94.]

We possess little information about these familiar and favourite
birds, and much remains to be learnt respectino- them, while it is
a matter of surprise that even the knowledge of the geographical
range of the various species is so meagre.

The Magpies in their attractive garbs of black and white are
indeed emblematical of Australians. They thrive niid adapt
themselves to almost any part of the continent, are strikingly
showy in matter of dress, musical, apt to talk, and if my
Australian lirethren will permit me to say so, are at times some-
what pert.

It is generally accepted that there are three species or
varieties of the genus Gyninorliina or so called in vernacular
terms — Magpies, and I hope before I finish this article to prove
the existence of a fourth, which seems to have been overlooked
by previous collectors. Nothing is more delightful than the
study of these handsome birds in the open where I have observed
tlie four species. I regret now, as we so often do afterwards,
that I did not pay more attention to tliem when I enjoyed the
opportunity.

G. tibiceu, Litham (The Black-backed Magpie).

I think we shall tind this species ranges from the Gulf of Car-
pentaria district down through the interior parts of Queensland,
New South Wales, and Victoria to South Australia— the focus
of numbers being probably in South Queensland, New South
Wales, and tlie Lower Murray district. At early dawn the
beautiful piping notes of this Magpie may be heard arising from
various belts of timber, but the majority of the birds seldom
leave their roost till al)out sunrise, when they depart singly, in
pairs or small companies, to feed upon the plains or other open

The GyinnorJdncB or Australian Magpie. 203

ground. They revisit the timber during the day, but towards
evening may again be seen on the ground before the various lots
hurry in to retire for the night at sundown. At such a time
their evensong seems if possible more cheerful. Perhaps live
or seven birds will form themselves into the approved art
pyramid upon the dead top branches of a gum tree — one bird
starts to carol, others chime in, and all conclude in a most joyful
chorus as of thankfulness to the departing day.

After the breeding season, and during the winter months, the
Magpies congregate in some localities in considerable numbers.
This I have moi'e particularly observed in connection with the
next species, the White-backed Magpie. Gould says it would
appear that the young keep in the company of their parents for
the first ten months — that would be till the following pairing
season. The pairing season will be found to commence in July,
some of the earlier birds laying in August, but the majority lay
in September, and the breeding season generally may be said to
extend to the end of the year. The nest, which is usually placed
in the forked branches of a tree — sometimes a tall, sometimes a
low bushy one — is the well known large, open structure built
outwardly of dead sticks, twigs and strips of bark, and lined
securely inside with a ply of fine bark, grass, hair, feathers, etc.
A nest I observed lately on a fringe of Mallee was decorated with
numerous long emu feathers artistically interwoven round the
rim. The dimensions of the nest, exteriorly, were 33 cm. (13
inches) across by 20| cm. (8 inches) deep, the inside measure-
ment being 12f cm. (5 inches) in diameter by 9 cm. (3| inches)
deep.

The eggs vary in numbers from three to five, a quartette
however being most frequently the complement. There is also
considerable difference in the character and colour of the
markings of the various clutches, so much so, that it is hard to
understand why eggs so totally distinct should be laid by birds of
the same species, and that frequently in the same locality.
Another "nut" for the theorists on egg-colouration to crack.

As givino- an insiajht into the habits of the Black-backed
Magpie I may relate the history of a pair I saw in Riverina
lately, breeding close to the homestead at Dunvegan, near Denili-
quin. An exceedingly handsome male bird was taken when

o2

204 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

young from the bush, reared and allowed his freedom about
the place. When he was about two years old, hen-birds from
the bush came and coquetted with " Charlie," as he is called,
who appeared to pay little heed to his admirers. At last the
seductions of one of the hen-birds proved too great, and the pair
commenced to build a nest in the nearest tree, not one hundred
yards from the house. Charlie proved an exceedingly devoted
husband, feeding his mate upon the nest regularly by conveying
food from the kitchen table, the meat block, and in fact from
anywhere he could steal it. This recurred for seven seasons, the
seventh season's brood, I was a witness to, and saw Charlie procur-
ing meat in the kitchen to feed the young. Once Charlie's wing
was clipped, when he was forced to climb the tree instead of using
flight. On another occasion he unfortunately lost a leg in a trap.
It was almost ludicrous to watch how the poor bird used the
stump in climbing to assist to feed his oftspring. When a brood
(usually four in number) was reared honours seemed to be
divided, he brought two about the house, wliile the wild l^ird
enticed her pair into the bush.

Magpies in their natural state mostly procure their food upon
the gx'ound, devouring almost anything that creeps or crawls,
including lizards and possibly small snakes. Occasionally they
eat grain, berries, and other fruit, but those persons who contend
that Magpies are granivorous, need only place a bird in a cage,
keep it upon grain diet, and note how soon it will die.

It is well known that Magpies can be taught successfully to
imitate the human voice in speech. When they attain this
accomplishment they invariably drop their own clear wild notes,
giving voice occasionally to a loud half-crowing half-whistle-like
sound, which is simply abominable as compared with the
delightful ilute-like cadenza one hears the bird pour forth when
in native freedom.

At Warroo, in South Queensland, my venerable friend, Mr.
Hermann Lau, once found a Black-backed Magpie's nest
containing two eggs of that bird, in addition to a pair of eggs of
the Great Cuckoo or Channel-bill (Scythrops). He also noted
that on the DarUng Downs the Magpie usually reai-ed two broods
a season, one in August, another about October.

The GyuinorJiincE or Australian Magpie. 205

G. kuconola, Gray (The White-backed Magpie).

This showy and splendid species inhabits the coastal regions
and more heavily forested parts of New South Wales, Victoria,
and South Australia. Whether it extends further west has not
been fully determined. In Victoria, south of the Great Dividing
Range, the White-backed species is very abundant. It is instruc-
tive to observe how that natural barrier divides the two species
— -the White-backed from the Black-backed variety. During
several trips on our main railway line across Victoria, I noted
White-backed Magpies very numerous as far as Mount Macedon
and Kyneton. Beyond, the numbers seemed to decrease. The
Urst Black-backed birds were seen at Malmsbury and Taradale.
The last White-backs were noted beyond Castlemaine at Hai'court
and Ravenswood. In the Sandhurst district the tide of Black-
Ijlacks had fairly set in, and by the time the plains of the
jNIurray were reached these birds were in great evidence.

As may be expected the natural habits and characteristics of
tlie Black-backed Magpie appear in the White-backed species.
However, as Gould experienced, the White-backed birds are more
wary and shyer in disposition. To a discriminating ear the
delightful clear ringing call is fuller and louder in the AVhite-
backed than in the other species. I have endeavoured to class
the different notes, of which there appear three kinds at least —
the carol or song, a whistle-like call, and along " squawk "-like
note of alarm. The nidification of the White-back likewise
resembles that of the other. A nest taken in the Upper AVerribee
district measured 45| cm. (18 inches) across, while the inside
dimensions were 20^ cm. (8 inches) across, by 7^ cm. (3 inches)
deep. It was constructed as usual of dead twigs, and lined
inside with grass principally, casuarina needles and wool. A
complement of from three to live eggs is laid. There is in the
Adelaide Museum a curious exhibit, a nest of this species out-
wardly composed of twisted and crooked pieces of sheep fencing
wire. This season I saw taken from some Melaleuca scrub near
the coast, a nest composed entirely of wire-like roots, and well-
titted inside with string, pieces of jute, etc. The roots w-ei^e
Melaleuca, and had evidently been taken from a newly grubbed
piece of ground near.

206 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

I possess a note of this species also breeding in semi-captivity,
but in this instance the tame bird was the female. She was two
years old when she built a nest on a roof of an outbuilding near
my uncle's house, Heyfield, Gippsland. A pair of young were
hatched. She was a most persistent nuisance when building her
nest — pulling fibre out of door mats, unravelling the edges of
oilcloth, etc. One day, after a chance haircutting operation, the
bird eagerly seized mouthfuls of hair to finally trim her nest.
This bird lost its beautiful native carol, adopting instead the
voices of various rot)sters and other farm-yard fowls.

Some birds, especially old ones, grow very sa,vage, and will
attack and strike persons approaching the vicinity of their nest.
Once I saw a pair enforce the "move-on clause" on a wedge-
tailed eagle, which the magpie attacked from above — every thrust
making tufts of feathers fly from between the shoulders of the
great bird of pi'ey. I heard of a "hen-wife" who kept a couple of
tame magpies about the farm because they encouraged wild ones
near, which were a safeguard to her chickens and young poultry
against certain birds of prey. If a hawk appeared anywhere in
the neighbourhood it usually met with a warm reception from
the magpies.

G. dorsalis, n. sp. (The Long-billed Magpie).

The recorded data regarding the geographical range of the
GymnorhUnc on the continent, is somewhat perplexing to ornitho-
logical students. Gould states in his "Handbook," "It is true that
a bird of this genus inhabits the neighbourhood of Swan River
(W.A.), whose size and style of plumage are very similar [to G.
tibiceii\ but which I have little doubt will prove to be distinct,"
and in his tabulated list in the West Australian column has in-
serted G. tibiceti with a query against it. Yet, under the heading
of G. leHConota,\ie says that bird (G. leuconota) is called "Goore-bat"
by the aborigines of the low-land districts of JFestern Australia !
In Dr. Ramsay's "Tabular List" (1S83), G. tibicen is indicated
in the West Australian division, while in his last list (1888) this
author has substituted G. leuconota witliowt assigning reason for
so doing. However, during my own visit to the Western Territory
in 1889, I thought the first point might be easily settled as to
whic-li of the two species actually iidiabits Western Austi-alia.

The GyuDwrhincv or Australian Magpie. 207

But to my surprise, on dissecting birds in the bush and observing
others in captivity, I found that the mature male bird possessed
a white back, while the female's was blacky besides other minor
differences, all pointing to a species distinct from either of the
eastern forms. For the new variety I would suggest the specific
name dorsalis, on account of the differential markings of the
backs, and to Vie known on the vernacular list as the Long-liilled
Magpie, on account of its longer and narrower bill. Perhaps I
should say here that during a recent visit of Colonel Legge to
Melbourne, I took the opportunity of bringing under his notice
examples of the two eastern Ijirds, together with the western
forms, and aftei" examination, and without any hesitancy, he
concurred in my deductions.

With regard to the range of the western bird I take it to be
fairly distributed as far as South-western Australia is concerned,
excepting the heavily forested Karri country between King
George's tSound and Cape Leeuwin, whei^e I did not observe a
single bird. After getting out of the Karri country T noticed
the bird in the neighbourhood of Geographe Bay in the more
open Jarrah tracts, and along the coast northward. It is said
to be found generally throughout the Jam-wood (a species of
Acacia) country. I noted it as far south as Cranbrook, on the
overland railway, sixty-seven miles from Albany. A few, I am
informed, occur on the Upper Murchison and Gascoyne districts^
and as far noi'th as the Hammersley Range plateau.

At Geraldton, Champion Bay, I had an opportunity of exam-
ining a very tine female bird in a state of domestication. By
the way, she rejoiced in the name of '"Jacob." She was an
intensely amusing bird and full of mischievous glee. I should
have mentioned that, although the native notes of the western
Magpie resemble those of its eastern congeners, the western
type seems to lack that hilarity of song so noticeable in both the
eastern birds.

The nest, together with a set of eggs of the western species, has
already been described by me in the "Proceedings" of this Society,
1890, but for the sake of comparison I may repeat, the nest was
constructed outwardly of sticks and twigs, lined inside with bark,
which succeeded a ply about '2h cm. (1 inch) in thickness of finer
bark. Measurements across all about 30 cm. (11| inches) inside

208 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

dimensions 15 cm. (6 inches) across by about 6^ cm. {\L}j inches)
deep.

September, October and November constitute the chief
breeding months.

G. iiyperkuca, Gould (The Lesser White-backed Magpie).

Fourthly and lastly, the Tasmanian Magpie is an insular form
of the White-backed Magpie of the continent. Considering that
the Tasmanian forms of the same species of the mainland birds are
usually larger, it is worthy of remark that the Tasmanian Magpie
is smaller — an additional fact, perhaps tending to prove it is a
good species and not merely a smaller race of G. leucoiiflta.
Likewise, it is a curious fact that, although some of the birds
peculiar to Tasmania — including a Strepera closely allied to
Gymnorhitia — are met with on the larger internaediate islands in
Bass Straits the Magpie is altogether absent.

Tasmania was the first colony that extended protection to
Magpies, as birds of usefulness, consequently, through not been
molested, one finds them exceedingly tame, even sometimes
building their nests in trees l)y the wayside of thoroughfares
and streets. I was greatly entertained one day by a Magpie,
perched upon a three-railed fence, piping its merry song to a
railway train which whizzed past within a few paces of the bird.

The Tasmanian jNIagpie usually lays three or four eggs, but I have
heard of sets of five as with the mainland species. The breeding
season is from August to the entl of the year. Mr. Arthur E.
Brent, from his own observation, infoi-ms me, that these birds are
not at all particular what they use as constructing material for a
home. One nest he saw was Iniilt of the wire which bound
sheaves of grain, and which was thrown in a heap after threshing.
]\Ir. Brent also observed another nest which was constructed
of reaper and binder twine. This nest was Hned with horse
manure. But of course these are merely exceptions, the nest
usually reseml^ling tiiose of the other Magpies. Underneath and
adj(jiniiig a nest of this Magpie I, on one occasion, found the
smaller nest of the Yellow-tailed Tit ( Geobasileus ). The fact,
however, is not new, for collectors on the mainland have not
unfreijuently met with similar instances.

The GyninorhincE or Australian Magpie. 209

Descriptions op Birds.

Gyiniwrhina tihicen.

Adult male. — Glossy bluish-black, except portions of the under-
parts and primaries, which are of a more brownish tinge, and
except nape and hind neck, upper and under wing coverts, edge
of wing, upper and under tail cuverts, tail (except a broad
terminal band and outer web of either of the outermost feathers)
and vent, white. Bill, bluish-white, graduating tlirough blue horn
colour into bluish-black at the tip; irides, light hazel ; legs, black.

Adult female. — Differs in possessing a more brownish tinge
throughout the black plumage, and by having the nape and hind
neck, and lower back grey instead of white.

Young. — Most resemble the female, with the dark portions of
the plumage brownish-black.

Gvmnorlu'ua Icuconota.

Adult male. — Black generally, more glossy on some portions,
and brownish tinged on other parts, except nape and hind neck,
back, upper and under wing coverts, edge of wing, upper and
under tail coverts, tail (except the terminal ])and and outer web
of either of the outermost feathers) and vent, white. Bill bluish-
white, graduating through bluish-slate into bluish-black at the tip;
irides, light hazel ; legs, black.

Adult female. — Differs in having the black portions of the
plumage not so intense in colour, and by having back of neck
and back grey ; some of the feather shafts, particularly on the
back, showing a fine dark stripe.

Young (from the nest). — Most resemble the female. In some
instances, excepting on the head, the dark portions of the plumage
are rusty brown.

"Immature birds, of both .sexes, have the whole of the back
clouded with grey, and the bill of a less pure ash colour." — (Gould).

Gymnorhiua dorsal is.

Adult male. — Resembles most the male of G. leuioiiota, but is
smaller in size, bill narrower, more curved and longer, edge of
wings slightly mottled instead of white, and the black terminal

210 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

band of the tail naiTOwer and more concentric in form. Bill,
bluish-white graduating through bkiish horn colour into bluish-
black at the tip ; irides, hazel ; legs, black.

Adult Jeiiiale. — Differs conspicuously in having the back black
instead of white ; back of neck and lower back being of a mottled
appeai'ance where the dark feathers are tipped with white, the
mottle at back of neck blending into a white nape ; the other-
wise black plumage is browner in tone than on the male, especially
on the under parts and primaries.

Gyiiniorhina hyperleuca.

Adult male. — Glossy bluish-black or glossy black, except nape,
hind neck, back, up^^er and under wing coverts, upper and under
tail coverts, tail (except the terminal band and outer web of
either of the outermost feathers) and vent, white ; edge of wing,
white mottled with black ; bill, bluish horn colour graduating
into black at the tip ; irides, clear or bright hazel ; legs, black.

Adult feijuile. — Differs in having the hind neck and back grey,
and the primaries and terminal l)and of the tail brownish-black.

Comparative Dimensions in Inches.

Total

Species.

length.
1575

Culmen.

■« ing.

Tail.

Tarsus.

G. tibicen (male) -

2

10-1

6

•)

(female)

1.5'75

1-7

9-7

6

2

G. leuconota (male)

17

2-18

11-5

7-25

2-5

(female)

16-25

2.06

10-75

6

2-25

G. dorsalis (male)

lo'o

2-31

10-25

6-1

2-1

(female)

16

2-18

10-5

6-25

2-2

G. hyperlevica (male) -

13o

1-75

9-4

5-5

2

The GyuinoyJiiiuc or Aiistraliaii Magpie.

211

fi ^

^

tJ AS i^

s i^)

C ^" M rt irj

rH O 3^

m o

P-C "^ 0>

-p ^'ts >

3
3
111

°o
■/I

3

^1|g

c3 ^

bpo -g

^^■-^

;h D CO
pi +^ cS

CD

m

"^ t >
^^ ^

'^ 'A "A
c5 aj S

r5 =« -S

o

J O CO

>
o

CO

g

§ -2 Oi -^ ^ ^

2 ce ;a J, - CO

-p ^ ^, •:3
H W 2 J - '^

Clip's i

^

^

KH

CO

^

i

'^ fl lO " cS 2^
g o ^ vp £ g

g S S q3 35

2 "S « o 9J

iir

aj --. rt .S
-p '^ -<

j3 o; -p 5j_,
^S .«

t- ^^ ^ .2

^ -P ' -P CO >.-tJ

•J3 O r^ O C r-? C!

X^ fl -P jn ■!) ^ o

-P S =<H -P >^ S ^

^sa<Z " -^

=4H 1^ -p oj ^s 2 •/

^ CO 'S -p -p " a)
g^l3 . 533 ""
iSi;:ecooo22
2c:;jCJr:S-p-p

-p

of the Pi-iiua:

1=1

CD CO "2

0) j-i d

>

q S r3 ^ f-C

1 =S cc 2 -^^

3 O S -►^'^

g S 3 a>^

O S M o M

'■^ _3 ?^ I"*

CO 5 ^ -"^

1) rH ^>o p

llf 1 d

c3 p: iS ag
^ I. -P
-p 0) ^ ^ r,

cc -g ^ oj rr

^ O T-H O &

o

^

^

c3
03

S •

O

^o

S 2 ^'5

-S".^

^■J

■o « .

g -P ^

2 c 2

+3 iM •"

03 C rS

C rp ;H

bb

o CO

^Ilg

0) ^

1 c*^
^ ■> >-.

r^ CO ,j
f?'^ CO

o ce

n

2 S ^

S ^ ^ ^ s

^~* P-— C2

=« S S

■:^ S o 33

ci £; ce

=*-! S S

^ rS'S:

4^!N O

,^3 -fU CO S I3

^co .Q

^ C^l CO

^H ^

?>

CO

.72

CO

CO

;^

Sh

•rH

fXH

f^

rH

fe

s

■

•

■

■

■

^,,_^

^ ^

<:;

rS

o

Is

CJ

. ,

"g

-2

'g

J^

cc

ce

=s

s

-1-^

5

o

_co

CL.'

O

fl

^3^

o

^

'c3

Oj

CJ

o

5c

CO

^

:^

7^

^

_o

^

ki

-M

1 — 1

^

'^

1 — 1

d

d

d

d

d

212 Proceedings of tJic Royal Society of Victoria.

Descriptions of Eggs.

Black-backed Magpie ( G. tibicen). — Eggs, although varying in
shape, are chiefly of a lengthened form ; the texture of the shell
is somewhat fine but lustreless. There are many different
characteristics of coloui'ing. Three types may be singled out for
description : (a) Ground colour bluish or French grey, beautifully
marbled nearly over the whole surface with streaks, dashes and
smudges of pinkish- or brownish-red. In some instances the mark-
ings form a confluent patch about the apex, (h) Other specimens
are more greenish in ground colour, and are clouded or blotched
with drab, (c) Another set has a greenish ground colour but
instead of reddish streaks is moderately marked with large
roundish spots and blotches of umber and dull slate, most of the
blotches having penumbra-like edges. Faint traces of hair-like
lines also appear upon the surface of the shell. A full clutch
taken in Riverina measures, in centimetres : (1) 3'65 x 2'65 ; (2)
:V7 X 2-69 ; (3) 3-72 x 2-G8 ; (4) 3-05 x 2-76 ; (5) 3-67 x 2-72.
Another set, I took in Queensland, gives : (1) 3-78 x 2-82 ; (2)
3-9 X 2-8; (3) 3-81 x 2-78.

White-backed Magjjie ( G. leiiconota) — Three types of eggs may
be again selected as the most common, all somewhat lengthened
and elegant in form, (a) Ground colour light or pale green,
almost hidden with streaky and cloudy markings of pinkish-red.
(b) In others the markings are drab or brown, (c) These
examples have a plain grey (sometimes greenish) ground colour,
;ind, like the type "<;" in G. tibicen are moderately, almost
sparingly, marked with roundish spots and blotches of umber and
dull slate. I possess exceptional examples of a beautiful bluish-
green colour devoid of markings save a few indistinct freckles of
chestnut. Dimensions, in centimetres, of a clutch of type "/^''.
(1) 4-02 X 2-72; (2) 4-0 x 2-65; (3) 3-88 x 2-75. A clutch in
type 'V": (1) 3-97 x 2-86 ; (2) 3-96 x 2-81 ; (.3) 3-97 x 2-8.

Lesser White-backed Magpie {G. hyperleuca). — Eggs lengthened
in form, light greenish ground colour mottled and marked all
over with umber. Another class of specimens which, however, is
not so conmion, is rounder in form and more of a distinct greenish
colour, moderately marked as in type "r" of the proceeding
species, with roundish blotches of umber. Interspersed are also

The GyuDwyJiime or Australian Magpie. 213

a few wavy markings. Dimensions, in centimetres : Clutch — long
examples : (1) 3-88 x 2-77 ; (2) 3-7 x 2-69 ; (3) 345 x 2-5. Two,
from a clutch of four — round examples : (1) 3'61 x 2*77 : (2) 3-57
X 2-87.

Long-billed Magpie ( G. dorsalis) — The West Australian eggs
exhibit less variety of colouring and more resemble the "a" type
in both those of G. tibicen and G. leuconota. The form is long
and elegant, ground colour varying fi-om bluish-grey to greenish-
grey in tone, beautifully streaked or marljled all over with rich
pinkish-brown. The following are the dimensions, in centimetres,
of three clutches : —

d—{\) 3-96 X 2-8 ; (2) 3-86 x 2-76 ; (3) 4-33 x 2-68.
/;— (1) 4-3 x 2-75 ; (2) 4-12 x 2-7 ; (3) 4-19 x 2-68.
r— (1) 4-23 X 2-71 ; (2) 4-02 x 2-7 ; (3) 3-65 x 2-64.

Art. XXI. — Australian Fungi.
By D. Mc Alpine, F.C.S.

[Eead 8th November, 189-4.]

In 1892 a "Handbook of Australian Fungi " was published by
Dr. M. C Cooke, under the authority, and with the assistance, of
tlie several Governments of the Australian colonies. This was a
very useful and necessary publication, as it gave workers, or
intending workers, in this division of the subject, a substantial
basis to start from, and since then various additions have been
made. But, as Dr. Cooke points out, the minute fungi requiring
a pocket lens for their detection, have been largely over-looked
by those collectors who sent home specimens for determination,
so much so that, as he states in the introduction, "It is quite
probable that in the course of a few years by working up the
minute species, the total number contained in this volume would
be more than double, even without the investigation of unexplored
districts."

It is to these minute species that I am now giving attention,
and this first instalment may perhaps encourage other workers in
the same field, for truly "the harvest is plenteous, but the
labourers are few." I am indebted to several correspondents for
a number of the specimens herein described, and they deserve
full credit for their praiseworthy labours.

1. Mr. F. Barnard, senior, of Kew, one of the old microscopic
workers of the colony, has quite a number of specimens awaiting
determination, and as many of them are mounted microscopically,
this should facilitate the work.

2. Mr. L. Rodway, of Hobart, Tasmania, who is doing good
work among the Plianerogams of that island, has also sent me a
number of selected specimens.

3. Mr. G. H. Robinson, of Ardmona, has been most unremitting
in his attention to these minute forms. He is a gold medallist of
Longerenong Agricultural College as well as a former distinguished
student of the School of Horticulture, Burnley, and his trained
powers of observation have enabled him to detect many minute

Australian Fungi. 215

foi'ms of fungi while engaged in his ordinary avocation as a fruit-
grower.

The forms recorded are either new to science or to the colonies,
or have been found upon new host plants or in fresh localities,
and since they are all parasitic fungi, preying upon some form of
vegetable life, they are therefore of special interest to the vege-
table pathologist.

They are arranged according to the plan laid down in my
paper read before the Australasian Association foi- the Advance-
ment of Science, at Adelaide (1893), on "Botanical Nomenclature,
with special reference to Fungi."' There are twelve groups
altogether, eight of which are represeiited here. Of the twenty-
eight species recorded, eight are new, in addition to one new
A-ariety.

Group III. — Urkdines.

ORDER UREDIXACE.E.

(1) Melaiiipsora Liin\ Tul.
Leaves of Liiuim inarginak^ Hubai't, Tasmania (Rod way, 33).

(2) Piiccinia Biurhardiae, Ludw.

Uredosporcs. — Sori amphigenous, bullate, elliptical or some-
times circular, crowded, light brown, erumpent, suiTOunded at
base by dry cuticle of epidermis.

Uredospores globose or oval, yellowisli-brown, epispore echinu-
late, 25 - 28-5/i, in dia., or 28-5 - Sl'O/x x 22 - 25/x.

On stem and leaves of Bitrchardia i/mbeila/a. October.
Cheltenham, near Melbourne, Victoria.

This species was described from South Australia by Professor
Dr. F. Ludwig, in "Zeitschrift fiir Pflanzenkrankheiten," vol.
iii., pt. 3, 1893, but no uredospores were found. The above
description supplies the omission.

(3) Puccinia Correce^ McAlp., n. sp.

Hypophyllous. Sori cushion-shaped, circular or interruptedly
circular, dirty brown, scattered, soon naked.

Teleutospores yellowish-grey, long stalked, elongated fusoid,
constricted at middle ; upper cell elongated, tapering and rounded

216 Proceedings of tJic Royal Society of Victoria.

at apex ; lower cell tajDering towards base ; 44 - 60 X 17 - 20- 5^0,.
Pedicel light grey, several times as long as teleutospore.

Mesospores similarly coloured and stalked, ovoid with trun-
cated apex, 25 - 28 X 16 - 19/x.

On under surface of leaves of Correa Laivrenciana. Very
common on one bush in damp gully, but never found on any
other, although plant is common. December. Eastern slope of
Mount Wellington, Tasmania (Rodway, 6).

The sori stand out very distinctly from the cinnamon-brown
under surface of the leaves, causing corresponding circular
depressions on upper surface, of a yellowish-green colour.

(4) Puccinia Ereclititis, McAlp., n. sp.

yEcidiospores. — >3^]cidia on stem and leaves, causing distortion
and swelling, pale yellow at first, becoming orange-yellow,
arranged close together in lines or irregularly. Pseucloperidia
cup-shaped, with white, torn, revolute edges. ^cidiospores
variable in shape, irregularly round or oval, orange-yellow,
smooth, 19-16/ax17 — \'lp.. Very connnon all the year round,
except during middle of summer.

Teleiitospores. — Sori for a long time covered by epidermis,
black, crowded together and forming a swelling. Teleutospore s
yellow-brown, pedicellate, elongated, consti'icted at middle ;
upper cell dark brown, rounded or pointed and thickened .at
apex ; lower cell usually yellow and taj^ering towards base,
elongated, wedge-shaped, 54 - 57/x x 19 - 25^. Pedicels persis-
tent, very pale yellow, to transparent, .38/a long. Found from
April to June, but very rare.

On Erechtites qicadridentata ? Ardmona in Goulburn Valley,
Victoria (Robinson, 107).

(5) Puccinia Hieracii, JNIart.

Uredospores. — Sori on upper and less often on under surface
of leave.s, dark purplish-brown, numerous, scattered, becoming
confluent, bullate, surrounded by torn epidermis. Uredospores
globose or elliptic, golden-V)rown, finely echinulate, about 28 -5 /x
in dia., or 33 - 27/i, x 25/a.

Tekutospores. — Along with uredospores. Sori blackish-brown,
usually confluent, on much withered basal leaves. Teleuto-

Australian Fungi. 217

spores reddish-brown, stalked, elliptic, upper and lower cell
about same size ; upper cell rounded and not thickened at apex,
hemispherical ; lower cell somewhat similar, but often tapering
towards base, average 38 x 22yu., pedicel transparent, deciduous.

On leaves and flowering stems of Hypodueris radicata. All
the year round when moisture is present, but especially common
about April and May, and September to November. Ardmona,
in Goulburn Valley, Victoria (Robinson, ^^^.^ 96).

The presence of the fungus seems to check flowering, or at
least, to retard development greatly, for healthy plants are met
with flowering fi'eely, while diseased specimens are conspicuous by
the absence of flowers. The leaves begin by assuming a pale gi*een
ro yellowish tint, then turn snuff'-brown and shrivelled. This
form approaches P. cauliiicola, Corda, found by Cooke on
Hypochceris glabra from Queensland, and which he considers
may possibly be a form of P. Hieracii.

(6) Piicciiiia Hypochaeris, McAlp., n. sp.

^cidiospores and Teleutospores occurring together on both
surfaces of leaf.

^Pcidiospores. — Pseudoperidia amphigenous, on greenish-yellow
to brownish orbicular patches, clustered, orange-yellow, round to
elliptical. Aecidiospores subrotund to oval, pale orange-yellow,
14 - 16/x X 12-5/x.

Teleutospores. — Sori intermixed with jecidia, black, elliptical,
sometimes run together, girt by ruptured epidermis, sometimes
exactly opposite each other on upper and under surface of leaf.
Teleutospores chestnut-brown, pedicellate, constricted at middle ;
upper cell dark bi-own, rounded or scoop-shaped, thickened at
apex ; lower cell pale brown, usually tapering towards base ;
47 - 50|a X 19 - 23/>i.. Pedicels hyaline, sometimes persistent,
about length of one of the cells, viz., 24/x.

On leaves of Hypochceris radicata. October. Ardmona, in
Goulburn Valley, Victoria (Robinson, 117).

This species belongs to the group Piicciniopsis, Schroet., in which
only ^cidiospores and Teleutospores are known, occurring on
the same host plant.

218 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

(7) Piiccinia F/agianfhi, McAlp., n. sp.

Sori reddish-brown, naked, bullate, scattered. Teleutospores
shortly-stalked, yellowish, clavate, slightly constricted in middle ;
upper cell rounded at apex ; lower cell usually tapering towards
base, sometimes a counterpart of the upper, similarly coloured ;
pedicel hyaline, 50 x 22/x.

Very common on leaves and fiowers of Plagiant/nis sidoides.
August to April. Southern sloj^e of Mount Wellington,
Tasmania (Rodway, 11).

(8) ^■Ecidiiiin ei>i/riiei/iii, ^IcAlp., n. sp.

^cidia ivoiy colour becoming brownisli, clustered together
without definite order. Pseudoperidia cup-shaped, niinute,
mai'gin finely toothed. ^cidiospores subglobose or elliptical,
grey, from 24 to 25 fx. in diameter, or 25 - 28 x 19-22yu,. On
stems, leaves, Hower-stalk, calyx and legumes of Bossicca ciiierea.
< )ctober and November. Caultield and Boxhill, near Melbourne,
Victoria (Barnaid, 1). Bellerine Swamp, Tasmania (Rodway, 15).

In the Tasmaniam specimens the tecidia are confined to the
fi'uit.

(9) .Pcidium mofiocystis, Berk.

On Abrotanella forsierioides. Sunniiit of ]Mount Wellington,
Tasmania (Rodway, 30).

(10) .■Ecidium Raniiiiciilacearuiu. D. C.
On Ranunculus parviflorus. Ardmona in Goulburn Valley,
\^ictoria (Robinson, 90).

Group IV. — Pyrenomycetes.

ORDER IIYPOCREACE.E.

(11) Claviceps purpurea, Tul.
On Lolium perenne, Loliujn teniuientum, Triiicuni sativum, etc.,
Victoria.

ORDER FOLIICOLACE^..

(12) Sphaerella Fragarict, Sacc.

On leaves of strawberry. Victoria, South Australia, and
recorded for New South Wales by Dr. Cobb.

Tliis is becoming a very widespread and serious disease of tlie
strawberry plant.

Australian Fungi. 219

Group V. — Discomycetes.

ORDER PHACIDIACE.E.

(13) Pseudopeziza Afedicaginis, Saco.

Sporidia, 9 x 4"5/i..

On both surfaces of leaflets of Aledicago safiva.
Very common nearly all the year round. Ardmona, in
Goulburn Valley, Victoria. (Robinson, 90).

(troup VTI. — Hypiiomycetes.

order mucedinace.e.
(14) Monilia fructigena, Pers.
On apples, pears, etc. Victoria.

(15) Oiditim Chrysant/ienii, Rabli. •

On leaves of chrysanthemum. Victoria.

(10) O ! dill III Oxa/idis, Me Alp., n. sp.

Broadly eft'a.sed, greyish, powdery. Hyphaj septate, branched,
4 - 6/A broad. Conidia o\ al to barrel-shaped, granular, hyaline
31 X 12/x.

Mostly on upper surface of leaves, sometimes on lower, also on
leaf-stalks, stem and fruit of Oxa/is cornicitlata. Very counnon,
especially on irrigation patches wherever there is moisture.
Ardmona, in Goulburn Valley, Victoria. June to November
and right through summer on banks of irrigation chaTinels
(Robinson, 103).

ORDER DEMATIACE.E.

(17) ScolecotrichiiDi gj-a minis, var. Avena;, Erikss.
On leaves of oats (Avena sativa). Victoria.

Group VIII. — SpHiEROPsiDEs.

ORDER SPH^RIOIDACE^.

(18) Septoria Dianthi., Desm.

On carnations. September. Near Melbourne, Victoria.

p2

220 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

(19) Sept or ia Tritici, Desm.

On fading leaves of wheat, also stem and ear. Victoria, and
recorded for New South Wales by Dr. Cobb.

(20) Phleospora Mori, Sacc.
On leaves of mulberry. Victoria.

ORDER MELAXCONIACE^.

(21) Marsoiiia defor/iiafis, Cooke and Mass.
On leaves and stipules of cultivated peas. September. South
Australia.

Group X. — Ustilagines.

ORDER USTILAGIXACE^.

(22) Ustilago Allii, McAlp., n. sp.

Sori forming minute dark coloured pustules in parallel lines-
along veins of scale leaves of bulb, at tirst covei-ed by the
epidermis, then pulverulent, black, in streaks or blending into
masses.

Resting-spores dark brown, spherical, echinulate, imbedded
in gelatinous mass, 4 - 4^/x. in dia. Jointed mycelium here
and there in gelatinous mass, 3/x. broad. On scale leaves of
stored onion bulbs. Ardmona, in Goulburn Valley, Victoria.
(Robinson, 97).

(23) Ustilago Foarian, McAlp., n. sp.

Only found on stunted plants so far, distorting, discolouring,
and forming black powdery masses, especially on the foliage.

Resting-spores globose or irregularly spherical, yellowish-
brown, epispore echinulate, 12i/x in dia., or 14 x \'2\fx.

On very small specimens of Foa aiifiua, growing in haixl
ground. October. Ardmona, in GoulV)urn Valley, Victoria
(Robinson, 82).

(24) Urocysiis occulta, Preuss.
On wheat plants, very destructive to crop. Victoria ; and
recorded for New South Wales by Di\ Cobb.

Australian Fungi. 221

Group XT. — PhycoiMycetes.

ORDER PERONOSPORACE^.

(25) Peronospora parasitica., De Bary., var. Lepidii, McAlp.

Dense white mould on leaves and other parts of plant, which
soon curl, and the fungus forms a felt almost covering the entire
surface.

Gonidiophoi'es straight, averaging G/a thick. Gonidia elliptical,
pale grey, 35 — 41/* x 19 - 22^ ; membrane about 1/a thick,
hyaline, protoplasm granular, with a homogeneous layer between
it and membrane, germ-tube issuing laterally.

On leaves, stems and fruit of Lepidium ruderale, causing
distortion. The lower surface of leaf is attacked first, causing it
to curl up. After autumn rains and in spring. Ardmona, in
Goulburn Valley, Victoria (Robinson, 108).

The variety principally differs from P. parasitica in the stalk
of the gonidiophore being straight and not flexuous, and in the
shape and size of the gonidia, being sometimes twice as long as
broad, and altogether larger.

(26) Peronospora Schleideni, linger.

Common on leaves of onion, shallot, and various species of
AUiuni. Victoria.

ORDER ENTOMOPHTIIORACE^.

(27) Euipiisa AIusccc, Cohn.
On dead house flies ( Alusca doinestica). Victoria.

Group XII. — ^Myxomy'cetes.

(28) Plasniodiophora Brassicce, Wor.

Causing " club-root " in turnips, cabbages, cauliflower, and
other cruciferous plants. Victoria.

Art. XXII. — Preliminary Notice of two neiv Species of
Marsjipials Jrovi Central Australia.

By Baldwin Spencer

(Professor of Biology in the University of Melbourne).
[Read 8th November, 1894.]

The following is a brief description of two new forms ctf
Marsupials obtained in Central Australia during the visit of
the Horn Scientific Expedition to the Macdonnell Ranges. The
full descriptions, together with illustrations, are reserved for
the volume in which it is intended to publish the complete
results of the expedition.

(1) Phascologale macdonnellensis.

Size medium. Fur somewhat coai'se. General colour of back
dull greyish-brown with a well-marked chestnut patch behind
each ear. Ventral surface grey. The eye is, more or less, sur-
rounded by a light coloured ring, and a light line runs along the
upper and under jaws bordering the mouth.

Ears rounded, clothed inside and out with short hairs, reaching
when laid forward to about the centre of the eye.

Hands and feet grey. Palms with six striated pads, the proxi-
mal half of the pollical pad curved, and with the concavity
facing towards the pollex ; the proximal outer pad V-shaped,
with the apex pointing towards the lingers, the inner leg of the
V being slightly longer than the outer.

Soles naked, except under the heel where they are hairy ;
granulated ; hallucal pad divided into two ; hallux reaching
slighfly further than the proximal end of the anterior pads.
Pads, six in all, and striated.

Tail shorter than the head and body combined, and notably
stout in its proximal half, tapering rapidly about the middle of
its length, and from this gradually to the tip. Incrassated.
Covered with faii-ly long stift' liairs. In colour somewhat lighter

Two Neiv Species of Marsupials. 223

than the body, the ventral being slightly lighter than the dorsal

surface.

Pouch slightly developed and formed by two lateral folds of

skin. Within the pouch area the hairs are comparatively scanty

and white in colour ; external to the pouch area the hairs ai'e

dark coloured for their basal two-thirds the pouch area being

thus clearly marked out, and the folds being doubtless more

prominent when young are present. Mamma? six (three on each

side).

-r, ,.,. . 1.2.3.4 1 , 1.0.3.4 1.2.3.4

Dentition .. -^-^^. .. -. /. ^^^^ m. ^^^-.

Dimensions of Female (in al).

Head and body ... .. 92 mm.

Tail ... ... ... 77 „

Hind foot ... ... 14 „

Ear ... ... ... 13 „

Habitat. — Central Australia (Alice Springs). Terrestrial,
living in holes amongst rocks and under stones.

The first specimen was found by Mounted Trooper South, of
Alice Springs, and by him presented to Dr. Stirling, for whom it
had been intended, who kindly handed it on for descj-iption to me
as officer in charge of the zoological department of the expedition.

(2) Sminthflpsis psa/iu/Kp/iilus, sp. n.

Size medium. Fur close, long, and fine. Dorsal surface
dark grey. A'entral surface of head and body white. Brownish
tinge on the thighs. Tail with short, stiflf whitish hairs dorsally,
and black hairs beneath increasing in length dorsally and vent-
rally at the tip, so as to form a slight crest.

Ears large, reaching half-way between the eye and the pit of
the snout ; covered back and front with short stiff grey hairs.
Palms granulated with six unstriated, and not clearly outlined,
pads.

Soles hairy ; the hairs covering the surface to the base of the
pads, with the exception of a narrow granulated central space,
reaching back from the pads to the hallux. Pads, three in

224 {'Proceedings of the Royal Society o/ Victoria.

number, without striations and granulated. Hallux small, about

half-way between the heel and the tips of the toes.

Mammi« ? (only a single male specimen obtained).

^, ,. . . 1.2.3.4 1 , 1.0.3.4 1.2.3.4

Dentition .. ^_ -^-. .. ^. /. ^^^^ ^^'- rXTl-

Dimensions of Male (in al.).

Head and body ... ... lO-^ mm.

Tail ... ... ... 116 „

(Very tip broken off).

Hind foot ... ... 25 ,,

Ear ... ... ... 24.5 „

Habitat. — Central Australia, near Lake Amadeus. Terrestrial.

Our attention was drawn to the first specimen seen, by
Mounted Trooper Cowle as we were riding over sand-hills
covered with tussocks of porcupine grass (Triodia irritaiis). It
ran about from tussock to tussock. A second specimen was seen
in the same district but not captured, and Mr Cowle has since
informed me that he has seen the same animal near Illanmrta in
the James Range.

Art. XXIII.

-Con/ribntions to tlic Pahwntology of the
Older Tertiary of Victoria.

Lamellibranchs — Part I.
(With Plate XII.)

By G. B. Pritchard.

[Eead 8th November, 1894.]

By far the greater number of our Eocene Lamellibranclis"~haTg"
been described by Professor R. Tate of the University of
Adehiide, and much credit is due to him for the treatment they
have received at his hands. The Rev. J. E. Tenison Woods takes
the next position, with a large number of species to his credit. For
the remaining few we are indebted to the labours of Professor
Sir F. McCoy, Professor Hutton, Professor Zittel, and Mr. R.
M. Johnston. Since the above gentlemen wrote there have been
very few new species added to this class, and as I have been
fortunate enough to procure a few which are in want of names I
will proceed to give their diagnoses.

Trigonia tatei, sp. nov.

(Plate XII., figs. 1. 2, 3.)

Shell thick, rotundate rhoml)ic, somewhat convex, the antero-
posterior diameter only diftei'ing in length from the umbo-ventral
by about one or two millimetres ; anterif)r margin broadly
rounded, ventral margin nearly straight or very slightly convex,
posterior margin nearly straight abruptly truncated making an
angle of 145" with the hinge line, post-dorsal margin straight or
slightly angled medially. Posterior slope convex, and (ji-namented
with from 6 to 9 radiating obtusely rounded ribs, the siphonal
ridge being by far the strongest and widest, interspaces wider
than the ribs and showing the concentric lines of growth,
ribs spinulosely ornamented, when worn generally nodulose,
occasionally smooth ; on the slope immediately under the dorsal
margin [escutcheon] there are live very faint thread-like ribs

226 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

minutely spinulose near the beak. Middle and anterior portion
of the valve bearing narrow-rounded undulating transverse
ridges ; the middle portion or that immediately anterior to the
siphonal ridge being ci-ossed by what appear to be impressed
lines, number variable, generally about ten, frequently less,
radiating from the beak to the ventral margin, shows the ripple-
like ridges l>roken up into quadrangular nodes.

Diinetisions. — Average of a number of specimens, antero-
posterior diameter, 39 mm.; umbo-ventral diameter, 37 mm.;
thickness through one valve, 11 "5 mm.; thickness of shell, 3 mm.
The largest example of the species I have yet seen has the
following dimensions, antero-posterior diameter, 55 mm.; umbo-
ventral diametei', 49 mm. ; tliickness of sliell, 3'5 mm.

Locality. — Abundant in the Lower Eocene calcareous sands,
Moorabool Valley, near Maude.

Observations. — This species may at first sight be confounded
with T. semiundulata, McCoy, to which it is closely related, l)ut
upon examination may be easily distinguished fnjm Sir F.
McCoy's species by its much thicker*, more solid, and more
regularly convex shell, not .so attenuate posteriorly, by the
greater angle the posterior margin makes with the hinge line, the
absence of flattening of the posterior slope, the straighter ventral
margin, the smaller number of posterior radial ribs, and the less
crowded transverse ridges. From our other fossil .species of tbis
genus, namely, T. howitti, McCoy, T. acuticostata, McCoy, and
T. tulmlifera.^ Tate, it is still more re;idily sepai'able, as the first
two have, like the recent species, radial ribbing only, while the
third is a minute shell with well developed tubular projections
on the transverse ridges as well as on the radial ril)s.

The first examples of this species that came under my notice
were in the collection of the Rev. A. W. Cress well, M.A., of
Camberwell, who had t)btained his specimens from the Maude
district. Subsequently I had an opportunity of visiting this
district in company with Mr. T. S. Hall, and was able to collect
a large series of specimens.

Species name in comjiliment to Professor Ivaljih Tate of the
Adelaide University.

Paheontology of the Older Tertiary of Victoria. 227

Myoghama trapezia, sj). nov.
(Plate XII., figs. 8, 9.)
Shell trapezoidal elongate, moderately thick. Left valve free
and very slightly convex, convexity more niarked in the
neighbourhood of the umbo, umbo sharply pointed and incurved
immediately over the well marked triangular cartilage pit,
anterior margin straight, dorsal margin straight, making an
angle of 110° with the anterior margin and truncated at an
angle of 125° posteriorly, anterior and posterior margins slightly
rounded to join the convex ventral maigin. C)rnamented with
concentric ridges or corrugations separated by somewhat broader
shallow interspaces, a few faint radial wrinkles on the posterior
slope. Ptiglit valve convex, frequently only partially attached
by a limited portion of the dorsal surface, umbo free and
oi'namented with regular narrow concentric ridges, the concentric
corrugations of the unattached ventral poi'tion of this A'alve
generally not so well detined as those of the left valve, faintly
radially wrinkled anteriorly and posteriorly.

Dijnensio?is. — Average right and left valves antero-posterior
diameter, 26 mm.; umbo-ventral diametei', 18 mm.; largest
example antero-posterior diameter, 29 mm. ; unib(j-\ eutral
diameter, 22 mm.

Locality. — Eocene blue clays of Curlewis, Bellarine Peninsula.
— Six examples. Eocene, lower beds at Muddy Creek, near
Hamilton. — One example

Observations. — It is only recently that any fossil s^^ecies of this
genus have been recorded from the Victorian Tertiaries. Professor
Tate, in a paper* on " Unrecorded Genera of the Older Tertiary
Fauna of Australia," describes and figures two new species under
this genus, M. plana from the Miocene of the Gippsland Lakes,
and Af. rugafa from the Eocene of Spring Creek, and of the
Gellibrand Kiver. The new species hei'ein described is closest
related to M. flana, Tate, but difters fi-om it most noticeably in
outline, and in the more regular and well-developed concentric
ridges, and in the absence of any umbonal radial corrugations.
The new species appears to be commonly only partially attached
by a limited portion of the dorsal region of the right valve to

* Proc. P>OT. Soc. N.S.W., 1893.

228 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

such organisms as polyzoa, and on that account in all the speci-
mens yet to hand the shape is fairly constant; but should wholly
attached valves occur, as is not unlikely, the shape would then
necessarily he greatly dependent upon the surface of attach-
ment.

Pinna coruata, sp. nov.
(Plate XII, figs, -i, .3.)

Shell thin, triangular, elongate ; valves very convex ; dorsal
half bearing about ten smooth longitudinal ribs increasing in
breadth posteriorly, with shallow interspaces which also become
broader posteriorly, but much mcjre rapidly than the ribs ; dorsal
slope abrupt apically, becomes more gradual posteriorly, ulti-
mately similar to the ventral slope ; ventral half with numerous
close-set concentric lines of growth, and broad well defined
undulations parallel to the lines of growth becoming obsolete
l)efore reaching the dorsal ril)S. In juxtaposition to the well
defined dorsal ribs, and on the ventral slope there are four or
ti\e very faintly developed close and narrow longitudinal ribs
becoming slightly stronger posteriorly. Dorsal margin at first
straight, then rapidly ascending, giving it a distinctly concave
aspect ; ventral margin concave about the byssal orifice, then
rapidly ecurved becoming regularly convex to the posterior eiid ;
posterior margin incomplete, apparently, from the aspect of the
shell, gently rounded from the ventral margin.

Dimensions. — Length of dorsal margin (incomplete), 110 nmi.;
width, 55 mm.; greatest thickness thi'ough both valves, 39 nmi.

Locality. — Eocene sandy limestones, Barwon River, near its
junction with the Native Hut Creek. One example collected by
31 r. J. Betheras.

Observations. — This species seems to he closest related to the
South Australian ^Miocene species, P. seniicostata, Tate, from th©
oyster beds of Adelaide and Aldinga Bay, but as far as I have
been able to make out from Professor Tate's description and
figure, the i:>resent species is a relatively narrower and more
convex form, with a much more abrupt dorsal slope apically, and
is without scales on the lont>itudinal ribs.

Palceo)itology of the Older Tertiary of Victoria. 229

Cardita maudensis, sp. nov.
(Plate XII., figs. G, 7).

Shell thick, rotundate oblong, somewhat depressed ; umbo
prominent incurved anteriorly ; anterior region small, anterit^ir
margin gently convexly rounded to join the slightly convex
ventral margin ; dorsal margin straight, obtusely truncate
posteriorly, some examples, particularly young shells, are not su
noticeably truncate posteriorly, but appear slightly shorter and
have their margins more regularly convexly rounded. Lunule
small, depressed, narrow, elongate, cordate. Surface ornamented
with nineteen or twenty comparatively broad closely nodulose
radiating ribs, separated by narrower shallow concave inter-
spaces, in which the concentric lines of growth are visible. The
nodulose ornamentation of the ribs may be truncated spines, as
some examples are inclined to be rather spinose anteriorly and
posteriorly. Inner margin of the valves coarsely denticulate.

Dimensions. — Antero-posterior diameter, 10 mm.; umbo- ventral
diameter, 9 mm.; thickness through both valves, 7 mm.

Locality. — Lower Eocene calcareous sands, Moorabool Valley
near Maude. Fifteen examples.

Observations. — This species appears to be somewhat related to
C. delicatitla, Tate, and C. tasinanica, Tate, but from the former
it differs by not being so abruptly truncate posteriorly, by the
umbones not being so anterior, and by the fewer, broader, and
much more coarsely ornamented ribs, and from the latter, apart
from shape and dimensions, the present species has fewer and
broader ribs and much narrower interspaces between the ribs.

CmONE IIALLI, sp. nov.

(Plate XII., figs. 10, 11, 12.)

Shell thin, tranversely oval, moderately convex as a rule,
though occasional examples are somewhat depressed ; umbo
prominent, incurved anteriorly, situate about one-third the
length of the shell from the anterior margin ; lunule well defined
cordate, much i-aised along the junction of the valves; shell
anterior to the beak concave ; anterior margin regularly con-
vexedly rounded ; post-dorsal margin at first gently sloping from

230 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

the beak backwards and downwards, practically straight, then
roundly truncate to meet the very slightly convex ventral
margin. The usual sized shell is ornamented with from 40 to 50
raised rounded narrow concentric ridges, which become lamellai'
anteriorly and posteriorly, interspaces very much narrower than
the concentric ridges, becoming wider ventrally. The concentrit-
ridges are so close as to prevent any radial ornamentation being
seen at first, but, on holding the specimens with a strong light
beliind them, an exceedingly tine and close radial ribbing is just
visible. Interiorly the shell margin is very minutely crenulated.

Diinoisions. — Average specimens give the following measure-
ments, antero- posterior diameter, 11 "5 mm.; umbo- ventral
diameter, 9 mm.; thickness through both valves, 6 mm. The
largest specimen at present in my possession measures along its
antero-posterior diameter, 16 mm., and umbo-ventral diameter,
13 mm.

Locality. — Common in the Lower Eocene sands and clays of
(Spring Creek, 14 miles south of Geelong.

Observations. — This species is very closely allied to Chione
propinqua.^ T. Woods, but is a much smaller shell than the adult
of that species ; compared with young examples of C. propiiujiia
of about the same size from the Miocene beds of Muddy Creek,
the new species differs in form, is a thinner shell, is much more
convex, the umbones are more prominent, the concentric ridges
are liner and more numerous, the radial ribbing is obscure and is
not continued on to the concentric ridges or lamelke. These
differences seem adequate to my mind to justify the proposal of a
new specitic name for this shell, particularly as they appeared
very constant throughout my examination of upwards of sixty
examples.

T have much pleasure in attaching to this shell the name of
my friend, Mr. T. S. Hall, M.A., Demonstrator and Assistant-
Lecturer in Biology at the Melbourne University.

In conclusion, I must expi'ess my indebtedness to Professor
W. Baldwin Spencer, and tender to him my liest thanks for
photographing these shells for lithographic purposes.

Proc R S. Victoria Plate M Km

m^.

R.Wendd bth

Palaeontology of the Older Tertiary of Victoria. 231

EXPLANATION OF PLATE.

Fig. \. Trigonia tatei, sp. nov., left valve, natural size.

Fig. 2. ,, ,, right valve, natural size.

Fig. 3. ,, ,, side view of a left valve, natural size.

Fig. 4. Pinna cordata, sp. nov., natural size.

Fig. 5. ,, ., outline section at 3-5 cm. from apex.

Fig. 6. Cardita maudensis, sp. nov., right valve, twice natural
size.

Fig. 7. Cardita maudensis, left valve, twice natural size.

Fig. 8. Myochama trapezia, sp. nov., left valve, natural size.

Fig. 9. ,, ,, right valve, natural size.

Fig. 10. Chione halli, sp. nov., i-ight valve, natural size.

Fig. 11. ,, ,, left valve, natural size.

Fig. 12. ,, ,, right valve of a .somewhat depressed

form, natural size.

Art. XXIV. — Cata/ogue of Non-Calcarcous Sponges collected
by J. Braccbridge Wilson, Esq., JII.A., in the neigh-
bo iirliood of Port Phillip Heads.

Part T.

By Arthur Dendy, D.Sc,

Professor of Biology in the Canterbury College, University of New
Zealand ; Corresponding Meml>er of the Eoyal Society of Victoria.

[Eead 13th December, 1894.]

Introductory Remarks.

In presenting the first part of this catalogue for publication it
seems desirable to offer some prefatory remarks in explanation of
the nature of the work. The circumstances under which the
examination of Mr. Wilson's sponges was originally undertaken
have already been explained in the introduction to the first part
of my " Monograph of Victorian Sponges," and the reasons which
led to the modification of the plan originally proposed, and to the
at any rate temporaiy abandonment of the monograph as such,
have been stated in the introductory remarks to my "Synopsis, of
the Australian Calcarea Heterocrela." I can hardly say that I
regret having been obliged to modify my original plan. In the
case of the Homoca^la, dealt with in the first part of the mono-
graph, the amount of material to be examined was comparatively
small, and there was, consequently, a possibility of some approach
to completeness in the first instance. In the other gi'oups, how-
ever, the amount of material is so large that it certainly seems
desiraV)le to publish a systematic epitome without waiting for the
possibility of publishing complete and final descriptions accom-
panied by the necessary illustrations. The Calcarea Heterocada
have thus already been dealt with, and T now enter upon tlie
task of dealing similarly with the enormous mass (tf material
comprised under the non-calcareous sponges.

The present catalogue makes no pretence to completeness. A
very large number of small specimens as yet remain entirely

Catalogue of Non-Calcareous Sponges. 233

unexamined, and thoagh the majority of these are doubtless
duplicates, yet a certain proportion of new species will probably
be found amongst them. The bulk of Mr. Wilson's collection of
non-calcareous sponges is contained in upwards of nine hundred
large Mason jars, each containing, as a rule, a single specimen, or
at any rate so much of a specimen as could be got into the jar.
All these have been microscopically examined, and will be
included in the present catalogue. The specimens themselves ai'e
at present lodged in the Biological School of the Melbourne
University.

The production of the catalogue has been unavoidably interfered
with by my removal from JNIelbourne to Christchurch at the
commencement of the present year. I wished, if possible, to
complete the external examination of the specimens, and the
preparation of rough microscopic sections of each before I left
Melbourne, so as to avoid the necessity of removing the whole
collection to New Zealand. This could not have been done had
it not been for the great kindness of my friend, Mr. A. G. Fryett,
who most generously oftered his assistance, and devoted a month
of continuous work to the cutting and mounting of the necessary
sections. Meanwhile I drew up short descriptions of the external
characters of each specimen and numbered each consecutively as
it happened to come in the collection. I was thus able to
bring to New Zealand sufficient data for the systematic working-
out of the collection. Before proceeding with this work, however,
it was necessary to make a careful study of the numerous species
described by Mr. H. J. Carter, F.R.S., froin material' sent to
England some years ago by Mr. Wilson, and now lodged in the
British Museum. Thanks to the kindness of Dr. Giinther, F.R.S.,
keeper of the Zoological Department in the British Museum, I
have in my possession fragments of a very large number of Mr.
Carter's types, amounting to over 200 specimens of non-calcareous
sponges, some dry and some in spirit. Of all these I prepared
microscopical sections, and compared them with Mr. Carter's
descriptions. I was thus able to gain an extensive personal
knowledge of Mr. Carter's species, which will, I hope, add greatly
to the value of the present work.

Amongst the collection in Melbourne I tind that there are a
very large number of duplicates, there being in some cases two or

Q

234 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

three dozen jars of tlie same species. This is due to the fact that
the species are very difficult to distinguish by external characters
alone, owing to their variability in form and sometimes also in
colour. Although the presence of so many duplicates has gi'eatly
increased the labour of examination, yet they are very valuable
as showing the variation in form and colour. I have been very
doubtful as to the advisability of enumerating every specimen in
the present catalogue. As, however, they may be distriljuted
amongst museums in various parts of the world and may thus be
extremely useful as standards of reference, I have decided to
do so.

Each specimen bears my own register numl^er, prefixed by the
letters J^.N., and quoted in this catalogue. After my own
register number I have, except in cases where there are a large
number of duplicates, (}U()t<-d in brackets the particulars as to
locality (station number or letter), and natural colour, supplied to
me by Mr. Wilson. A nundier followed by the letter " f "
indicates the approximate depth in fatlioms.

I have also quoted under each species the sjDecimens by which
it is represented in the British Museum, so far as I have know-
ledge thereof. These specimens are nundjered as sent out to me,
the numbers being prefixed by the letters B.M. The letter " d "
before any such number stands for "dry," and "sp." for "spirit."
The name attached in the British Museum and the British
Museum register number, where known, are quoted in brackets
after the number. It is hoped that these precautions will
facilitate any future discussion on questions of synonymy, and
will indicate the exact nature of the authority on which I have
relied.

As regards the exact locality in which the specimens were
collected, I may mention that Mr. Wilson has arranged a series
of dredging " stations " which he designates by means of letters
or numbers. The letter " x " indicates a station outside but near
Port Phillip Heads. A number prefixed simply by the letter
"s" indicates a dredging station inside the Heads. I hope that
Mr. AV^ilson may soon publish a list of these stations for
convenience of reference.*

« See Article XXV., iu which Jlr. Wilson has published the list of stations referred to.

Catalogue of Non-Calcareous Sponges. 235

As regards the notes on the colours of the living sponges
supplied by Mr. Wilson, and forming a most valuable contribution
to our knowledge of the group, I may remark that a large
number of them are based upon a comparison of the specimens
with the plates in Ridgway's " Nouaenclature of Colors for
Naturalists" (Boston, 1886), and that in these cases I have made
use of the nomenclature of that author.

The present instalment, forming Part I. of the catalogue,
includes only the Families Homorrhaphida^ and Heterorrhaphidje
of the Order Monaxonida. Although I am aware that consider-
able modification will doubtless have to be made in the classifi-
cation of the Monaxonida as proposed by Mr. Ridley and myself
in our " Challenger " Report, and that much valuable work in this
direction has of late years been accomplished, especially by iNIr.
Topsent, yet I have decided to adhere for the present to our origi-
nal scheme. I have done so because the "Challenger" Reports form
an accessible and recognised standard of reference, and because
the proposed modifications can hardly, in the present state of our
knowledge, be considered as final. It may, however, be desirable
to incorporate souie minor and undoubted improvements at once,
and in order to facilitate the work of the student I give diagnoses
of the families, sub-families and genera as here employed. The
spicular terminology is tliat of the "Challenger" Report on the
Monaxonida.

The proportion of new species is, as might be expected from
the extent of the collection, large. Thus, in the present
contribution, out of a total of thu'ty- seven species seventeen are
described as new.

The abbreviations made use of in the literature references will,
I hope, explain themselves. The most frequent is "A.M.N.H.,"
which of course stands for "Annals and Magazine of Natural
History."

Order MONAXONIDA.

Siliceous sponges with uniaxial megascleres.

Family HOMORRHAPHID^.

Megascleres all diactinal, either oxea or strongyla ; no micro-
scleres.

q2

236 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Sub-family RENiERiXiE.

The spicules may be united togethei" Ijy a small pi'oportion of
horny matter, but are never completely enveloped in it.

Genus Reniera (Nardo).
Skeleton a close-meshed network of typically single spicules
united together by their ends only. The spicules are short oxea
or strongyla, whose length forms the width of the skeletal mesh,
which may be rectangular, triangular or polygonal. Multispicular
primary lines of spicules are often developed.

Reiiiero viassalis, Carter, sp.

Thalysias viassalis, Cartel', A.M.N.H., January, 1886, p. 50.

This is a massive, compact, but rather friable sponge, with
usually fair-sized and prominent vents. The skeleton is a
moderately regular network of small oxea, arranged in slender
multispiculary primary and unispicular secondary lines. The
colour is pale yellow in spirit.

R.N. 349 (19 f; dirty white below, maroon-brown above);
429 (x, 19 f; coral red washed over raw sienna); 815; 1036
(X B).

B.M. d. 105 (^" Thalysias massalis,'' Reg. 86-12-15-433).

Reniera hrassicata, Carter, sp.

Fhakellia brassicata, Carter, A.M.N.H., November, 1885,
p. 363.

Reniera vasiforinis, Carter, A.M.N.H., December, 1886, p.
445.

The sponge is stipitate, with \ase-shaped head, which may be
proliferous, the lamella being thin, or it may be simply llabellate.
The rather stout and somewhat plumose primary lines of the
skeleton are suggestive of an Axinellid affinity, the secondary
lines are frequently unispicular and very irregular. I have only
been able to examine Mr. Carter's '■'•Reniera vast/orfnis" but his
description leaves little doubt of the identity of this sponge with
his " Phakellia brassicata.'' The oxea are of moderate size, rather
stout, curved, fusiform and usually sharply pointed.

R.N. 187; 393; 533 (x, 19 f; " cadmium yellow "); ? 1099.

B.M. d. 101 (''Reniera vasiforniis,'' lleg. 86-12-15-364).

Catalogue of Non-Calcareous Sponges. 237

Reniera clathrata, n. sp.

Sponge massive, spreading, irregular, somewhat clathrous and
throwing off short, irregular, slender, anastomosing branches.
Vents variable in size, mostly on monticular projections, either
on the main body or on the branches. Texture soft, resilient,
rather cavernous ; very tender and friable. Light brownish-
yellow in spirit.

Skeleton, a close network of small oxea, with small polygonal
meshes commonly bounded by single spicules ; loose multispicular
primary lines may be distinguished in parts.

Spicules, short, fairly stout, fairly gradually sharp-pointed,
slightly curved oxea, measuring about 0'083 by 0'005 mm.

This species may possibly be identical with some of the many
llritish species described by Bowerbank under the name Isfldictya,
Imt I am not at present in a position to decide this question.

R.N. 920 (s.lO); llSfx

Reniera longinianus, n. sp.

'? Chalina polychotoiua, pars.. Coll. Brit. Mus.

Sponge compressed, thin, palmodigitate. Branches long,
slender, compressed in the same plane. Vents minute, numerous,
arranged in marginal rows. Surface smooth but minutely
granular. Texture compact, tirm, resilient, but easily breaking.
Pale yellow in spirit.

Skeleton, a close, irregular network of small oxeote spicules,
with multispicular primary and mostly unispicular secondary
lines, but often very confused.

Spicules, short, slightly curved, fairly gradually sharp-pointed
oxea, measuring about 0-083 by 0"005 mm. Except as regards
the very characteristic external form this species closely resembles
R. clathrata.

R.N. 576 (x, 19 f; "cream buff'"); 609 (x, 20 f; "cream
buff.")

? B.Af. d. 68 {'' Chalina polychotoiua;' Reg. 86-12-15-172).

Reniera pro.xinia, n. sp.

Flabellate to palmo-digitate with short stout branches ; may
be stipitate with bushy palmodigitate head. Vents minute,
numerous, scattered or marginal. Surface smooth. Texture

238 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

compact ; but compressible and resilient, and not very tough.
Pale yellow in spirit.

Skeleton, a close-meshed fairly regular network of small stout
oxea ; with well-marked, parallel, multispicular primary lines,
three or four spicules thick, curving upwards and outwards and
separated by the length of a spicule ; secondary lines irregular,
uni- or multispicular, usually joining the primaries at right angles.

Spicules, short, rather stout, slightly curved, rather bluntly
pointed oxea, measuring about 0'16 by 0*012 mm. (R.lSr. 594,
rather smaller in 1191).

This species is distinguished from R. longiniainis chiefly Ijy the
size of the spicules.

R.N. 288 (18 f; "wax yellow"); 594 (x, 19 f ; "cadmium
yellow"); 1191.

Reniera fryetti, n. sp.

Erect ; flabellate, but thick ; slightly proliferous. Margin
truncated, broad and flattened, covered with a finely porous
membrane, beneath which the numerous long, ascending, main
exhalant canals terminate. General surface subglabrous, minutely
punctate, rather uneven. Texture compressible, resilient, rather
soft and fi'iable. Colour in spirit warm dark brown.

Skeleton, a close but irregular network of small oxea with
meshes .about one spicule's length wide ; sometimes distinct
multispicular primary lines may be distinguished.

Spicules, rather slender, slightly curved, fairly gradually sharp-
pointed oxea, measuring about 0'12 by 0*005 mm.

This species is a very remarkable one, easily distinguished by
the exhalant marginal pore-sieves and by the dark brown colour.
I have very great pleasure in dedicating it to my friend, Mr. A.
G. Fryett, as a slight recognition of his valuable aid in preparing
microscopical preparations of the Victorian sponges.

R.N. 1141, 1183.

Genus Halichondria, Fleming.

Skeleton confused, may be fibrous, but never regularly i-eticu-
late. Spicules oxea or strongyla, usually long and slender.
Spongin scarcely appreciable.

Catalogue of Non-Calcareous Sponges. 239

Halichondria cancellosa., Carter, sp.

Amorphina cancellosa., Carter, A.M.N.H., January, 1886, p. 50.

I have not met with any example of this species, nor have I
been able to examine the original specimen. It seems to be a
large, massive Halichondria. The dry sponge is light and fragile,
with numerous vents scattered over the surface. The spicules
are oxea, measuring about 0'3 by 0-0062 mm.

Halichondria arenacea, n. sp.

Massive, solid, with lai'ge collared vents on the convex upper
surface and wide exhalant canals. Texture hard, friable and
incompressible, owing to the immense quantity of coarse sand
of which the interior is chiefly made up. The dermal membrane
is free from sand in places, and then appears thin, delicate and
minutely reticulate. Colour in spirit brown, owing to the sand.

Skeleton, consisting chiefly of the coarse sand grains irregularly
and closely aggregated. Between the sand grains is a scanty,
irregular spicular network, scarcely fibrous and almost Renierine
in character.

Spicules, slender oxea, gently curved and fairly gi'adually
sharp-pointed ; measuring about 0*2 by 0"0045 mm.

R.N. 629 (x, 19 f ; " lavender-grey ").

Halichondria (? ) nigrocutis. Carter, sp.

Amorphina nigrocutis, Carter, A.M.N.H., January, 1886, p. 50.

This is a massive irregular sponge, of a dark grey colour in
spirit, which is due to the deeply pigmented, minutely reticulate
dermal membrane. The main skeleton is composed of long,
slender oxeote spicules scattered about in the utmost confusion,
though sometimes collected into irregular tibroixs tracts. There
is a well differentiated dermal skeleton, consisting of a dense
feltwork of much smaller oxea lying horizontally ; it may become
reticulate from the abundance of the inhalant pores. Numerous
brown pigment cells are scattered throughout the sponge, especi-
ally tovvards the surface. It is difficult to believe that this sponge
is not closely related to some of Mr. Carter's species of Stelletti-
nopsis, but I can find no stellate microscleres. SoUas has already

240 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

suggested* that Halichondria may be derived from a Stellettitiopsis-
like ancestor by loss of the asters, and the chai-acters of the
present species certainly seem to strengthen this supposition.

^.^V: 450 (s. 9, 17 f., "blackish slate"); 685 (s. 9); 727 (s. 5).

B.M. d. 102 {'■'■ A/iiorf/iina nigj'ocietis" unregistered).

Genus Eu mas tin, Schmidt, f

Sponge consisting of a massive body bearing elongated mammi-
form projections with vents at their apices. Skeleton consisting
of long slender oxea, arranged irregularly or in loose fibres.

The genus resembles Oceanapia in external appearance, but
differs in the large slender oxea, and probably also in the absence
of the bast-like subderraal skeleton reticulation.

Euniastia schinidtii, n. sp.

The sponge consists of a hemispherical body, with long and
short finger-like processes springing from its upper surface.
Numerous minute vents occur at tlie summits of the larger
fistuUe.

Skeleton, composed of thickly, but irregularly scattered oxea,
sometimes collected into loose wliisps and slightly projecting
from the surface in loose tufts.

Spicules, long slender oxea,, slightly curved and gradually
sharp-pointed at each end ; closely resembling those of a typical
Halichondria ; measuring about 0*4 by 0"008 mm.

J?.N. 390.

Sub-family Chalinin.e.

A considerable amount of spongin is present, typically ft)rming
a thick sheath completely enveloping the sjjicules and uniting
them into strong fibres. (In many species the spicules become
greatly reduced in size and numbers, while the horny matter
increases, thus forming a gradual transition to the so-called
Horny sponges).

Genus Pachychalina, Sc-hmidt.
External form various, but not tubular. Fibres stout, with
spicules numerous and arranged polyserially.

» Challenger Tetraotinellida, p. 208.

tGnmdzUge einer Spougien-Faiinii des atlantisdien Gcbietcs,)). 42.

Catalogue of Non-Calcareous Sponges. 241

Pachychalina aunintiaia, Lendenfeld, sp. 1

1 Cladochahna aurantiaca, Lendenfeld, Zoologischer Jahrbii-
cher, vol ii., p. 768 (1887).

Sponge varying in form' from compressed lamellar to digitate.
Surface smooth, with minutely reticulate dermal membrane.
Vents small, numerous ; irregularly scattered, marginal or
confined to one side. Texture soft, resilient. Colour in spirit
pale yellow.

Skeleton., rather wide-meshed, with stout main fibres curving
outwards from the centre to the sui'face, and densely packed with
numerous small oxea ; these are leather sparingly connected by
slenderer secondary fibres which run approximately at right
angles to them, and are also multispicular. Immense numbers
of spicules are also scattered in the soft tissues between the
fibres. There is a well-marked dermal skeleton composed cliietiy
of close-set tufts of spicules arranged perpendicular to the surface
and forming a close-meshed polygonal network when viewed from
the exterior.

Spicules, small, slender oxea ; gently curved, and gradually
sharp pointed ; measuring about 0"14 by 0-004 mm.

Von Lendenfeld's type is stated to come from Port Phillip, so
that in spite of the meagreness of his description the identification
seems fairly likely to be cori"ect, although the spicular measure-
ments difter slightly.

R.N. 410 (x, 19 f ; "ochre yellow"); 753 (s. 5, ''ochre buff"');
823 (x).

Pachychalina clavifornus., Carter, sp.

Acervochalina clavifor/nis, Carter, A.M.N.H., November, 1886,
p. 376.

I have only seen a fragment of one of Mr. Carter's sjDecimens
from the British Museum ; the species ajDpears to be rare. It is
characterised liy its erect, cylindrical or pear-shaped form, with
discoid, root-like attachment below. The surface is smooth ; the
veiits numei'ous and large ; the texture very loose and tender.
The skeleton is a very sparse and irregular network of ill-defined,
slender, partly nmltispicular and partly unispicular fibres. The
spicules are slightly curved, gradually sharp-pointed oxea,
measuring about 0-17 by O'OOG mm.

B.M. sp. 32 (^'•Acervochalina clavi_formis'' Reg. 86-12-1.5-50).

242 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Pachychalina tenel/a, Lendeufeld, sp.

Chalinopora tejiella, Lendeufeld, Zoologischer Jahrbiiclier,
vol. ii., p. 765 (1887).

The sponge is irregularly massive, sessile, with prominent vents
and smooth but uneven surface. The texture in spirit is very
soft, spongy and tender, and the colour pale yellow.

Skeleton, a lax and very irregular network of slender, usually
multispicular fibres, with numerous spicules scattered between.

Spicules, very slender, slightly curved, gradually sharp-
pointed oxea, measuring about 0"1 by 0-0027 mm.

Yon Lendenfeld's type also comes from Port Phillip, wliere the
species is common.

R.N. 660; 733 (x, B ; "cream buff"); 755 (s. 5; "wax
yellow"); 756 (s. 5; "wax yellow"); 767 (Sorrento Jetty; "wax
yellow"); 774 (Sori-ento Jetty ; "sponge grey"*); 783 (Sorrento
Jetty, " wax yellow ").

PachycJialina In'la/nella/a, (Lamarck ?) Carter, sp.

Cavochaliiia oilaniellata, Carter, A.M.N.H., Octobei-, 1885,
p. 287.

Placochaliiia pedii?iciilata, Lendeufeld, Cat. Spong. Aust. Mus.,
p. 90.

This remarkable sponge usually has a very characteristic
external appearance, being leathery and thinly flabellate, and
often growing out into two wing-like expansions from a common
peduncle. The skeleton network is close-meshed, with multi-
spicular fibres and many spicules scattered between ; the meshes
vary from quite irregular in the interior to rectangular towards
the surface. The spicules are short oxea, measuring about 0'54
by 0-004 mm.

R.X. 741 (x, B; " sponge grey '■) ; 1008 (xB); 1143 (x).

B.M. d. 73 {''Cavochaliiia Mlamellata" Reg. 86-12-15-186).

Genus Chaliiia, Grant.

Form variou.s, not tubular. Skeleton reticulation rectangulai-,
with much spongin and few spicules.

* Tlie grey tint Is due to the presence of foreign matter in the form of immense numbers
of parasitic worms, Crustacea, etc.

Catalogue of Non-Calcareous Sponges. 243

Chalina polychotoina, (Esper ?) Cai-ter.

Chalina polychotonm var. fi-ichotoina, Carter, A.M.N.H.,
February, 1885, p. 115.

Chalina polychotonm (with varieties trichotoina, compressa,
oculata, robusta, angnlaia, nionilifonnis), Carter, A.M.N.H.,
October, 1885, pp. 284, 285.

This common species appears to be extremely variable. It is
usually a large sponge divided into long, slender or robust
branches of very varying shape, and bearing small, scattered or
serial vents. The texture is compressible and resilient, and the
colour in spirit yellow or brown. In life the prevailing colour is
also brown. The skeleton is a close, more or less rectangular-
meshed network of horny tibre, more or less abundantly cored
with small slender oxea, which may also be scattered between the
fibres. The spicules vary somewhat in size, but are usually about
0'06 mm. long.

Mr. Carter has distinguished a number of form varieties, but
it is very doubtful whether these can be maintained.

As the specimens collected by Mr. Wilson are so numerous I
refrain from giving the locality and colour of each individually.
Nearly all of which the locality is recorded come from outside
the Heads ; one, however, is recorded from Station 9, and one
from Sorrento Jetty. The recorded colours range from some
shade of brown to " cinnamon-rufous " and " heliotrope-purple."

R.N. 263; 270; .313; 325; 328; 330; 4U ; 469; 596;
724; 786; 873; 1016; 1022; 1032; 1040; 1081 (these are all
more or less ordinary forms) ; 52.3 (compressed and flabellate,
with finger-like processes) ; 639 ; 640 ; 669 ; 1007 (these have
the numerous spicules in the pximary fibres arranged in a
markedly plumose fashion, as in Axinellidce) ; 1018 (the arrange-
ment of the spicules is very Renieroid, but they are completely
imbedded in spongin).

B.M. d. 63 ("var. nigra" M.S. Reg. 86-12-15-165); d. 64
("var. robusta" Reg. 86-12-15-163); d. 65 ("var. oculata'' Reg.
86-12-1.5-154-155); d. 71 ("var. angulata" Reg. 86-12-15-168);
d. 72 ("var. conpressa" Reg. 86-12-15-159).

244 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Cliali/ia viridis, n. sp.

Sponge composed of slender, irregular, cylindrical or sub-
cylindrical branches, with smooth surface and numerous small
vents which may be scattered or serial. Texture (in spirit)
compressible and resilient. Colour (in spirit) dark brown ; when
alive dark green.

Skeleton, a network of rather slender horny fibres cored with
slender oxea, and sometimes with numerous spicules scattered
between the fibres in the soft tissue. The entire skeleton is fre-
quently interrupted by the large canals, which gi\e a very charac-
teristic mottled appearance to sections. Between these interrup-
tions the skeleton net is close-meshed. Towards the surface the
meshes are sub-rectangular and little more than one spicule's
length in width ; in the interior of the sponge they are very
irregular. The primary fibres at first run longitudinally in the
central portion of the sponge, and branching dendi-itically cur\e
outwards to the surface ; they are multispicular and about 0-02
nnn. thick. The secondary, connecting fibres are nearly as thick
but mostly unispicular.

The dermal skeleton is a close network with polygonal meshes,
formed by fibres resembling the secondaries of the main skeleton.

Spicules, short, straight (or slightly curved), slender oxea,
gradually sharp-pointed at each end ; measuring when full sized
about 0-058 by 0-0028 mm.

Spirit specimens of this sponge are very insignificant looking,
but the dark green colour in life, changing to dark brown in
spirit, appears to be characteristic. As regards skeletal characters
I do not think that the species could be distinguished from
Chalina polychotoma. of which perhaps it is only a variety.

R.N. 333 (18 f; "dark rifle green"); 572 (x, 19 f; "parrot
green"'); 744 (x, B; "riflegreen").

Chalina perga/nentacca, Ridley, sp.

Chalina perganientacea, Eidley and Dendy, Challenger Monax-
onida, p. 27 (previous references given here).

Ceraochalina papillata, Lendenfeld, Zoologischer Jahrljucher,
V..1. ii., p. 779 (1887).

Catalogue of Non-Calcareous Sponges. 245

The sponge is broadly digitate, often compressed, with scattered
or serial vents and glabrous or subglabrous dermal membrane.
It is very compressible and of a translucent yellow colour in
spirit. The horny fibres are stout and well-developed, but the
spicules are reduced to liair-like thinness, scattered more or less
abundantly in and between the stout fibres. Tliis great reduction
of the spicules and the strong development of the spongin form
the most characteristic features of the species.

R.N. 453 (s. 9, 20 f ; " vinaceous cinnamon ") ; 461 (s. 14, 10 f;
"smokegrey"); 657 (x, 20f; "wood brown with wash of yellow'');
807 (s. 5) ; 855 (s. 9) ; 875 (s. 9) ; 906 (s. 8).

Genus Siphonochalina (Schmidt).

Sponge tubular ; tubes smooth, both inside and out, usually
narrow, each with a large round opening (pseudosculum or vent)
at the summit.

Siphonochalina proci/nilens, Carter, sp.

Fatuloscula procumbens. Carter, A.M.N.H., May, 1882, p. 365.

Patuloscula prociinibens, Carter, A.M.N.H., October, 1885, p.
286.

Siphonochalina procitnibens, Dendy, Trans. Zool. Soc, vol. xii.
p. 355., pi. Iviii., fig. 4 ; pi. Ixii., fig. 1.

In my memoir on the "West Indian Chalininie " {loc. cit.) I
questioned Mr. Carter's indentification of the Victorian species
with his own West Indian Fatuloscula procumbens. Having
carefully reconsidered the question I do not think it desirable to
separate the two.

The sponge is composed of a uundjer of short wide tubes fused
together laterally, and each bearing a wide vent at the summit.
The surface is uneven but smooth ; the texture tough and
resilient ; the colour in spirit pale yellowish-brown. Perhaps the
most characteristic feature is afforded l)y the remarkably short,
nearly straight, hastately pointed oxea, measuring about 0"07 by
0'005 mm. Mr, Carter gives the colour in life as "purple-slate."

R.N. 1150 (x).

B.M. d. 76 ('■'■Patuloscula procumbens." South coast of
Australia. Reo-. 86-12-15-208).

24G Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Siphonoclialina procumbens, var. fiabelliforniis, Carter, var.

Patuloscula procujiidens, var. fiabeiliforuiis, Carter, A.M.N.H.,
October, 1885, p. 286.

I liave only seen a fragment of Mr. Carter's specimen of this
variety. He describes the sponge as consisting of greatly
elongated tubes united laterally into a fan-shaped form, rising
from a single stem. The skeletal differences as compared with
the typical form are very slight.

B.M. d. 78 (^'- Patuloscula procumbens^ \-m\ fiabellifor/iiis. Reg.
86-12-15-203).

Siphonochaliiia bispiculata, n. sp.

Sponge irregulai-, sul'lamellar, low-gi'owing, proliferous ; some-
times I'ising into short, tubular digitations, each with a wide vent
at the summit, or the vents may be smaller and marginal. In
spirit the texture is compressible and resilient, and the colour
pale yellow.

Skeleton, an irregular or rectangularly meshed network of
stout horny libre containing few spicules. The primary fibres
measure about 0*05 mm. in diameter, and the .secondaries little
less. The primary fibres contain a few rather long oxea, the
secondaries usually contain no spicules at all, or a very few of
the short oxea, which sometimes project from them at right
angles. A few spicules occur scattered in the soft tissues, and
there is a well-developed dermal skeleton composed of radiating
tufts of long slender oxea.

Spicules, the oxea are of two distinct kinds : — (a) long and
slender, straight, gradually sharjD-pointed, measuring about 0-2
by O'OO-l mm.; (1>) extremely short, relatively stout, hastately
spindle-shaped spicules, with sharp points; measuring about 0'035
by O-OO-l mm.

The long oxea occur abundantly in the dermal tufts, and
scattered through the soft tissues of the interior. The short ones
occur sparsely scattered through the soft tissues, and irregularly
in, and projecting from, the horny fibres. Intermediate forms
occur in the primary fibres.

In external appearance this species resembles Siphonochalijia
procumbens, but its remarkable spiculation separates it from all

Catalogue of Non-Calcareous Sponges. 247

otliei" Clia]inina3 with which I am actiuainted. Both specimens
contain numerous developing embryos and come from the same
station, so that they may possibly be parts of one and the same
sponge.

R.N. 1055 (x A) ; 1079 (x A).

Family HETERORRHAPHID^.

Skeleton reticulate, never plumose. Megascleres of various
forms. Microscleres usually present, but never chela?.

Genus Gellii/s, Gray.

Sponge without rind or tistulse. Megascleres all diactinal,
oxea or strongyla. Microscleres present in the form of sigmata,
toxa or trichodragmata. Very little spongin present, never
forming distinct fibres.

Gellius plii/lipc7isis, h. sp.

Massive or, encrusting, with smooth but uneven surface and
prominent vents. In spirit the texture is spongy, resilient and
friable, and the colour white or yellowish.

Skeleton., the main skeleton is a close-meshed network of
spicules with little or no spongin, the arrangement being between
Renieroid and Halichondrioid. The dermal skeleton is a close-
meshed reticulation of spicular fibre echinated by abundant tufts
of oxea projecting at right angles to the surface.

Megascleres, rather slender, slightly curved oxea ; usually
gradually sharp-pointed and measuring about 0"1S by 0-0055 mm.

Microscleres, (a) very numerous, very slender sigmata, varying
greatly in length, simple and contort, (b) trichodragmata ;
bundles of hair-like spicules varying much in length in dift'erent
bundles.

In the presence of trichodragmata this species resembles
Carter's Fibularia massa* which is a Gellius from Nassau.

R.N. 334 (7 f ; " wax yellow "); 702 (s. 5 ; "brownish-yellow ");
723 (s. 5); 973 (s. 5); 794 (variety?).

* A.-M.N.U., April, 1882, p. 282.

248 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Genus Geiliodes, Ridley.

Megaseleres cliactinal, oxea or strougyla. Microscleres sigmata.
With a distinct skeleton fibre containing more or less spongin.

Geiliodes pocttlii/ii, Ridley and Dendy.

Geiliodes foci/linn, Ridley and Dendy, Challenger Monaxonida,
p. 48, pi. X.

I refer one of Mr. Wilson's specimens to this species with a
little hesitation. The specimen is erect and goblet-shaped, witli
broad base, and contains much foreign matter. The oxea are a
good deal slenderer than in the type, and the whole skeleton i«
very irregular.

R.N. 448 (s. 14 ; 10 f ; " mouse grey ").

Genus Oceanapia, iSTorman.

Sponge consisting of a central body with closed or open tubular
processes (tistuUe) projecting from it. Megaseleres oxea or
strongyla. Mici'oscleres in the form of sigmata, or altogether
absent. Skeleton usually coarsely spiculo-tibrous ; with a bast-
like reticulation beneath the dermal membrane.

As suggested in our work on t^e Challenger Monaxonida, it
seems desirable to unite the genera Oceanapia and Riiizochalina
in one, and as Norman's name has precedence it must of course
be employed.

Oceanapia mollis, n. sp.

Massive, irregular ; \\\t\\ numerous large, prominent, collared
vents, rising up from the general surface and leading out of
great exhalant canals. Surface uneven, sometimes ridged, sub-
glabrous, minutely reticulate, with a few extremely small and
insignificant-looking, closed fistulse, not at all comparing with
the oscular projections in size. Texture soft, compressible,
resilient, fragile. Colour in spirit pale brownish-yellow.

Skeleton, the main skeleton is a loose and almost unispicular
reticulation of fairly stout oxea, connected chiefly at their ends
by a fair amount of spongin. The dermal skeleton consists of a
superficial network of single spicules, more or less crossing one
another, and beneath this a thin bast-like layer composed of a
wide-meshed network of nmltispicular but i-ather slender fibres.

Catalogue of Nan- Calcareous Sponges. 249

jMt'gasclef-es, fairly stout, slightly curved, gradually sharp-
pointed oxea, measuring about 0-2 by 0-00S3 mm. In the deeper
parts numerous very slender oxea occur between the others, of
which they are probably young forms.

Micyoscleres, very numerous, short and very slender, C-shaped
sigmata, measuring about 0'016 mm. from bend to bend.

This sponge is especially characterised by the very feeble
development of the closed fistuke, so that it makes a near
approach to the genus Gellius, in which they are entirely absent.
Both specimens were received at the same time, and though in
separate jars, they are probably parts of the same individual.

R.N. 1167; 1193.

Oceanapia imperfecta., n. sp.

This species is represented in the collection by a squarish
chunk evidently cut from the upper part of a large massive
specimen The upper surface is flattened, subglabrous, and very
minutely reticulate. Ic bears numerous very small, thimble-
shaped, blind tistukv, with reticulate walls and only about one-
fifth of an inch high. Numerous long canals run up and
terminate in these tistuhv. The texture of the whole sponge is
very soft, spongy and tender. The colour in spirit is very pale
yellow.

Skeleton, the main skeleton is a loose network of very
distinct spicular fibres, each about 0*055 mm. in diameter, and
composed of densely packed spicules with little or no spongin.
The dermal skeleton is an irregular, close-meshed, bast-like
network of spicule bundles, abundantly echinated by close-set
tufts of projecting oxea.

Megascleres, long, slender and almost straight oxea, cylin-
drical and hastately pointed at each end ; measuring about 0*25
l)y 0-006 mm.

I have not been able to find any microscleres.

R.N. 1181.

Oceanapia phillipensis, n. sp.

The sponge consists of a massive, sessile, depressed body,
coated and charged with foreign matter, and sending up a number
of elongated, hollow fistuhe, ranging up to about tliree inches in

B

250 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

length and one-third of an inch in diameter. These processes
may either end blindly and bluntly, or bear small vents at the
aummit. The body is fairly compact but compressible and
rather spongy, and neai'ly white in spirit.

Skeleton, in the interior of the body no fibres appear to be
developed, and the skeleton consists of loosely but very thickly
scattered spicules. The dermal skeleton of the body is obscui'ed
by the foreign matter. In the fistulje we have the usual bast-
like, reticulate dermal skeleton, strongly echinated by projecting
tufts of oxea. Beneath this the cavity of the fistula is partly
blocked up by an irregular, close-meshed network of very stout
spicular fibre. Towards the surface the meshes became very
small and sub-rectangular in shape.

Megascleres, rather short, slightly curved, hastately sharp-
pointed oxea, measuring about 0'12 l)y 0-005 mm.

I have seen no microscleres.

R.A^. 321 (18 f ; "body pale butt-brown. Projections white") ;
118-t.

Oceaiiapia coka'?-eus, Carter, sp.

Phhvodictyon coliccreiis, Carter, A.M.N.H., December, 1886,
p. 446.

My personal acquaintance with this species is limited to a piece
of the original specimen sent to Mr. Carter. This specimen was
n cylindrical fragment made up of some twenty united tubes
terminating in as many vents, all lying close together at the
truncated end of the sponge. The skeleton is arranged as usual
in the genus, with bast-like dermal network, and coarse, stout
spicular fibres in the interior. The spicules are curved oxea,
abruptly and bluntly pointed, measuring about O'lo by 0-008 mm.

B.M. sp. 34 i^' Phla'odictyon colncre/is" Reg. 87-7-11-13).

. Genus Chondropsis (Carter), n. gen.

Skeleton composed largely of sand and other foreign bodies,
usually (? always) arranged in distinct fibres or columns. Spicular
skeleton greatly reduced. Megascleres diactinal, strongyla or
tylota. Microscleres nearly always present in the form of sigmata.

1 liad intended using von Lendenf eld's n&mQ Sigmatella for this
genus, but found from Scudder's " Nomenclator Zoologicus " that
it was already occupied.

Catalogue of Non-Calcareous Sponges. 251

The genus is here employed in a somewhat more restricted
sense, however, than was intended by von Lendenfeld for
Sigmatella. That author's diagnoses* make no sharp distinction
between Marshall's Phoriospongia and his own Sigmatella. If,
however, we restrict Phoriospongia to species with monactinal
megascleres, as was done by Marshall, and reserve Chondropsis
for those with diactinal megascleres, we shall have a very natural
distinction. The occasional styli observed by von Lendenfeld in
species of his Sigmatella, and by Carter in Chondropsis., were
probably abnormal or accidental ; in all cases the diactinal
spicules predominate.

Unfortunately, Carter's type species of Chondropsis (C.
arenifera) is not a good example of the genus, being devoid of the
characteristic sigmata. He givesf no diagnosis, however, and
terms his group "Chondropsina," which is co-extensive with his
one species, " provisional." The genus Chondropsis may, there-
fore, be really considered as a new one, now for the first time
defined.

I have very good evidence of an Ectyonine origin for this
genus, but have not space to enter into the question here.

Chondropsis kirkii, Carter, sp.

Dysidea kirkii, Carter, A.M.N.H., March, 1885, p. 216.

(?) Sigmatella australis, Lendenfeld, Monograph of Horny
Sponges, p. 611.

Sigmatella corticata, Lendenfeld, Monograph of Horny Sponges,
p. 618.

The sponge is massive, often compressed but thick, sometimes
digitate. The vents are usually large and conspicuous. The
surface is smooth or minutely conulose and usually finely reticu-
late. The texture is compressible, and the colour in spirit pale
grey.

The main skeleton is a very beautiful, irregular, tracery-like
network of very fine-grained sand-fibre. There is a close-meshed
dermal network of similar sandy fibre. The spicular elements are
greatly reduced, though the megascleres may still be observed in
radiating: tufts towards the surface.

* Monograph of Horuy Spouges, pp. 598, 611.
t A.M.N.H., February, 1886, p. 122.

r2

252 Procceditigs of the Royal Society of Victoria.

The megascleres are very slender strongyla, and the micros-
cleres very minute, much curved, simple and contort sigmata,
usually extremely abundant.

This is an exceedingly common sponge, there being no less than
thirty-nine specimens in Mr. Wilson's collection ; the station.s
recoi'ded being 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 14, x A, x B, and Sorrento
Jetty. The natural colours of eighteen specimens are recorded ;
most are shades of yellow or orange ; three are pink or salmon ;
a few are grey with violet or purple tints, and one is bright red.

In two of the British Museum specimens I have found
abundant rods and sigmata, as described by von Lendenfeld ; in
the other (d. 2) I have found rods only. In one of Mr. Wilson's
later specimens I have also failed to find sigmata (R.N. 1031).

B.M. d. 2 C'Dysidea kirkii" Reg. 86-12-15-333); d. 5 {''Dysidea
kirkit, var. flabelliformis" Reg. 86-12-15-344); d. 6 i^'- Dysidea
kirkii" Reg. 86-12-15-323).

Ji.N. 309; 318; 336; 456; 457; 458; 515; 688; 703; 704;
714; 765; 766; 771; 775; 777; 785; 788; 795; 816; 831;
832; 854; 859; 864; 883; 894; 908; 943; 954; 985; 993;
1030; 1031; 1053; 1059; 1060; 1094; 1198.

Chondropsis ivilsojti, n. sp.

Massive, lobose, or irregular ; sometimes compressed, but thick.
Vents of moderate size, scattered on prominent parts. Surface
rugose or warty, but glabrous and with minutely reticulate
dermal membrane between the projections. On the prominent
parts of the surface small scar-like sandy areas are scattered, but
there is no sandy dermal reticulation. Texture tough, very
sandy internally but rather soft and compressible. Colour in
spirit nearly white.

Skeleto/i, stout columns of comparatively coarse sand, more
or less widely separated from one another, run vertically to the
surface, where they terminate in the scar-like sandy areas already
mentioned. The sand grains are cemented together by spongin,
and stout clear hor-ny fibres occasionally run across from one
sandy column to another. Between the sandy columns loose
whisps of megascleres, often more or less enveloped in spongin,
run towards the surface. The only dermal skeleton is formed by
the loose tufts in wjiich these whisps terminate.

Catalogue of Non-Calcaveoiis Sponges. 253

Megasckres, almost straight, very slender strongyla or tylota
with irregular heads, measuring about 0-18 by 0-0025 mm.

Microsderes, slender C-shaped sigmata of very regular form
and bluntly pointed or even slightly swollen at the extremities,
measuring about 0-016 ]nm. from bend to bend. The surface of
the spicule may be very finely roughened.

R.N. 540 (x, 19 f ; "buff"); 613 (s. 5, 7 f ; "ochre-yellow");
658; 735 (x B; "yellowish buff with reddish tips "); 817; 1054
(x A); (? R.N. 663; 711).

Chojidmpsis lamella.^ Lendenfeld, sp.

Fhoriospongia /aineila, Lendenfeld, Monograph of Horny
Sponges, p. 602. Plate 37 ; figs. 2, 5, 6, 9, 11.

These are compressed, flabellate sponges, with sub-glabrous,
sometimes slightly conulose surface, and small, scattered or mar-
ginal vents. They are intensely sandy throughout, incompressible
and friable. The megascleres are very few slender strongyla ;
the microscleres are sigmata, characteristically long, slender and
much contorted.

R.N 520 (x, 20 f ; "ferruginous") ; 1019 (x B).

CJiondropsis chaliniforiuis, Lendenfeld, sp.

Phoriospongia chaliniforuiis., Lendenfeld, Monograph of Horny
fSponges, p. 600.

The specimens ai-e compressed, flabellate or palmo-digitate,
with vents scattered on one side or marginal. The surface is
subglabrous with sandy reticulation showing through the thin
dermal membrane. Texture slightly compressible, very sandy,
friable. Colour in spirit very characteristic, chocolate-brown
throughout, the colouring matter pervading all the soft tissues.

The main skeleton is an irregular network of coarse sandy
fibre, the sand particles being comparatively large, and the
spongin cement very scanty. There is no special dermal
skeleton. The spicular elements are very insignificant, and loosely
scattered in the soft tissues.

Megascleres^ very slender, straight or curved strongyla, or tylota
with feebly developed heads, measuring abovit 0-14 by 0-0014 mm.

254 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Microscleres, numerous slendei", contort sigmata, measuring
about 0 03 mm. from bend to bend.

The sandy skeleton appears to be somewhat coarser, and the
sigmata decidedly smaller than described by von Lendenfeld, but
not sufficiently so to invalidate an identification. The sponge,
however, appears to be quite distinct from Carter's '•'■ Dysidea
chalinifonnis" with which von Lendenfeld identities it. My
preparation of Carter's specimen from the British Museum shows
it to belong to the EsperellincE.

i^.A^ 945 (x A); 1027 (x B); 1044 (x); 1083 (x A).

Cho7idrflpsis co/inii>iifer, n. sp.

Massive, irregular, solid, heavy, compact. Surface very
uneven, beset with short, flattened, rounded or ridge-like promi-
nences, where the sandy columns come to the surface : smooth,
glabrous and grey (in spirit) between these projections. Interior
densely cliarged with sand, arranged in very stout radiating
columns : soft and gelatinous between.

Skeleton, the main skeleton is composed of the very stout
columns of sand above-mentioned, in which the sand-grains,
though closely aggregated, appear to be scarcely if at all con-
nected by spongin. The few and feebly developed spicules are
irregularly scattered or collected into loose whisp-like bundles,
especially towards the sui'face. There is no dermal skeleton.

Megascleres, very slender, straight strongyla or tylota, measur-
ing about 0-2 by 0-002 mm.

Microscleres, faii'ly stout, contort, sharp-pointed sigmata,
measuring about 0 035 mm. from bend to bend.

R.N. 445 (s. 9, 17 f ; "gallstone yellow over wood-brown").

Chondropsis iopsentii, n. sp.

Massive, irregular, with nearly smooth but slightly conulose or
mseandriniform surface. Vents of fair size, scattered. Texture
compact, gritty, friable, densely charged with coarse sand.
Colour in spirit l)iown throughout.

Skeleton, the main skeleton is composed of flattened columns
of rather coarse sand running vertically to the surface. These
columns may unite by their edges in a honeycomb fashion, so

Catalogue of No)i-Calcarcoiis Sponges. 255

that their ends form a polyo-onal-nieshed reticulation beneath the
dermal membrane. The meshes of this reticulation are about
1-3 mm. in diameter and the plate-like sandy columns about 0-2
mm. in thickness. Little if any spongin cement is developed.
Between the sandy plates in the body of the sponge the foreign
bodies are few and small, but in the minutely reticulate, porous
dermal membrane numerous small foreign bodies occur scattered
irregularly.

Megasckres, few, slender stroiigyla, perhaps sometimes tylota;
sparsely scattered through the ground substance and sometimes
more abundant in loose tufts at the surface ; measuring about
0-U by 0-002 mm.

I can find no proper microscleres in any of the three specimens.

R.N. 487 (s. 10, 8 f; "drab-grey"); 499 (s. 6, 6 f ; "clove-
brown with a faint wash of green "); 1071 (x A).

Chondropsis areiu'/era, Carter.

Choiidropsis arenifera, Carter, A.M.N.H., February, 1S86,
p. 122.

The single entire specimen which I have examined is massive,
rounded, and irregular ; with smooth, very minutely reticulate
and faintly conulose surface, and large, scattered vents. The
texture (in spirit) is rather soft and resilient, sandy, and the
colour grey throughout.

The main skeleton consists of very loose and irregular sandv
fil^res (with little or no spongin), running vertically to the
surface. The beautifully reticulate, highly porous dermal mem-
brane contains numei'ous small, scattered foreign bodies, but
there is no distinct dermal skeleton.

The proper spicules are slender sti-ongyla or tylota, scattered
through the ground substance, and more numerous in loose tufts
at the surface. They measure about 0-16 by 0'002 mm.
Numerous other spicules occur as foreign bodies. There appear
to be no proper microscleres.

Although Carter mentions proper styli as occurring in this
species, I cannot find them in the fragment of his specimen sent
to me from the British Museum. My own specimen (R.N. 4.34),
agrees exactly with the type in microscopical features, even down
to the presence of the Algiie mentioned by Carter.

256 Proceedings of tJie Royal Society of Victoria.

R.N. 454 (s. 9, 20 f ; "olive grey.")

B.AI. sp. 26 (" Chondropsis arenifera C. one of types." Reg.
86-12-15-149).

Chondropsis carteri, n. sp.

The single specimen is small, massive, rounded, constricted
below and somewhat flattened above. The vents are minute and
grouped on the upper part. The surface is smooth but rather
uneven, minutely reticulate in patches. The texture in spirit is
compact, but rather compressible, resilient, and the colour pale
yellowish grey.

The main skeleton consists of numerous stout sandy tracts or
Hbres running more or less parallel with one another towards the
surface, and varying greatly in thickness and definition. These
sandy fibres are accompanied by numerous strongyla, and occasi-
onally connected transvei-sely by loose bands of the same distinctly
enveloped in spongin. The strongyla also occur abundantly
scattered through the ground substance, and in loose whisp-like
tracts running towards the surface. There is a soft dermal cortex,
a little more than a millimetre thick, beneath which the sandy
fibres cease. This cortex contains numerous, rather regularly
disposed, slender, radiating tufts of strongyla, and numerous
loosely scattered sand grains.

Megascleres, very numerous, straight, slender strongyla,
measuring about 0-23 by 0'003 mm.

Microscleres, abundant, rather long, hair-like rhaphides ; scattered
and in loose whisp-like bundles (trichodragmata).

R.N. 978 (s. 5.)

Genus Rhap/iisia, Topsent.*

Heterorrhaphidfe Avith oxea for megascleres and only trielio-
dragmata or scattered rhaphides for microscleres.

I accept the genus as proposed by Topsent, but I c;innot agree
with tliat author in placing it amongst the Renierince.

Rfiapliisia anonyina, Carter, sp.
ylmorpliina aiionyma, Carter, A. M.N. H., January, 188(3, p. 49.
Massive, lobose or irregular, often compressed ; with usually
large vents abundant on prominent parts. The surface is smooth

* Arch, de Zool. Exp. et GiJn. T. x. 1892, p. 20.

Catalogue of Non-Calcareous Sponges. 257

but uneven, with minutely reticulate dei'iual membrane. The
texture is soft, compressible, resilient and loose. Tlie colour in
spirit is almost white, in life, usually orange.

The skeleton is loosely fibrous, forming a very irregular net-
work, the primary fibres being stouter and better defined than
the secondaries. There appears to be little, if any, spongin. At
the surface the primary fibres break up into radiating tufts of
oxea which support the dermal membrane and give rise to the
characteristic dermal reticulation. Numerous spicules are
scattered between the ill-defined fibres.

Megasderes, slightly curved oxea, i-ather long and slender and
gradually sharp-pointed at each end, measuring about 0'29 by
0-0042 mm.

Microscleres, numerous slender, hair-like rhaphides, about 0-18
}nm. long ; usually scattered separately but occasionally associated
in loose whisps or bundles (trichodragmata).

Mi\ Carter seems to have rather over-stated the size of the
oxea and he has omitted to mention the rhaphides, which are
plentiful in his specimens in the British Museum.

The species is very common, there Ijeing no less than twenty-
four distinct specimens in the collection entrusted to me. The
life-colours of thirteen of these are recorded. Orange is the
prevailing tint and there are no great deviations from this.
The stations from which the species is recorded are 1, 5, G, 14,
X A, X B, X C.

Ji.A^. 268 ; 369 ; 395 ; 447 ; 482 ; 544 ; 553 ; 577 ; 631 ; 651 ;
699 ; 706 ; 751 ; 804 ; 818 ; 909 ; 914 ; 936 ; 957 ; 1066 ; 1067 ;
1085.; 1110; 348 (var. ?).

B.M. sp. 30 ("■ Amorphina anonyma,'' '^&^. 86-12-15-119); d.
104 C' Aniorphina anonyma," Reg. 86-12-15-390).

Genus TeJaiiia, Gray.

Megascleres of two kinds: (1) Monactinal ; smooth styli,
forming the main skeleton ; (2) Diactinal ; tylota, strongyla or
tornota, typically dermal. Microscleres always present in the
form of hair-like rhaphides.

258 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Tedania digitafa., Schmidt, sp.

Reniera digitata, Schmidt, Spong. Adriat. Meer., p. 75.

Tedaiiia digitata, Carter, A.M.N.H., January, 1886, p. 52.

Tedania digitata, var. verrucosa, Carter, A.M.N.H., January,
1886, p. 53.

Tedania digitata, Ridley and Dendy, Challenger Monaxonida,
p. 51 (where other references are given).

This widely distibuted species is very common in the neighbour-
hood of Port Phillip Heads, there being no less than thirty-four
separate specimens in the collection. The external form is
massive, lobose or digitate ; the vents usually conspicuous, small
or large : the surface smooth but generally uneven ; the texture
soft and spongy ] the colour in spirit nearly white, and in life
orange. In all of the thirty-four specimens the ends of the
diactinal megascleres are microspined, a character by which the
species is readily distinguished from the following one.

The life-colours of fifteen specimens are recorded, ten of these
are stated to be some shade of oi'ange, four are some shade of
yellow, and one is " buft-brown with a tinge of flesh-colour," so
that the variation is seen to be but slight.

The stations recorded are 1, 3, 5, 6, 8, 9, 10, x A, x C, Sorrento
Jetty, Sorrento Reef, Queenscliff Jetty. Nine specimens came
from Sorrento Jetty.

R.iY. 320; 455; 52G ; 563; 568; 569; 692; 715; 720; 764;
770; 776; 780; 782; 784; 786A ; 789; 796; 802; 814; 834;
850; 866; 871; 892; 962; 971; 975; 991; 992; 1069; 1093;
1105; 1106.

B.Af. d. 109 (''Tedania digitata;' Reg. 86-12-15-439); d. 110
(^" Tedania digitata, var. verrucosa, Reg. 86-12-15-432).

Tedania coniniixta, Ridley and Dendy.

Tedania commixta, Ridley and Dendy, Challenger Monaxonida,
p. 52, pi. xxiii., fig. 9.

This species was represented by a single specimen in the
Challenger collection, from Bass Straits. Mr. Wilson's collection
contains seventeen examples of it. The sponge is massive and
usually contains much sand. The coloui- in life is orange, pink
or brown, as shown l)y Mr. "Wilson's records of twelve specimens.

Catalogue of Non-Calcareoiis Sponges. 250

The species is distinguished from Tedania digitata by the smooth-
ended tylote diactinal megascleres. As T. digitata may also con-
tain a good deal of sand I do not think the two species could
be distinguished with certainty without microscopical examina-
tion. The amount and disposition of the sand in T. coinmixta
varies much.

The stations recorded for the species are 6, 9, x A, x B, Sorrento
Jetty.

R.N. 417 ; 441 ; 444 ; 498 ; 505 ; 552 ; 606 ; 747 ; 768 ;
769; 772; 781; 863; 960; 996; 1062; 1148.

Genus Sty/otrichop/iora^ n. gen.

The main skeleton is a network of horny fibre cored with
foreign bodies. In addition to this there are smooth monactinal
megascleres (styli) and hair-like microscleres (rhaphides).

The genus is perhaps related to Mai'shall's Phoriospoiigia, but
differs in the distinct reticulate horny fibre, and in the presence
of rhaphides instead of sigmata for microscleres.

Stylotrichophora rubra, n. sp.

The single specimen is compressed, lobose and little more than
half an inch thick. The surface is smooth and even. The vents
are very small and chiefly marginal. The texture is fairly
compact, resilient. The colour in life was coral red, disappearing
in spirit.

Skeleton, the main skeleton is an irregular, wide-meshed
reticulation of stout horny fibre, everywhere abundantly cored
with foreign bodies (broken spicules), but with a layer of more
or less clear, transparent spongin outside the core. The primary
fibres are about 0-2o nnn. thick, sometimes more, and the
secondary, connecting fibres a good deal more slender. Between
these fibres is a loose but abundant spicular skeleton of slender
megasclei'es, for the most part irregularly scattered, but collected
into loose whisp-like fibres towards the surface. These spicular
fibres seem to spring from the horny fibres of the main skeleton
and bi'eak up at the surface into loose tufts of projecting styli
whose ends penetrate the dermal reticulation.

260 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

The dermal skeleton is a very beautiful, close-meshed reticula-
tion of foreign bodies (broken spicules) held together by spongin.
The meshes of this dermal network are nearly circular and about
0"18 mm. in diameter. In some places the foreign bodies form
an uninterrupted layer.

Megasc/eres, long, smooth, slender styli, usually slightly
curved and finely pointed, measuring about 0-27 by 0-004 mm.,
but variable and sometimes a good deal longer.

Microsc/eres, very long and slender, hair-like rhaphides,
usually collected into long fibrous whisps.

R.N. 478 (x, 20 f ; " coral red ").

Art. XXV. — List of Dredging Stations at and near Port
PJiillip Heads.

By J. BUACEBRIDGE WiLSON, M.A., F.L.S.

[Eead 13tli December, 1894.]

Station I. — Bounded on the E., by a line from the W. Quarantine
boundary flagstaff to the Pope's Eye Buoy. On the N.,
line from Pope's Eye Buoy to Point Lonsdale. On the W.,
line from Point Nepean to the channel marks on the shore
in Lonsdale Bight.

Depth, very variable, 8-9 fathoms, and in parts 15-21
fathoms.

Station II. — Mid channel just inside the Rip at the Heads.

Depth, 18-32 fathoms. Almost impracticable for
working owing to the strength of the tides.

Station III. — Lonsdale Bight, inshore of the Upper and Lower
Kelp.

Depth, 3-6 fathoms.

Station IV. — S.E. boundary, the same as the N.W. boundary of
Station I. N.E. boundary, in line from Pope's Eye Buoy
to Lower Qvieenscliff Lighthouse. S.W. boundary, flag-
staff W. of Quarantine Ground in line with the channel
marks on shore in Lonsdale Bight.
Depth, 8-15 fathoms.

Station V. — S.W. boundary. Pope's Eye Buoy in line with the
Lower Lighthouse. On the E., Pope's Eye Buoy in line
with Swanspit light, extending N.E. about to within a
quarter of mile of the Royal George Shoal.
Depth, 6-7 fathoms.

Station VI. — The entrance to Symond's Channel from a line
between the Pope's Eye Buoy and No. 1 Black Perch
Buoy, about one mile and a half up channel.
Depth, 7-9 fathoms.

262 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Station VII. — From the flagstaff at the W. Ijoundary of the
Quarantine Ground to Point Franklin, commonly called
Quarry Point, along shore from about a quarter to three
(juarters of a mile out.
Depth, 8-16 fathoms.

Station VIII. — The entrance to the South Channel from a line

])etween ISTo. 1 Perch Buoy on the N. to No. 2 Buoy on
the S. of the channel. The E. boundary, a line from
Point King to the western end of Mud Island.
Depth, 8-16 fathoms.

Station IX. — The South Channel from the E. boundary of Station
VIII. to near the South Channel Fort.

Depth, 9 11 and in one part 20-21 fathoms.

Station X. — Limeburners' Channel in Capel Sound from near
the White Buoy ofi" the Sisters to about half-a-mile beyond
Canterbury Jetty.

Depth, 6 10 fathoms.

Station XL — Capel Sound between the White Cliff and the
South Channel Pile Light.
Depth, 6-8 fathoms.

Station XII. — The southern part of Dromana Bay. No. 15
Buoy, in line with the South Channel Shore Light.
Depth, 8-10 fathoms.

Station XIIL— Oft' Mount Martha.
Deptl), 10-13 fathoms.

Station XIV. — From the N. entrance of the Pinnace Channel to
the E. entrance to Symond's Channel, along the edge of
Mud Island Bank.
Depth, 4-8 fathoms.

Station XV. — Prince George Bank, N. of Indented Head.
Depth, l|-2i fathoms.

List of Dredging Stations, Port Phillip Heads. 263

Outside the Heads.

Station XA.— About 2^-3 miles out from Point Lonsdale, Mount
Duneed showing well clear of Barwon Head.
Depth, 17-19 fathoms.

tSfcation XB. — About 5 miles out with the same stream mark.
Depth, 25-31 fathoms.

Station XC. — Ofi' Barwon Head and Ocean Grove, about 6 miles
from Point Lonsdale, and 2-3 from shore.
Depth, 19-25 fathoms.

Ar'1'. XXVI. — Preliminary Notice of certain Nezv Species
of Lizards fro)u Central Australia .

By A. H. S. Lucas, M.A., B.Sc, aud C. Frost, F.L.S.

[Kead 13th December, 1804.]

The following contains a description of five new species and
one new variety of lizards collected in Central Australia during
the visit of the Horn Expedition. The full descriptions, accom-
panied by figures, together with a complete report, will be
published in the volume dealing with the work of the Expedition.

Ebenavia horni, sp. no^■.

Description. — Head long, depressed ; snout rather obtuse,
about as long as the distance between the eye and the
ear-opening. Pupil vertical. Ear-opening small, round. Limbs
short and slender. Tail depressed, constricted at the base.
Digital expansions twice the diameter of the digit. Lamellii-
under the fourth toe eight, separated from the expansions by
rows of granules. Dorsal surfaces of expansions scaled as in
Phyllodactyliis. Upper surfaces of body covered with uniform
small, oval scales ; scales on the head round, smallest on the
occiput, largest and flattest ,on the snout. Rostral very low,
four-sided, four times as broad as high. Nostril pierced between
first labial and three or four nasals ; first nasal largest, separated
from its fellows on the opposite side by a single equal scale, thus
forming a line of three scales behind the rostral. Nine upper
labials. Mental narrow, triangular, about as large as adjacent
lower labials ; latter nine in number. No special chin-shields,
but the gular scales near the symphysis larger than those behind.
Ventral scales smooth, tesselated, larger than dorsal. Tail with
annuli of small smooth scales. Colour. — Olive-brown above,
with foui- longitudinal dark bands, two converging from the
occiput to unite over the sacrum, and one on ejich side passing
fi'om the nostril through the eye and above the limbs. On the
side another dark band from ear, just above the fore-limb to the

Lizards from Central Australia. 265

gi"oin. Under surfaces brownisli-grey with scattered brown
dots. Tail brown above with Hghter ocelli, each occupying about
four scales ; below with intermingled grey and brown scales.

Dimensions.

Total length

55 mm

Head

10 „

Width of head

5 ,,

Body

23 ,.

Fore-limb

9 „

Hind-limb

12 „

Tail

22

Since Mr. Boulenger has withdi'awn his species E. l>oettgeri,
(Cat., vol. iii., p. 482), only one Ehenavia has been previously
recognised, and that only from Madagascar. In general outline
the present species closely agrees with Mr. Boulenger's figure
(Cat., vol i., pi. viii., fig. 1), and the colour bands agree fairly with
those of his Madagascar specimen. The chief point of distinction
in the Australian form is the entire absence of anything like
longitudinal series of large tubercles.

The nearest allies to the clawless genus Ebenavia are met with
in the genus Phyllodactylus. Species of Phyllodactylus occur in
South Africa and Madagascar. Indeed, only the most trivial
differences can be found between P. porphyreus, Daud., from
these localities, and the widely distributed Australian form
P. marmoratus, Gi-ay.

We have associated the name of Mr. Horn with this interesting
lizard.

Tyvipanocryptis tetraporophora, sp. nov.

Nostril nearer to eye than to tip of snout ; upper head scales
larger and less strongly keeled than in T. Hneata, Peters, large
on the occiput. Dorsal scales strongly keeled, the enlarged ones
mucronate. Colour. — Light brown above or reddish, with darker
more or less indistinct cross bands on the body ; tail and limbs
with dark bars. Resembling T. cephahis, Uiinth., in colouring
above, and T. lineata on ventral surfaces ; but in one of the two
specimens there is a narrow white vertebral line recalling that of
T. lineata.

266 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

The remarkable feature of these specimens is that there are in
addition to the two anal pores, two femoral pores, one on each
limb. This character will involve a modification in the definition
of the genus.

Apart from the presence of these pores, T. tetraporopliora
serves to connect the two previously described species of the
i,fenus.

Dimensions.

Total length

130 mil)

Head

17 ,.

Width of head ...

13 „

Body

35 „

Fore-limb

28 „

Hind-limb

40 „

Tail

78 „

Varamis ii^illeni., sp. nov.

Description. — Snout slightly projecting, depressed at the end,
measuring rather less than the distance fi'om the anterior angle
•of the eye to the ear ; canthus rostralis indistinct. Nostril
broadly oval, as in V. punctatiis., acanthiirus, etc., directed back-
wards and outwards, slightly nearer the end of the snout than
the anterior angle of the eye. Limbs and digits moderate, latter
strongly compressed. Tail i-ound, flattened ventrally, depressed
at the base, not keeled. Head covered with flat granular scales,
unequal in size, largest between the orbits, smallest on the
supraocular region and about the nostrils. Scales of upper
surfaces small, oval, convex, rather longer than broad, each scale
on the body and limbs — except those on the preaxial surface of
the carpus and to a less extent the tarsus — surrounded by a
conspicuous ring of small granules. About eight rows of fiat
smooth subequal genal scales, (xular scales similar to abdominal,
but more convex. Abdominal scales smooth, in eighty-five to
ninety transverse rows between gular fold and groin. Caudal
scales all tricarinate, the central keel strongest, raised posterioxdy
almost mucronate. Pineal cornea distinct, inconspicuous.
Colour. — Light brown above, with darker spots and streaks,
arranged more or less plainly in longitudinal series (jr continuous

Lizards from Central Australia. 267

lines on the head and the distal three-fourths of the tail, and in
transverse series or bands across the neck, trunk, and proximal
fourth of the tail. The markings on the trunk of a dull red.
Six narrow longitudinal bands on the head and front part of the
neck, on each side one commencing behind the ear and another
more continuous along the temporal region commencing behind
the eye, the two median dorsal bands anastomosing with one
another and with the temporal streak. Lips with vertical streaks.
Under surfaces cream coloured, chin dark spotted.

Dimensions.

Total length

341 mm

From tip of snout to gular fold

51 „

From gular fold to vent

93 „

Max. width of head

17 „

Fore-limb

38 „

Hind-limb

46 „

Tail

197 „

Named after F. J. Gillen, Esq., the chief officer of the Alice
Springs Telegraph Station.

Varamts ere/niiis, sj). nov.

Descriptio7i. — Snout depressed at the end, measuring less than
the distance from the anterior border of the orbit to the ear,
canthus rostralis sharp. Nostril round, nearer the end of the
snout than the orbit. Digits moderate. Tail round, depressed
at the base, compressed posteriorly,. Head scales small subequal,
supraocular scales very small. Scales of the upper surfaces
.small, elongate, keeled. Abdominal scales smooth, in seventy to
seventy-five transverse rows, caudal scales strongly keeled, the
caudal keel with a low doubly-toothed crest. Pineal cornea
conspicuous. Colour. — Rusty-brown above, with small lighter
and darker spots, a dark narrow curved line across the back of
the head, and another from above the ear passing through the
orbit, lower eye-lid with a large brownish-grey spot, sides greyish,
a white streak from the ear to the fore-limb. Tail greyish with
four — six on the anterior half— black sti-eaks. Lower surfaces
white, throat mottled with grey.

s2

268 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

DiMENSIOXS.

Total length

300 mm,

From tip of snout to gular fold

39 „

From gular fold to vent

73 „

Max. width of head . . .

13 „

Fore-limb

32 „

Hind-limb

46 „

Tail

188 „

Rhodona tetradactyla, sp. nov.

Description. — Body much elongate, limbs weak, tetradactyle,
the distance between the end of the snout and the fore-limb is
contained twice to twice and a half in the distance between
axilla and groin. Snout moderate, obtusely conical. Lower
eye-lid with a transparent disk. Nostril pierced in a large nasal
which is in contact with its fellow ; frontonasal large, and forming
a broad straight suture with the frontal ; prfefrontals small and
widely separated ; frontal broader than the supraocular region,
longer than the frontoparietals and interparietal together, in
contact with the first and second supraoculars ; four supraoculars,
six supraciliaries ; frontoparietals and interparietal distinct,
subequal ; two or three pairs of nuchals. Ear-opening minute,
about the size of the nostril. Twenty smooth scales round the
middle of the body, dorsals largest. A pair of enlai-ged pra\inals.
The length of the hind-limb equals the distance between the eye
and the fore-limb ; toes slender, third about twice the length of
second, which is twice as long as the first, subdigital lamella-
smooth, about fourteen under the third toe. Tail slightly
longer than head and body. Colour. — Greyish above, with four
regular series of black dots, almost confluent into lines along the
back, sides darker, a longitudinal blackish lateral band from
snout to tail, the lower edge of which is scarcely distinct from
the darker ground colour on the sides ; tail brownish, covered
with irregular blackish dots ; lower surfaces greyish or In-ownish
with a darker colour around the margin of each scale.

Lizards from Central Australia.
Dimensions.

269

Total length

77 mm.

Head

5 ,,

Width of head

3 „

Body

30 „

Fore-limb

4 „

Hind-limb

8 „

Tail

42 „

Ablepharus lineo-ocellatus.

D.

and B.

Vai\ ruficaudus^ var. nov.

Differs from the type as follows : — Body much depressed.
Twenty-eight scales round the middle of the body. Nuchals
nearly as lai'ge as parietals. Colour. — Upper surfaces greenish-
black, with conspicuous longitudinal white band on either side
of the back and head, converging in front to meet on the tip of
the snout, and behind extending to base of tail. Tail and hind-
limbs red. Under surfaces of body bluish-white, of tail reddish.

Art. XXYll. — Some Quantitative Lazvs of Incubation
and Gestation.

By Alexander Sutherland, M.A.

[Read 13th December, 1894.]

It is known in a general way that the time required for
hatching out the eggs of cold-blooded animals is dependent on
the temperature at which they are kept. Professor Mcintosh
("Nature" xxxi., p. 555) says that salmon eggs left in the sea, take
from 95 to 120 days to hatch, but that when transferred to a warm
room tliey hatch in 60 days. Bertram, in his "Harvest of the Sea,''
says that herring eggs will hatch slowly or quickly according to
the temperature, a difference of 50 days being possible. As a
rule herring eggs take from 11 to 40 days, graylings from 14 t(»
40, codlish 5 to 42, tench 6 to 14, gurnards 7 to 35, stickle-
back 10 to 30, and so on, the higher the temperature the less the
time. But in connection with a book on which I have long been
busy, I required more definite information as to the relation of
hatching-time to temperature, and therefore I instituted a long-
series of hatchings of frogs' eggs. During two winters I took
the eggs of a species which Professor Spencer identified for me as
Hyla auna, and hatched its eggs in sets at graduated tempera-
tures. This species extrudes an unusual number of eggs, the
average of 14 sets that I counted being over 3000 to each. It
was easy therefore to get ten sets of 100 each, which could with
certainty be i-egarded as of similar condition. I put them over
lamps and kept them at temperatures, as nearly uniform as 1
could, ranging from 10° C. to 33° C.

Six series of experiments thus conducted satisfied me that the
time required for hatching was inversely proportional to the
square of the excess of the tenqiorature above a certain fixed
tempei-ature. But in every series there occurred one or more
failures through accidental variations in temperature. I, therefore,
in September last, carried out a new series of experiments,
floating each set of eggs in a large body of water which could not
easily vary during intervals between observation. Even here out-
set was somewhat affected by a rise of 3° C. lasting for 4 hours,

Laws of Incubation and Gestation.

271

(luring an unavoidable absence. I give the table herewitli, without
any attempt at compensating for errors. The law which they
clearly indicate is that

where / is the time of hatching, T is the temperature at which
the eggs are kept ; ;;/ and a are constants, the latter being of
course the fixed temperature referred to. The last column gives,
the time (in hours) which the eggs would have taken to hatch
according to this law, assuming ;// = 40,200; and ff = l*3° C. for
this species.

Table I.

No.

Avei-age

Time

Time

Temperature.

Observed.

Calculated.

1

31-6° C

Killed by heat.

2

29-;r c

43 hours

42-9 hours

3

28° 0

45 .,

46-8 ..

4

24- r c

62 .,

62-2 „

5

22-8° C

68 ..

69-3 ,.

6

21-7° C

71 „

76

t

17-6° C

114 „

113-5 „

8

17-5° C

114 „

114

9

15-8° C

138 ,.

137-5 „

No. 6 is the set already referred to as having been marred by
an accident ; but the general agreement of the figures can leave
no doubt as to the accuracy of the law.

In the formula given it is plain that a temperature of - l-3° C
would be that at which the eggs would take an intinite time to
hatch, or, in other words, would never hatch at all ; but at
temperatures somewhat above this we may be sure that other
circumstances would interfere to prevent the development of the
tadpole.

The quantity m is constant only for a given species ; but in
what follows of this paper, enough will be seen to make it
probable that in comparing species with species, it is a quantity
varying directly as the sixth root of the weight of the fully
matured animal. 8o far as I can depend on the very few and
very rough observations made as to the hatching time of lizards.

272 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

snakes, turtles and alligators, this belief is fairly well borne out.
i5ut, as the unreliable nature of these figures prevents more than
a sort of prima facie evidence, let me pass by preference to
others in which there is more accuracy, though still the observa-
tions are often merely approximate.

All birds and mammals, except the monotremata, and, as I
shall show in a future paper, the marsupiata, keep at a tempera-
ture which may, for the purposes of this enquiry, be considered
constant, so that in the following investigation we may neglect
temperature variations, as the figures to be dealt with are not
accurate enough to allow of refined adjustments. Excluding the
monotremata and marsupiata, the extremes of health tempera-
ture for birds and mammals would be 37° C and 43° C, or a
I'ange of only 6° C. We may therefore assume that all bii"ds
sitting on their eggs keep them at a tolerably definite tempera-
ture. Any given species, therefore, will take a certain fairly
<lefinite time to hatch out its eggs. Temperature, we know,
counts for something ; a set of hen, duck or turkey eggs placed
in a warm dry situation will hatch out two or three days before
.■mother set in a damp cold place. But, in view of the roughness
of the observations of naturalists, we shall assume that each
.species takes a tolerably definite time in hatching, the hen for
instance, 21 days, and the turkey, 28.

What, then, is the reason for the difference in time, seeing
that in all cases the temperatures are much the .same 1 Why
does a humming-bird take 10 days, or a wren 10, wliile a dove
takes 18, a fowl 21, a turkey, 28, an ostrich about 50? St.
Oeorge Mivart says: "The period of incubation is much related
to the size of the bird." I propose in this paper to determine the
nature of that relation, and to show that the time of incubation
is directly proportional to the sixth root of the weight of the bird
when mature.

The following preliminary table will .serve to illustrate tiiis
relation and show that / = « "/w, where / =-- time in days.

"io = weight in 11)S.
n = 20.

Laws of Licubation and Gestation.
Table II.

273

Name.

Weiglit.

Time ObserveiJ.

Time C.al

julate.l.

Humming Bird -

150 grains

10

days

10-5

days

Wren -

-

135

10

10-3

.,

Groatsucker

-

2i oz.

14

14-6

j^

Lark - - -

-

4 „

15

15-8

"

Kingfisher -

-

n „

17

17-6

Pigeon

-

12^ ..

18

19 1

,,

Pheasant -

-

2i lbs.

24

23-3

,,

Common Fowl -

-

3 ..

21

24

,,

Guinea Hen

"

9 .,

28

28-9

[,'

Duck -

6 „

28

27

,,

Turkey

-

12 „

29

30-2

„

Goose -

-

12 „

32

,,

30-2

,j

Eagle -

12 ..

30

30-2

j^

Ostrich

"

2.50 ,.

38 to GO days

50-1

"

la an appendix to this paper I shall give a list of 1 05 birds, for
which I have been able to obtain records of the weight and of the
incubation period of each. I have, indeed, found records of the
weights of over 500 species and incubation periods of an almost
equal number ; but in only these 105 cases can both items of
information be had for the .same bird. They are sufficient,
however, to show that the law enunciated holds good with only
one notable exception, the Apteryx, which is wholly isolated if the
figures given by Buller are to be accepted. There is one dubious
case — the Emu. But in such an enquiry allowance must be made
for the want of detiniteuess in the figures. Many observers are
content to say that a bird broods for 3 or 4 weeks. Even so
lareful a writer as Brehm, gives very many of his incubation
periods in the same inaccurate fashion. Nor do the authorities
agree well together. For a bird so well-known as the Swan,
Brehm gives 48 days as the period ; poultry books say 6 weeks,
while Bechstein, a very competent authority, gives 5 weeks. In
regard to the ostrich, Anderson gives .38 days, Brehm gives 45
to 52, while St. George Mivart says 50 to 60, and half-a-dozen
other authorities give various intermediate periods. Tn all such
cases I have taken the mean. But there are many, no doubt,
not to be accepted as more than very rough appi'oximations.

274 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Til a few cases where, instead of the name of the authority
for the weight, the word " calculated " occurs, it means that,
being unable to find the weight of a species, but having
discovered that of a closely allied species, presumably of the
same shape, I have calculated the weight of the one from
that of the other on the assumption that they are proportional
to the cubes of the lengths.

If we apply the same sort of investigation to the Mammalia as
a whole, we find that for the period of gestation the law

holds with only moderate accuracy. But if we consider any one
order at a time, the coincidence of observed and calculated times
is sufficient to establish the law conclusively. For instance, the
following is a list of all the carnivora for which I can obtain
information. For this order the constant n is equal to 41.

Laws of Incubation and Gestation.

275

PQ
<

o

■5

Mivart, Brehm, &c.

Brehni

Brehm

Brehm

Average of seven

Brehm

Brehm

Brehm

Brehm

Vogt.

CO ai

S 3 3 . 3 3 3^ 3 3 3;o g;S

U U U p U U U P u U U lA U 1^

pqfqpq!>fqcqfq>-pqcqpqi^pqKi

Eh m
5

Days.

55 to 5G

63

70

70

110

96

100 to 105

90

o o o

CO r-l 1>

M-f<eoco3oico0^corHX--oi-coco

^ ^ l-o "? M
^-^ ira 00 CO

Time
Calcu-
lated.

>>u5 lo cb -^ CO >b CO -^

siocoocO'-iosoc:

.-1

«D 1^ »0 x'-- 1> 1^ -^ I^ <J5 O -^ CO lO o

cooioooiot^coGOOoot^aooco

i-H r-l i-H

Authority.

Experiment
Brehm
Brehm
Brehm
Jerdon
Calcixlated -
Brehm
Calculated -

Cyclopaedia -
Flower k Lydekker

Brehm

Brehm

Cyclopsedia

Brehm

Vogt.

Brehm

Brehm

Brehm

Jerdon

Brehm

1,1

OCOOOiOOOiMO

1-1 rH i-l Oi CO CO >0

■* ^ CO rt

-

-c Ci CO CD X rfi ic O Q O iM O CO CO
lO 00 ■* \^^,^

s

IS

o

I

CO

Felis maniciilata -
Felis catiis -
Lynx vulgaris
Lynx chaiis
Felis leo
Felis concolor
Felis tigris -
Felis panthera

p

O

Putorins vxilgaris -
Lutra vulgaris
Putorius f cetidus -
Gulo borealis
Mustela martes
Meles taxus
Procyon lotor
Ursns formicarius -
Ursus inaritimus
Ursus arctos
Canis aureus
Canis lupus -

Canis vulpes

S

s.

o

Cat

Wild Cat
Lynx -
chaus -
Lion
Puma
Tiger -
Leopard

4^

Weasel -
Otter -
Polecat -
Wolverine
Marten -
Badger -
Eacoon -
Brown Bear
Polar Bear
Land Bear
Jackal -
Wolf -

Fox

276 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

The dog family are here the most abnormal, and, among
domesticated dogs, although the larger varieties have a longer
gestation period than the smaller, the difference is not sufficient
to make the times accord with the law given.

The ruminants form another group fairly consistent withm
itself ; but for them the constant n must be made equal to 80.

The camel and giraffe families are left out of the following
list, the former for want of weights of individuals, the latter
because the gestation period is abnormally long. But of the
Cervid», Capridte, and Bovidje, the following are all the species
for which I can find both weights and gestation periods recorded.

Latvs of Incubation and Gestation.

OJ

Oi

m

ra

O

O

40

-#

q

tw

=4-1

O

o

0)

>

>

m

<j^

:'0000>i-0 000'M ^ooooi>ooooo-^^

-'O X ■* iCi O lO X -^ CO is O) GO l^ i'- Tfl >-l O 1-H X "O o
Qi-l-NiMiMi-ii— i'-lI^iMC^iMOQ<Ni-i(M'-HNrti-lr-i

»eo>-i'"X'(MX05co-*coi^-*irai>'f<y)t>cO-r-^ro'M(M

^i-IMt-HI<Ji-lT-lr-ICgN(M(M(MN?5'-llMrHC<)(-HrHi-l

ooooooooooooooooooooo
»o ic CI lo eg as o o o o o c^i o o o o -i^ o >o o o

s

CO

o

Ph

rr.

-5

^

Oj

•>

<u

ji

cij

>

c«

<D

QQ

2 to m 'T^ O cS J^ Pj_tj s OD 2 „ g be o

3S^pHa"S|2cogto:::.2-gp.gg
cs^'^g'aJoS43o.2o>!>>cerft2
fi-iloO^^iPHKMasfqFqoOOQP^a

c3 c3

riri

C3 M

bD g

> > X > '

!i=5 o2 Omm^ ^^>i Cl'2 fl'i'cS

278 Proceedings of tJie Royal Society of Victoria.

More accurate results may be had by taking the families
separately and adopting for each its own value of n, these values
being nearly, but not quite, equal. In the same way by putting
;/ ^ 55 we find that the Suidce and Hippopotafiiidce make a
consistent group, though not running uniformly with the rest of
the Artiodactyls.

The period of gestation among these animals is generally only
iKUghly determined by observing in what months the sexes come
together, and then observing in wliat month the young are born.
How fallacious this may be has been shown by BischofF in the
case of the Roebuck, the female of which does not produce her
young until more than nine months after the rutting season.
But it is now known that this is not the period of gestation, for
the spermatozoa lie for four months in the uterus without fertil-
ising the ovum, so that the real period is only some tive months.
The same phenomenon is observed with bats and other mammals.
Selenka has shown that with the Virginian Opossum the time
from copulation to birth is 13 days while the actual time of
gestation is only 1~ days. So in the U.S. Fisheries' Report of
1884, the statement is made that while the males of Evibiotocidce
impregnate the females in autumn the young are born alive in
the following summer. Hence the spermatozoa must lie inactive
for many months.

It is quite probable, as the foregoing list suggests, that beside
the Roebuck, there are other species of deer in which the same
peculiarity occurs to a less extent. Perhaps the same thing
occurs in the case of the Beaver which is a very aberrant species,
as will be seen from the list given in the appendix of all the
Rodentia for which information is available. The Perissodactyla
make another consistent group. All the species for which informa-
tion is availaljle are given in the appendix.

In dealing with the mammals we have found it necessary to
give different values to the constant. There are two biological
reasons for this. The first is that some animals are carried by
their mothers till fairly well able to take care of themselves. A
calf, or a foal, or a young deer is sufficiently matured to trot after
its mother in a few hours after birth ; while a kitten, or a
puppy, or a tiger cub is for a long time helpless. One animal
therefore remains in its mother's womb until tolerably complete

Lazvs oj Incubation and Gestation. 270

as conipaved with another. This causes the value of n to be
high in ruminants, and higher still in Proboscidea ; while in
Carnivora and llodentia it is low, but of approximately equal
value, 41 for the first; 35 for the second.

The first law, stated in its most genei-al form, is this : — " For
animals of tlie same size the time of embryo development is
inversely proportional to the square of the temperature, that
temperature being reckoned from a definite point."

The second law, similarly stated, is that: — "At the same
temperature, the period of development is directly proportional
to the sixth root of the weight of the mature animal."

This latter law is capable of a certain simplification. If two
animals are of different sizes, but of the same shape, the weights
of their bodies are proportional to the cubes of their lengths.
The law in that case would be : — At the same temperature,
among animals of the same shape, the period of development is
directly proportional to the square root of the length.

Thus we have

t = n^ 7
but this is the same as

where f= -

Now this is the well-known equation for the space tra\ersed
Ijy a body moving under the influence of a constantly accelerating
force, and the significance of the law therefore is tliat if we consider
the germinal point as the starting place, and imagine the embryo
to travel outwards from it to the periphery, the velocity of the
motion will be such as would result from a constantly accelerating
force propelling it from the germinal spot outwards.

In the appendix a list is given of the gestation periods of the
rodents, the family Leporidse being set down apart from the
others as requiring a lower value of the constant. The Beaver is
a very aberrant case. The only four species of Perissodactyls for
which I can get information form a fairly consistent group. For
them the value of the constant is very high, but in the Probos-
cidea it rises higher than in any other of the lower families,
reaching a value of 120. In the Prosimia it appears to be only
equal to the value of n in the ruminants; but in the Quadrumana

280 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

it rises to 160, and in mankind remains at about the same value.

This increase in the value of n as nerve development pro-
gresses, is a ready corollary from Von Baer's law, but many
difficulties arise in the attempt to work out the relation in a
general way.

One may almost risk the prediction that the laws above
stated will be found to combine in this fashion : —

I. — Reckoning / to be the time from the fusion of the nuclei
to some definite point in development, say, the capacity of the
young animal to stand, walk or swim ; T to be the temperature
at which development takes place, and w to be the weight of
the mature animal. Then as a first approximation

k\'w

T being reckoned from a definite point ; not necessarily any of
the recognised zeros.

II. — But the quantity / tends decidely to increase with
increase of nerve complexity, as gauged by size and efficiency of
brain.

Lazvs of Incubation and Gestation.

281

a "Sa!^ as33ti3ocooSg

;; O 0)

co-?ot^-^-^-f"Miracooioo-*>o-fi

.^- lO ri C5 i-H CO ^ O "p Tf> i>.l .^ -^ CO C: T}( 00 Tfl to OS

^■N OO'MCO-^-^l'-t^C^lCOr^-^COOf^lM'f'b-POl'fa
^^^rtpHrHrHrHrHrtrtr-l,-lr-C-lrHrH,-lrH,-lrtr-(

"S >i t^ t-.

w Qj * >-:< 1

.3 § § i .

g§

01 a^

H P5 pq pa 1^ <j <1 h^

oooo-iJSSi3;ic;SS
i-si-si-5i-5;><iJ<!^<|<q<IHO

.ajcoM mOTcoOTrowMOi

N--'r*HNISINNNN!NlS3N-f-'j'c<rH?-'f-l^„f'

o 6c be bJD c o o o o o o o o &D be &£ bJ3 oc be &D be
1-1 O O O -if -|c -;c< o ^ -w "iw :^ -4« >» o o o o o o o
oc/:t}(c<j'mi> t-H i-'ooO'Nooooo

' ■- i-H CO CO O t^ O t^ »rt

1-1 i-l i-l lO

CD -^ LO

ce pi

^^ -•

bc^ S
oi CO ci

73 a>

C^ <L) U3

5 « ti
''^ ^ 2 «).
o .2 '"' ;^

•73 p^_aJ Oj g

a rv '^

CD ie

r^ 1) CS
r/5 CO ^

.S 5^ oe

P o

M

^0(1)

O o c3 ■
t-3 CO !h

OH

w

a _g -3 -S 'bo'bc.S
g -g rt & o o S
,1^ ."ti cs a> tn ;^ 01
>-t M I-:] H Eh Eh cc

8

o

0)

Oi

c3

r-l

ce

c«

rJ:4

'"1

'bc'^

Ol

O
Pi

-«

tH<t1(lHOQ

S i <^
?3 p)ca CO

'-H rt oj -^ -g be o o

c^ fl 01 I — ^ C'S

r^ Y,^

Ol

§

n

g

^

M

rf

1 ^

ni CO

^^

SI fl

■ m

fl

.-^-^

s^

M '£.

fl

-t;

fj O in

3a

282 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

gggaasaas gssasggsssrsa

32

Q

o

■M

Ah

O

I— I

EH

■m
o

N

^-*-*Tj<-f<'f<C0'*<O

00-* N— I _rHi-(rHlCt^l^X^

iM'MCON^lM'M'M'-ii-lrHMr^

S'3'S LSi-lt-Hr-fr-li-li-Hi-lr-ICOCCINIMMeOrHi-INrH^i-li-lr^r-ICvl

c^ O ,3 M

PSSSPSSSOOSOOOOOOOOOOOfeS

n^ ""5 '^ '^ ""3 '^ ria '^ ^S-ir^P-lt^^r^?H^!-<jH?-<?HrHn'W

OOOOOQQai-5H^<!ll-sH5i-,H,l-5l-sl^l-5l-sl-5l-5C!W

J2 ^ ^ ^ J3^

loNNNNNSO
'■OOOOOCP5

OOOOOOOOC^I
OOOOOOOiOr-i
-# O 1^ >0 -}< O 1:0 ■-!

'o -^ Sid's
.- _j _ 1^

J5

^ -^ 3 C P 0^ s
S cs ? ^ P<^ a o

^ S § o ^ " -g .r^
1^0;^ &H

03 f^ d ,„ ^ '^

o ^ JS 52 c 5

■Zj S CS (D r"

c5 td ^ ^ ct a

ire le '

O

Sho'

3.2

8 rt
3'

^-"K

qO

M -g M ;s: o -J g .S

'^ ^:s ^-^ S ^"^ g a

d g

>5 i

^OOo

w

MOkWO!>Wa!Oa2P:^fiHC;)

Laws of Incubation and Gestation.

283

to

to

^ r«

0

0

^

0

0

'C

pqp3

fl

o

gal^^a

asgasggagsgaa^

0

-2 a

a a a

<

-^-^•5

— ( ^

^^^^^^^^^^^^^ s

rird

rill.^^

a> « ^

S '^

oicpaiQjaJCDpaiaiajpaicpp

ii m

aa 01 oj

t< t< 0

0 IJ

mmmwmffii^MmmfSmwr^

^ '-I h

fqmfiH

iiPq

<!ja5pqfqcQ

0 00

i>

CO l-H

11

g^^ -# CO 'X 0

„O-#00N(N00 _COXIOCOC5.-I9«COtJi ^r-^

M CO

^(M(M?q(M?qrH_gi-(.-ii-l--(.-iW

(M N

--I 4:^ ^

CO

O

^^

IM r-l

^v^

I— 1

S i-o

^- >p CO 05

CO

COCp COJ>O0t^(N NCO

00 t- rH

a 80

^^ M (»

00

C5 10 •* l^ 0 0 I'O do 0 t^ i 30 t^

0

M -^ lb

H^l

(^ ?q (N iM

N

'M<M(M!N(N(>5.-li-li-H'-l'-l'-<'-i

N

1-1 .-1 (M

I . .

■

t-

.

, . .

■^H

CO

0

>.

u M

^

® ^

j^

.2 '-'

Oi

be 2

•2

0

<

0 S ;-

-r-(
CO

ce , , , , , '5

0

0

sag
? S ^

q3 s

§

.oooooosooo_o^

,5

say

® J^ 0

0)

Wh,l-5)-5Hsl-5h-5<31l-5^l-St-Sl_)

-5

a a a>

OT »5 a:

to

totnajto ;•.;

,.,• ,.; "5

"^

^ .^^

^

jO-O^^NNNNNNNNN

j2

S S-^

'to

p5;q;5^oooooooo'0

0 0 ?5

iq -«o>

«tci

0 -a CO -1" CO 0 nW- 05 <M CO -." -!« CO

rH

-^-M-r?

^

(N

ao

i-(tJ( COrH(MC0 >-< -^GS

(M CO

■ . .

'

1 1 1 ^ 1 t 1 1 1 I I 1 I

§1 ■»

'

. . 1

0

m 1

1

0'.»^' 'tOcs'^-S-ScS

,

, ,

c

2 S 03

i> t^cs "Sotewor'fl

c3

■3

p 0 .ii;

to

c5

=« « s 9 -i r:? 'i^ <^ -S bn

t||;a.|li|lt1l

g .0 1 g i § g §^^ £ ;9 J 0

"""* 1j """I 1 '^ p_[ 0 t7 '*■ 0 'j ^"1 ""^ '^^

(A <A

j^ 2 a

<D S "

_5 'm '3
1=1 rt a

4^

to

0
C

.S
'0

u

-2 giS

sag

=* =« ^

be be 5
III

1 1 1

'

'0 ® '73

'

1 I ■

(U

jj 0 oD m

Q

S 0 -« , , ;::]

p.

1 1

m eg cS

r-H to 0)

sees ill

ce 2 rH T3 ;^ cS .S" 1

t1'^:i?|ifl|al
-S S^a s P a-s 8 g g^sa

be

fl cs 5r!

P4

02 aapq

t2

284 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

CO

O

l-H

w
o

xn
O
O

Ph

O

I— I

<

5 >

(S(N(MiMi-ii-i(Nr-li-ti-ii-HO<J(M(NlNCO(Me<)iMiM!N(N(NCOOil

iPTJS^OOPhOOOC

s papillos

l)a

terns ros(

jiitans

chloropnf

)ido

andica

strata am

us ingric

s helveti

• tadorna

estica

hns

ula angnf

jreus

orax carl)

m

s

fl g »

2 a>'S

iang-ula
nser hy]
nser can

O O cu Ph '-5 H r- Ph ffi ^, !>< -sJ O"-; Cl,

Ph

^<<

s "•

2 .5' -2; — rt P^

•-< C r" a: ?

S^^ ^ 2 5? 5

Laws of Incubation and Gestation.

285

>-,

|-<

'2

l-l

fl

o

"oi

o

0) CO M

S

aat^sgaassasta

2 u

a a a a 53

cs a o ^

-■J

^^^^^^^^^^^^ g^

^ X.X. A-^

S^ y 13

Q;)(j)Ociia;)aj(i)a>Di'ii)^(ii

0) ffl Oi 0)^

Ci Oi O ^

u u <^ u u u u U U 'f-^ u\^ u

WfqpqpqpqpQpqmfqpqcqgm

in Ij Ij ti "7^

<| pp m pq pq pq cc

^

•

^- o W

rv.

t3

^-' -o irt

11

S 00 irai-OGOX-fiocccO'Mac _ ^

00 iM C3 >0 C5 CO c:

O CO M o

CO ^

'M CO CO 'O -^

CO lO o o

H m

O

O "*

^.^

•—

— . — -

® ir-J

„• 00 00 t-i in I-. T? iM lo r-i i>

CO

O Ci rH

^

S o £

i?ci t-fN-^-^ifQeo-^-^coooocD

CO

CO -^ X CO

CO

ngl

(2'-lrHCON'M(M5^NiNN.-(LO^

■M

CO CO CO ■*

"*

"^ I 1 1 1 1 1

■

....

■

0)

>.

g p

S s

■•:

=«'S . -^

,

1 1 '^ '3

■-^

o

SrmOleOOOOOOOai

1

-<

•^

C a r^rS

9

O O S S

-<Kq^Q<i<t)-3l<.-^«a1<Jit>pq

m

t-ji-sOQ

o

• • CO 03 .: m 03 o3 »3 S • ai 03

oi

CO 03 03 03

03

^

^

jQ jO jC jO

^

tm

I-H

IM CO "In CO <M Cq -ht -l« -*> 03 O O 'O

^

O t- -f< o

o

S

•H 05 C<1 (MCOi-HJS'-Hi.OCD

N 'M O O

^ ?5 M .-H

»— (

rH

-N . .

03

'

'

;:J

^ . . . .

,

, .-; , ^

?-l CQ T" FA.

'to rg

o;

c

s

'3

2 ^^2 og.^2

-1 » g ^ ^ -5 * -S -g ^

'3

0)

1 c*-?

i s 3j

1

&D=^ S rt !=£:3 g 5;' 2 fl S ■ "

o

£

CC W (V) „

j:^ i^ a s

03

03 ;

i-q H O h:) i-:i h3 p Oi ^q &L( K^i M

<

OWPhP

■ 1 1 1 1 1 4^ 1 1 1 1 1

o

a _

•

. . , .

■

<D

-^ — ^ El

g

, a _ _ , , •- , i, 'S 5,': ,

c3

Iz;

-S ^ '^ 0^

?H "^

-U CO

to S

=^ P3 , .

>2

o

tci^ g g rn^ tea a.-:' J? 's

<Da<fe^,°^^«oo«o aj

y.

S

1

o

CO

03

Q 1

286

Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

C

't-l

ce

o

<

g to pj to

i;sg^ gsosgg

v~^ <A -• C:i u ~i tA i-i u u

o
■* (MO >.o o eo

. N 1-1 CO CO CO CO

1-

l3«'=? 3 3^ 5'^ 3^

O

IM OS IM C^ C^l '^

^•~' ' ^

oj i,-;

^ -^CO-^OOOONCO^ Ofl

go s

£>« cbcftcboot^-^cioio-^
gweoeccoocqcococococD

h3;^

,_

~

>

>»

!>. Oj

"" _i -^

o

=tH ;« r— , , .5 1 C , 1 1

3

<i <!i o S PQ Q m H ft PQ m

^

M oi tn

. . OT^-^ . ■ M N .-^

bo

§S;Sxg§§5o£^

o

'-'£2<^OC^=C^^.n^O

^

lO •* Zi CO

CO ■* CO

, , , — . . . . — . , .

o:

2

3
!zi
o

'3

gg^ S;Sg §:^.2

1-

fi-^s s x2 3 g-s

i

^

Is

^

_2

br

!•

o

c « ;^ ^ 'i a.

1

M tn

.2'«

f- s

c3 ^

;>j

IM

eo

^^

o

CO

o ^

ec eo

^

Oi

II

^ eo

^

o o

0)

(B ®

f-(

be be

^

cS ci

is

0) 0)

> >

<J<Jj

c«

">

CO to

-i

r£5^

II

nhrOO

!N

"^

^'

!

P

M

M

, ,

O

PL|

H

>A

- tr

o ^

CO CO

C< P<

o a.

i-Ji-:!

^ 1)

d ^

c^a

6

<=y

r4 -k:>

g g s

MAX.

i> 5

0) m c

t. c

rj t< !h

ml>ipqpqpQ

o

-^

W3

o

CO

CO

iM CO X
U5

^_l

eo 'oc:

CO

o; <x> CO

00

o

CO

(M eo ■*

^^

II

'

1 1 1

s

2

a)

bD

TiTi ,

^

cS c3 ^

0)

'733 C

B

^^-a

=>

Xfl

c3 c3 i;
OOPQ

II

CD

73 en to'

^

J2^^

CO

O O O

IM

o o c

X

rH ^

;>^

H

o

^

G

O

en

m

W

W

?H

•

cc

C

*

o

«

•-I o

CO

M 03 -S

a

<1EH«

Art. XXVIII. — Contributiojis to a knoxvledge of the
Rhyiichota of Australia.

By E. Bergroth, M.D.

[Communicated by Professor Baldwin Spencer.]

Through the kindness of Mr. Charles French, of Melbourne,
I have received for examination a considerable number of
Australian Rhynchota Heteroptera, many of which are new to
science and some of great interest, either as belonging to
groups or genera not hitherto recorded fi'om Australia, or as
constituting new genera. The following pages are devoted to
descriptions of some of the most remarkable of these insects. In
a second paper I shall continue these descriptions and give a list
of all species.

Fani. ScrTP:LLERiD.E.

1. Philia regia, n. sp.

Parce subtiliter pilosvila. Caput modice declive, longitudine
paullo latius, parce punctulatum, supra cupreo-purpureum, lateri-
bus viridi-a?neum, subtus ca^ruleum, rostro flavido, antenuis ]iigris,
articulis duobus primis flavidis, secundo primo breviore, tertio
secundo fere duplo longiore. Pronotum lateribus ante medium
leviter sinuatum, cupreo-purpureum, lobo antico, margine apicali
excepto, viridi-seneo, intra marginem apicalem subuniseriatim
punctato, lobo postico antico plus quam duplo longiore, margine
lateral! flavido. Scutellum flavum, dilute fusco-punetulatum,
apice subtruncatum, macula basali subcordata latissima callum
basalem includente sed latera haud attingente cupreo-purpurea.
Coriura limbo costali flavidum. Pectus cteruleum, prope angulos
posticos prosterni flavidos cupreo-splendens, sulco orificiali longiu-
sculo, area evaporativa nigra, margine postico metasterni flavido.
Abdomen subtus, spatio angusto medio excepto, sat dense et
fortiter punctatum, subvirescenti-cseruleum, limbo latei'ali intus
integro et ultra spiracula extenso flavo. Pedes flavi, tibiis
cyansisj tarsis fusco-nigris. Long. J 10, 8 mm.

288 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Queensland.

Structurally allied to Ph. fulgurans., Stal, but quite differently
coloured.

Fam. Pentatomid.e.

t

Sub-fam. PENTATOMINiE.

2. Ceplialophitys grannhitiis, n. sp.

Subobovatus, lurido-stramineus, nigro-punctatus, superne gra-
nulis albidis sparsira obsitus. Caput pronoto medio pauUo
bi'evius, fortiter parcius punctatum, vitta media supera irapun-
ctata praiditum, apice leviter incisum, lateribus ante oculos obtuse
leviter angulatum, jugis ante tylum contiguis, rostro et articulo
primo antenuarum testaceis (ceteri articuli harum desunt).
Pronotum antice cum lateribus explanatis fortiter parcius pun-
ctatum, parte posteriore densius et minus fortiter punctata,
marginibus lateralibus anticis subrectis, crenulatis, angulis
opicalibus ultra oculos distincte productis, angulis lateralibus
obtusangulariter sinuatis. Scutelluni minus dense punctatum,
in dimidio basali vitta sublaterali impunctata pr^ditum, punctura
intra et pra^sertim extra has vittas conferta. Pectus parcius
fortiter punctatum. Hemelytra apicem abdominis paullum
superantia, corio parcius fortiter punctato, paullo extra medium
vitta impunctata notato, punctura intra banc vittam sub\ittatim
nonniliil densata, membi'ana cinerea, venis circiter sex simjDlicibus
vel furcatis fuscis instructa et inter has remote fuscoguttulata.
Abdomen ad angulos apicales segmentorum leviter obtuse prom-
inulum, connexivo nigro-piinctato, ventre parce minute fusco-
punctulato, spiraculis fuscis. Pedes remote fusco-punctati.
Long. $ 10, 5 mm.

Queensland.

Verv distinct by the granulated upper surface of the body and
the impunctate scutellar vittje.

3. Cephah)platys reticiilati/s, n. sp.

Ovalis, lurido-stramineus, nigro-punctatus. Caput pronoto
medio tecjuilongum, parce fortiter punctatum, apice incisum, lateri-
bus ante oculos acutiuscule angulatum, jugis ante tylum contiguis,
rostro et antennis testaceis, articulo harum tertio (ima l)asi

Rhynchota of Australia. 289

excepta) et quarto (parte basali excepta) nigris, articulo secundo
plus quam dimidio apicem capitis superante, tertio secundo pauUo
breviore, quarto secundo suba?quilongo (art. quintus deest).
Pronotum inter angulos laterales fascia subcallosa flexuosa
instructum, parcius punctatum, lateribus explanatis multo fortius
et remote punctatis, marginibus lateralibus anticis serrulatis, pone
medium leviter sinuatis, angulis apicalibus ultra anguluDi anteo-
cularem distincte productis. Scutellum ina;qualiter punctatum.
Pectus parcius jDunctatum. Hemelytra apicem abdominis paul-
lum superantia, corio subacervatim punctato, membrana sub-
cinerea, venis fuscis sat dense reticulatis. Abdomen ad angulos
apicales segmentorum leviter prominulum, connexivo remote
nigro-punctato, segmentis hujus basi latiuscule, apice anguste
nigris, ventre sat parce et fortiter punctato, macula basali media
segmentorum nigra. Pedes parce fortiter nigro-punctati. Long.
(^ 11, 8 mm.

Queensland.

At once distinguished from the other species by the reticulated
membrane.

8ub-fam. PHYLLOCEPIIALIN.E.

4. Basicryptus frenchi, n. sp.

Stramineo-testaceus, dense et sat fortiter nigro-punctatus,
macula ti'ansversa media ad marginem apicalem pronoti, fascia
intus abbreviata ad angulos laterales pro)ioti exocorioque basin
versus nigris, disco pronoti pone medium nigrescente. CajDut
ante oculos vix sinuatum, vertice gibboso-convexo, jugis tylo
multo longioribus, extus subrectis, intus leviter rotundatis et
paullo distantibus, antennis nigris, parce testaceo-conspersis, arti-
culo secundo apicem capitis subattingente. tertio secundo jiaullo
longiore, quarto tertio suba^quali, quinto quarto distincte longiore.
Pronotum linea transversa media callosa impunctata utrinque
prope latera oblique antrorsum vergente sed angulos laterales
haud attingente instructum, ante hanc lineam fortiter declive,
deinde iterum pone medium capitis deplanatum, parte declivi
etiam antice linea transversa callosa recta utrinque abbreviata
tei'minata, angulis lateralibus prominulis, acutis, marginibus
lateralibus anticis sinuatis, ante medium crenulatis, marginibus

290 Proceedings of tJie Royal Society of Victoria.

lateralibus posticis anticis longioribus, ad marginem costalem
corii obtuse angulatis. Scutellum callo basali medio, callo oblongo
prope angulos basales lineisque duabus longitudinalibus callosis
ante medium antrorsum leviter divaricatis pallidis impunctatis
instructum. Corium quam scutellum minus dense punctatum,
venis et margine costali pallidis ; membrana albido-hyalina, venis
nigris. Segmentum genitale maris apice leviter sinuatum.
Pedes dense subconfluenter fortius nigro-punctati. Long. $ \^
mm .

Queensland.

I have much pleasure in dedicating this fine insect to Mr. Ch.
French. It is very distinct from B. rugicoHis, Westvv., the only
species hitherto recorded from Australia.

Sub-fam. EUSTHENINiE.

Coptopelta, n. gen.

Caput parvum, transversum, subtriangulare, lateribus sinuatum,
jugis tylo longioribus et ante hunc per spatium longiusculum
contiguis, ocellis inter se atque ab oculis subasque longe distanti-
bus, antennis quinque-articulatis, articulo primo apicem capitis
superante, secundo primo vix triplo longiore, tertio brevissimo,
primo paullo breviore, quarto secundo subpequali, quinto (juarto
breviore, bucculis rotundatis, rostro coxas medias subattingente,
articulo secundo apicalibus duobus unitis longiore, quarto tertio
£equi]ongo. Pronotum basi subrectum, retrorsum baud productum,
marginibus lateralibus anticis integris, reflexis, angulis lateralibus
rotundatis, baud prominulis. Scutellum latitudine distincte
longius, medium abdominis baud attingens, apice truncatum.
Frena medium scutelli superantia. Mesosternum medio convexi-
usculum, nee carinatum nee sulcatum. Metasternum medio baud
elevatuni ; ostia odorihca longiuscule auriculata. Coriuiu scutello
multo longius, margine a])icali sinuatum ; membrana areis
basalibus destituta, venis longitudinalibus e vena transversa
basali exeuntibus. Abdomen e latere visum retrorsum parum
attenuatum, lateribus leviter explanatun), segmento secundo
ventrali basi obtuse tuberculato, angulis apicalibus segraentorum
(primo excepto) acute pronnnulis, sutura inter segmentum
primum et secundum ventrale latera versus anti'orsum curvata et

RJiynchota of Australia. 291

oblitterata, spiraculis leviter transversis, ante medium segmen-
torum sitis, e latere longissime distantibus, segmento sexto
ventrali feminfe medio supra segmentum genitale libere nonnihil
producto et obtuse bidentato. Pedes approximati, femoribus
inermibus, tibiis femoribus brevioribus, supra sulcatis, tarsis
triarticulatis.

This genus belongs to the group Oncoinerina of Stal, and is well
distinguished from the other genera of the group.

5. Coptopelta crassiventris, n. sp.

Subtus cornea, supra castanea, pronoto paullo pallidiore,
marginibus lateralibus anticis pronoti et connexivo nigris,
segmentis hujus macula media rufescente notatis, linea intral-
aterali pronoti, macula ad angulos basales scutelli hujusque linea
longitudinali postmediana et apice luteis, exocorio subolivaceu,
antennis pallide ferrugineis. Pronotum subrugosum et punct-
atum, marginibus lateralibus anticis levissime rotundatis.
Scutellum punctatum. Hemelytra apicem abdominis paullum
superantia, corio crebre su))tiliter punctulato, membrana ainea.
Abdomen lateribus subtiliter crenulatum, connexivo longitu-
dinaliter striguloso, ventre hfviusculo, latera versus ruguloso, sed
limbo laterali explanato Isevigato, spiraculis nigris. Pedes badii.
Long. $ 24 mm.

Queensland.

It is possible that the colour of the upper side of the body is
more greenish or olivaceous in the living insect.

N.B. — For an Australian genus of this group Oncosceiis,
Westw., the name of which is preoccupied (Chevrolat, Cole-
optera, 1834), T have proposed the name Bha'ci/s (Revue
d'Entom., 1891, p. 214); but as also this name is preoccupied
by Clark for a genus of Coleoptera (1860), I herewith substitute
the name Rha'cocoris for Westwood's genus.

Fam. ACANTHOSOMID^.

6. Stauralia co>iipu>icia, n. sp.

Ovalis, dilute subvirescenti-testacea, margine laterali capitis et
prothoracis, parte basali pronoti, scutello (parte basali excepta),
exocoris a basi ad medium, margine apicali corii lineaque intra-

292 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

marginali ventris carneo-rufis, pronoto, scutello, clavo ac corio
parcius fortiter punctatis. Caput fere impunctatum, superne
transversim rugulosum, antennis obscure testaceis, articulis
duobus ultimis fuscis, articulo secundo prinio longiore, tertio
secundo paullo breviore, quarto secundo et quinto tertio subae-
quilongo. Pronotum lateribus subrectuni, angulis lateralibus
rotundalis, baud prominulis. Scutellum suinmo apice nigrum.
Pectus parum punctatuni. Hemelytra apiceni abdominis paulluni
superantia, corio medium segmenti quinti connexivi superante,
membrana vitrea. Abdomen dorso concolor, limbo externo
connexivi rufescente, ventre inanjualiter concoloriter punctato,
spina basali coxas anticas attingente, segmento quinto feminse
utrinque ad marginem apicalem impressione subopaca instructo.
Pedes testacei. Long. $ 9 '5 mm.

Victoria.

Much more strongly punctured than T. ch/oracajitha, Dall.,
and difierently coloured.

Fam. Pyrrhocorid/E.

Syncrotus^ n. gen.

Corpus glabi-um. Caput breve, crassum, apice pronoti latius,
ante oculos sessiles fortiter declive, inter oculos et basin anten-
narum levissime angustatum, vertice convexo, bucculis marginem
anticum oculorum et medium articuli primi rostri distinctissime
superantibus, retrorsum humilioribus, postice coeuntibus, rosti'O
basin ventris attingente, articulo primo marginem posticum
oculorum baud attingente, secundo primo subiequilongo, tertio
secundo perpaullo longiore, quarto tertio paullo breviore, articulo
primo antennarum apicem capitis longissime superante, secundo et
tertio unitis sequilongo tertio secundo multo breviore, quarto
primo nonnihil breviore. Pronotum breve, transvei-sum, lateribus
lamina to-reflex um, margine .basali leviter rotundato, lobo antico
et postico subseque longis, ambobus impunctatis, impressione
aream anticam elevatam terminante antice et postice punctata,
lateribus impunctata. Scutellum lequilaterum. Orificia distincta,
Hemelytra completa, margine toto coatali corii retlexo, sutura
clavi et margine apicali corii subjetjue longis, hoc subrecto,
angulo apicali subacuto, membraiuv area magna basali venas

Rhynchota of AnstJ-alia. 293

simplices emittente instructa. Ala^ haino prsedita?. Abdomen
suturis ventralibus rectis instructuin, margine apicali segmenti
sexti ventralis feminje medio sinuato. Femora antica quaiii
media paullo breviora et crassiora, subtus inermia.

Syncrotus is not nearly allied to any described genus, but is to
be placed between Dindymus and Pyrrhopeplus.

7. Syncrotus circumscriptiis, n. sp.

Oblongo-elliptieus, nitidus, Ifevis, rufo-castaneus, segmentis
quattuor primis ventris et pedibus luride testaceis, tibiis et tarsis
infuscatis, antennis nigris, striga supera percurrente articuli
harum primi et articulo ultimo apice excepto, margine toto
pronoti, margine laterali corii et liujus fascia obliqua mox ante
marginem apicalem, margine antico, laterali ac postico prosterni
et postico metasterni, fascia apicali medio interrupta segmenti
quarti ventris, basi et summo apice femorum apiceque tibiarum
albidis, membrana nigra, margine pallescente, segmento sexto
veutrali, margine apicali et laterali excepto, nigrescente. Caput
subtus utrinque puncto impresso instructum, articulo pi'imo
antennarum leviter curvato. Pronotum lateribus fere in medio
leviter sinuatum, lobo postico antico nonnihil latiore. Scutellum
planiusculum. Hemelytra apicem abdominis vix attingentia,
corio cum clavo sat dense punctato. Long. $ 9 mm.

Queensland.

8. Dysdercus argillaceus, n. sp.

Argillaceus, capite, area antica elevata pronoti, scutello, dorso
abdominis areaque magna pleurarum fulvis vel pallide lurido-
flavis, limbo apicali prom»ti et prosterni, limbo postico pleurarum
acetabulisque albis, fascia basali utrinque abbreviata seginen-
torum ventralium rufa, antennis fusco-nigris, articulo ultimo
pallide lurido-testaceo rostro albo-testaceo, articulo ultimo nigro,
membrana nigra, anguste albo-marginata, pedilms testaceis.
Articuli tres primi antennarum apice incrassati, secundo primo
multo breviore. Lobus posticus pronoti, corium cum clavo et
pars posterior propleurarum nigro-punctata. Alaj fumataj. Abdo-
men subtus lateribus remote concoloriter punctatum. Femora
antica subtus prope apicem utrinque dente validiusculo et mox
ante liunc dente minuto armata. Long. ? 13 — 13-5 mm.

294 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Queensland.

Quite unlike anything hitherto known in the genus.

Fani. LvG^iDiE.

Sub-fam. GEOCORINiE.

9. Germalus vicforice, n. sp.

Oblongas, pallide tlavo-testaceus, callo humerali pronoti fusco-
nigro, ventre plerumque vitta rosea utrinque ornato. Caput
impunctatum, rostro coxas medias attingente, summo apice
articuli antennarum secundi tertiique et articulo quarto toto
fuscis, articulo tertio secundo distincte breviore. Pronotum
antrorsuni levissime angustatum, remote nigro-punctulatum,
anterius utrinque area iuipunctata prseditum, lateribus rectis,
margine basali rotundato. Scutellum callo curvato Isevi basali
vittam lajvigatam subelevatam ad apicem emittente instructum,
lateribus sat profunde fusco-punctatum. Pectus utrinque punctis
parcis minutis nigris in vittam angustam ordinatis instructum.
llemelytra pellucida, extus leviter rotundata, clavo serie punc-
torum fuscorum completa et serie altera brevi ad commissuram
instructo, corio serie punctorum completa ad suturam clavi et
serie subcostali longius pone medium abrupta prtedito, hac serie
prope basin margini costali parallela, deinde ab hoc sensim
divergente, disco corii prjeterea pone medium in dimidio externo
parce punctulato, punctis fuscis. Abdomen dorso vittis duabus
sinuosis nigris in segmento quinto conjunctis et ad apicem
communiter continuatis signatum, segmento dorsali tertio et
quarto et prreterea macula parva media nigra notatis. Pedes
minute et parcissime fusco-punctulati, interdum fere impunctati.
Long. (J $ 4-4 — 4-7 mm.

Victoria.

The genus Germalus, Stal, was hitherto only known from
^Madagascar and the Phillipine Islands.

10. Geocoris provisos, n. sp.

Niger, capite sulitus (excepta macula parva basali utrinque
prope oculos) cum margine antico toto, orbita posteriore oculorum,
vitta laterali pronoti, vitta media scutelli basin hujus hand attin-
gente, angulis posticis metasterni limboque laterali abdominis

RJiynchota of Australia. 295

(ad marginem posticum segmentorum anguste fusco-iiitevrupto)
pallide flavis, impunctatis, margine lateral! corii ferruginea, vitta
anteriore corii medium hujus attingente albido-decolore. Caput
basi pronoti perpaullo latius, dense punctulatum, margine antico
inter oculos et antennas leviter rotundato, antennis testaceis.
articulo secundo basi et quarto toto fuscis, tertio dimidio basali
nigro. Pronotum transversum, parce for titer punctatum, ante
medium utrinque callo transverso Ifevi prseditum, mox intra latera
serie punctorum instructuni, marginibus lateralibus e basi ad
angulum posticum oculorum levissime convergentibus, deinde
pone oculos, quos tangunt, valde convergentibus. 8eutellum
lateribus dense fortiter punctatum. Pectus sat dense et profunde
punctulatum. Hemelytra apicem abdominis attingentia, clavo
serie punctorum completa et serie postica interiore brevi instructo,
corio in parte apicali exteriore parce fortius punctato, prteterea
seriebus duabus punctorum prtedito, serie externa inter venam
subcostalem et marginem costalem sita, serie interna clavo
approximata, post medium ab hoc nonnihil divergente, apice
extus curvata et secundum marginem ajsicalem continuata, inter
partem posticam serisi interna? et clavi parce subconfuse punctato,
membrana leviter infuscata, macula ad angulum basalem inter-
iorem et venis albescentibus. Abdomen subtus Ireve. Pedes
flavo-testacei. Long. 5 .5 mm.

Victoria.

No species of the sub-faaiily Geocorime was hitherto known
from the Australian continent, but as the genus Geocoris is
generally distributed throughout the world and is also found
in New Caledonia, its occurrence in Australia is in no wise
unexpected. I know a still undescribed Australian genus of
Geocorime.

Sub-fam. myodochin^.

11. Clerada rufaugtila, n. sp.

Crebre punctulata, nigra, angulis posticis prothoracis ruhs,
subtus, praesertim in medio segmentorum ventralium, piceo-tincta,
annulo subbasali latiusculo articuli quarti antennarum albo.
Caput subrhombeum, parte postoculari lateribus rotundata, oculo
et ocello contiguis. Pronotum lateribus medio leviter sinuatum.

296 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Hemelytra apicem abdominis nonnihil superantia. Pedes piceo-
nigi'i. Long. ° 5*5 mm.

West Australia.

This is one of the most interesting insects that Mr. French has
sent me. Of this genus a single species was known, C. apicicornis,
Sign., with a vast geographical distribution, having been found
in tropical America and Asia, and in the Mascarene and
Seychelle Islands. From that species C. rufangula is easily
distinguished by the very difierent colour-markings, and by
having the head less elongated with the postocular part rounded
on the sides and the ocelli contiguous to the eyes.

Sub-fam. HETEROGASTRIN^.

Triseais, n. gen.

Caput cum oculis apice pronoti latins, nonnihil exsertum,
subjvque longum ac latum, parte anteoculari longitudine fere
duplo latiore, lateribus postocularibus parallelis, ocellis a basi
capitis nonnihil remotis, inter se quam ab oculis plus quam duplo
longius distantibus, tuberculis antenniferis valde declivibus,
articulo primo antennarum paullo plus quam dimidio apicem
capitis superaute, secundo primo paullo plus quam dimidio
longiore, tertio secundo paullo breviore, quarto tertio longitu-
dine subsequali, bucculis brevissimis, rostro coxas medias attin-
gente, articulo primo medium oculorum attingente, secundo primo
longiore, apicem prosterni superante. Pronotum transversum,
capite nonnihil longius, antrorsum fortiter angustatum, prope
apicem fortius subrotundato - angustatum, annulo coUari dis-
tincto instructum, basi late leviter sinuatum, paullo ante medium
transversim, impressum, impressione latera baud attingente,
uiarginibus lateralibus obtusis, convexis, lobo antico sat convexo.
iScutellum subtequilaterum, dimidio apicali calloso, callo antice
angulariter sinuato. Hemelyti-a apicem abdominis longius super-
antia, clavo vix punctato, sed lineis triljus impressis subtiliter
punctulatis instructo, lineis duabus exterioribus ad suturam clavi
appioxiiiiatis, interstitio angusto convexo separatis, linea interna
secundum marginem scutellarem et connuissuram currente, a
linea media intervallo lato piano disjuncta, commissura scutello
longitudine subivquali, eorio ad venas subtiliter punctato-striato,

Rhynchota of Aiistralia. 297

ceteroquin impunctato, margine costali acuto, fere usque ad
apicem leviter retlexo, margine apicali subrecto sutura clavi parum
breviore, venis pone medium furcatis, cellulas tres magnas
apicales rhoniboidales formantibus, niembrana cellulis duabus
magnis basalibus venas simplices emittente prtedita, sed inter has
cellulas et angulum basalem interiorem venis duabus e basi mem-
branse exeuntibus venula transversa baud conjunctis instructa,
exteriore longa, curvata, subdichotoma, interiore recta, simplice,
margini interno membranse valde approximata. AIeb hamo e
vena subtensa emisso, basi al^e approximate instructpe. Abdomen
subtus transversim valde convexum, segmento genitali maris
magno, convexiusculo, recurvo, partem apicalem superiorem
abdominis occupante, liamis copulatoriis loiigis, leviter curxatis,
prope basin geniculatiui iiillexis. Pedes simplices, femoribus
anticis parum incrassatis, inern)ibus, tibiis rectis, subtiliter et
moUiter pilosulis, articulo primo tarsorum posticorum articulis
duobus ultimis unitis subseque longo.

This singular and aberrant genus seems to be allied to Idio-
stolus. Berg, from Basket Island (Cape Horn), but I think they
cannot be identical. In bis description of Idiostoliis Professor
Berg says that there is no hamiis to the wings. But if in this
genus the hamus has the same unusual place as in Trisecus,
Professor Berg has possibly overlooked it.

12. Trisecus pidiis, n. sp.

Oblongus, nitidus, hi3viusculus. Caput nigrum, substrigulosum,
parcius pallido-sericeum, clypeo piceo, apice cum rostro testaceo,
antennis pilosulis, nigris, articulo primo et basi secundi obscure
testaceis, apice secundi et tertii albido-flavente. Pronotum Iseve,
glabrurn, basi quam apice fere duplo et dimidio latius, lateribus
medio levissime subsinuatum, albido-flavens, linea impressa collare
postice terminante et maculis duabus magnis subconfluentibus
lobi antici fusco-piceis, macula media ovali et vitta uti'inque
laterali obliqua subcurvata lobi postici fusco-nigris, lobo antico
postice in medio impresso, impressione cannula longitudinal!
divisa. Scutellum glabrurn, dimidio basali transversim strigu-
loso, nigro, dimidio apicali calloso lievi albido-flavente, linea
tenui longitudinal! pallide fusca partito. Pectus parce sericeum,
fuscum, mesopleuris maxima parte et macula quadrata prope

U

298 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

angulos posticos metasterni nigris, margine antico, lateral! ac
postico prosterni, macula transversa apicali mesopleurarum,
margine angusto lateral! et postico metasterni acetabulioque
omnibus albidis. Hemelytra glabra, corio et clavo albido-
flaventibus, macula magna oblonga media interna clavi, macula
oblonga media pone basin corii, macula hujus oblonga lateral!
mox pone medium, parte posteriore cellulse apicalis externee,
macula ad basin celluke apicalis medi;« limboque intra venam
cellulam apicalem internam extus terminantem fusco-nigris,
membrana subliyalina, vitta media cum macula permagna apicali
•confluente maculaque elongata ad margineni interiorem fuscis.
Alee apieem versus leviter infuscata;. Abdomen subtus Iseve.
parce brevissime sericeum, ferrugineum, hie et illic prsesertim
lateribus infuscatum, segmento genital! maris medio leviter bi-
impresso. Pedes graciliusculi, testacei, apice tibiarum et articulis
duobus ultimis tarsorum fuscis, femoribus posticis paullo ante
^ipicem leviter infuscatis. Long. $ sine membr. 5-7 mm.
Tasmania.

Fam. Reduviid^.

Sub-fam. HARPACTORINyE.

13. Prisfhesaiicus grassafor, n. sp.

Niger, ventre in piceum vergente, lobo antico pronoti, scutello,
pectore (parte postica propleurarum excepta), coxis, troclian-
teribus, ima basi femorum, apice tibiarum tarsisque flavis, gula
et lineola lateral! anteoculari testaceis, ano flavescente. Caput
pronoto paullo brevius, rostro piceo, articulationibus testaceis,
articulo primo antennarum pronoto et scutello unitis nonnihil
longiore, nigio, annulis duoV)us subobsoletis superne interruptis
et apice testaceis, articulis tribus ultimis ferrugineis, secundo
tertio fere dimidio longiore. Pronotum parce pilosum, lobo
antico utrinque ante tubercula erecta cylindrica tuberculo i)arvo
prredito, lateribus longitudinaliter bi-impresso. Scutellum parce
longiuscule pilosum, tuberculo suberecto cylindrico apice integro.
Corium parte apicali prolongata dilutius. Membrana et alae
hyalina". Al;domen lateribus rotundato-ampliatum, subtus sub-
tiliter pulverulento-sericeum. Long. ? 21-5 mm.

Queensland.

Rhyncliota of Australia. 299

14. Havinthus obscurus, n, sp.

Glabriusculus, niger, lobo postico pronoti, corio tibiisque fusco-
testaceis, connexivo (apice segmentorum excepto) testaceo. Caput
pronoto paullo longius, rostro piceo, basin capitis vix attingente,
articulo primo parte anteoculari capitis plus quani duplo brevioi'e,
basin antennarum baud attingente, secundo primo duplo longiore,
articulo primo antennarum capite nonnihil breviore. Pronotum
fere in ujedio subconstrictum et transversim impressum, angulis
apicalibus acute prominulis, lobo postico transversim ruguloso.
Hemelytra ( $ ) abdomine nonnihil breviora. Femora granulata,
antica praeterea subtus denticulis nonnullis armata; tibiae anticaj
quam femora sat multo breviores, posteriores femoribus longitu-
dine subsequales. Long. $ 1.3-6 mm.

West Australia.

Somewhat resembling II. peiitatonms, H. Sch., but at once
distinguished by the much shorter basal joint of the rostrum, and
the acutely produced fore angles of the pronotum.

15. Havinthus rufovarius, n. sp.

Breviter sat dense pilosus, niger, gula (excepta parte basali),
parte anteoculari capitis (exceptis apice clypei et vitta laterali
inter oculos et basin antennarum), maculis duabus magnis basali-
bus lobi antici pronoti, marginibus lateralibus posticis lobi postici
pronoti, postscutello, basi clavi et corii hujusque fascia post
medium, macula, magna marginali segmentorum tertii, quinti
sextique abdominis solum apicem horum segmentorum liberum
relinquente, fascia basali utrinque abbreviata segmentorum
ventralium quinque primorum, macula magna media segmenti
ventralis sexti totam longitudinem segmenti occupante et in
segmentum genitale nonnihil extensa, trochanteribus, femoribus
anticis (exceptis macula media supera et apice), parte basali. et
annulo subapicali femorum posteriorum, apice tibiarum tarsisque
(apice excepto) laete rufis. Caput pronoto paullo longius, rostro
apicem versus picescente, coxas anticas attingente, articulo primo
parte anteoculari capitis paullulo breviore, secundo primo
nonnihil longiore, articulo primo antennarum capiti sequilongo,
articulo quarto lurido. Pronotum ante medium subconstrictum

u2

300

Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

et transversim impressum, angulis apicalibus subrotundatis, vix
promiiiulis, lobo postico granulate -rugoso. Hemelytra (?)
apicein abdominis attingentia. Femora granulata ; tibise anticse
apicem trochanterum attingentes, posteriores quam femora
distincte longiores. Long. J 19 mm.

"West Australia.

The insect described by Reuter as a variety of H. longiceps,
Stal, is possibly a variety of rufovarins, which is certainly distinct
from longiceps.

Sub-fam. ectrichodiin.e.
Kebi'iscus, n. gen.

Caput supra convexum, pone oculos mediocres subovales parum
prominulos rotundatum. subtus utrinque pone oculos subtumidum,
parte ocellos gerente vix elevata, articulo secundo I'ostri primo
crassiore et dimidio longiore, antennis in medio inter oculos et
apicem capitis insertis, articulo primo capiti subsequilongo,
.secundo primo nonnihil longiore, tertio primo triplo breviore
(ceteri articuli desunt). Pronotum ante medium leviter constric-
tum et transversim impressum, angulis apicalibus breviter
prominulis, marginibus lateralibus posticis depressis et subele-
vatis, margine basali recto, lobo antico linea impressa longitudi-
nali diviso, hac linea impressionem transversam pronoti interrum-
pente et ibidem utrinque ruga terminata, deinde per partem plus
quam dimidiam lobi postici continuata et in hoc dilatata, lobo
postico antico latiore, intra angulos laterales rotundatos linea
impressa longitudinali subtilissime crenulata instructo, ceteris
impressionibus pronoti Istvibus. ycutellum transversum, impres-
sum, mucronibus apicalibus late distantibus. Mesostemum
medio carinis duabus antror.sum convergentibus instructum.
Metasternum pone medium transversim impressum. Celluhe
membranas ambje ad basin subjeque lativ, cellula exteriore retror-
sum dilatata, cellula interiore exteriore multo breviore, leviter
curvata, ubicjue fvque lata. Pedes antici leviter, posteriores late
distantes, femoribus inennibus, anticis ceteris paullo crassioribus,
tibiis femoribus subaiquilongis, apice dilatatis, fossa spongiosa
instructis. tarsis elongatis, articulo apicali basalibus duobus unitLs
subsequilongo.

RJiyncJiota of Australia. 301

This genus seems to be allied to Aiitiopula, Bergr., from Ceylon,
but is distinguished by the structure of the rostrum and the
antenupe.

16. Nebriscus piipus^ n. sp.

Puberulus, Ifevis, nitidiusculus, hemelytris (excepto margine
costali corii a basi ad medium) opacis, niger, capite, lobo antico
pronoti et rugis duabus impressionis transversa? hujus, scutello,
parte apicali angulari corii (excepto ipso angulo), parte anteriore
prosterni maculaque parva laterali metasterni sanguineis. Caput
latitudine distincte longius, rostro fusco-testaceo, antennis nigris.
Pronotum transversum, lobo antico sat convexo. Pedes nigri,
•coxis, trochanteribus, apice tibiarum femoribusque anticis basin
versus piceis. Long. 6*7 mm.

Victoria.

Although the abdomen is wanting I do not hesitate to describe
this new genus, as it is the first Australian representative of this
sub-family, and as it is easily recognisable by the characters
given above. It is the smallest insect hitherto known of this
sub-family.

Sub-fam. STENOPODIN.E.

17. Pygolanipis frcnchi^ n. sp.

Subglabra, nigra, hemelytris in fuscum vergentibus, spinulis
•capitis, ima basi rostri, spinis apicalibus prosterni, margine
angusto acetabulorum, guttulis duabus externis (anteriore rotun-
data, posteriore oblonga) arese exterioris membranfe, angulis
basalibus segmentorum abdominalium dorsoque abdominis a basi
ultra medium luride albidis. Caput apice medio spinuloso-pro-
minulum, subtus utrinque et ante et post oculos spinulosum,
articulo primo antennarum capite paullo longiore, obscure
testaceo, fusco-variegato, subtus (apice excepto) granulis piligeris
instructo, secundo primo baud dimidio longiore, tertio primo plus
quam quadruplo breviore, quarto tertio fere duplo longiore.
Pronotum capite distincte longius, lobo antico medio longitudina-
liter sulcato, lobo postico carinis duabus antrorsum convergenti-
bus instructo, latera versus longitudinaliter impresso. Pectus,
imprimis mesosternum medio, brevissime sericeum. Hemelytra

302 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

( ^ ) apicem abdominis attingentia. Abdomen [^) apice utrinque
in lobum breviusculum triangularem productum. Pedes albido-
testacei, femoribus apicem versus, basi et apice tibiarum, annulo
submediano tibiarum anteriorum tarsisque nigris, femoribus
anticis parum incrassatis, subtus in dimidio basali denticulis
tribus perminutis distantibus armatis, femoribus posticis abdo-
mine paullo brevioi'ibus. Long, g 12'5 mm.

Victoria.

Allied to F. foeda, Stal, but it is smaller and differently
coloured, the first antennal joint is shorter and the anteocular
part of the head is toothed beneath.

Tammerfors, Pinland,

December \st, 1894.

MEETINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY.

1894.

ANNUAL MEETING.

Thursday, 8f/i March.
The President (Professor Kernot) in the chair.

Annual Report of the Coincil for tiik Year 1893.

The Council of the Royal Society herewith pre.sents to the
INIembers of the Society the Annual Report and Balance Sheet
for the Year 1893.

The following Meetings were held, and Papers read during the
Session :

March 9. — "Linguistic Points of Contact between the Aborig-
ines of Australia and those of New Guinea," by Rev. John
Mathew. " Notes on the Eocene Strata of the Bellarine
Peninsula, with brief references to other deposits," by T. S.
Hall, M.A., and C. B. Pritchard.

April 13. — "The Lizards Indigenous to Victoria," by A. H. S.
Lucas, M.A., B.Sc, and C. Frost, F.L.S. (an interesting collection
of Victorian Lizards was exhibited). " Further Notes on
Australian Ilydroids, with description of some New Species," by
W. M. Bale, F.R.M.S. "Note on the Hatching of a Peripatus
Egg," by Arthur Dendy, D.Sc. "A New Thermo-Electric
Phenomenon," by W. Huey Steele, M.A.

May 11. — "Notes on the Saibai, Kaurarega and Gudang
Languages, with remarks on Unsound Philological Methods," by
Rev. Lorimer Fison, M.A.

June 8.-^" Glaciation of the Western Highlands, Tasmania,"
by E. J. Dunn, (communicated by A. W. Howitt, F.G.S.)
"Further Note on the Glacial Deposits of Bacchus Marsh," by
C. G. VV". Otiicer, B.Sc, and L. J. Balfour.

304 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

July 13. — "Notes on the Trawling Expedition at the Lakes
Entrance," by T. S. Hart, M. A. " Defence of the Position— That
there are Linguistic Points of Contact between the Aborigines
of Australia and those of New Guinea, and corroboration of the
theory that the Australian Aborigines entered the Continent on
the New Guinea side," by Rev. John Mathew. "Some Statistics
showing the extent of damage done to Members of the Medical
Profession by the Abuse of Alcohol," by J. W. Barrett, jM.D.

September 14. — " An Operculum from the Lilydale Lime-
stone," by R. Etheridge, Junr., F.G.S. " Additional Notes on
the Lilydale Limestone," by Rev. A. W. Cresswell. Mr. Elliott
Cairns exhibited a number of Mineralogical specimens from
]Mount Wills, and made some remarks upon the occurrence of
gold in granite in that locality. " Note from the Biological
Laboratory of the Melbourne University, on a Crayfish with
abnormally developed Appendages," by Arthur Dendy, D.Sc.
" On the forthcoming meeting of the Australasian Association
for the Advancement of Science," by E. F. J. Love, M.A.

October 12. — "Results of Observations with the Kater's
Invariable Pendulums, made at the Melbourne Observatory,
June- September, 1893," by Pietro Baracchi, F.R.A.S.

November 16. — "Observations on some new or little-known
Land Planarians from Tasmania and South Austi-alia," by
Arthur Dendy, D.Sc. " Land Irrigation — Principles governing
its economic application in warm climates," by Isaac Tipping,
C.E.

December 14. — ^"Description of a New Half-Seconds Pendu-
lum Appai-atus for Gravity Observations," by R. L. J. Ellery,
C.M.G., F.R.S., F.R.A.S. (The Apparatus referred to was
exhibited). " Description of a New Chain 'J'est Range at the
:\Ielbourne Observatory," by R. L. J. Ellery, C.M.G., F.R.S.,
F.li.A.S. "Preliminary Survey of Eucalyptus Oils of Victoria,"
by W. Percy Wilkinson. "The largest Australian Trilobite
hitherto discovered," by R. Etheridge, Junr., F.G.S.

During the course of the year three Members, one Country
Members and two Associates have been elected. Ten Members,
two Countiy Members, and five Associates have reigned.

Your Council regrets to report the resignation, as one of the
Honorarv Secretaries and Meiid:)er of the Council, of Dr. Arthur

Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria. 305

Dendy, F.L.S., who leaves the colony to take up the position of
Lecturer of Biology, at Canterbury College, Christchurch, in the
University of New Zealand.

During his connection with the Society Dr. Dendy has acted
in the capacity of Member of Council, Hon. Librarian, and
during the past year as one of the Hon. Secretaries. In
accepting Dr. Dendy's resignation the Council ordered the
following resolution to be recorded in the minute book : " That
Dr. Dendy's resignation of the position of one of the Secretaries
of the Royal Society be accejDted with great regret, and that a
letter be written by the President conveying to him the Council's
sincere appreciation of his great services both as Secretary and
as Member of Council, and expressing the desire that, though
removed to a distant colony, he will still continue his connection
with the Society."

The Librarian reports as follows : —

" During the past twelve months the Library has steadily
increased, 1212 books and parts of periodicals having been
received. Very little expense has been incurred for binding, as
only the Society's " Proceedings " and the Macleay Memorial
volume have been bound. A new and handsome bookcase has
been placed in the Library, to which it will form a much needed
addition."

During the course of the year the following publications have
been issued : " Proceedings," Vol. V. {\\qw series), and Vol. VI.
(new series).

The past year has been of necessity a very trying one to the
Society in many ways, but at the same time it has had its
satisfactory features, for notwithstanding an unavoidable falling
otf in the number of Members, the attendance at the monthly
meetings has increased, and the papers and discussions have been
fully up to the mark of those of previous years.

Whilst it may not at present be found possible to issue
"Transactions," that of the "Proceedings" will continue as
usual and the Council appeals confidently for support to the
Members and Associates during the coming year.

306 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

^

^

m

ClOOOOOOOOOOOCOOOXiO-*
lOOiOOOO'J'OOCii-iX'Oi-iOT-HiOQC

t— li— li— I 1— I r-f 1— Ir- li— li— (

coMt^o^scoOT?— iioQoioira-*,— iioxx

lO O i-HiM(M («>-i 00

CO T-H — '

t'

fl

o

rt

q

®

^ ax

t =

•S ^ ^

cJ ci eg

o

1

'■+3

to

2

Salary, &c., of Assista
Shorthand Eecords ..
Hall-keei^er's Allowan

'co

'a

o

o
o

0)

1

0)

'a!
H

s

CO

oks and Periodicals

eight

freshments

00

a>
o

S

^< c3 re
Ph P^ Ct5

o
O

!3
1— 1

O 'V Qi U IS ■■rA ^ U

1— 1

pq

>s

ffi

o

o o

o o

o o

^ 1

O 00

LO O

to *o

05 '

■—I

'"'

'"' i

o 00

CO ■*

CO ;3;

"^ 1

«

lO ^

(M

o 1

(M

CO

^^

X :

H

O

o

o

o
o
o

1— I

c

CO

O

o

CO

: :

"H '

-+

<--

10

1— t

or

5'i

C".

^

<x.

"o

00

(M

K*

00

03

0)

CO

s

ct-i

O

-u

o

CO

s

to

<1>

y

c

c
o
C

S

>

1

I— i

S
1

s

CO

■1)

c
o

o

CO
CO

<

CO

s

rl

c

G

2

P5

O

W

02

w

c

,

.^

.

.

E-

Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria. 307

pR

W
o

<

ft

o

t—i

w

CO

I— i

rj:

o

o

O

o

o

O

>— 1

Q

00

o;

(3

00

CO'

=^

+3

^-*?

.2

o

'co

.-e

-sj

'3

^

1*

s

-^-^

s

C<H

o

O

o

M

-t:'

fl

■

c3

9

s

CO

-t2

(-<

*-<

"m

cS

O

p

t^

OJ

Q

to

T3

0)

0;

0/

X

-t-J

s

1— 1

t>i

?;

c

O 1

o

o

o

o

>— '

"—I

o

00 1

05

o

00

00

'^

^ 1

M

<t

w

r-

OJ

•rH

J^

^J

c3

*M

a:

P.

S

a-

^

O

-1^
rr.

^

x

X

-t^

c^

h^

c

„

H

Ph

H

CO

O

1-5

p4

Z/2

^

g

O

o

§

o

p:^

W

^ c-.

308 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

On the motion of Professor Kernot, seconded by Mr. H, R.
Hogg, the Annual Report and Balance Sheet were adopted.

CHAXGES IN THE LAWS.

The following changes were adopted on the proposal of Mr.
E. J. White, seconded by Mr. G. S. Griffiths, that in Rule V.
the words " two secretaries " be omitted, and the word "secre-
tary " be inserted instead thereof, together with consequential
changes in other laws.

ELECTION OF OFFICE-BEARERS AND MEMBERS OF COUNCIL.

The following were elected : — President : Professor W. C.
Kernot, M.A., C.E. Vice-Presidents: E. J. White, F.R.A.S.,
and H. K. Rusden, F.R.G.S. Hon. Treasurer : C. R. Blackett,
F.C.S. Hon. Librarian : E. F. J. Love, M.A. Hon. Secretary :
Professor W. Baldwin Spencer, M.A. Members of Council :
R. L. J. Ellery, F.R.S.; G. S. Griffiths, F.R.G.S.; Professor
Orme Masson, M.A., D.Sc; H. Moors; Rev. E. H. Sugden,
B.A., B.Sc; T. W. Fowler, M.C.E.

The Annual Meeting having been declared at an end by the
President, an Ordinary Meetiflg was then held.

Mr. Fryett was elected, and Messrs. A. J. Campbell and J. A.
Atkinson were nominated as Associates.

Mr. E. F. J. Love read a paper on " Observations made at
'Sydney with Kater's Invariable Pendulums during January and
February, 1894." A discussion ensued, in which Professor Kernot
;ind Mr. White took part.

Mr. Dudley le Souef read a paper on "Description of some
Birds' Eggs from North Queensland."

Mr. G. B. Pritchard read a paper entitled " Notes on some
Lancetield Graptolites."

Two papers by Professor Spencer : (1) "Note on the presence
iA Peripatus ins ignis in Tasmania," and (2) "Preliminary Notes
on some Tasmanian Earthworms," were taken as read.

Mr. Tipping's paper on " Land Irrigation" was postponed.

77n(rsday, 1 'Itii April.
The President in the chair, and some twenty-six Members and
Associates present.

Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria. 300

Messrs. J. A. Atkinson and A. J. Campbell were elected
Associates.

Mr. E. G. Hogg was nominated as a Member and Mr. Dudley
Le 8ouef as an Associate.

An adjourned discussion on Mr. Love's paper on Kater's
Pendulums, etc., was then held, in which the President and
Messrs. Ellkry, Barrachi, Fowler and Love took part.

Mr. TiPPiNr; then read a paper on "Land Irrigation — Principles
governing its economic application." In the discussion which
followed, the President and Messrs. Ellery, Fowler and
Eastick took part.

Two papers by Mr. T. S. Hall were, owing to lack of time,
postponed.

Thursday, 10//z May.

The President in the chair and twenty-two Members and
Associates present.

Mr. E. G. Hogg was elected a Member, and Mr. Dudley le
Souef an Associate.

A resolution was passed on the proposal of Mr. Ellery,
seconded Ity Mr. Love, congratulating the Rev. Lorimer Fison
on the honour done to him by receiving an invitation to be a
guest of the British Association during the course of its
meetings in Oxford.

Mr. T. S. Hall read a paper on the " Geology of Castlemaine,
with a subdivision of the Lower Silurian Strata, and a list of
Minerals." In the discussion which followed. Professor Kernot
and Messrs. Hogg, Pritchard, Griffiths and Sweet took part.

A paper by Mr. W. Percy Wilkinson "On the Sugar Strength
and Acidity of Victorian Musts," was taken as read.

Thursday, \ith June.

The President in the chair.

Mr. M. J. Fardy was balloted for and elected an Associate.

Dr. J. W. Barrett gave a Demonstration explanatory of the
Modern Theories of the Coagulation of the Blood, and the action
of Snake Venom on the Blood.

310 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

A paper was read by Messrs. Officer, Balfour and Hogg,
on " Geological Notes on the Country between Strahan and Lake
St. Clair, Tasmania." In the discussion of the paper Messrs.
(jrRiFFiTHS, Hall, Pritchard and the President took part.

Thursday, \2th July.

The President in the chair and some twenty Members and
Associates present.

Mr. A. E. Kitson was nominated as an Associate.

Professor Kernot read a paper on " The Best Form for a
Balance Beam."

Dr. MacGillivray read a paper on " The Australian Species
of Amathia."

A paper was communicated by Mr. R. H. Mathews, on
" Aboriginal Rock Paintings and Carvings in New South Wales."
In the discussion of the paper the President and Messrs.
Mathews, Dunn, Hall, McAlpine and Lucas took part, and a
letter on the subject was read from Mr. A. W. Howitt.

Mr. G. B. Pritchard read a note on " The Occurrence of
Fossil Bones at Werribee."

Mr. McAlpine and Mr. J. G. O. Tepper read a paper on " A
New Stone-making Fungus — Laccocephalum basilapiloides."

Thursday, 'dth August.

The President in the chair and some twenty-two Members and
Associates present.

Mr. A. E. Kitson was elected an Associate.

Dr. Gardner was nominated as a Member, and Mr, W. H.
Ferguson as an Associate.

Mr. McAlpine and Mr. W. H. F. Hill read a paper on " The
Entomogenous Fungi of Victoria, Part I. — Isaria oncopterse."

Mr. Rusden read a paper on '• Cremation and Burial in
relation to Death Certification," and in a discussion of the same
the President and Messrs. Ellery, White, Tipping and Dr.
Jamieson took part.

Professor Lyle demonstrated Joly's Melting Point Apparatus,
and Joly's Steam Calorimetre.

Proceedings of tlie Royal Society of Victoria. 311

Mr. Ellbry demonstrated a new Micrometric Machine, to
be used in the measurement of the astrograph star plates, and in
determining the size of the star discs for the estimation of stellar
magnitudes.

Thursday., 1 'ith September

Professor Kernot in the chair, and twenty-eight Members and
Associates present.

Dr. Gardner was elected a Member, and Mr. \V. H. Ferguson
an Associate.

Messrs. W. H. F. Hill, J. Shephard, and T. S. Hart, M.A.,
were nominated as Associates.

Dr. Jamiesox read a paper on " An Attempt to Estimate the
Population of Melbourne at the present time." In the ensuing-
discussion Messrs. Rusden, White, Hogg, and Spencer took
part.

Messrs. T. S. Hall and G. B. Pritchard read a paper on
" The Older Tertiaries of Maude, with an Indication of the
Sequence of the Eocene Beds of Victoria."

Mr. Pritchard communicated a paper by Mr. 0. Hedley, on
"A Molluscan Genus new to, and another forgotten from
Australia."

Mr. A. Foster Smith exhibited a new Automatic Recording
Compass. A discussion was held, and taken part in by Messrs.
Ellery, Love, Yeates and the President.

Thursday., ^th November.

The President in the chair and twenty-six Members and
Associates present.

The following Committees were elected :

(1) Antarctic Committee — Messrs. Kernot, Griffiths, Ellery

and Rusden.

(2) Port Phillip Biological — Messrs. J. B. "Wilson,

McGillivray, Hall, Pritchard and Spencer (^Seci)

(3) House Committee — Messrs. Kernot, Masson, Blackett

and Rusden.

312 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

(4) Gravity Survey — Messrs. Ellery, White, Masson,

Lyle, Baracchi and Love (^Sec^

(5) Printing — Mr. Ellery, the Hon. Treasurer and Hon.

Secretary.

Mr. W. Percy Wilkinson was nominated as a Member.

Messrs. Lidgey, T. S. Hart, Shephard and Hill were elected as
Members.

Mr. G. B. Pritciiard read a paper on " Contributions to the
Palaeontology of the Older Tertiary of Victoria — Lamellibranchs.
Part I."

Mr. A. J. Campbell read papers on (1) "Notes on Birds;"
(2) " The Gymnorhinai or Australian Magpies, with a description
of a New Species." A discussion ensued, in which Messrs.
White, Rusden, le Souef, Spencer and Dunn took part.

Professor Spencer read a paper on "Preliminary Notes on
certain Marsupials from Central Australia," and a paper by Mr.
McAlpine on " Australian Funo;i " was taken as read.

Thursday, \bth December.

The President in the chair.

Messrs. Moors and Gilbert were elected Auditors.

Dr. MacGillivray nominated for re-election the retiring
Ofhcers and Members of Council.

Mr. W. Percy Wilkinson was elected a member, and Mr. C. A.
Robinson an Associate.

Mr. W. R. Bennetts, Junr., was nominated an Associate.

Mr. A, Sutherland read a paper on " Some Quantitative
Laws in Incubation and Gestation."

Messrs. A. H. S. Lucas and C. Frost read a paper on a
" Pi-eliminai-y account of certain Lizards from Central Australia."

Dr. MacGillivray read a paper on " A Monograph of the
Tertiary Polyzoa of Victoria."

Professor A. Dendy contributed a paper entitled : " Catalogue
of Non-Calcai-eous Sponges collected by J. Bracebridge Wilson,
Esq., in the neighbourhood of Port Phillip Heads. Part I."

It was announced that Dr. MacGillivray's paper "A Mono-
graph of the Tertiary Polyzoa of Victoria," would be published
in the " Transactions " of the Society.

Proceedings of tJie Royal Society of Victoria. 313

Report of the Gravity .Survey Committee.

Since the date of the hist Report, good progress has been
made. Mr. Love has swung the Kater Pendulums at Sydney,
and his results, combined with those of Mr. Baracchi for
Melbourne, show that the ditference between the values of
gr'avity at the two places is very nearly as found by Lieut.
Elblein of the Austrian Survey. Mr. Ellery has completed his
Apparatus, in which Half-Seconds Pendulums are employed, and
the work of determining the constants for them is partly done.
Mr. Love has now taken them home to swing at Kew
Observatory. It is hoped that the field work of the Survey may
be commenced about the end of next year, but much still remains
to be done in the way of testing the Apparatus, and it is
impossible at present to speak positively on this point.

The Committee asks for re-appointment ; and that the
unexpended balance (£8 18s.) of the original grant may be placed
at its disposal.

E. F. J. Love, Secretary.

Report of the House Committee.

Your Committee have to report that during the past year there
has been very little for them to do. The house and grounds have
lieen attended to. A new bell has been placed in the caretaker's
house, which was ui'gently needed ; the paths in the garden have
been cleaned and a quantity of crude arsenic applied to destroy
the weeds and prevent their growth ; this was clone without
expense to your Committee.

C. R. Blackett, Convener.

Report of the Port Phillip Biological Committee.

Your Committee has to report that the work of determining
the large collection of specimens collected by Mr. J. Bracebridge
Wilson is slowly progressing.

The most important publication of the year, dealing with this,
is Dr. Dendy's "Catalogue of Non-Calcareous Sponges, Part I.",
which appears in this issue.

V

314 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Mr. Hedley's paper on " A Molluscan Genus new to, and one
foi'gotten from, Australia," describes specimens procured by
Mr. "Wilson.

Mr. G. B. Pritchard has examined the great majority of
■examples of Mollusca in the Port Phillip collection, and a
description of these will appear in a general catalogue of Victorian
marine Mollusca, which Mr. Pritchard is now engaged upon.

The specimens of " Chitonidte " are now being examined by
Mr. Sykes in England, and during the course of the coming year
it is hoped that a descriptive catalogue of these will be issued.

Whilst in England Professor Spencer interviewed the specialists
who ai'e now engaged in describing the Tunicata, Polychjeta, and
Pycnogonida, and it is hoped that the results of their work will
<ilso be published during the course of the coming year.

W. Baldwin Spencer, Secretary.

LAAVS.

Amended to December, i8g4.

I. The Society shall be called " Tlie Royal Society of Name.
Victoria."

II. The Royal Society of Victoria is founded for the Objects.
advancement of science, literature and art, with especial
reference to tlie development of the resources of the country.

HI. The Society shall consist of Ordinary Members Members and
residing within ten miles of Melbourne; Country Members
residing beyond that distance ; Life Members (Law XXV.),
Honorary Members (Law XXIV.), Corresponding Members
(Law LIL), and Associates (Laws XXV., XXVI., and
LIIL), all of whom shall be elected by ballot.

IV. His Excellency the Governor of Victoria, for the Patron.
time being, shall be invited to accept the oifice of Patron

of the Society.

V. There shall be a President, and Two Vice-Presidents, Officers.
who, with twelve other Members, and the following
Honorary Officers, viz., Treasurer, Librarian, and Secretary

of the Society, shall constitute the Council.

VI. The Council shall have the management of the Management.
affairs of the Society.

VII. The Ordinary Meetings of the Society shall be Ordinary
held once in every month during the Session, from March ^ '°^^'
to December inclusive, on days fixed and subject to
alteration by the Council with due notice.

VIII. In the second week in March, there shall be an Annual General
Annual General Meeting, to receive the report of the

Council, and elect the Officers of the Society for the ensuing
year.

v2

31G Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Retirement of
Officers.

IX. All Office-bearers and Members of Council except
the six junior or last elected Membei's, shall retire from
office at tlie Annual General Meeting in March. Should a
senior Member's seat become vacant in the course of the
year, it shall be held by his successor (under Law XIII.),
as a senior Member, who shall retire at the next Annual
Genei'al Meeting. The names of such retiring Officers are
to be announced at the Ordinary INIeeting in December.
The Officers and INIembers of Council so retiring shall be
eligible for the same or any other office then vacant.

Election of

f)fficers.

X. The President, Vice-Presidents, Treasurer, Secre-
tary, and Librarian shall be separately elected by ballot
(should such be demanded), in the above-named order, and
the six vacancies in the Council shall then be filled up
together by ballot at the General Meeting in March.
Those members only shall be eligible foi- any office who
have been proposed and seconded at the Ordinary Meeting
in December, or by letter addressed to the Secretary,
and received by him before the 1st March, to be laid before
the Council Meeting next before the Annual Meeting
in March. The nomination to any one office shall be held
a nomination to any office, the election to which is to be
Votes required, subsequently held. No ballot shall take place at any
meeting unless ten membei'S be present.

Members in
arrear.

XI. No member, whose subscription is in arrear, shall
take part in the election of Officers or other business of
the meeting.

Address by tiic XII. An address shall be delivered by the President of
President. _ •'

the Society at either a Dinner, Conversazione, or extra

meeting of the Society, as the Council may determine in

each year.

XIII. If any \acaiicy occur among the Officers, notice
thereof shall be inserted in the sununons for the next
meeting of the Society, and the \acancy shall Ije then tilled
up by ballot.

XIV. The President shall take the chair at all meetings
of the Society and of tht; Council, and sliall regulate and

Viicaucies.

Unties of
President.

Laws. 317

keep order in all their proceedings ; he shall state questions
and propositions to the meeting, and report the result of
ballots, and carry into effect the regulations of the Society.
Tn the absence of the President, the chair shall be taken
by one of the Vice-Presidents, Treasurer, or Ordinary
Member of Council, in order of seniority.

XV. The Treasurer may, immediately after his election, Duties of

•' •' Treasurer.

appoint a Collector (to act during pleasure), subject to the
approval of the Council at its next meeting. The duty of
the Collector shall be to issue the Treasurer's notices, and
collect subscriptions. The Treasurer shall receive all
moneys paid to the Society, and shall deposit the same
before the end of each month in the bank approved by the
Council, to the credit of an account opened in the name of
the Royal Society of Victoria. The Treasui'er shall make
all payments ordered by the Council on receiving a written
authority from the chairman of the meeting. All cheques
.shall be signed by himself, and countersigned by the
Secretary. No payments shall be made except by cheque,
and on the authority of the Council. He shall keep a
detailed account of all receipts and expenditure, present a
report of the same at each Council meeting, and prepare a
balance-sheet to be laid before the Council, and included in
its Annual Report. He shall also produce his books
whenever called upon to do so by the Council.

XVI. The Secretary shall conduct the correspondence Duties of

SGcrctfl-i'v.

of the Society and of the Council, attend all meetings
of the Society and of the Council, take minutes of
of their proceedings, and enter them in the proper books.
He shall inscribe the names and addresses of all Members
and Associates in a book to be kept for that purpose, from
which no name shall be erased except by order of the
Council. He shall issue notices of all meetings of the
Society and of the Council, and shall have the custody of
all papers of the Society, and, under the direction of the
Council, superintend the printing of the " Pi'oceedings" and
" Transactions " of the Society.

Meetings of
Council.

Quorum.

Special Meetingp
of Council.

Special General
Meetings.

Annual Report.

Expulsion of
Members.

318 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

XVII. The Council shall meet on any day within one
week before every Ordinary Meeting of the Society.
Notice of such meeting shall be sent to every member at
least two days pi-eviously. No business shall be transacted
at any meeting of the Council unless five members be
jDresent. Any member of Council absenting himself from
three consecutive meetings of Council, without satisfactory
explanation in writing, shall be considered to have vacated
his office, and the election of a member to fill his place
shall be proceeded with at the next Ordinary Meeting of
Members, in accordance with Law XIII.

XVIII. The Secretary shall call a Special Meeting
of Council on the authority of the President or of three
Members of the Council. The notice of such meeting
shall specify the object for which it is called, and no other
business shall be entertained.

XIX. Tlie Council shall call a Special Meeting of the
Society, on receiving a requisition in writing signed by
twenty-four Members of the Society, specifying the purpose
for which the meeting is required, or upon a resolution of
its own. No other business shall be entertained at such
meeting. Notice of such meeting, and the purpose for
which it is summoned, shall be sent to every Member at
least ten days before the meeting.

XX. The Council shall annually prepare a Report of
the Proceedings of the Society during the past year,
embodying the Balance Sheet, duly audited by two Auditors,
to be appointed for the year at the Ordinary Meeting in
December, exhibiting a statement of the present position of
the Society. This Report shall be laid before the Society
at the Annual Meeting in ]\Iarch. No paper shall be read
at that meeting.

XXI. If it shall come to the knowledge of the Council
that the conduct of an Officer, a Member, or an Associate
is injurious to the interest of the Society, and if two-thirds
of the Cpuncil present shall be satisfied, after opportunity
of defence has been atibrdcd to him, that such is the case,

Laivs. 319

it may call upon him to resign, and shall have the power to
expel him from the Society, or remove him from any office
therein at its discretion. In every case, all proceedings
shall be entered upon the minutes.

XXII. Every candidate for election as Member or Election of

Jlembers anl

as Associate shall be proposed and seconded by Members of Associates.

the Society. The name, the address, and the occupation

of every candidate, with the names of his proposer and of

his seconder, shall be communicated in writing to the

Secretary, and shall be read at a meeting of Council, and

also at the following meeting of the Society, and the ballot

shall take place at the next following Ordinary Meeting of

the Society. The assent of at least five-sixths of the number Votes required to

, ' , , , . . .> , , . . ^ , . , admit.

voting shall be requisite tor the admission or a candidate.

XXIII. Every new Member or Associate shall receive Members shall

ci-i- i-i-i c *'^'i laws.

due notice of his election, and be supplied with a copy of
the obligation,* together with a copy of the Laws of the
Society. He shall not be entitled to enjoy any jjrivilege
of the Society, nor shall his name be printed in the
List of Members, until he shall have paid his admission
fee and first annual subscription, and have returned to the
Secretary the obligation signed by himself. He shall at
the first meeting of the Society at which he is present, sign
a duplicate of the obligation in the Book of the Laws
of the Society, after which he shall be introduced to the
Society by the Chairman. No Member or Associate <^°^;i^f^o°^^j^J^_
shall be at liberty to withdraw from the Society without
previously giving notice in writing to the Secretary of his
intention to withdraw, and returning all books or other
property of the Society in his possession. Members and
Associates will be considered liable for the payment of all

* The obligation referred to is as follows : —

Royal Society of Victoria.
I, tlie undersigned, do hereby engage that I will endeavour to promote the interests
and welfare of tli€ lioyal Society of Victoria, and to observe its laws, as long
as I shall remain a Member or Associate thereof.
(Signed)
Address
Date

320 Pi'oceedings of tJic Royal Society of Victoria.

Honorary
Members.

Subscri))tious.

Life Member-
ship.

Entrance fees,
etc.

subscriptions due from them up to the date at which they
give written notice of their intention to withdraw from
the Society.

XXIV. Gentlemen not resident in Victoria, who are
distinguished for their attainments in science, literatui'e, or
art, may be proposed for election as Honorary Members,
on the recommendation of an absolute majority of the
Council. The election shall be conducted in the same
manner as that of Ordinary Members, but nine-tenths of
the votes must h)e in favour of the candidate.

XXV. Ordinary Members of the Society shall pay two
guineas annually, Country Members and Associates shall
pay one guinea annually. Those elected after the first of
July shall pay only half of the subscription for the current
year. Ordinary Members may compound for all annual
subscriptions of the current and future years by paying .£21;
and Country Members may compound in a like manner by
paying <£10 10s. Any Country Member having compounded
for his subscription, and coming to reside within ten miles of
3Ielbourne, must pay either the Imlance .£10 10s. of the
(Jrdinary Member's comjiosition, or one guinea annually
while he resides within ten miles of INIelbourne. The
subscriptions shall l)e due on the 1st of January in every
year. At the connnencement of each year there shall be
hung up in tlie Hall of the Society a list of all jNI embers
and Associates, upon which the payment of their subscrip-
tion as made shall be entered. During July, notice shall
be sent to all Mendiers and Associates still in arrears.
At the end of each year, a list of those who have not paid
their subscriptions shall be prepared, to be considered and
dealt with by the Council.

XXVI. Newly-elected Ordinary and Country Members
shall pay an entrance fee of two guineas, in addition to the
subscription for the current year. Honorary Members,
Corresponding Members and Associates shall not be
required to pay any entrance fee. If the entrance fee and
subscription l)e not paid with one month of the notification
of election, a second notice shall l)e sent, and if payment

Lazvs. 321

be not made within one month from the second notice, the
election shall be void. Associates, on seeking election as
Ordinary or Country Members, shall comply with all the
forms prescribed for the election of Members, and shall pay
the entrance fee prescribed above of Ordinaiy or Country
Members respectively.

XXVII. At the Ordinary Meetinffs of the Society the nuration of

Meetings.

chair shall be taken punctually at ei»ht o'clock, and no
new business shall be taken after ten o'clock.

XXVIII. At the Ordinary Meetings business shall be Order and mo.ie

1 • 1 <• 11 • 1 • 1 -11°^ conducting

transacted m the following order, unless it be specially the business,
decided otherwise by the Chairman : —

Minutes of the preceding meeting to be read, amended
if incorrect, and confirmed.

New Members and Associates to enrol their names,
and be introduced.

Ballot for the election of new Members or Associates.

Vacancies among Officers, if any, to be filled up.

Business arising out of the minutes.

Communications from the Council.

Presents to be laid on the table, and acknowledged.

Motions, of which notice has been given, to be
considered.

Notice of motion for the next meeting to be given
in and read by the Secretary. '

Papers to be read.

XXIX. No stranger shall speak at a meeting of the strangers.
Society unless specially invited to do so by the Chairman.

XXX. Every paper before being read at any meeting Tapers to be first

, . , ^ rt •! '"'^''^ before

must be subnutted to the Council. Council.

XXXI. The Council may call additional meetings Additional

, . , . " , Meetings.

whenever it may deem it necessary to do so.

XXXII. Every Member may introduce two visitors to visitors.
the meetings of the Society by orders signed by himself.

322 Proceedmgs of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Members may XXXIII. Members and Associates shall have the

privilege of reading before the Society account of experi-
ments, observations, and researches conducted by them-
selves, or original papers, on subjects within the scope of the
Society, or descriptions of recent discoveries, or inventions
of general scientific interest. No vote of thanks to any
Member or Associate for his paper shall be proposed.

Or depute other XXXIV. If a Member or Associate be unable to
attend for the purpose of reading his paper, he may
delegate to any Member of the Society the reading thereof,
and his right of reply.

Members must XXXY. Any Member or Associate desirous of reading
tiieir papers, a paper, shall give in writing, to the Secretary, ten days
before the meeting at which he desires it to be read, its
title and the time its reading will occupy.

Papers by XXXVI. The Council may for any special treason

laugers. permit a paper such as is described in Law XXXIII., not
written by a member of the Society, to be read by the
Secretary or a Member.

Papers belong to XXXVII. Every paper read before the Society shall
be the property thereof, and immediately after it has been
read shall be delivered to the Secretary, and shall remain
in his custody.

Papers must be XXXVIII. No paper shall be read before the Society

original. i i- i i • i m • d i ^ e ^

or published in the " Transactions unless approved oi by
the Council, and unless it consist mainly of original matter
as regards the facts or the theories enunciated.

Council may XXXIX. The Couiicil may refer any paper to any

refer papers to i. i -< ■ i

Members. Member or Members of the (society, to report upon the
desirability of printing it.

Rejected XL. Should the Council decide not to publish a paper,

papers to lie . , ,, , i ^ ^i ^i

returned. it shall be at once returned to the autlior.

Members may XLI. Tlie author of any paper which the Council has

thJir papers." decided to publisli in the "Proceedings" or "Transactions"

may have fifty copies of liis paper on giving notice of his

Lazvs. 323

wish, in writing, to the Secretary, and any further number
on paying the extra cost thereof.

XLII. Every Member and Associate whose subscription Members and

•' *• _ Associates to

is not in arrear, and every Honorary and Corresponding iiave '-Trans-
Member, is entitled to receive one copy of the "Proceedings"
and " Transactions " of the Society as published. Newly-
elected Members shall, on payment of their entrance fee
and subscription, receive a copy of the volume of the
" Proceedings " and " Transactions " last published.

XLIII. Every book, pamphlet, model, plan, drawing. Property,
specimen, preparation, or collection presented to or pur-
chased by the Society, shall be kept in the Jiouse of the
Society.

XLIV. The Library shall be open to ^Members and Library.
Associates of the Society, and the public, at such times and
under such regulations as the Council may deem tit.

XLV. The legal ownership of the property of the Legal ownersidp
Society is vested in the President, the Vice-Presidents, and
the Treasurer for the time being, in trust for the use of the
Society ; but the Council shall have full control over the
expenditure of the funds and management of the property
of the Society.

XLVI. Every Committee appointed by the Society committees
shall at its first meeting elect a Chairman, who shall chairman.
subsequently convene the Committee and bring up its
report. He shall also obtain from the Treasurer sucli
grants as may have been voted for the purposes of the
Committee.

XLVII. All Committees and indi^•iduals to whom any Report before

November 1st.

work has been .assigned by the Society shall present to the
Council, not later than the 1st of November in each year,
a report of the progress which has been made; and, in cases
where grants of money for scientific purposes have been
entrusted to them, a statement of the sums which ha^e
been expended, and the balance of each grant which
remains unexpended. Every Committee shall cease to
exist at the November meeting, unless then re-appointed.

324 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Grants expire.

XLVIII. Grants of pecuniary aid for scientific pur-
poses from the funds of the Society shall expire on the 1st
of March next following, unless it shall appear by a report
that the recommendations on which they were granted
have been acted on, or a continuation of them be ordered
by the Council.

XLTX. In grants of money to Committees and indi-
viduals, the Society shall not pay any personal expenses
which may be incurred by the Members.

L. No new law, or alteration or repeal of an existing
law, shall be made except at the Annual General Meeting
in March, or at a Special General Meeting summoned for
the purpose, as provided in Law XIX., and in pursuance of
notice given at the preceding Ordinary Meeting of the
Society.

Cases not LI. Should any circumstance arise not provided for in

piovi. ei . ^jjggg Laws, the Council is empowered to act as may seem
to be best for the interests of the Society.

Personal
expenses not
to be paid.

Alterations of

laws.

Corresponding
Members.

Privileges of
Associates.

LII. The Council shall have power to propose gentle-
men not resident in Victoria, for election in the same
manner as Ordinai'y Members, as Corresponding Membei's
of the Society. The Corresponding Members shall con-
tribute to the Society papers which may be received as
those of Ordinary Members, and shall in return be entitled
to receive copies of the Society's publications.

LII I. Associates sliall have the privileges of Members
in respect to the Society's publications, and at the Ordinary
Meetings, with the exception, that they shall not have the
power of voting ; tliey shall also not be eligible as Officers
of the Society.

SJk i^aocd faciei]) d Widmn.

LIST OF MEMBERS,

WITH THEIR YEAR OF JOIMKG.

Patron.

Hopetoun, His Excellency the Right Honourable John 1890
Adrian Louis Hope, G.C.M.G., Seventh Earl of

Honorary Members.

Agnew, Hon. J. W., M.E.C., M.D., Hobart, Tasmania ... 1888

Bancroft, J., Esq., M.D., Brisbane, Queensland ... 1888

Clarke, Colonel Sir Andrew, K.C.M.G., C.B., C.I.E., 1854

(President, 1855 to 1857^), London.

Forrest, Hon. J., C.M.G., Surveyor-General, West 1888

Australia.

Hector, Sir James, K.C.M.G., M.D., F.R.S., Wellington, 1888

N.Z.

Liversidge, Professor A., F.R.S., University, Sydney, 1892

N.S.W.

Neumeyer, Professor George, Ph.D., Hamburg, Germany 1857

Russell, H. C, Esq., F.R.S., F.R.A.S., Observatory, 1888

Sydney, N.S.W.

Scott, Rev. W., M.A., Kurrajong Heights, N.S.W. ... 1855

Todd, Sir Charles, K.C.M.G., F.R.A.S., Adelaide, S.A. ... 185G

Verbeek, Dr. R. D. M., Buitenzorg, Batavia, Java ... 1886

Life Members.

Barkly, His Excellency Sir Henry, G.C.M.G., K.C.B. 1857

(President, 1860 to 1863;, Carlton Club, London.

Bosisto, Joseph, Esq., C.M.G., M.L.A., Richmond ... 1857

Butters, J. S., Esq., Empire Buildings, Collins-street West 1860

326 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Eaton, H. F., Esq., Treasury, Melbourne ... ... 1857

Elliott, J. 8., Esq., Elsternwick ... ... ... 1856

Elliott, Sizar, Esq., Asling-street, Brighton Beach ... 1856

Fowler, Thomas W., Esq., 317 Collins-street ... ... 1877

Gibbons, Sydney W., Esq., F.C.S., c/o Mr. Lewis, 341 1854

Bourke-street.

Gilbert, J. E., Esq., Money Order Office, G.P.O., Melbourne 1872

Howitt, Edward, Esq., Eathmines-road, Auburn ... 1868

Love, E. F. J., Esq., M.A., Queen's College, University 1888

Mueller, Baron F. von, K.C.M.G., M.D., Ph.D., F.R.S. 1854
(President, 1859), Arnold-street, South Yarra.

Nicholas, William, Esq., F.G.S., 5 Auburn Grove, 1864
Camberwell.

Rusden, H. K., Esq., Ockley, corner of North-road and 1866
Hotham-street, Brighton.

Selby, G. W., Esq., 99 Queen-street, Melbourne ... 1881

White, E. J., Esq., F.R.A.S., Observatory, Melbourne ... 1868

AVilson, Sir Samuel, Knt., Euildonne, Burrembeet ... 1878

Ordinary Members.

Allan, Alex. C, Esq., Sixth Floor, Colonial Mutual 1867

Chambers, Market-street.

Archer, W. H., Esq., J. P., F.L.S., F.I.A, Alverno, Grace 1887

Park, Hawthorn.

Bage, William, Esq., M.I.C.E., 349 Collins-street ... 1888

Balfour, Lewis J., Esq., Ty alia, Toorak ... ... 1892

Barnes, Benjamin, Esq., Queen's Terrace, South Melbourne 1866

Baracchi, Pietro, Esq., F.R.A.S., Observatory, Melbourne 1887

Barrett, Dr. J. W., 34 Collins-street East ... ... 1891

Bevan, Rev. L. D., LL.D., D.D., Congregational Hall, 1889

Russell-street.

Beckx, Gustave, Esq., Queen's Place, St. Kilda-road ... 1880

Blackett, C. R., Esq., J.P., F.C.S., Charlesfort, Tennyson- 1879

street, South St. Kilda.

List of Members.

327

Campbell, F. A., Esq., C.E., Working Men's College, 1879

Latrobe-street.
Candler, Samuel Curtis, Esq., Melbourne Club ... 1888

Cherry, T., Esq., M.D., University, Melbourne ... 1893

Cohen, Joseph B., Esq., A.R.I.B.A., Public Works 1877

Department, Melbourne.
Coane, J. M., Esq., C.E., Fourth Floor, Prell's Buildings, 1888

Queen-street.

Danks, John, Esq., 391 Bourke-street West ... ... 1871

Davidson, Wm., Esq., C.E., Inspector-General of Public 1880

Works, Melbourne.

Dennant, Jolm, Esq., F.G.S., F.C.S., Russell-street, 1886

Camberwell.

Dunn, Frederick, Esq., 306 Little Flinders street ... 1880

Dunn, E. J., Esq., F.G.S., 77 Packington-street, Kew ... 1893

Eastick, J., Esq., The Australian Sugar Ptelinery Company 1893

Limited, Port Melbourne.

EUery, R. L. J., Esq., C.M.G., F.R.S., F.R.A.S., 1856

(President, 1866 to 1885), Observatory, Melbourne.

Fox, W., Esq., 28 Robe-street, St. Kilda ... ... 1887

Fryett, A. G., Esq., Esplanade Hotel, St. Kilda. ... 1893

Gardner, Wm., Esq., M.R.C.S., 5 Collins-street East ... 1894

Goldstein, J. R. Y., Esq., Office of Titles, Melbourne ... 1879

Gotch, J. S., Esq., 109 Albert-street, East Melbourne ... 1881

Griffiths, G. S., Esq., F.R.G.S., 313 Collins-street ... 1883

Hake, C. N., Esq., F.C.S., Melbourne Club, Melbourne ... 1890

Hall, T. S., Esq., M.A., University, Melbourne ... 1890

Hart, Ludovico, Esq., 10 Affleck-street, South Yarra ... 1883

HefFernan, E. B., Esq., M.D., 10 Brunswick-st., Fitzroy... 1879

Hogg, H. R., Esq., 16 Market Buildings, Flinders-lane W. 1890

Hogg, E. G., Esq., Trinity College, University, Melbourne 1894

Howitt, A. W., Esq., P.M., F.G.S., Secretary Mining 1877
Department, Melbourne.

Jager, Ernest, Esq., North-street, Ascot Vale ... ... 1889

James, E. M., Esq., M.R.C.S., 71 Spring-street, Melbourne 1883

Jamieson, James, Esq., M.D., 56 Collins-street East ... 1877

Joseph, R. E., Esq., Electric Light Company, Sandridge- 1877
Road, Melbourne.

Kernot, Professor W. C, M.A., C.E. {President, 1885 to 1870
1894), University, Melbourne.

328 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Lucas, A. H. 8., Esq., M.A., B.Sc, F.L.S., Newington 1885

College, Sydney, IST.S.W.

Lylc, Professor T. R., M.A., University, Melbourne ... 188'J

Lynch, ^yilliam, Esq., St. James' Buildings, William- 1868

street, Melbourne.

McCoy, Professor Sir F., K.C.M.G., D.Sc, F.R.S. 185.-)

{President., 1864), University, Melbourne.

McAlpine, D., Esq., 10 Armadale-road, Armadale ... 1889

Main, Thomas, Esq., City Surveyor's Offices, Melbourne 1881

Masson, Professor Orme, M. A., D.Sc, University, Melbourne 1887

Mathew, Rev. John, Colmrg ... ... ... 1890

Moerlin, C, Esq., Claud Axilla, Armadale-road, Armadale 1872

Moors, H., Esq., 498 Punt-road, South Yarra ... ... 1857

Muntz, T. B., Esq., C.E., 358 Collins-street, Melbourne 1870

Nanson, Professor E. T., M.A., University, Melbourne ... 1875

Neild, T. E., Esq., M.D., Bilton House, 21 Spring-street, 1865

Melbourne.

Newbery, T. Cosmo, Esq., C.M.C, B.Sc, Technological 1866

Museum, Melbourne.

Nimmo, W. H., Esq., Melbourne Club, Melbourne ... 1888

Officer, C. G. W., Esq., B.Sc, Glenbervie, Orrong-road, 1890

Toorak.

Oldfield, Lenthal, Esq., 36 Nicholson-street, Fitzroy ... 1890

Rudall, J. T., Esq., F.R.C.S., corner Spring and Collins- 1868

street, Melbourne.

Rule, O. R., Esq., Station-street, Canterbury, Victoria ... 1882

Sargood, Hon. Sir Frederick T., K.C.M.G., M.L.C., 1883

Elsternwick.

Shaw, Thomas, Esq., Woorymite, Camperdown ... 1883

Spencer, Professor W. Baldwin, M.A., University, Melb. 1887

Stilhvell, Alfred, Esq., 19.5a Collins-street East ... 1892

Sugden, Rev. E. H., B.A., B.Sc, Queen's College, Carlton 1889

Sutherland, Alexander, Esq., M.A., Heronswood, Dromana 1875

Sweet, George, Esq., Wilson-street, Brunswick ... 1887

Syme, G. A.'; Esq., M.B., F.R.C.S., 74 Colli n.s-street ... 1890

Tisdall, H. T., Esq., F.L.S., Washington-street, Toorak ... 1883

Topp, C. A., Esq., M.A., LL.B., F.L.S., Grandview Grove, 1887
Armadale.

Wilson, Rev. F. R. M., The Manse, Highbury Grove, Ivew 1893

Wilkinson, W. Percy, Esq., Government Analyst's Office, 1894
Swanston-street.

List of Members. 329

Country Members.

Cameron, John, Esq., Orbost .. ••• •" J'^n'i

Clark, Donald, Esq., School of Mines, Bairnsdale ... l-'^J'-

Conroy, Jas. McDowall, Wingham, Manning River, 1877

N.S.W.

Dawson, T., Esq., Rennyhill, Camperdown ... ... 1887

Desmond, John, Esq., Warrnanibnol ... ... ••• 18.1

Dol.son, A. Dudley, Esq., M.I.C.E., F.G.S., Warrnamhool 1891

Fardy, M. J., Esq., California Gully, Bendigo ... ... 1893

Field, William Graham, Esq., C.E., Ottocrburn, Glenroy 1880

Foord, (leorge, Esq., Boundary road, Burwood... ... 1871

Ivey, James, Esq., Ballarat ... ••• ••• 1888

Keogh, Lawrence F., Esq., Haytesbury Park, Camperdown 1872

Loughrey, B., Esq., M.A., C.E., ?^ Elgin-street, Hawthorn 1880

Macgillivray, P. H., Esq., M.A., M.R.C.S., Bendigo . 18-37

Manson, Donald, Ksq., Elgin Buildings, Sydney, N.h.VV. 1884

Murray, Stewart, Esq., C.E., Department of Mines, Melb. 18/4

O.hlie, James, E.sq., Dana-street, Ballarat ... ••• 1882

Oliver, C. E., Esq., C.E., Metrupolitan Board of Work.s, 18/ J
Collins-street West.

Powell, Walter T. D., Esq., Harbour Department, 1886

Brisbane, Queensland.
Purdie, A., Esq., M.A., School of Mines, Bendigo . 18JL

Shaw, W. H., Esq., Plnenix Foundry, Ballarat ... 1888

Williams, Rev. W., F.L.S., We.sleyan Parsomige, North 1885
Melbourne. loon

Wilson, J. B., Esq., M.A., Church of England (irammar 1880
School, Geelong.

Corresponding Members.
Bailey, F. M., Esq., The Museum, Brisbane ... ... 1880

Clarke, Hyde, Esq., 32 St. Geoi-ge's-square, London, L.W. 1883

Dendy, Arthur, Esq., D.Sc, F.L.S., Canterbury College, 1888
Christchurch, N.Z.

330 P7-occedijifi;s of tJie Royal Society of V^kton'a.

Etliei'idge, Robt., Esq., Junr., F.G.S., Oepartment of 1877
Mines, Sydney, N.S.W.

Stirton, James, Esq., M.D., F.L.S., lo Nrwton-street, 1880
Glasgow.

Ulrich, Professor G. H. R, F.G.S., Dunedin, Otngo, 18.-)7
KZ.

\Yao-ner, William, Esq., LL.D., Philadelphia, U.S.A. ... 1884

Associates.

Allan, M. J., Esq., 318 Smith-street, CoUingwood ... 1887

Atkinson, John A., Esq., 2 Mary-street, Windsor ... 1894

Avery, I)., Esq., Queen's College, University, Melbourne 1893

Bage, C., Esq., M.D., Achemar, 81 Toorak-road, South 188")

Yarra.

Baker, Thomas. Esq., Bond-street, Abbotsford ... 1889

Bale, W. M, Esq., Walpole-street, Hyde Park, Kew ... 1887

Barnard, Robt. J. A., Esq., Queen's College, Carlton ... 1892

Best, Heinrich, Esq., c/o Mr. H. Falkner, Nightingale- 1S!)(J

street, Balaclava.

Booth, John, Esq., C.E., Rennie-street, Coburg ... 1882

Bowen, W., Esq., 358 Collins-street, Melbourne ... 1S87

Campbell, A. J., Esq., F.L.S., Elm Grove, Armadale ... 1894

Champion, H. V., Esq., Council Chambers, Williamstown 1882

Chase, L. H., Esq., Currajong, Riversdale-road, Hawthorn 188.")

Craig, Robt., Esq., The Avenue, East Malvern ... 1890

Cresswell, Rev. A. W., St. John's Parsonage, Camberwell 1887

Danks, A. T., Esq., 42 Bourkc-street West ... ... 1883

r)awson, W. S., Es(|., Runny mede, Essendon ... ... 1887

Edward.s, J. E., Esq., Colonial Telegraph Exchange, 133 1879
Little Collins-street, Melbourne.

Ferguson, W. H., Esq., 23 Sei-vice-street, Albert Park ... 1894

Fielder, Rev. W., Norwood, Mitchell-street, St. Kilda ... 1892

Finney, W. H., Esq., Bridpurt-street, South Melbourne 1881

Fison, Rev. Lorimer, M.A., Essendon ... ... 1889

(Jabriel, J., E.sq., Simpson's-ro;id, CoUingwood ... ... 18.'<7

List oj Members. 331

Haig, R. G., Esq., Bank Place, Collins-street, Melbourne 1881^

Hart, J. 8., Esq., M.A., Wilson-street, Brighton ... 1894

Hill, W. H. F., Esq., Grlenrowan, Dandenong-road, 1894

Windsor.

Holmes, W. A., Esq., Telegraph Enghieer's Office, Bailway 1879

Department, Melbourne.

Hubbard, J. R., Esq., 125 Queen-street, Melbourne ... 1884

Jngamells, F. N., Esq., Observatory, Melbourne ... 1889

Kernot, Frederick A., Esq., Royal Park, Hotham ... 1881

Kirkland, J. B., Esq., F.C.8., University, Melbourne ... 1879

Kitson, A. E., Esq., 372 Albert-street, East Melbourne ... 1894

Lambert, Thomas, Esq., Bank of New Soutli Wales, 1890

Collins-street.

Le Soeuf, Dudley, Esq., Zoological Gardens, Royal Par4v 1894

Lidgey, E. A., Esq., Department of Mines, Melbourne 1894

Maclean, C. W., Esq., Walsh-street, South Yarra ... 1879

Melville, A. G., Esq., Mullen's liibrary, Collins-street East 1889

Moors, E. M., Esq., University, Sydney, N.S.W. ... 1885

Paul, A. W. L., Esq., Male-street, North Brighton ... 1883

Phillips, A. E., Esq., c/o Mr. Gordon, Little Flinders- 1883

street West.

Pritchard, G. B., Esq., Mantell-street, Moonee Ponds ... 1892

Quarry, Herbert, Es()[., Electrical Foreman, G.P.O., 1880
Melbourne.

Riddell, Mrs., F.S.Sc, Lond., 21 May-roul, Toorak ... 1889

Robertson, John Steele, Esq., B.A., University, Melbourne 1889

Robin.son, C. A., Esq., Lands Department, Melbourne ... 1894

Ross, Joseph, Esq., M.D., 55 Fitzroy-street, St. Ivilda ... 1889

Schaefer, R., Esq., Union-street, Windsor ... ... 1883

Shephard, John, Esq., 135 City-road, South Melbourne ... 1894

Slater, H. A., Esq., 121 Collin.s-street, Melbourne ... 1882

Smith, Mrs. Elderson, London Bank, 410 Brunswick- 1890

street, Fitzroy.

Steele, W. H., Esq., Sherwood-street, Richmond ... 1892

Stewart, C, Esq., 9 Murphy-street, South Yarra ... 1883

Strettle, W. S., Esq., University, Melbourne ... ... 1891

w2

332 Proceedings oj the Royal Society of Victoria.

Tate, Frank, Esq., B.A., Working JNIeu's College, Latrobc!- IStS'J

street.
Tipping, Isaac, Esti., C.E., Meath House, Millsywn-street, 1S*J2

South Yarra.

Wilsmore, N. J. M., Esq., B.8c., University, Melljouriie 1890
Wilsniore, Mrs., University, Melbourne ... ... 1893

LIST OF THE INSTITUTIONS AND LEARNED
SOCIETIES THAT RECEIVE COPIES OF THE
"TRANSACTIONS" AND "PROCEEDINGS" OF
THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF VICTORIA.

Agent-General of Victoria

Anthropological Institute

Balfour Library

Biol' gical Society of Liverpool

Bodleian Library

British Museum

Colonial Office Library

" Electrician "

Foreign Office Liljrary

Free Public Library

Geological Society

Institute of Mining and Mechanical Engine

Institution of Civil Engineers

Linna^an Society

Literary and Philosophical Society

Literary and Philosophical Society

Manchester Museum, Owens Colle<

Marine Biological Laboratory

Natural History Museum

Naturalists' Society

"Nature" ...

" Natural Science "

Owens College Library

Patent Office, 25 Southampton Build

Pliilosophical Society ...

Radclitie Library

Royal Asiatic Society ...

Royal Astronomical Society

Royal College of Science

Royal Colonial Institute

Royal Gardens

Royal Geographical Society

Royal Microscopical Society

Royal Society

Statistical Society

University College

University Library

Yorkshire College

South

London

London

Cambi'idge

Livei'pool

Oxford

London

London

London

London

Liverpool

London

Newcastle

London

London

Liverpool

Manchester

Manchester

Plymouth

London

Bristol

London

London

Manchester

London

Cambridge

Oxford

London

London

Kensington

London

Kew

London

London

London

London

London

Cambridge

Leeds

334 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victona.

SCOTLAXD.

Botanical Society

Geological Society

Royal College of Physicians' Laboratory

Royal Observatory

Royal Physical Society

Royal Society

Royal Scottish Society of Arts ...

Scottish Geographical Society

University Library

Univei'sity Library

Edinburgh
Edinburgh
Edinburgh
Edinburgh
Edinburgh
Edinburgh
Edinburgh
Edinburgh
Edin))urgh
Glas-Tow

Ireland.

Natural History and Philosophical Society
lioyal Dublin Society ...
Royal Geological Society
Royal Irish Academy ...
Trinity College Library

Belfast
DubUu
Duldin
Dublin
Dublin

Germany.

Gessellschaft fiir Erdkunde

Grossh. Hessische Geologische Anstalt

Konigl. Botanische Gessellschaft

Konigl. Otientl. Bibliothek

Konigl. Preussische Akademie der Wissenschaften

Konigl. Siichs Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften

Konigl. Societiit der Wissenschaften

Naturforschende Gesellschaft

Naturforschende Gesellschaft

Naturforschende Gesellenschaft ...

Naturhistorisch Medizinischer Verein

Naturhistorisches Museum

Naturhistorisches Museum

Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein ...

Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein ...

Oberhessische Gesellschaft fiir Natur tt Heilkunde

Schlesische Gesellschaft diir Vaterliiud. Cultur

Verein fiir Erdkunde ...

Vei'ein fiir Erdkunde ...

Verein fiir Naturkunde

Berlin

Darmstadt

Regensburg

Dresden

Berlin

Leipzig

Gottingen

Eniden

Halle

Leipzig

Heidelberg

Hamburg

Hanover

Bremen

Frankfurt

Giessen

Breslau

Darmstadt

Halle

Kassel

Austria.

Imperial Observatory ...

K. K. Akademie der Wissenschaften

Prague
Wien

List of Listitutions.

335

K. K. Geologisclie Reichsanstalt
K. K. Geographische Gesellschaft
K. K. Natui'historisches Hofmuseum

Wien
Wien
Wien

SwiTZERLANn.

Geographische GeseUschaf t
Geogr. Com mere. Gesellschaft
Geogr. Commerc. Gesellschaft
Naturforscheiide Gesellschaft
Hchweizerische Naturforschende Gesellschaft
Societe de Physique et d'Histoire Naturelle

8t,

Berne

Gallen

Aarau

Zurich

Berne

Geneve

France.

Academic des Sciences et Belles-Lettres et Arts
Annuaii'e Geologique Univei'sel ...
Faculty des Sciences
Feuilles des Jeunes Naturalists ...
Societe Academique Indo-Chinoise
Societe de Geographie ...
Societe d'Etudes Scientitiques
Societe ISTationale de Cherbourg
Societe Zoologique deFrance . . .
Soc. des. Sciences ISTaturelles de I'Ouest de la Fi-ance
(Museum)

Lyon
Paris

Marseilles
Paris
Paris
Paris
Paris

Cherbourg-
Paris

Nantes

Italy.

Biblioteca Nazionale Centrale A^ittorio Emanuele

British and American Archfeological Society

Museo di Zoologia ed Anatomia Comp., R. ITuiversit

Ministero dei Lavori Pubblici

B. Accademia della Scienze dell Tnstitut ...

Reale Academia di Scienze

Reale Academia di Scienze, Lettre ed Arti

Regia Academia di Scienze, Eettere ed Arti

Societa Geogrfica Italiana

Societa To.scana di Scienze Naturali

Zooloi>ical Station

Rome

Rome

Turin

Rome

Bologna

Palermo

Lucca

Modina

Rome

Pisa

Naples

Spain and Portugal.

Real Academia de Ciencias Exactas, Fisicas y Naturales
Sociedade de Geographio

Madrid
Lisbon

336 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria,

Holland axd Belgium.

Academie Royale cle Belgique ... ... ... Bruxelles

Bataviaasch Genootschap van Kunsten en Weten-
schappen, Soc. Roy. des Sciences naturelles de

Ceans ... ... ... ... ... Batavia

Musee Teyler ... ... ... ... Haarlem

Magnetical and jNIeteorological Observatory ... Batavia

Natural Science Society ... ... ...Amsterdam

Natuurkiindig Genootschap ... ... ... Groningen

Nederlandisch Botan. Vereiniging ... ... Nijmegen

Royal Academy of Sciences ... . . ... Amsterdam

Societe Hollandaise des Sciences ... ... Haarlem

Societe Malacologique Royale de Belgique ... Bruxelles

Societe Provinciale des Arts et Sciences ... ... Utrecht

Den.mark, Swedrx, and Norway.

Academie Royale
Entomologiska Foreningeu
Societe des Sciences
Swedish Academy of Seiences
University

. . Copenhagen
. . Stockholm
. . Christiania
. . Stockholm
Upsal

RUS.SIA AND Roi'MANL^.

Institut Meteorologique de Roumanie ... ... Bucharest

Jardin Botanique Imperial ... ... St. Petersburg

Soc. des Naturalistes de TUniversite de Kazan ... Kazan

Soc. des Naturalistes Kiew ... ... ... Kiew

Societe des Naturalistes de la Nouvelle Russie ... Odessa

Societe Imperiale des Naturalistes ... ... Moscow

Societe Imperiale Russee de Geographie ... St. Petersburg

Cape of Good Hope.

South African Philosophical Society Observatory ... Cape Town

India and ]Mauhitiu.s

Geological Survey of India
Madras Literary Society
Meteorological Society
Natural Histoiy Society
Royal Bengal Asiatic Society
Royal Asiatic Society, Ceylon

Calcutta
INladi-as
Mauritius
Bond>ay
Calcutta
Colombo

List of Institutions.

33:

China and Japan.

Astronomical Observatory

China Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society

Imperial University

Seismological Society of Japaia ...

Hong Kong

Shanghai

Tokio

Tokio

Canada.

Canadian Institute ... ... ... ... Toronto

Geological and Natural History Survey of Canada ... Ottawa

Royal Society of Canada ... ... ... Montreal

United States.

Academy of Natural Sciences ... ... ... Davenport

Academy of Natural Sciences ... ... Philadelphia

A cademy of Sciences ... ... ... Son Francisco

American Academy of Arts and Sciences ... ... Boston

American Geographical Society ... ... ... New York

American Philosophical Society... ... Pbiladelpliia

Astor Library ... ... ... ... New York

Bureau of Ethnology ... ... ... Washington

Colorado Scientific Society ... ... ... Denver

Cooper Union for the Advancement of Science k, Art New York

Denison University ... ... ... ... Ohio

John Hopkins University ... ... ... Baltimore

" Kosmos " ... ... ... ... San Francesco

Maryland Historical Society ... ... ... Baltimore

Natural Academy of Sciences ... ... Wasbington

Office of Chief of Engineers, U.S. Army ... Washington

Philosophical Society ... ... ... Washington

" Science "... ... ... ... ... New York

Smithsonian Institute .. . ... ... Washington

Society of Natural History . ... ... Boston

Society of Natural Sciences ... ... ... Buffalo

Texas Academy of Sciences ... ... ... Austin

United States Geological Survey ... Washington
University of California . . . Berkley, San Francisco
Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Ai-ts, and Letters, Madison, Wis.

Mexico.

Ministeino de Fomento ... ... ... Mexico

Observatorio Meteorologico, Magnetico Central ... Mevico

Observatorio Astronomico National ... ... Tatubaya

Sociedade Cientitica, Antonio Alsate ... ... Mexico

Sociedad de Ingenieros de JalLsco ... Guadalajara

Secretaria de Fomento ... ... ... Guatemala

338 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Akgentine Republic.

Academia de Ciencias ...
Direccion General de Estadistica
La Museo di Plata

Cordoba
Buenos Ayres
Buenos Ayres

Australia. — Victoria.

"Age" ... ... ... ... ... Melbourne

"Argus'' ... ... ... ... ... Melbourne

A-thenseum ... ... ... ... ... Melbourne

Astronomical Observatoi-y ... ... ... Melbourne

Chief Secretary's Office ... ... ... Melbourne

Department of Mines and Water Supply ... ... Melbourne

Field Naturalists' Club of Victoria ... ... Melbourne

Free Library ... ... ... ... ... Echuca

Free Library ... ... ... Geelong

Free Library ... ... ... ... Bendigo

Geological Society of Austi-alasia ... ... Melbourne

Gordon Technical College ... ... ... Geelong

Government Entomologist ... ... ... Melbourne

Medical Society ... ... ... ... Melbourne

Parliamentary Libi'ary ... ... ... Melbourne

Pharmaceutical Society of Australasia ... ... Mell)ourne

Public Library ... ... ... ... Melbourne

Office of the Government Statist ... ... Melbourne

Royal Geographical Society ... ... ... Melbourne

Railway Library ... ... ... ... Melbourne

Royal Alint ... ... ... ... ... Melbourne

School of Mines ... ... ... ... Ballarat

School of Mines ... ... ... ...Castlemaine

School of Mines ... ... ... ... Bendigo

School of Mines ... ... ... J\Iary borough

School uf Mines ... ... ... ... Bairnsdale

School of Mines ... ... ... ... Stawell

The Exhibition Trustees ... ... ... jMelbourne

University Library ... ... ... ... Melbourne

Victorian Chamber of Commerce (Manufactures) ... Melbourne

" Victorian Engineer " ... ... ... Melbourne

Victorian Institute of Surveyors ... ... Melbourne

Working Men's College, Latrobe Street ... .. Melbourne

New South Wales.

Australian Museum
Astronomical Observatory
Department of Agriculture

Sydney
Sydney
Sydney

List of Institutions.

339

Department of Mines ...

Sydney

Linnsean Society of New South Wales

Sydney

Parliamentary Library

Sydney

Public Library

Sydney

Royal Geographical Society

Sydney

Royal Society

Sydney

Technological Museum...

Sydney

University Library

Sydney

South Australia

Parliamentary Library
Public Library and Museum
Koyal Society of South Australia
University Library

Adelaide
Adelaide
Adelaide
Adelaide

Queensland.

Parliamentary Library
Public Library and Museum
Royal Geographical Society
Royal Society of Queensland

Brisbane
Brisbane
Brisbane
Brisbane

Tasmania.

Parliamentary Library

Public Library

Royal Society of Tasmania

Hobart
Hobart
Hobart

New Zealand.

Auckland Institute and Museum ... ... Auckland

Colonial Museum and Geological Survey Department Wellington

Museum ... ... ... ... Christ-church

New Zealand Institute ... ... ... Wellington

Otago Institute ... ... ... ... Dunedin

Parliamentary Library ... ... ... Wellington

Public Library .. ... ... ... Wellington

FoiiD & Sox, Printers, .372 & 374 Drummond Street, Carlton, Melbourne.

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

Jlopl ^ukl^ of §kt0rm.

VOL. VII, (New Series).

Edited under the Authority of the Council.
ISSUED JANUARY, 1895.

THE AUTHORS OP THE SEVERAL PAPERS ARE SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR THE

SOUNDNESS OF THE OPINIONS GIVEN AND FOR THE ACCURACY OP THE

STATEMENTS MADE THEREIN.

MELBOUENE :
FOED & SON, PEINTEES, DEUMMOND STEEET, CAELTON.

AGENTS TO THE SOCIETY:

WILLIAMS & NORGATE, 14 HENRIETTA STREET, COVENT GARDEN, LONDON.

To whom all communicatious for transmission to the Royal Society of Victoria,

from all parts of Europe, should be sent.

1895.

<lflRtAlfl

itl^.'fm!!!'/;^?' "-Ibrarv - Serial

5 WHSE 00598